DP Report 2021 Vol 1 For Upload

Pune Metropolitan Region
Development Authority
Draft Development Plan of

Pune Metropolitan Region Development Authority, Pune. Pune Metropolitan Region
S.No. 152-153, Maharaja Sayajirao Gaikwad
Udyog Bhavan, Aundh, Pune - 411067
2021-2041
Phone: 020- 25933333/ 44 / 56 | Email: planning.dept@pmrda.gov.in Volume -1
VOL
1
Pune Metropolitan Region Development Authority
Draft Development Plan of
Pune Metropolitan Region 2021-2041
The Report of Draft Development Plan of Pune Metropolitan Region,

prepared and published u/s section 26 of Maharashtra & Regional
Town Planning Act, 1966 vide notice dated 2nd August 2021 in
Government Gazette, Pune Division, is presented herein.
(Abhiraj Girkar) (Dr. Suhas Diwase, I.A.S)

Town Planning Officer Metropolitan Commissioner
And Metropolitan Planner And Chief Executive Officer
(Planning) Pune Metropolitan Region
Pune Metropolitan Region Development Authority,
Development Authority, Pune
Pune
Special Thanks
We extend our sincere thanks to
Hon. Shri Uddhav Thackeray , Chief Minister of Maharashtra and Chairman PMRDA
Hon. Shri Ajit Pawar, Dy. Chief Minister and Guardian Minister, Pune
Hon. Shri Eknath Shinde, Minister, Urban Development Department
Hon. Shri Prajakt Tanpure, Minister of State, Urban Development Department
Hon. Members of Parliament, Legislative Assembly and Legislative Council from
Pune Metropolitan Planning Committee and PMRDA
Hon. Members of Pune Metropolitan Planning Committee and PMRDA
And
Hon. Shri Bhushan Gagrani, Principal Secretary, Urban Development
For their valuable support and guidance in the preparation and publication of this
Draft Development Plan of PMR.

Special Thanks
We would like to acknowledge and thank the following organisations and individuals for their
invaluable insights and contributions towards the preparation process of the
Draft Development Plan for PMR.
Government Authorities & Agencies:
Divisional Commissioner, Pune

Police Commissioner (PMC, PCMC and Rural)
Director, Town Planning and Valuation Department, Pune
Inspector General of Registration
District Collector, Pune
Pune Municipal Corporation
Pimpri-Chinchwad Municipal Corporation
Irrigation Department, Pune
Public Works Department, Pune
Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation
Forest Department, Pune
Zilla Parishad, Pune
Mahratta Chamber of Commerce, Industries & Agriculture, Pune
Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Company Limited, Pune
Maharashtra State Electricity Transmission Company Limited, Pune
Maharashtra Energy Development Agency, Pune
Groundwater Surveys and Development Agency
Agriculture Department, Pune
Maharashtra Pollution Control Board, Pune
Maharashtra State Road Development Corporation
National Highway Authority of India, Pune Division
Pune Railway Division
Grampanchayat Offices
Professionals:
Dr. Gurudas Nulkar, Trustee, Ecological Society

Mr. Mahesh Harhare, CRO, Resilient Cities Network
Nikhil Mijar, Senior Transport Planner
Neeti Trivedi, Senior Planner
Development Plan Team
Leadership
Metropolitan Commissioner Metropolitan Planner
Dr. Suhas Diwase Abhiraj Girkar
Previous Metropolitan Commissioner Previous Metropolitan Planner
Vikram Kumar
Vivek Kharwadkar
Kiran Gitte
Vijaykumar Goswami
Mahesh Zagade
Vision Strategy and Development Plan Report

Dr. Suhas Diwase, Metropolitan Commissioner
Abhiraj Girkar, Metropolitan Planner
Rakshada R. Rode, Senior Planner
Abhijeet Mukhekar, Manager - Strategy and Operations
Planning Team
Shyamrao Rasu Chavan, Deputy Metropolitan Planner Consultants

and Executive Administrator IIC Technology Ltd, Hyderabad and Monarch Surveyor
Bhagyashri Dhavalsank, Deputy Metropolitan Planner and Engineers Pvt Ltd, Pune
and Team Lead Crisil Infastructure Pvt. Limited, Mumbai
Surbana Jurong Consultants Pte. Ltd., Singapore
Rakshada R. Rode, Senior Planner and Team Lead L&T Infrastructure Engineering Ltd, Chennai
Poonam Nikumbh, Senior Architect and Team Lead Unity I.E. World Pvt. Ltd, Pune
Planners
Akshata Karpe, Environmental Planner Technical Support
Akash Mhetre, Planner Somnath Bhunje, Draftsman
Akshay Gujar, Planner Shashikant Tak, Draftsman
Kunal Puri, Planner Prashant Londhe, Draftsman
Shubhada Datir, Planner Akshay Shelke, Surveyor
Vasudev Holambe, Planner
Swapnil Pharande, Planner
Administration Team
GIS Team Mantesh Sangundi, Senior Clerk
Kiran Dhanawade, GIS Expert Sanket Chakrawar, Stenographer
Alok Kushabaha, GIS Analyst Aditya Dhaygude, Computer Operator
Bhavee Verma, GIS Analyst Jitendra Chavan, Computer Operator
Dhanashree Raut, GIS Analyst Avinash Gare, Peon
Sakshi Kale, GIS Analyst Vikas Anandas, Peon
Shantaram Nelwade, GIS Analyst
Sushil Raysing, GIS Analyst
Zoheb Sheikh, GIS Analyst
Sunil Dhulap, Architect and GIS Technician
Vishal Ubale, GIS Technician
Aishwarya Ingle, GIS Analyst
Anjali Gupta Hundet, GIS Expert
Harsha Patki Sawant, GIS Expert
Copyright ©
Pune Metropolitan Region Development Authority,
Development Plan Report 2021-2041
Table of Contents:
Abbreviationsx
Executive Summary
Chapter 1: Pune Metropolitan Region1
7.4 Stormwater Management87
1.1 Location and Regional Setting1 7.5 Fire Services88
1.2 Regional Connectivity2 Chapter 8:Tourism89
1.3 PMR: Jurisdictions, Planning Area
and Study Area3 8.1 Background89
1.4 Legal Mandate for Development Plan 8.2 Key Agencies and Their Roles89
2021-20416 8.3 Policy framework90
1.5 Evolution of the Region8 8.4 Existing Tourism Assets92
1.6 PMR’s Assets12 8.5 PMR Tourism Statistics 94
1.7 Review of Past Planning Efforts13 8.6 Tourism Analysis 97
Chapter 2: Physical Features and Environment 19 Chapter 9: Urbanisation Potential Assessment99
2.1 Topography19 9.1 Mapping Process99

2.2 Geology20 9.15 Urbanisation Potential Assessment100
2.3 Soil Type21 9.16 Growth Centre Delineation and Boundaries
2.4 Climatology22 105
2.5 Hydrology24 Chapter 10: Socioeconomic Analysis - Demographics
2.6 Environmental Status27 and Economic Situation Analysis107
2.7 Environmentally Sensitive Areas 28
2.8 Disaster Prone Areas31 10.1 Methodology 107
10.2 Demography: Pune Metropolitan
Chapter 3: Existing Land Use33
Region (PMR)107
3.1 Preparation of Existing Land Use (ELU) Map33 10.3 Demographics Analysis 120
3.2 Existing Land Use Analysis34 10.4 Economy: Pune Metropolitan
Region (PMR)122
Chapter 4: Housing39
10.5 Economic Analysis 128
4.1 Growth trends in PMR39 10.6 Summary of Key Findings141
4.2 Residential development in Chapter 11: Regional Economic Positioning and
Planning Area and trends40 Socio-economicProjections143
4.3 Household Characteristics41
4.4 Housing supply in PMR46 11.1 Socio-economic Projections143
11.2 Regional Economic Positioning 148
Chapter 5: Traffic and Transportation49
11.3 Summary158
5.1 Background49 11.4 PMR Level Projections161
5.2 Road Transport49 Chapter 12: Vision Framework163
5.3 Rail Transport 57
5.4 Public Transport and NMT58 12.1 Background163
5.5 Freight Transport 60 12.2 Proposed Vision 163
5.6 Air Transport 61 12.3 Structure: Translating Goals
5.7 Metro Transport62 into Physical Planning Strategies168
12.4 Proposed Development Framework170
Chapter 6: Social Infrastructure63
12.5 Quantification of Land Requirement177
6.1 Institutional Setup63 12.6 Proposed Planning Strategies183
6.2 Educational Facilities63 Chapter 13: Convenient: Traffic and Transportation
6.3 Health Care Facilities68 Proposals185
6.4 Recreational Areas and Facilities72
6.5 Fire Services73 13.1 Convenient: Objectives and the Actions185
6.6 Cremation Ground and Burial Ground74 13.2 Key provisions of Proposed
Transportation Plan186
Chapter 7: Public Utility77
13.3 Growth Direction in Core Urban Areas186
7.1 Water Supply77 13.4 Development of Transport
7.2 Sewerage Systems81 Network - Process187
7.3 Solid Waste Management84 13.5 Movement Lattice: Low Carbon
Mobility Plan188 Chapter 17: Self Sufficient: Housing
and Amenities Proposal 243
13.6 Recommendations200
17.1 Self-sufficient: Objectives and Actions243
Chapter 14 Prudent:Economic Hubs and Tourism
Proposals203 17.2 Existing Housing Situation243
17.3 Housing Demand245
14.1 Prudent: Objectives and Actions203 17.4 Inclusive Housing Strategy246
14.2 Proposed Economic Hubs204 17.5 Social Amenities249
14.3 Proposed Tourism Gateways209 17.6 Disaster Mitigation through development of
Infrastructure and Amenities255
Chapter 15:Proposals - Ecology and Environment 217
Chapter 18: Proposed Land Use Plan257
15.1 Resilient: Objectives and the Actions217
15.2 Protecting Blue Ribbon: Water 18.1 Residential Zone257
Conservation and Management218 18.2 Commercial Zone257
15.3 Conserving Green Ribbon: 18.3 Industrial Zone257
Water Ecology Conservation and Management220 18.4 Logistics Zone258
15.4 Protecting Green Segments: 18.5 Public Semi-Public Zone258
Ecology Conservation and Management222 18.6 Public Utility Zone (U)258
15.5 Preserving Green Canvas: Protecting 18.7 Tourism Development Zone259
Command and Water Catchment Areas225 18.8 Traffic and Transportation Zone259
15.6 Green Nodes: Promoting 18.9 Defense Zone259
Carbon Neutrality227 18.10 Agriculture Zone G-1259
15.7 Recommendations228 18.11 Green Zone G-2260
18.12 Green Belt Zone260
Chapter 16: Proposed Utility231
18.13 Afforestation Zone260
16.1 Efficient: Objectives and Actions231 18.14 Hill Top Hill Slope Zone260
16.2 Water Management231 18.15 Forest Zone261
16.3 Sewerage Management Plan236 18.16 Quarry Zone261
16.4 Solid Waste Management238 18.17 Recreational Zone261
16.5 Fire Brigade Stations241 18.18 Water Body Zone261
16.6 Recommendations242 18.19 Goathan261
18.20 Congested Area262
Chapter 19: Development Control Regulations263
List of Figures:
Figure 1.1: Strategic Location of PMR 1 during the years 1951-2016 23

Figure 1.2: Regional Connectivity 3 Figure 2.6: Wind Rose 24
Figure 1.3: Jurisdictions in Pune Metropolitan Region 6 Figure 2.7: Pune: Rivers and Watersheds 25
Figure 1.4: Pune: Stage 1- Administrative and Figure 2.8 : Irrigation Command Area 26
Trade Centre 8 Figure 2.9: PMR-Forest, Western Ghats
Figure 1.5: Pune: Stage 2 - Industrial Centre 9 and Wildlife Sanctuaries 28
Figure 1.6: Pune: Stage 3 - Industrial expansion 10 Figure 2.10: PMR- Forest Area, Western Ghats
Figure 1.7: Pune: Stage 4 - Business and and Wildlife Sanctuaries 30
Service Centre 11 Figure 2.11: Disaster Prone Areas 32
Figure 1.8: Pune: Present Stage - 11 Figure 4.1: Village Wise Structure Density 41
Figure 1.9: Ganapati Festival and Pandharpur wari 12 Figure 4.2: CTTS: Household Size 41
Figure 1.10: RP 1997 - Proposed Regional Structure 14 Figure 4.3: CTTS: Income Levels 42
Figure 1.11: RP 1997 - Proposed Population Figure 4.4: CTTS: Average Number of
Distribution15 People Employed per Household 43
Figure 1.12: RP 1997 - Proposed Planning Areas 16 Figure 4.5: CTTS: Distribution of Vehicle Ownership 43
Figure 1.13: RP 1997: Proposed Land Use Plan for Figure 4.6: CTTS: Average Household
Study Area 17 Expenditure on Travel 44
Figure 2.1: Slope Analysis 20 Figure 4.7: Census 2011: House condition 44
Figure 2.2: PMR - Lithography 21 Figure 4.8: Households categorization
Figure 2.3: PMR - Soil Types 22 based on the number of dwelling rooms 45
Figure 2.4: Pune district - Taluka wise rainfall 23 Figure 4.9: Census 2011: Roof Material 45
Figure 2.5: Zone wise yearly total rainfall data
Figure 4.10: ITP and TPS 48 Figure 10.11: Literacy Rates (1991-11) 116
Figure 5.1: Regional Connectivity of PMR 50 Figure 10.12: Sex ratio in PMR Study Area 117
Figure 5.2: Existing Road Map 51 Figure 10.13: Graph for age-sex pyramid for
Figure 5.3: Outer and Inner Cordon Survey Locations 53 PMR Planning Area. 118
Figure 5.4: Existing Road Volume / Capacity Ratio. 55 Figure 10.14: Workforce Participation rate in
Figure 5.5: CTTS: Movement Pattern in PMR 55 PMR study area 119
Figure 5.6: CTTS: Private Vehicle flow along Figure 10.15: Major contributors to GDP share
major corridors for PMR (2018) 56 in Maharashtra 2014 123
Figure 5.7: Existing Railway Network in PMR 57 Figure 10.16: GDP Growth Trend for Pune
Figure 5.8: Public Transport Coverage in PMR 59 and Maharashtra 123
Figure 5.9: Desired line diagram Figure 10.17: Sector wise GDP share for
showing the Goods vehicle movement in PMR 61 Pune District 2014 124
Figure 6.1: Village Wise Availability of Primary Figure 10.18: GDP growth trend within
Education Facilities - ELU/GIS Database 66 sectors in Pune District 124
Figure 6.2: Village Wise Availability of Secondary Figure 10.19: Industrial Clusters in PMR 126
Schools - ELU/GIS Database 67 Figure 10.20: Primary activities-land use
Figure 6.3: Village Wise Availability of Tertiary distribution in PMR study area 127
Education Facilities - Census 2011 68 Figure 10.21: Key Governing Factors for
Figure 6.4: Village Wise Availability of Primary PMR’s Socio economic Growth 129
Health Facilities - ELU/GIS Database 70 Figure 10.22: Growth Rate of Sectors
Figure 6.5: Village Wise Availability of in Pune district 130
Hospitals - ELU/GIS database 71 Figure 10.23: Taluka-wise Cropping
Figure 6.6: Village Wise Availability of Pattern and Output 132
Veterinary facilities - ELU/GIS database 71 Figure 10.24: Registered industries and
Figure 6.7: Recreational Spaces in PMR 73 employment in Pune District 132
Figure 6.8: Fire Station with Buffer 74 Figure 25: Major SME’s in Pune District 134
Figure 6.9: Availability of Crematorium and Figure 10.26: Sub-Sectors within
Burial Ground - ELU/GIS Database 75 Tertiary Sector and its contribution 136
Figure 7.1: Surface Water Storage 80 Figure 10.27: Software Export Contribution
Figure 7.2: Solid Waste Quantity at ULB Level 85 by Tier I cities in India 136
Figure 7.3: Location of Landfills and Dumping Sites 86 Figure 10.28: Regional Economic Competitiveness
Figure 7.4: Provision of Fire Stations in PMR 88 of PMR 142
Figure 8.1: Existing Tourism Assets in Pune District 92 Figure 11.1: Methodology for Study Area
Figure 9.1: Urbanisation Potential Population Projections 144
Assessment- Process 100 Figure 11.2: Villages fulfilling all three
Figure 9.2: Urban Villages as per Primary Census parameters 146
Parameters 1,2,3 103 Figure 11.4: Villages with good Connectivity and
Figure 9.3: Potential Urban Villages as per Population Density 146
Primary Parameters 4 - 8 104 Figure 11.3: Villages with High Density and High Main
Figure 9.4: Urban and Potential Urban Male Workforce in Non-agriculture considered as Urban 146
Villages as per Parameters 1-8 104 Figure 11.5: Villages additionally considered as
Figure 9.5: Urban Growth Centre Boundaries 105 Urban as per Planning Intent 146
Figure 10.1: Location of settlements in PMR 108 Figure 11.6: Villages Removed from Urban category due to
Figure 10.2: Taluka wise Population Distribution constraints147
across Pune Metropolitan Region - Census 2011 109 Figure 11.7: Urban villages in URGD 147
Figure 10.3: Urban-Rural composition in PMR - Figure 11.8: Existing Economic Base and
Census 2011 110 Proposed Catalysts 149
Figure 10.4 : Population Growth Rate Trends 111 Figure 11.9: Regional Economic Competitiveness of PMR 149
Figure 10.5: Map showing taluka wise Figure 11.10: Economic Transition and
total population 112 Projected Employment 2041 156
Figure 10.6: Village-wise population Figure 12.1: Consolidated Development Model 171
distribution in PMR Planning Area 113 Figure 12.2 : Proposed Economic Roles for Growth Centres
Figure 10.7: Taluka wise population 172
growth in PMR Study area. 113 Figure 13.1: Future Growth Direction of
Figure 10.8: Trend in the population density Urbanised Area of PMR 187
of PMR Study Area 114 Figure 13.2: Schematic Road Hierarchy Models 190
Figure 10.9: Gross Density of Study Area 115 Figure 13.3: Proposed Road Network
Figure 10.10: Trend in household size in PMR study area 115
and Hierarchy 192 Figure 15.4: Green Canvas 227
Figure 13.4: Hub and Spoke System for Figure 16.1: Water Supply Plan- Zones 233
Public Transport 193 Figure 16.2: Water Supply Plan- WTP locations 235
Figure 13.5: Public Transport Network in PMR 194 Figure 16.3: Sewerage Management Plan-
Figure 13.6: Proposed Railway Network 196 STP & ETP locations 238
Figure 13.7: NMT Strategy 197 Figure 16.4: Solid Waste Management Plan-
Figure 13.8: Proposed Multimodal Hubs, Truck SWM locations 240
Terminals and Logistic Hubs in PMR 200 Figure 17.1: Household Distribution and
Figure14.1: Economic Hubs 208 Residential Zone Proposed 247
Figure 14.2: Five Tourism Getaways 210 Figure 17.2: Proposed Town Planning
Figure 14.3: Proposed Tourism Plan 215 Schemes and Public Housing 249
Figure 15.1: Blue Ribbons 220 Figure 17.3: Regional and Town level
Figure 15.2: Green Ribbon 222 Amenities Distribution 255
Figure 15.3: Green-Blue Segments 225
List of Tables:
Table 1.1: Jurisdictions in Pune Metropolitan Region 4 Ground and Burial Ground for Present Population 75
Table 1.2: Details of Urban Centres in PMR 4 Table 7.1: Surface Water Sources in PMR - Key Reservoirs 78
Table 1.3: Legal framework of procedures for Table 7.2: Stage of Groundwater Development (%) in PMR 80
the preparation of the Development Plan7 Table 7.3: Status of Waste Water Management at ULB level82
Table 1.4: Past Planning Efforts13 Table 7.4: Estimated Wastewater Generation 82
Table 1.5: RP 1997: Proposed Land Use for Study Area16 Table 7.5 shows the percentage of households in PMR 83
Table 2.1: Slope Analysis for Study Area 19 Table 7.5: Number of Households with
Table 2.2: Soil types within Pune district 21 Latrine Facility - Census 2011 83
Table 2.3: Pune- total area covered under each Table 7.6: Type of Waste and facilities in PMR 84
major irrigation project 26 Table 7.7: Status of Solid Waste Management -
Table 2.4: Surface Water Quality of Indrayani ULB Level (2015) 84
River, Pune 2016 (MPCB) 27 Table 7.8: Estimated Waste Generation in PMR Study Area 87
Table 2.5: PMR - Taluka Wise Forest areas 28 Table 7.9: Fire Station Requirement for
Table 2.6: Western Ghats - Taluka Wise Area 29 Current PMR Population 88
Table 3.1: Existing Land Use classification and area 34 Table 8.1: ASI protected monuments of national
Table 4.1: PMR Population 39 importance in PMR 93
Table 4.2: PMR Households 39 Table 8.2: Maharashtra State Archeological
Table 4.3: Taluka wise residential development Department protected monuments in PMR 93
in hectares and share of each taluka 40 Table 8.3: Domestic visits and infrastructure
Table 4.4: Housing Units Supply Provided by status of major tourism destination in PMR 94
Stakeholders as of 2018 46 Table 8.4: Domestic visits and infrastructure status
Table 4.5: Town Planning Schemes in PMR 47 of major tourism destination in PMR Planning Area 94
Table 4.6: ITP and Special Township 47 Table 8.5: Foreign visits and infrastructure status
Table 5.1: Distances from Major Towns, Cities and Ports 50 of major tourism destination in PMR 95
Table 5.2: Length of Roads 51 Table 8.6: Foreign visits and infrastructure status
Table 5.3: RP 1997 Road Length 52 of major tourism destination in PMR Planning Area 96
Table 5.4:Traffic volume count observed at Table 9.1: Urbanisation Potential Assessment
major roads on outer cordon 53 Matrix (Sample) 101
Table 5.5: Traffic volume count observed at Table 9.2: Villages under Urban Growth Centres 105
major roads on Inner cordon 54 Table 10.1: Taluka wise Population Distribution
Table 5.6: Characteristics of Existing Railway Lines in PMR58 across Pune Metropolitan Region - Census 2011 108
Table 5.7: Goods vehicles on radial roads in PMR 60 Table 10.2: Population of Census Towns -
Table 6.2: Government Schools and Private Schools - Census 1991, 2001, 2011 109
ELU/GIS Database 64 Table 10.3: Urban-Rural composition in PMR -
Table 6.3: Taluka Wise Availability of Census 2011 110
Tertiary Education Facilities - Census 2011 67 Table 10.4 : Population Growth Rate Trends 111
Table 6.4: Health Care Facilities in PMR - Table 10.5: Taluka wise population distribution 112
ELU/GIS database 69 Table 10.6: Taluka-wise population density 114
Table 6.5: Fire Station - ELU/GIS Database 73 Table 10.7: Taluka wise decreasing growth trend
Table 6.6: Requirement of Cremation in household size 116
Table 10.8: Taluka wise Literacy Rates in the Table 13.1: Convenient Mobility and its Actions 185
PMR Study Area 117 Table 13.2: Proposed Road Hierarchies 190
Table 10.9: Taluka wise sex ratio 118 Table 13.3: Proposed Radial Road Development in PMR 191
Table 10.10: Economic classification of Table 13.4: Proposed Missing-link Road
workers in PMR planning area 120 Development in PMR 192
Table 10.11: Demographic Indicators of Pune Table 13.5: Future Metro/LRT Routes in PMR 194
District and Study Area 121 Table 13.6: Proposed Railway Lines 196
Table 10.12: Industrial units in MIDC with key Table 13.7: Proposed Multi-Modal Hubs and
investments in Maharashtra 125 Transfer Stations 198
Table 10.13: Spatial distribution of Land-use Table 13.8: Proposed Logistics Hubs and Truck Terminals in
under various economic activities as per ELU 126 PMR199
Table 10.14: Secondary activities in PMR Study Area- Table 14.2: Logistic Hubs in PMR 206
Land-use distribution and number of units 127 Table 15.1: Objectives and actions 217
Table 10.15: Commercial units and area 128 Table 16.1: Efficient Goal and its Actions 231
Table 10.16: Sectoral Distribution of Pune District Table 16.1: Water Demand 232
GDP and Changing shares (2005-14) 130 Table 16.3: Water Supply Plan- Zones 234
Table 10.17: Summary- Taluka-wise Agriculture Table 16.4: Sewerage generation 237
Potential 2016 131 Table 16.4: Solid waste generation 238
Table 10.18: Industrial Estates in PMR 132 Figure 16.4: Solid Waste Management Plan-
Table 10.19: Major SMEs in Pune district 133 SWM locations 240
Table 10.20: Status of MIDC Estates - Study Area 134 Table 16.5: Details out location of WTP, STP
Table 10.21: Logistics Supply and vacancy in PMR 138 and SWM sites 240
Table 10.22: Major Higher Education Institutes 138 Table 17.1: Objectives and Actions 243
Table 10.23: PMR Area Employment Scenario 139 Table 17.2: Town Planning Schemes 244
Table 10.24: Study Area Employment Scenario 139 Table 17.3: ITPs and Special Townships 244
Table 10.25: PMR Study Area Employment by Sectors 140 Table 17.4: Income Classification as per CTT Study 245
Table 11.1: Categorizing Urban Villages in URGD 145 Table 17.5: Household Split as per Income Groups 246
Table 11.2: Summary of Projections for Study Area 148 Table 17.6: Proposed Housing Requirement
Table 11.3: Assessment of Future Potential of and Residential Zone Distribution 247
Existing Growth Drivers of PMR 151 Table 17.7: Proposed Planning Norms for
Table 11.4: Employment Scenario of Planning Urban Growth Centres: Neighbourhood level 250
Area Census 1991, 2001, 2011 152 Table 17.7: Proposed Planning Norms for
Table 11.5: Employment Projections 154 Urban Growth Centres: Town level 251
Table 11.6: Employment Distribution - 2041 157 Table 17.7: Proposed Planning Norms for
Table 11.7: Breakup of Population Projections Urban Growth Centres: Regional level 252
for Urban Growth Centres and Rural Areas. 158 Table 17.8: Proposed Planning Norms for
Table 11.8: Breakup of Resident Workforce Projections 159 Rural Growth Centres; Neighbourhood Level 253
Table 11.9: Breakup of Household Projections 160 Table 17.8: Proposed Planning Norms for
Table 11.10: PMR Population Projections 2018-2041 161 Rural Growth Centres 253
Table 12.1: Goals and Physical Planning Strategies 168 Table 17.9: Summary of Proposed Amenities 254
Table 12.2: Rationale for Proposed Economic Roles 173 Table 18.1: Proposed Zones Area Statement 262
Table 12.3: Industrial, Logistics and IT Zone
Land Requirement 180
Table 12.4: Residential Land Requirement 181
Table 12.5: Commercial Zone Land Requirement 182
Abbreviations
AAI - Airport Authority of India IISER - Indian Institute of Science Education and
ARAI - Automotive Research Association of India Research
AQI - Air Quality Index IT - Information Technology
ARAI - Automotive Research Association of India ITES - Information Technology Enabled Services
ASI - Archeological Survey of India ITP- Integrated Township Policy
ATC - Air Traffic Control JNPT - Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust
BFSI - Banking, Financial Services and Insurance LIG - Low Income Group
BMCC - Brihan Maharashtra College of Commerce LIS - Land Information System
CAGR - Cumulative Annual Growth Rate LPCD - liter per capita per day
CBD - Central Business District km - Kilometer
CG - Cremation ground MADC - Maharashtra Airport Development Corporation
BG - Burial Ground MDR - Major District Road
BOD - Biochemical Oxygen Demand MHADA - Maharashtra Housing Area Development
CB - Cantonment Board Authority
C - College MIDC - Maharashtra Industrial Development
CC - Community Center Corporation
CH - Community Hall MINARS - Monitoring of Indian National Aquatic
COD - Chemical Oxygen Demand Resource
CMP - Comprehensive Mobilty Plan MIT - Maharashtra Institute of Technology
CPCB - Central Pollution Control Board MJP - Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran
Cr - Crores MLD- millions of liter per day
CT - Census Town Mm3 - cubic millimetre
CTTS - Comprehensive Traffic and Transportation MMR - Mumbai Metropolitan Region
Study MoEFCC - Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate
CWPR - Central Water and Power Research Change
DCPR - Development Control and Promotion Regulation MoU - Memorandum of Understanding
DES - Directorate of Economics and Statistics MPCB - Maharashtra Pollution Control Board
DPR - Detailed Project Report MPN- Most probable number
DTV - District Tourist Visits MRTP Act - Maharashtra Regional Town Planning Act
ELU - Existing Landuse MSETL - Maharashtra State Electricity Transmission
ESA - Ecologically Sensitive Area Limited
ETP - Effluent Treatment Plant MSL - Mean Sea Level
FDI - Foreign Direct Investment MSME - Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
FMCG - Fast-moving consumer goods MSRTC - Maharashtra State Road Transport
FS- Fire Station Corporation
FSI - Floor Space Index MTDC- Maharashtra Tourism Development Corporation
FSL - Full Supply Level MWRRA - Maharashtra Water Resources Regulatory
FTV - Foreign Tourist Visits Authority
G - Garden NA - Not Available
GCNP - Ground Control Network Point NAINA - Navi Mumbai Airport Influence Notified Area
GDP - Gross Domestic Product NASSCOM - National Association of Software and
GEMS - Global Environmental Monitoring System Service Companies
GIS - Geographical Information System NCL- National Chemical Laboratory
GI- Galvanized Iron NDA - National Defense Academy
GSD- Ground Sample Distance NH - National Highway
GSDA - Groundwater Directorate of Surveys & NMT- Non-motorized Transport
Development Agency NP - Nagar Panchayat
GST - Goods and Services Tax NRW - Non revenue water
H - Hospital NUTP - National Urban Transport Policy
Ha - Hectare NWMP-National Water Quality Monitoring Program
HEMRL- High Energy Materials Research Laboratory ODR- Other District Road
HFL- High Flood Line PCU - Passenger Car Unit
HH- Household PHC- Primary Health Centre
ICD - Inland Container Depot PMPML- Pune Mahanagar Parivahan Mahamandal
IGR - Inspector General of Registration Limited
PPP- Public Private Partnership
PS - Primary School PCMC - Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporation
PWD - Public Works Department PLU- Proposed Landuse
RADPFI - Rural Area Development Plan Formulation PMC- Pune Municipal Corporation
and. Implementation PMR- Pune Metropolitan Region
RC - Regional Centre PMRDA - Pune Metropolitan Region Development
REIT - Real Estate Investment Trust Authority
RERA - Real Estate (Regulation and Development) Act RP- Regional Plan
R&D- Research and Development RSPM - Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter
ROB - Road over bridge SPA - Special Planning Area
ROW - Right of Way SWM- Solid Waste Management
RUB - Road under Bridge TDR - Transfer of Development Rights
RP - Regional Plan TEU - twenty-foot equivalent units
pH - Pote TC - Town Centre
ntial of Hydrogen TMC - Thousand million cube feet
PG - Playground TPS - Town Planning schemes
SC/ M - Shopping Centre/ multipurpose Market ULB - Urban Local Bodies
SEZ- Special Economic Zone UNESCO - United Nations Educational Scientific and
SH- State Highway Cultural Organization
SME - Small and Medium Enterprises URDPFI - Urban and Regional Development Plans
SPA - Special Planning Authority Formulation and Implementation
SPC - Sports Complex URGD - Urban Rural Growth Decadal
SPV - Special Purpose Vehicle VR - Village Road
SRA - Slum Rehabilitation Authority WFPR - Work Force Participation Rate
SS - Secondary School WTP - Water Treatment Plant
STP - Sewerage Treatment Plant ZP- Zilla Parishad
NIV - National Institute of Virology
Executive
Summary
1. Background or context
The Pune Metropolitan Region (PMR) is spread over 6,914.26

sq. km. area, comprising of 814 villages and has a total popula-
tion of 73,21,367 as per Census 2011. It is the largest Metropolitan
Region in Maharashtra followed by MMR, NMR and NMA, and third
largest in the country in terms of area after Bangalore and Hyder-
abad. Pune Metropolitan Region Development Authority (PMRDA) is
the planning and development authority for the PMR with an
outlook towards channelizing growth in a strategic and orderly
Area: manner.
6,914.26 sq.km. PMR is strategically located in India’s Golden Quadrilateral. The

Region is well connected to major cities and regions like Mumbai
Population : and economic activities like JNPT and Dighi ports. PMR has good
connectivity with Satara, Bangalore, Ahmednagar and Solapur through a
73,21,367
network of National Highways.
Villages: The Region is blessed with a salubrious climate, abundant natural resources, rich
cultural heritage, automobile manufacturing hub, booming IT sector, a strong institu-
814
tional base and proximity to India’s financial capital- Mumbai. These critical factors
provide an impetus for the growth of new businesses and expansion of existing ones.
PMRDA has prepared the Draft Development Plan for PMR that is envisioned for 2041 with an
intent to promote integrated and inclusive growth and guide the present and future sustainable
development of rural areas, towns and cities.
2. Planning Area
PMRDA has been appointed as SPA for the area not

covered under any local authority and also has Study Area: As such, PMRDA does not
been appointed for the 23 villages in Pune have control over development within
Municipal Corporation, as per Maharashtra MIDC and MADC areas. However,
Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966. Two considering the existing and future roles of
municipal corporations, seven municipal councils, these jurisdictions as drivers of economic
three cantonment boards, two nagar panchayats growth, these jurisdictions have been
have statutory plans either in effect or under included in the planning analysis. Thus, the
process as per the relevant provisions of the MRTP Study Area refers to the PMRDA planning
Act, 1966. In addition to these, Maharashtra jurisdiction of 804 villages- including 23
Industrial Development Corporation (MIDC) is the villages under PMC, 10 census towns and
planning authority for the area under its jurisdiction. jurisdiction of MIDC, MADC, covering
Thus, the Planning Area herein refers to 804 6159.32 sq km of total area. Bifurcation of
villages - including 23 villages under PMC and 10 the PMR area is provided in following
census towns. Total Planning Area is 6,051.62 sq figure.
km. It excludes planning jurisdictions of two
municipal corporations, seven municipal councils,
three cantonment boards, two nagar panchayats
and SPAs - MIDC, MADC within PMR.
I
Figure A: Jurisdiction in PMR.
MADC
3. Development of erstwhile PMR since 1997
The Regional Plan (RP) for PMR was prepared in 1997 for horizon year of 2011 covering the Pune
District. The RP has been guiding the growth of PMR since 1997. Its intention was to achieve deconges-
tion of Pune Metropolis (old Pune Municipal Corporation, Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporation
limits) and other areas, by developing new peripheral industrial ring towns around Pune City and
creating employment opportunities closer to the rural areas, to curb rural- urban migration and conges-
tion of the Metropolis. Assessment of development pattern or growth in PMR in the year 2018 reveals
that, the ‘decentralised’ model of development has not been successful, because of:
Decentralized Ring towns planned with only zoning without public amenities, has
resulted into skilled and educated industrial workers preferring to live in PMC and
PCMC areas, leading to increase in residential density of the Corporations
Weak work-live relation due to the absence of efficient mass transport system and
lack of dedicated freight corridors further multiplied congestion levels in PMC and
PCMC areas.
Non-flexibility for accommodating future economic drivers: Future economic
drivers such as IT Sector, logistics, etc. or development of tertiary sector was not
envisioned. Thus development of IT Sector in Hinjawadi proved to be a major
disruptor that changed urban development dynamics of Pune agglomeration
Limitations on technological inputs aiding the planning process such as GIS and
similar other softwares
The Figure B shows the present stage urbanizing areas in PMR.
II
Figure B: Present stage urbanisation in PMR.
4. Understanding the urbanisation potential of PMR
As per Census 2011, around 91% of the Study 27% of PMR’s land area and accommodates
Area was living in rural areas. However, after about 63% of its population, based on 2018
carrying out the existing landuse survey for estimates.
mapping of existing activities in 2017-18 revealed On the other hand, remaining 581 villages do not
that many rural villages have been subsumed by represent urbanisation pressure nor substantial
the urban sprawl. Considering the limitation of demographic growth; accommodate 37% of
census definition, parameters of assessment have population (2018) of the Study Area; and sparsely
been broadened to represent Study Area’s actual spread over 73% of its land area. Above figures
urban- rural composition. Assessment is based clearly indicate that PMR’s urban population share
on 13 parameters as given below: has already surpassed the rural.
Based on scoring criteria assigned to each Considering this, a need arises to prioritise
parameter, there are 233 villages which are ‘consolidated’ development of 233 villages, which
complying with parameter 1,2,3 and at least 3 are grouped into 18 Growth Centres (DP Planning
parameters from 4-8, indicating immediate ‘need’ Areas), by preparing Development Plans as shown
and ‘opportunity’ for a planned urban in following figure
development respectively. These villages occupy
III
Figure C: Urbanisation Potential Assessment
Figure D: Urban Growth Centre Boundaries
IV
However, dependence of rural areas on urban Strategically located village with access by
areas need to be reduced, making the rural areas national/ state level highway;
self-reliant while improving the rural living condi- Central location of village within rural catch-
tions by providing required social facilities. Thus, ment;
rural catchments situated beyond 5km distance
from the boundary of Urban Growth Centres need Presence of some higher order amenities;
to be served by the Rural Growth Centres, which Population higher than the region’s average
host the required amenities. Rural Growth Centre population per village (>2000);
are identified based on following criteria:
Administrative centre (headquarter of a circle
level as per revenue department)
5. Demographic and Economic Characteristics of PMR:
“In reality, the Study Area is rapidly urbanising, out-pacing the rural population growth rate.”
The average decadal growth rate of urban population in the Study Area was 90% between 2001-11. This
decadal growth rate is higher than that of PMC (33%) and PCMC (71%) during the same period. PMC’s
declining population growth rate can be attributed to the increased cost of living, high land prices,
sluggish natural growth rate, congestion and declining quality of life. Spin-offs from this trend can be
seen as an increase in urban population around its immediate fringes, i.e. urbanising villages of Study
Area and PCMC.
The Study Area has excellent potential to urbanise with emphasis on offering the best “Quality of Living”
to benefit from present demographic growth trends within the region.
Figure E: Population Growth Rate Trends
1991 2001 2011 Growth Rate 1991-01 Growth Rate 2001-11

110
100 94.3 96 Highest growth rate 93

90
(93%) of Census Towns
Population in Lakh
90 Steady growth rate of 28% of

80
72 PMR Study Area 73.2
70 62
60 55 71
53
50 43
42
38
40
31 33 33.7
26
30 25 38
30 34 28 17.1
20 16 17.3
13
10 11
10 5
2 2 3.1 1 1.5
0
0
Pune District PMC- 2018 PCMC Mun. Councils & NP Census Towns PMR- Study Area PMR- Total
“Broad base of young and

working-age population.”
Age-group wise distribution is
studied at District level since
Census 2011 data is limited to age
group 0 to 6. Age-group pyramid
indicates a favourable situation
with a broad base of the young
and working-age population.
V
“Shrinking household size"
Household sizes across various jurisdiction boundaries in PMR are shrinking invariably, between 1991
and 2011. Rate of reduction of household size in case of villages is higher than census towns. The
average household size is 4.72, about 58% of households represent household size ranging from 4 to 5,
and only 11% of households have a size greater than 5.
Figure F: Sectoral Distribution of Pune District GDP (in Cr.) (2005-14)

110000
99000 1.03
lakh
88000
0.85
77000 lakh
66000 0.68
55%
55000 lakh
52% 41%
44000 0.46
51% 44%
33000
lakh 43%
52%
22000 41%
4% 5%
11000 7% 6%
0
2004-05 2007-08 2010-11 2013-14

Primary GDP Secondary GDP Tertiary GDP Total GDP
Secondary and Tertiary Sectors are key

economic drivers of Pune District Economy”
registered establishments. It can be seen that the
Secondary and tertiary sectors are the main
share of unregistered manufacturing is decreas-
drivers of the district economy, whereas the
ing with time. Key sub-sectors within the industri-
primary sector (agriculture) offers employment to
al sector in Pune are automotive, auto ancillary,
most of the workforce. Agriculture is the main
electronics, food processing and engineering.
economic activity within the primary sector,
The tertiary sector has been showing consistent
whose GDP contribution has been declining by
growth from 2009 to 2013, (51-55%), in tandem
about 1% every two years.
with urbanisation. Growth is seen in banking and
Contribution of the secondary sector has been
insurance, real estate, trade and hospitality and
consistent at 40% and above. Manufacturing
communication sectors.
sub-sector shows a positive trend of increasing
Figure G: Major Contributors to GDP Share in Maharashtra 2014
Pune’s secondary sector a Pune- 3rd largest economic

120%
major contributor contributor in Maharashtra
100%
89% 50% 47% 51%
80%
60%
16% 14% 14%

40%
18% 28% 23%
20%
3%
2% 16% 12%
7% 10%
0%
Primary Sector Secondary Sector Tertiary Sector Contribution to Total State GDP
Pune Mumbai Thane Rest of Maharashtra
VI
"Tertiary sector growth is driven by IT/ITES,
Real Estate, Education, Warehousing and Promising Banking,
Logistics.”
Real Estate
& Hospitality Sector
P
The contribution of the tertiary sector grew over r REAL
OTHER
rim
SERVICES
to
ESTATE 8%
the past two decades in the district. Major
ec
ar
27%
ys
y
sub-sectors in the tertiary sector of Pune are -
sec
r
Ter tia
BANKING &
IT/ITES, banking and finance, trade, hospitality,
tor
INSURANCE AGRI-
22% CULTURE
biotechnology research centres, and communica- Pune District
GDP 2013- 14
80%
tion. The sector is still growing and shows poten-

TRADE AND sectoral split
HOSPITALITY
19%
tial for further penetration. The factors that COMMUN-
CATION
9%
promote services in Pune are the competitive land REGISTERES
MANUFACTURING
Positive trend
of increasing
prices, skilled labour and good connectivity to UNREGISTERES
67% registered
establishments
MANUFACTURING
other major growth centres such as Mumbai. 11%
Among services, IT exports are the primary

Sec
ondary sector
economic activity in Pune.
“Pune alone contributes half of the total IT exports of Maharashtra.”

Pune is among the top four cities in India in terms of software exports. With its rising IT sector and
infrastructure base, it has the potential to reach the likes of Bangalore, to be an IT leader in the country.
Pune's share of Maharashtra's IT export stood at 57% by 2014 as per STPI, media sources. Pune's
software exports were higher (INR 29,589 crore) compared to Greater Mumbai (INR 21,811 crore). Other
cities in Maharashtra such as Nagpur, Nashik, Kolhapur, Aurangabad altogether were under 1%.
“Employment base of the Study Area is Transforming.”

As per 2011 Census, PMR holds about 74% of the total employment in the Pune district. Study Area
employment by 2011 was 8.3 lakh, in primary, secondary, and tertiary sector was 53%, 29%, 17% of
workforce respectively. Agricultural workforce reduced by 4% within a decade (2001-2011). Primary
sector (agriculture) offers employment to majority of the workforce.
Figure H: Transforming Employment Scenario of Planning Area (Census 2011)
120.0 Growth Rate 1991-2001 (%)

Total employment 1991 2001 2011
Growth Rate 2001-2011 (%)
in lakhs 80
9 100.0
70 73.9
8
8.24 68.9
60 80.0
7
6 50 53.2
6.29
60.0
46.8
5 40
97.6
4 4.5
30 40.0
31
3 66.4
26.1
20
2 20.0 39.8
10 30.4 31.0
1
1.0
0 0 0.0
Primary Sector Others (Secondary Primary Sector Others Total

1991 2001 2011
& Tertiary Sector) (Secondary & employment
Tertiary
% of Total Employment Sector)
VII
6. Guiding future development through robust Economic Transition Strategy
The broad direction is to strengthen existing economic sectors; and diversify the economy with
emerging sectors arising from hinterland synergies, demand- pull from other regions, and opportunities
from sunrise sectors at national / global level, as shown in Figure K. It also represents snapshot of
economy of the Study Area based on the economic importance and distribution of projected
employment
Figure K: Existing Economic Base and Proposed Catalysts
TOTAL EMPLOYMENT 26.1 LAKHS
25%
Media & Entertainment, Medical, leisure, Religious,
TOURISM
Spiritual & Business Tourism
PRIMARY SECTOR
Agro-processing, BioTech, Pharmaceutical,
Smart Farming, Agro Tourism
AGRICULTURE EMPLOYMENT
Design, International Universities,

HIGHER EDUCATION & RND
Skilling/ Re-skilling
Logistics & Warehousing,

Organized Commerce
COMMERCE & TRADE 32%
TERTIARY SECTOR
FinTech & Blockchain IT, ITES EMPLOYMENT
Renewable Energy Equipments,

Electronics, Defense Manufacturing
ENGINEERING
43%
SECONDARY SECTOR
Electric Mobility, AI & Robotics AUTOMOTIVE INDUSTRIES EMPLOYMENT
FUTURE PROSPECTS EXISITING ECONOMIC SECTORS BY IMPORTANCE FUTURE PROSPECTS
Figure L: Distribution of Projected Employment
Education &
Health 3%
IT, ITES
11% PRIMARY Employment Projections
25%
Estimated jobs: 26.1 by 2041
from 12.8 in 2018
Total employment: 26.1 lac

SECONDARY
COMMERCIAL NON MANUFAC- with 11.27 for industrial and
18% TURING 8.3 lac for tertiary
5%
JOBS 2041
About 25% jobs are projected
to be in primary sector, 43% in
secondary sector, and 32% in
tertiary sector
LOGISTICS SECONDARY
11% MANUFACTURING
28%
VIII
Implementation of above mentioned economic development projects shall be facilitated by identifying
unique economic role for each Growth Centre and aligning strategic projects in line with the role, as
shown in the following figure:
7. Projections for Study Area
Socioeconomic projections are worked out by rate. However, just summing up the village-wise
village for 814 villages which are under PMRDA populations of urban and rural villages in isolation
jurisdictions. Projections are carried out for to project the population of Urban Growth Centres
population, employment, and household for 2021, will not be feasible since all the villages are closely
2031 and 2041 and are based on three historic linked to each other and not isolated. Thus, for
Census data of 1991, 2001 and 2011. projections of each Urban Growth Centre as a
The Study Area is organised into two parts - whole, Urban-Rural Growth Differential (URGD)
Urban Growth Centres and Rural Area based on method is used since each Urban Growth Centre
the assessment of urban/rural development contains a mix of interdependent urban and rural
potential of 814 villages. 233 villages are identified villages showing different demographic growth
for urban development (referred to as Urban trends.
Growth Centres ), and 581 villages are identified For such cases, URGD is the most reliable method
for rural development (referred to as Rural Areas). since its formula takes into consideration the
Arithmetic increase method is used for urban and rural growth difference in relation to the
projections of Rural Areas as growth rates of total population while projecting. It is also known
most of the villages are stabilising/declining. as the United Nations method. Pune district level
For village wise projections of Urban Growth projections in RP 1997 are also based on URGD
Centres, arithmetic/incremental increase method method.
is used based on the individual village’s growth
IX
Study Area projections:Total population in 2041 is projected to be 53.7 lakh - 40.74 lakh
in Urban Growth Centres and 12.96 lakh in Rural Areas.
Figure M: Population Projections
Urban Rural
60,00,000
53,70,815
50,00,000 12,96,718
41,49,916
40,00,000
11,72,550 40,74,098
30,38,012
30,00,000
10,48,383 29,77,366
20,00,000 17,11,492
13,38,381 19,89,629
10,59,133 7,57,913
10,00,000 6,98,394
6,00,316 9,53,579
4,58,817 6,39,987
0
1991 2001 2011 2021P 2031P 2041P
Projected employment for Study Area stands at 26.1 lakh - comprising 18.4 lakh jobs in Urban Growth
Centres and 7.6 lakh jobs in Rural Area. Study Area’s projected employment is based on Census data
and using the URGD method. It is to be noted that this is employment without a sector-wise
breakdown.
Figure N: Employment and Work Participation Ratio
30,00,000 48.6%
Urban Rural 26,10,311
25,00,000 48.5%
20,16,584 7,67,981
20,00,000 48%
14,70,933
48% 6,73,299
15,00,000
8,24,724 5,77,770
10,00,000 6,29,718 18,42,331
4,50,523 4,07,437 13,43,285
5,00,000 3,70,822 8,93,163
2,64,266 4,17,287
1,86,257 2,58,896
0
1991 2001 2011 2021P 2031P 2041P
Average household size for Study Area would be 4 by 2041, whereas the same for Urban Area is
expected to be 3.9 and 4.4 for Rural Area. Household size is likely to shrink with rising education levels
and cost of living. Based on this, estimated housing demand within the Study Area by 2041 would be
13.3 lakh - urban 10.4 lakh and rural 2.9 lakh
Figure O: Household Projections and Household size
13.33
14
4.0
12 Urban Rural 10.05 2.92
10 4.1
7.10 2.59 10.4
8
6 4.3
2.26 7.45
4.7 3.63
4 1.93 2.48
4.83
2 1.52
1.07 1.34 2.1
0 0.86 1.14
1991 2001 2011 2021P 2031P 2041P
X
8. Developing vision for PMR
Key Strengths of the Study Area are:
Proximity to Mumbai;
Established industrial ecosystem and education base with potential for expansion;
Relatively cheaper land values; and commutable size are the core competencies of the Study Area.
Key regional development projects like new international airport, ring roads, railway up gradation, is
expected to boost PMR’s regional economic competitiveness further.
Relatively safe environment; scenic recreational destinations; and proximity to the culturally vibrant
Pune City is also an unique combination that PMR offers, compared with other metropolitan regions.
Excellent natural setting endowed by the western ghats, which is omnipresent all across the Study
Area, truly sets it apart from its peers.
Above mentioned strengths are generally A bold and clear vision is needed to convey an
considered as the basic parameters to define overarching planning intent, along with
liveability of the place. Therefore, the Study Area is quantifiable goals and strategies, to precisely
already poised to be a liveable region. It shall guide the downstream development. Five goals -
leverage upon comprehensive planning to Resilient (Environment), Efficient (Infrastructure),
increase its attractiveness as a preferred Convenient (Mobility), Prudent (Economy) and
investment and lifestyle destination, and become Self-sufficient (Housing and Amenities) are
‘India’s most Liveable Region’ by 2041. It shall fundamental pillars of development of PMR.
ensure liveability by implementing 5 sectoral These five goals will guide strategic actions to
development Goals as mentioned in below: implement the proposed vision.
PMR DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT

Opportunities :
Consolidated Development
Strong economic anchors and supporting
infrastructure to boost PMR’s sustainable
Avoid decentralised concept- promote a
development
consolidated development
Create self sufficient towns that are
Shortcomings of Regional Plan
independent yet complement with PMC &
Decentralisation concept did not work:
PCMC by providing unique economic role for
Decentralized industries keeping 5km buffer
each town
Ring towns planned with only zoning without
Provide for a better lifestyle and increase
public amenities
liveability index by providing sufficient
Population density of Municipal Areas increased
amenities and robust utility infrastructure
Non-flexibility for accommodating future
Create a strong linkages through public and
economic drivers: Future economic drivers such
private modes of transport connecting these
as IT,ITES, logistics, Tourism, etc was not
towns
envisioned,
Sustainable development as envisaged in
Lack of regional connectivity of public transport
SDGs
Promote environmental resilience
XI
Expansion and up-gradation of highways
Development of Ring Roads
Development of secondary road network
Develop Regional Linkages
Development of multi-modal hubs and transfer stations
Develop Transport Hubs
Promote development along transit corridors along with last-mile connectivity
Development of truck terminals
Promote Public Transport &
Increase Its Modal Share Connect employment nodes by mass transit
Development of Metro, linking Growth Centres to PMC and PCMC
Development of suburban railway, crescent railway and high-speed rail
Promote mass transit system/feeder systems within the secondary road
Convenient
Provide Convenient Mobility,
Maximum Accessibility
Prudent
Stimulate Prudent
Growth
Resilient
Increase Resilience by
Reducing Vulnerability
& Mitigating Disasters
ST LIVABLE
O
M
HA
’S
“INDIA
BIT
VISION Efficient
AT”
Manage
2041 Resources Efficiently
Self-sufficient
Build Self-sufficient
Communities
Town planning schemes for implementing Provide adequate and affordable

strategic projects housing for all
Public housing at each growth centre
Guide integrated and equitable
Provide equitable distribution of open neighbourhood development
spaces and social amenities
Development of compact residential
Promote Work-Live concept and develop development along major transit
compact residential development along
corridors
transit corridors
XII
Consolidate employment nodes for vibrant economic centres
Promote integrated commercial development at major transit hubs enabling
transit services to regional job centres, job creation and investments in transit
serviced locations
Development of tourism nodes
Promote synergies for Industry 4.0 ( Next Generation Industry) through expansion
of industrial development along with technological advancement
Consolidate development of logistics clusters along Crescent railway and radial
Promote Consolidated
roads
Employment Centres Provide logistic hubs as urban-rural nexus
Promote Industrial and Create a vibrant startups ecosystem
Logistics Clusters Add value to existing agro-supply chain through agro-processing/R&D hubs
Promote biotechnology and pharmaceuticals hubs
Promote Innovation Hubs Promote educational hubs focusing on STEM, R&D and skilled development
Empower Rural Development
Protecting Blue Ribbon Protect and conserve all water bodies: streams, rivers, canals, ponds, lakes
and reservoirs
Conserving Green Ribbon
Reduce vulnerability by demarcating flood lines (blue lines) and safeguarding
Protecting Green Segments through green belt
Demarcate flood lines and augment flood control measures
Preserving Green Canvas Develop avenues conceived as a tree-lined road, with Non Motorised
Transport (NMT) provision, linking the Green and Blue features
Developing Green Nodes
Protect and Conserve Western Ghats (eco sensitive zone) and forests
Controlled development in eco-sensitive zones, establishing contiguity of
forest and development of regional parks
Protect Hilltop & hill slopes
Develop parks as green lungs within Growth Centres
Promote plantation of indigenous trees within Catchment areas and along
bottom of the hills
Protect irrigated agriculture lands in command areas
Promote Carbon Neutral Townships

Promote renewable energy banks within urban and rural centres
Develop efficient networks for Develop trunk infrastructre for water supply and sewage network
for each Growth Centre
piped water supply and
sewage in each Growth Centre Promote recycling of wastewater at each Urban Centre
Recharge groundwater through rainwater harvesting
Promote water conservation
and recycling Decentralisation of solid waste management sites
Promote the in-situ solutions to recycling of organic waste
Promote circular economy Mandate industrial waste recycling and effluent treatment
through waste management
Encourage an increase in renewables share
Encourage share of renewable Facilitate waste to energy concept
energy within the grid
XIII
9. Proposed Development Model
Proposed structure is a spatial representation of proposed regional sustainability framework, regional
economic positioning, and solutions to address issues arising from implementation of RP 1997.
Analysis of Regional Plan 1997 reveals that ‘decentralised’ model of growth has not been successful
and the Study Area needs ‘consolidated’ development. Thus, proposed physical structure aims to:
Consolidate the existing and future urban development within 5-10 km radius from PMC, PCMC
limits and within 5 km along regional transport corridors
Concentrated urban development in 18 DP Growth Centres; served by regional transportation
infrastructure
Interconnect 18 Growth Centres and to regional nuclei (PMC, PCMC) by mass transit system
18 Growth Centres have an independent development plan
Regional centres to serve urban and rural areas, covering entire Study Area.
8 Rural Growth Centres to serve higher order amenities for rural catchment
Maintain natural character of PMR
Figure P: 9. Proposed Development Model
Khed-Rajgurunagar
Pabal
Kadus
Chakan
Alandi Ranjangaon
Malavali Shikrapur
Wagholi
Talegaon
Nhavara
Kale Hinjewadi PMC Rahu
PCMC
Loni Kalbhor Uruli Kanchan
Pirangut Yawat & Kedgaon
Paud
Khadakwasla Saswad
Sangarun
Khed Shivapur
Nasrapur
Kikavi
XIV
10. Salient features of the Development Plan
Following projects are proposed under each of the goal to ensure liveability.
Work Hubs:
By 2041, estimated jobs are likely to be increased from 12.8 to 26.1 lacs where 25% jobs are projected
in primary sector, 43% in secondary sector (Industries), and 32% in services sector (including Logistics,
Commercial, IT & ITES). Estimated land requirements for the Growth Centres as below:
About 186.6 sqkm of total gross Industrial land would be required to cater to 7.17 lacs of jobs in
industries;
3.9 sqkm total gross land would be required to accommodate 2.9 lacs jobs in IT sector for the Study
Area; 20 sqkm of gross land would be required to accommodate 2.81 lacs of total jobs in
Warehousing and Logistics;
23.77 sqkm of gross land would be required for commercial purpose which would cater to 5.5 lacs
jobs in commercial sector.
Industrial Zone:
Chakan and Talegaon Growth Centre would anchor the future growth of industrial sector with
expansion of Chakan Phase V; Talegaon Phase IV-New; and proposed MIDC Industrial Estate at Baur.
Electric mobility, AI and Robotics, High tech engineering, Renewable energy equipment, and Defence
manufacturing shall be promoted.
Expansion of established industrial clusters at Shikrapur, Pirangut, and Hinjavadi is proposed.
New industrial clusters are proposed at CSR international Airport to promote airport related
industries; at Manjari to promote R&D and manufacturing related to Life Sciences; and at Urali
Kanchan to promote agro-processing industries.
New IT Parks / Business Parks are proposed at Wagholi adjacent to Regional Centre; at Talegaon
MIDC Phase IV-Old ; and next to proposed CSR international airport.
XV
Live Hubs:
Total 374 sqkm of gross residential land (including ITP/ TPS, sanctioned layouts and new residential
area) would be needed to house total 40.74 lacs projected population in Growth Centers. Residential
land requirement for each GC is calculated by applying net density to each Growth Centre population,
based on the assigned role of each Growth Center.
Residential Zones are proposed as below:
In order to bring homes closer to the work, comprehensively planned residential zones are proposed
at existing and proposed work hubs at Hinjavadi, Chakan, Alandi, Ranjangaon, Shikrapur, Talegaon,
Pirangut, Wagholi, Khed Shiwapur, Urali Kanchan, Saswad, and Loni Kalbhor Growth Centres with
medium densities (125 p/ha).
Residential zone with higher densities 250 p/ha is proposed at Khadakwasla Growth Khadakwasla
considering the current demand for development and limitations to expansion due to natural
constraints.
Malavali and Nasarapur are proposed with lower densities (100 p/ha) considering their positioning as
Tourism hubs.
Existing residential and RP residential zones are retained in the Growth Centres along with approved
Townships, TP Schemes, and sanctioned layouts.
XVI
Prudent
Action Projects Description
Promote Employment Centres

Consolidate 4 Regional Centres 115.08 ha Hinjavadi, Chakan, Wagholi and
employment nodes Saswad to serve total region
Town Centres 86.45 ha serving 14 Growth Centres
Promote Tourism 5 Tourism Gateways Adventure Tourism Centre near Pawana

in PMR & 3 circuits Dam and its circuit, Art & Heritage Centre at
near Saswad and its circuit, Spiritual
Centre near Alandi and its circuit, Wellness
Centre at Uruli Kanchan, Entertainment and
Amusement Centre at Malavali
Palakhi Sthal on both the Palkhi Marg
Promote Industrial/logistic clusters
Promote synergies Industrial Hubs (223.22 Hubs: Talegaon, Chakan, Shikrapur,

for Industry 4.0, sqkm of Industrial Ranjangaon, Khed Shivapur and Pirangut
through expansion area) MIDC area (98.15 sq km)
of industrial Newly expanded/ proposed area: 125 sq
development km
Consolidate 19.93 sq km of Logistic Hubs located at:

development of Logistic zone Along Crescent Railway & HSR - 4
logistics clusters proposed at key Along NH -4
locations
Along RR -5
Promote Innovation Hubs
Promote 5 Education Hubs, 2 Education Hub: 337.54 ha, Proposed at

educational hubs Medical Centres and Pirangut, Alandi, Khadakwasla, Saswad and
adding to STEM 1 Sports University Nasrapur
graduates and Medical Centres: Chakan and Wagholi
high -skilled Sports University at Chakan (23.93 ha)
workers
Promote 1 Life Sciences Park Life Science Park at Manajri Kh
biotechnology and complementing the current developments
pharmaceuticals
hubs
Add value to 1 Wholesale Markets, Wholesale market (20.43 ha) and APMC
existing agro - APMC & Sub -amrket (39.07 ha)
supply chain yard
through agro -
processing/R&D
hubs
Empower rural 8 Rural 8 Rural Empowerment Centres at each RGC
development Empowerment Centre (8 ha)
XVII
Convenient

Expansion and 8 NH & SH Highways are proposed as per the URDPFI
upgradation of road standards and certain State highways
highways upgraded to NH as per information from PWD.
Development of Ring PMRDA and MSRDC 123.35 km PMRDA Ring Road (65m width)
Roads Ring Roads 41.03 km of common stretch:
173.79 km MSRDC Ring Road (110m width)
Development of 11 secondary roads 11 number of secondary roads are upgraded

Secondary Roads
Promote Public Transport
Development of Suburban Railway, Pune - Nashik High Speed Rail: 152.19 km

suburban railway, High Speed Rail and crossing Loni Kalbhor, Wagholi, Alandi and
crescent railway and Crescent Railway Chakan
high -speed rail Crescent Railway (for goods and passenger):
89.69 km crossing Uruli Kanchan, Shikrapur,
Chakan and Talegaon
Quadruplication of pa ssenger railway:
Lonavala - Pune - Daund
Development of 10 Metro lines Out of the total 10 metro lines, 3 are under
Metro, linking progress; 7 lines cross Study Area
Growth Centres to
PMC and PCMC
Promote 12 Logistic Hubs 12 Logistic Hubs (30.32 sq km) located at:

development along Along Crescent Railway & HSR - 4
transit corridors Along NH -4
Along RR -5
Development of 13 Multi -modal hubs 13 Multi -modal Hubs (48.4 sq km):

multi -modal hubs At junctions of Crescent Railway: 2
and transfer stations At Junction of High Speed Rail: 4
At Junction of Metro: 7
Along NHs:8
Development of 9 Truck terminals 11 Truck terminals ( 37.81 ha)

truck terminals
XVIII
Resilient
Protecting Blue Ribbon
All rivers in the region, including river course,

Protect and conserve first and second -order streams, major,
all water bodies: 368.06 sq km of medium and small irrigation projects are
streams, rivers, waterbody earmarked and protected under the proposed
canals, ponds, lakes Water Body Zone.
and reservoirs
Conserving Green Ribbons
Reduce vulnerability 88.89 sq km of Green Belt Zone is proposed between a blue

by demarcating Green Belt Zone line and riverbank, on either side. Activities
flood lines (blue line) within this green belt are proposed as per the
and safeguarding U-DCPR while dense veg etation cover of the
through green belt riparian forest is promoted.
Develop avenues Cycle tracks could be developed between the
conceived as a tree - buffers along nalas connecting the Green belt
lined road, with NMT and further to transport hubs. As well as within
provision, linking the ROW’s of 30 m and above roads
Green and Blue
features
Protecting Green Segments
Preserve the 1180.69 sq km of The Western Ghats, a UNESCO World Heritage

Western Ghats (eco Western Ghat, 824.29 site, is designated as Ecologically Sensitive
sensitive zone) sq km of Forest land Areas (ESA) comprising 145 villages part of
PMR. These villages have been included
under Ecologically Sensitive Zones I and II.
Protect Hilltop & hill 547.47 sq km Following criteria is considered while

slopes delineating HTHS Zone:
slope greater than 1:5 ratio
It generally falls within elevation of 700 -850
AMSL
Promote plantation 430.17 sq km of Afforestation Zone delineation Criteria:

of indigenous trees Afforestation zone Linked with forest land
within Catchment Catchment area
areas and along Gentle slope at the bottom of hill
bottom of the hills
XIX
Efficient
Provide efficient water management
Develop Water 35 sources and 35 Decentralised system, topographic divisions

supply system water zones based on ridges, principles of River Basins,
villages within same watershed and
availability of water led to planning of 35
zones along:
9 Major irrigation dams, 6 medium dams and
16 MI tanks
Develop water 26 WTPS Decentralised and Modular system is adopted

treatment system along with an integrated approach while
planning for the water supply system, to reduce
on the capital cost. WTP locations are
considered at a higher elevation, accentuating
the decentralised water supply system, making
each Growth Centre selfsufficient.
Develop efficient systems
Develop sewerage Promote 30% recycling of wastewater at each

64 STPs
system Urban Centre and are propposed considering
9 ETP gravitational force, locating the STP at the
lowest point of the Growth Centres.
Decentralisation of 36 SWM sites As per the Municipal Solid Waste

solid waste Management and Handling 2016 guidelines,
management sites sites are located at the distance of
a. 100m from river, 200 m from pond
b. 200 m from highway
c. 10 - 20km from Airports or airbase
d. 200m from any settlement/ habitation,
public p arks or water supply wells
Location based on availability of government
land and ideally located within agricultural
zones
Encourage share of renewable energy within the grid
XX
Self Sufficient
Provide adequate and affordable housing for all
Town planning 26 TPS covering109 Inclusive housing though development of

schemes for sqkm TPS and ITPs
implementing
strategic projects
Public housing at 59 Public Housing Inclusive housing though development of
each growth centre covering 3.02 sqkm 42 Public Housing, under the PMAY Program
Covering area of 153.42 ha and
18 Public Housing under MHADA covering
area of 55.28 ha
Guide integrated and equitable town dev
Provide equitable 1437 amenities Amenities proposed at Neighbourhood, Town

distribution of open are proposed and Regional level
spaces and social Educational facilities- 168
amenities Healthcare facilities- 169
Socio -cultural facilities- 165
Open space & recreational facilities- 619
Residential facilities - 94
Commercial facilities -160
Transport facilites- 62
Promote Development along compact transit
Promote Work -Live Proposed Residential Residential Zone is proposed considering
concept and develop Area: 401.87 sqkm density of 125 ppl/ha in 15 Growth Centres
compact residential and 45% topup (15% amenity, 10% open
development along space and 20% roads)
transit corridors
XXI
11. Development Control Regulations
Government of Maharashtra, wide Notification no. TPS-1818/CR-236/18/DP&RP/sec 37 & sec

20(4)/UD dated 2nd December 2020, sanctioned Unified Development Control and Promotion
Regulations (UDCPR) for the state of Maharashtra and it was published in Government Gazette dated
3rd December 2020.
Therefore from a planning point of view, the following changes are proposed in sanctioned UDCPR.
Accordingly sanctioned Unified Development Control and Promotion Regulations (UDCPR-2020), with
the following changes, will be applicable for the draft Development Plan of PMR from the date decided
by the Government; in the intervening period the Sanctioned Development Control and Promotion
Regulations of 2018 for PMRDA shall prevail.
Following key changes are proposed within the U-DCPR. Further details are described in Chapter 19
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR – Chapter 4 – Logistics Park (LP)

Land use classification and permissible uses Logistics Park / Building with a minimum of
Proposed addition 10,000 sq.ft. built up area with basic FSI will be
Following sub- regulation no 4.28 shall be added. designated as Logistics Park (LP). The 80% of the
– Logistic Zone total area of ‘Logistic Park’ should be used for
Integrated Logistic park and Logistic park shall be providing logistic services and up to 20% of the
allowed in Logistic zone and shall be governed by total area will be permitted for support services
the provision mentioned in regulation no 14.11. and common facilities mentioned in Regulation
Subject to following provisions. No.14.11.2 (iii and iv). Logistics Parks will be
Sub regulation 14.11.5 shall be changed as allowed with applicable FSI in these Regulations.
follows:
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR:4.18 – GREEN Solid waste management, landfill sites, bio-gas
ZONE – 2 plants, power generation from waste.
Proposed changes: The said regulation shall be Power generation from non-conventional sources
changed as below; of energy
4.18- GREEN ZONE–2 Cemeteries and crematoria and structures
The following users shall be permissible in this incidental thereto; Bus Terminus
zone. Tourist homes, Resorts, Hotels, Motels, Health
All agricultural uses including stables of domestic and Wellness Spa, Golf courses, etc.. with
animals, piggeries, poultry farms, tents, etc.; platform area up to 10 sq.m. in permanent /
Garden, forestry, nursery, public/ private parks; semi-permanent structural components. The
playfields, summer camps for recreation of all permissible FSI shall be a maximum of 0.2 on the
types; gross plot area.
Public/ semi-public sector utility establishments Development Permissible Adjacent to gaothan:.
Vehicle Fuel filling Station , subject to conditions For the villages in the area of non-planning areas
mentioned in regulation 4.11(vi); (Areas outside of Urban & Rural Growth Centers),
Farmhouses shall be permitted subject to development permissible in the residential zone
conditions mentioned in regulation 4.11(ix); may be permitted:-
Any building/use by the Government / a.)Within a belt of 500 meters from the gaothan
Semi-Government with maximum FSI of 0.20 limits of settlements having a population less
Development of buildings of educational, research, than or equal to 5000 as per latest census and;
and medical institutions, etc. with FSI of 0.20 b.)Within the belt of 1500 meter from the Gaothan
Integrated highway/ Wayside amenities with limits of settlement having a population of
maximum FSI of 0.2 on the gross plot area. more than 5000 as per latest census
Ancillary Service Industries for agro related
products with max FSI of 0.20.
XXII
Proportion of Total Devel- Proportion of Total Area
Land use category Area (ha)
oped Area (%) (%)
Residential 401.87 39.4 6.52
Gaothan 23.66 2.3 0.38
Commercial 33.65 3.3 0.55
Industrial 125.07 12.3 2.03
Logistics 19.93 2.0 0.32
Tourism Development 11.65 1.1 0.19
Public and semi public 38.57 3.8 0.63
Public Utility 4.24 0.4 0.07
Traffic & Transportation 223.53 21.9 3.63
MIDC 98.15 9.6 1.59
MADC 9.55 0.9 0.16
SEZ 21.21 2.1 0.34
Defense 8.03 0.8 0.13
Total Developed Area 1019.11 100.00 16.55
Agriculture (G1) 2287.81 37.14
Water bodies 368.06 5.98
Green Belt 88.89 1.44
Green Zone G-2 565.65 9.18
Forest 824.39 13.38
Hilltop Hillslope 547.47 8.89
Recreational 18.79 0.31
Quarry 8.99 0.15
Afforestation 430.17 6.98
Total Non-Developable Area 5140.21 83.45
Total 6159.32
XXIII
XXIV
Chapter 1: Pune Metropolitan Region
Chapter 1:
Pune Metropolitan Region Development Authority (PMRDA) is the planning and development authority for the Pune
Metropolitan Region (PMR) with an outlook towards channelizing growth in a strategic and orderly manner. The
region is gifted with a salubrious climate, abundant natural resources, rich cultural heritage and proximity to India’s
financial capital- Mumbai. These critical factors provide an impetus for socio-economic growth of the region.
PMR covers the talukas of Pune City, Maval, Mulshi, Haveli entirely while Bhor, Daund, Shirur, Khed, Purandar and
Velhe talukas are covered partially. The total area under PMR is 6,914.26 sq km with 73,21,367 population as per
2011 Census figures.
The purpose of the Development Plan is to promote growth and guide the present and future development of towns
and cities with a perspective of 20 years. It is an instrument to work out land and infrastructure requirements for
various urban and rural uses and allocate land for multiple uses to result in balanced and sustainable distribution of
socio-economic activities. This will provide towns/cities with a form and structure within which they can perform
all their economic and social functions, efficiently and effectively. The Development Plan has to address issues of
growing urbanization, uneven distribution of jobs, increasing commutes, lack of affordable housing, environmental
degradation and necessary infrastructure in the region.
1.1 Location and Regional Setting
Figure 1.1: Strategic Location of PMR
Source: MMRDA Map, NMRDA Map, PMRDA Map
1
Draft Development Plan of Pune Metropolitan Region 2021-2041
PMR is located in Pune district of Maharashtra state between 18°58’N, 73°50’E (north), 18°07’N, 74°01E (south),
18°33’N, 73°10’E (east) and 18°28’N, 74°27’ (west).
Pune Metropolitan Region is the largest urban agglomeration in Maharashtra. It is a part of India’s Golden Quadri-
lateral and is linked through a state-of-the-art expressway with Mumbai (150 km), the state capital and India’s com-
mercial capital. It is 140 km and 165 km away from India’s largest container port JNPT and Dighi port, while 160 km
from Thane-Belapur industrial belt. Mumbai Metropolitan Region bounds PMR on the north-west, Raigad district on
the west, Satara district on the south, Ahmednagar district on the east, Junnar and Ambegaon talukas on the north.
The PMR enjoys multiple locational advantages. One of the key advantages has been its close proximity to Mumbai,
ports, airports and evolved industrial base. The second advantage is the proximity to hinterland districts, located
within 200 km from Pune. These districts are mostly agrarian economies and depend on Pune city for higher order
services, strengthening Pune city’s position as a service hub.
1.2 Regional Connectivity
Pune Metropolitan Region is the largest metropolitan region in Maharashtra and third-largest region in India in
terms of its geographical area after Hyderabad and Bangalore. It is well connected to major cities nationally and
internationally through roadways, railways and airways. Despite the availability of perennial river stretches, there is
no significant utilization of waterways in the district. Figure 1.2 shows the connectivity within the district.
Road
The major road network consists of an expressway, national highways, state highways and major district roads.
PMR is well connected to Mumbai through the state-of-the-art Mumbai-Pune Expressway and National Highway
48. PMR is connected to Nashik via NH-60, Satara/Bangalore via NH-48, Solapur via NH65 and Ahmednagar via
NH-753F. It is also well connected to JNPT which is the largest container port of India. PMR also enjoys a direct
connection to Dighi port through Pune-Kolad (NH-753F) National Highway.
Railway
Pune Metropolitan Region is well connected to major cities in India through a rail network. The rail network con-
sists of both broad gauge (electrified and non-electrified) double-track as well as single-track lines. The three main
railway routes in the region are Mumbai-Pune-Solapur, Pune-Miraj and Daund-Baramati. Pune-Lonavala and Shivaji-
nagar-Talegaon routes operate as suburban trains.
Air
An international airport is located at Lohegaon in Pune city and has decent connectivity to major domestic airports
and select international destinations. The airport also has a small international air-cargo terminal developed mainly
to operate perishable agricultural products. Pune airport runway and ATC facility are shared between Indian Air
force base and AAI. This imposes restrictions on operations of civilian flights from the airport. The Government of
Maharashtra has embarked on developing a new international Airport in Purandar taluka due to the above limitation
of the existing airport, city’s growing passenger demand, and lack of such facility within 200km from Pune.
2
Figure 1.2: Regional Connectivity
Source: PWD Department, Maharashtra
1.3 PMR: Jurisdictions, Planning Area and Study Area

Pune Metropolitan Region (PMR) is spread across ten talukas (4 full talukas- Pune City, Haveli, Mawal, Mulshi and
6 part talukas - Khed, Shirur, Purandar, Bhor, Velhe and Daund) of Pune district. The Pune Metropolitan Region’s
total area is 6914.26 sq. km. and covers about 44% of the district (15,642 sq. km). PMR comprises two municipal
corporations viz Pune and Pimpri-Chinchwad, seven municipal councils viz Lonavala, Talegaon-Dabhade, Alandi,
Rajgurunagar, Chakan, Shirur and Saswad, three cantonment boards viz Pune, Khadki and Dehu Road, two nagar
panchayat viz Vadgaon Maval and Dehu, three SPAs- MIDC, MADC and NDA, ten census towns and 804 villages.
Accordingly, the Planning Area of PMR comprises 814 villages (including ten census towns), and its area is 6051.62
sq km.
3
Table 1.1: Jurisdictions in Pune Metropolitan Region
Population (Census
No Jurisdictions Area (sq km)
2011)
1 Pune Municipal Corporation (Planning area) 340.45 33,71,626
2 Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporation 177 17,27,692
4 Alandi Municipal Council 2.73 28,645
5 Chakan Municipal Council 17.10 41,113
6 Lonavala Municipal Council 30.47 57,698
7 Rajgurunagar Municipal Council 4.44 25,146
8 Saswad Municipal Council 22.62 31,821
9 Shirur Municipal Council 7.07 37,111
10 Talegaon Dabhade Municipal Council 10.55 56,435
11 Vadgaon Nagar Panchayat 12.99 15,687
12 Dehu Nagar Panchayat 8.5 17475
13 Dehu Road Cantonment 37.41 48,961
14 Kirkee Cantonment 13.74 78,684
15 Pune Cantonment 12.42 71,781
16 National Defence Academy & Defense 57.45
A Sub-total (1-16) 754.94 56,09,875
17 Special Planning Area - MADC 9.55
18 Special Planning Area - MIDC 98.15
B Sub-total (17 and 18) 107.70
C PMR- Planning Area (SPA Area) 6,051.62
D PMR- Study Area (B+C) 6159.32 17,11,492
E PMR- Total Area (A+B+C) 6914.26 73,21,367

Source: Data from respective authority and DP reports
Table 1.2: Details of Urban Centres in PMR
Population (Census
Name of Urban Centre Area (sq km) Type of Authority
2011)
1 Pune 340.45 33,71,626 (2018) Pune Municipal Corporation (Plan-

ning area)
Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal
2 Pimpri Chinchwad 177 17,27,692
Corporation
3 Alandi 2.73 28,645 Alandi Municipal Council
4 Chakan 17.10 41,113 Chakan Municipal Council
5 Lonavala 30.47 57,698 Lonavala Municipal Council
6 Rajgurunagar 4.44 25,146 Rajgurunagar Municipal Council
4
7 Saswad 22.62 31,821 Saswad Municipal Council
8 Shirur 7.07 37,111 Shirur Municipal Council

Talegaon Dabhade Municipal
9 Talegaon 10.55 56,435
Council
10 Vadgaon 12.99 15,687 Vadgaon Nagar Panchayat
11 Dehu 8.5 17,475 Dehu Nagar Panchayat
12 Dehu Road Cantonment 37.41 48,961 Cantonment Board
13 Kirkee Cantonment 13.74 78,684 Cantonment Board
14 Pune Cantonment 12.42 71,781 Cantonment Board
15 Hinjawadi 7.26 11,459 Census Town
16 Khadkale 4.64 13,435 Census Town
17 Kharabwadi 5.69 9,200 Census Town
18 Koregaon Bhima 12.71 13,116 Census Town
19 Kusgaon Bk 7.12 15,612 Census Town
20 Medankarwadi 5.47 12,576 Census Town
21 Nanekarwadi 4.04 12,654 Census Town
22 Pirangut 9.55 14,174 Census Town
23 Sanaswadi 16.97 13,543 Census Town
24 Wagholi 28.67 33,479 Census Town
Total 795.62 57,59,123
Source: Data from respective authority and DP reports; Census 2011
Planning Area
As per Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966, certain areas are under the jurisdiction of other admin-
istrative bodies, which act as planning authorities in their jurisdiction of Pune Metropolitan Region. Two municipal
corporations, seven municipal councils, three cantonment boards, two nagar panchayats have statutory plans ei-
ther in effect or under process as per the relevant provisions of MRTP Act, 1966. In addition to these, Maharashtra
Industrial Development Corporation is planning authority for the area under its jurisdiction.
Thus, Planning Area herein refers to 814 villages (including ten census towns) with an area of 6,051.62 sq km
that excludes planning jurisdictions of two municipal corporations, seven municipal councils, three cantonment
boards, two nagar panchayats and SPAs - MIDC, MADC within PMR. PMRDA has been appointed SPA for the 23
villages which were handed over PMC. These villages are part of the 814 villages as part of the Planning Area.
Study Area
As such, PMRDA does not have control over development within MIDC and MADC areas. However, considering
existing and future roles of these jurisdictions as drivers of economic growth, these jurisdictions have been in-
cluded in the planning analysis. Thus, Study Area refers to PMRDA jurisdiction of 804 villages, ten census towns
and jurisdiction of MIDC, MADC, covering an area of 6,159.32 sq km. Bifurcation of PMR area is provided in Figure
1.3 and Table 1.1.
5
Figure 1.3: Jurisdictions in Pune Metropolitan Region
Source: Data from respective authority and DP reports; Census 2011
1.4 Legal Mandate for Development Plan 2021-2041
The Government of Maharashtra vide Government Notification Urban Development Department No. TPS-
1899/1191/C.R.80/99/UD- 13 dated 23rd July 1999, under clause (c) of the Article 243-P of the Constitution of
India read with clause (c) of section 2 of the Maharashtra Metropolitan Planning Committees (Constitution and
Functions) (Continuance of Provisions) Act, 1999, notified a certain area, in and around the city of Pune as “Pune
Metropolitan Area (PMR)” to coordinate and supervise the proper, orderly and rapid development of the areas in
the Region; execution of plans, projects and schemes for such development; and to provide for matters connected
therewith or incidental thereto.
The Government of Maharashtra vide Notification No. TPS–1815/1204/13/CR-87/15/ UD-13, dated 31st March
2015, under section 42A, 42C and 42F of Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 (hereinafter referred
as “the said Act”) declared the Pune Metropolitan Area as a Pune Metropolitan Development Area under section
42A of the said act and under section 42C thereof also constituted the Pune Metropolitan Regional Development
Authority as the Area Development Authority. Thereafter the Government of Maharashtra vide Notification No.
TPS-1815/613/CR-309/15/UD- 13 dated 4th December 2015 and TPS.1815/CR 313/15/UD-13 dated 10th February
2016, inter-alia revised the limits of the Pune Metropolitan Area.
The Governor of Maharashtra had promulgated the Maharashtra Metropolitan Region Development Authority Ordi-
nance, 2016, to provide for the establishment of the authorities for areas declared as Metropolitan Areas and to co-
ordinate and supervise the proper, orderly and rapid development of the areas in the Metropolitan Region; execution
of plans, projects and schemes for such development; and to provide for matters connected therewith or incidental
thereto on 13th June, 2016. Subsequently, the ordinance came into act on 10th January 2017.
The Government of Maharashtra vide Notification No. MPC–2011/CR-215/2011/UD- 30, dated 27th June 2016,
declared the formation of Pune Metropolitan Planning Committee as per 74th Amendment of Constitution of India
(Annexure-I).
6
The Government of Maharashtra vide notification No. PMRDA.3316/CR 54/UD- 7, dated 11th July 2016, rescinds
the Govt. Notification No. TPS/1204/13/CR-87/15/UD-13 dated 31st March 2015 and established ‘Pune Metropoli-
tan Region Development Authority’ for Pune Metropolitan Region, under the provisions of Maharashtra Metropolitan
Region Development Authority Ordinance, 2016 (Annexure-II).
The Government of Maharashtra vide Notification No. TPS-1817/CR- 173/17/ UD-13 dated 18th January 2018 un-
der subsection (1) of section (40) of the said Act declared Pune Metropolitan area as “Notified Area” and appointed
Pune Metropolitan Region Development Authority as a “Special Planning Authority” for the said notified area, from
the date of its establishment, i.e. 31st March 2015.
Pune Metropolitan Region Development Authority (PMRDA) intends to prepare the Draft Development Plan for Pune
Metropolitan Region (2021-2041) in accordance with the provisions of the said Act. Legal formalities related to the
procedure of preparing and sanctioning of the Development Plan as per the said Act are outlined in Table 1.3.
Table 1.3: Legal framework of procedures for the preparation of the Development Plan
No Provisions of MRTP Act, 1966 Date

Formation of Pune Metropolitan Region (PMR) under the provisions of Maharash-
(A) 23/07/1999
tra Metropolitan Planning Committees Act, 1999
(B) Formation of Pune Metropolitan Planning Committee by Government 27/06/2016
Establishment of Pune Metropolitan Region Development Authority (PMRDA)
(C) for PMR under the provisions of Maharashtra Metropolitan Region Development 11/07/2016
Authority Ordinance, 2016
Declaration of PMR as Notified Area and appointment of PMRDA as Special Plan-
(D) 18/01/2018
ning Authority u/s 40 of the Act from 31st March 2015
Declaration of Intention for Preparation of Draft Development Plan u/s 23 of MRTP
Act, 1966
(1) Resolution of Metropolitan Planning Committee (MPC) 08/07/2016
(E)
(2) Resolution of PMRDA 28/12/2016
(3) Publication of Intention in Govt. of Maharashtra Gazette 06/07/2017
Appointment of Town Planning Officer u/s 24 of MRTP Act,1966 01/03/2018

(F)
Appointment of Town Planning Officer u/s 24 of MRTP Act,1966 13/03/2020
Preparation of Existing Land Use Map u/s. 25 MRTP Act, 1966
(1) Original time limit 05/01/2018

(G)
(2) Extended time limit 05/07/2018
(3) Existing Land Use Map handed over to Authority 05/07/2018
Publication of proposed Land Use Plan u/s 26 of the MRTP Act, 1966
(1) Original time limit 05/07/2019

(H) (2) Extended Time period of publication of draft development plan as per the pro-
vision of section 26 and 148-A of MR & TP Act 02/10/2021
(3) Declaration of 23 villages in PMC limit as Notified Area and appointment of
14/07/2021
PMRDA as SPA u/s 40 of MR & TP Act
(4) Formation of Pune Metropolitian Planning Committee 16/07/2021
(5) Resolution of PMRDA 29/07/2021
(6) Resolution of Pune Metropolitian Planning Committee (MPC) 29/07/2021

(7) Publication of Draft Development Plan in Government of Maharashtra Gazet-
02/08/2021
teer
7
1.5 Evolution of the Region

PMR is the focus of evolution study wherein the objective is to understand the factors that shaped PMR’s physical
pattern (initially rural and later suburban) and their relevance in today’s context.
Throughout history, the evolution of PMR and growth of Pune city have been closely linked. For example, PMR
supported Pune as a trade town in its formative years and up to early industrialisation phase, by serving as the
agricultural hinterland of Pune town. Hinterland provided a strong agricultural base to Pune town owing to its fertile
river valleys and other climatic factors bestowed upon by the Western Ghats. Based on the understanding of the
symbiotic relationship between PMR and Pune city, its evolution can be broadly categorised into the following stag-
es of evolution of Pune as mentioned below:
Stage 1 - Administrative and Trade Center

In the Maval region, Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj first established his base and developed the Maratha Empire.
Almost all rivers originate from the West. Hence, their watersheds (Khore in Marathi) must have been collectively
referred to as Mavals. Each Maval is essentially represented by a river or sometimes by a fort depending on its
strategic location and jurisdiction. These Mavals appear in the archives of the Maratha Kingdom where they were
recognised as early administrative divisions. Overlay of watersheds of Mavals and revenue divisions reveals the
transition of administrative divisions from Mavals-Pargana-Tehsil and finally consolidated into Talukas.
The patronage of Maratha Peshwas resulted in a great expansion of Pune, with the construction of many temples,
bridges and Sadashiv, Narayan, Rasta and Nana peths. A lake at Katraj on the city’s outskirts and an underground
aqueduct to bring water from the lake to Shaniwarwada were developed.
With the advent of the British in 1818, mass infrastructure development started taking place, army cantonment
boards were set up, and railway lines from Bombay to Poona (Pune) were laid. In the subsequent years, the rail
line was extended down south connecting other parts of the country. Railway infrastructure boosted the economic
development of Pune city.
Figure 1.4: Pune: Stage 1- Administrative and Trade Centre
Source: A Note on 12 Mavals of Poona District, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, 1978
8
Stage 2 - Industrial Center

Around the time of India’s Independence, sporadic development started taking place in the form of refugee camps
away from the city towards today’s PCMC. Industrialisation in this area commenced with the establishment of an
industrial estate by MIDC in 1960 and Hindustan Antibiotics, transforming small villages of PCMC into a premier
industrial hub.
The introduction of foreign direct investments initiated large scale manufacturing, automobile, information and
biotechnology industries to set up their bases in Pune. By this phase, Taluka headquarters were emerging as a
nascent version of today’s growth centres in PMR. Setting up industries in today’s Pimpri-Chinchwad MIDC created
employment shifts from agricultural to non-agricultural for the workforce employed in PMR villages. It is this policy
that drove the fast-paced industrialisation and urbanisation in the region.
Figure 1.5: Pune: Stage 2 - Industrial Centre (Pune city and Pimpri Chinchwad New Town)
Source: Revised Development Plan Pimpri- Chinchwad Municipal Corporation 1993, Development Plan- 2021 for newly merged areas in PCMC, Draft
Development Plan for Old Pune City 2007-2027
Stage 3 - Industrial Expansio
The formation of Pune Metropolis marks this phase of evolution in 1991 consisting of PMC, PCMC and regional
planning efforts to decentralise its urban development. The economic liberalisation policy led to a shortage of
developed industrial land. High land prices resulted in the decentralisation of industrial development outside
municipal corporations but adjacent to its boundaries sowing the seeds of the city’s fringe development. Within
a decade, concentric growth along municipal corporation boundaries and ribbon-like growth along major trans-
port corridors was witnessed. The work-travel pattern between both municipal corporations also put pressure
on the transport infrastructure.
9
Figure 1.6: Pune: Stage 3 - Industrial expansion (Pune and Pimpri Chinchwad as twin cities)
Stage 4 - Business and Service Center

Regional Plan 1997 adopted a decentralised development model intending to solve problems of Pune Metropo-
lis. It aimed to control urban-rural migration by providing employment (industrial) close to growing rural centres
which were referred to as Peripheral Towns. Most of these towns are part of PMR and were conceived as self-suf-
ficient industrial towns. RP 1997 also intended to supply more land to absorb residential growth in fringe areas.
Fifty-three villages were identified as urban fringes and were planned as eight sectors. Out of these villages, 18
villages were merged into PCMC and 23 were integrated into PMC between 1997-2001.
In today’s context, some of the peripheral towns identified in RP 1997 have already established themselves as major
employment hubs such as Chakan and Sanaswadi. However, they have not been self-sufficient due to the lack of
resident population. On the other hand, over-densification has taken place in fringe towns such as Wagholi, Manjari,
whereas Uruli Kanchan, Loni Kalbhor, Nasrapur remain relatively underdeveloped.
On the contrary, with the opening of the national economy and the rise of the IT industry, Hinjawadi emerged as a
major disruptor in economic development that changed the skyline of Pune Metropolis which was not envisaged in
the RP 1997. To conclude, economic liberalisation and decentralisation of urban development strategy have shaped
the urban pattern of the planning area besides organic growth of local growth centres.
Present Stage
Urbanization in PMR is extensively taking place along five major transport corridors connecting major districts
around. Urban growth is also focused mainly around locations closest to PMC and PCMC.
10
Figure 1.7: Pune: Stage 4 - Business and Service Centre (Pune Metropolis and Suburbs)
Figure 1.8: Pune: Present Stage - Pune Urban Agglomeration
11
1.6 PMR’s Assets
PMR is blessed with rich heritage and culture, natural abundance and prosperity in all forms. The glorious city of
Pune is heralded as the cultural capital of the state of Maharashtra. PMR’s culture emphasizes education, arts and
crafts, music, theatre, etc. and can be seen as an example of the blending of culture and heritage with modernity.
PMR has been the birthplace of the great poet-saints Tukaram Maharaj and Dhnyaneshwar Maharaj. It claims
the honour of being the home of great freedom fighters like Bal Gangadhar Tilak, Gopal Krishna Gokhale, etc. The
culture of PMR is well reflected through its cuisine, people, languages, etc. The most common language spoken by
the majority of the population is Marathi. Apart from Marathi, Hindi is also one of the languages used commonly.
Following is the list of key assets PMR possesses:

1. Heritage : Forts: Sinhgad, Rajmachi, Lohagad, Korigad, Purandar, Visapur, Tung, Tikona, etc
2. Scenic : Hill station destinations: Amby valley, Ajibai Devrai, Temghar dam, Vadivali Lake, Dudhiware waterfall,
Pawana dam, Walwan dam, etc
3. Biodiversity : Western Ghats, Wildlife sanctuaries of Tamhini Ghat & Sudhagad
4. Educational : Pune University, NCL, ARAI, IISER, NIV, Defence Institute, NDA, HEMRL, BJ Medical College, Fer-
gusson, BMCC, Gokhale Institute, Agharkar Institute, Symbiosis, CWPR, MIT, Bharati Vidyapeeth
5. Cultural : Tukaram Maharaj and Dyaneshwar Maharaj Palakhi, Maha-ganpati & Chintamani Ashvinayak Mandir,
Chhatrapati Sambhaji Maharaj Samadhi, Prati-Shirdi, Triveni Ashram, Art of Living, Bhaje caves, Karla caves
6. Economic : Hinjawadi IT Park, Chakan Automotive Hub, Ranjangaon MIDC, Kharadi IT Hub
All the Indian festivals like Diwali, Janmashtami, Navaratri, Dussehra, Holi, Rakshabandhan, Christmas, Eid, etc. are
celebrated with the same excitement in PMR with no religion, language bars.
Ganpati festival
This is one of the biggest festivals in Pune. People buy Ganesh idols to be kept in their houses as a divine guest for
three, five to ten days. The idol is then taken out ceremoniously for the ritual of visarjan and is immersed into the
water.
Huge Ganesh idols are worshipped at pandals, also known as Dekhavas for 8 to 10 days organized by Mandals.
Various Mandals take out huge processions during the first day and the day of immersion of the idols throughout
the city. People from the city and nearby towns and districts come in numbers to witness the festive celebrations.
Pandharpur Wari
Pandharpur wari is an annual pilgrimage where palakhis carrying paduka (footprints) of various saints (mainly
Dhnyaneshwar Maharaj from Alandi and Tukaram Maharaj from Dehu) are taken from their respective shrines to
Pandharpur. People march on foot from various locations and join the main palkhi from Dehu and Alandi. All the
palakis gather in Pandharpur on Ashadhi Ekadashi and take holy dip in the waters of Bhima River and visit Lord
Vithoba temple.
Figure 1.9: Ganapati Festival and Pandharpur wari
12
1.7 Review of Past Planning Efforts

Revised Regional Plan for Pune district (RP 1997) was prepared to address development needs for the period of
1991-2011. It came into effect from 1997.
According to the MRTP Act 1966, certain areas within PMR are under the jurisdiction of other administrative bod-
ies that act as planning authorities in their respective jurisdictions. Two municipal corporations, seven municipal
councils, three cantonment boards, one nagar panchayat have statutory plans either in effect or under process
as per the relevant provisions of MRTP Act 1966. Additionally, MIDC has prepared development plans for its areas
such as Chakan, Ranjangaon, Hinjawadi, and Talegoan.
Table 1.4: Past Planning Efforts
# Agency Sanctioned Plans and Dates
Pune Metropolitan Region was established in 1967 for an area of 1605 sq km, and Re-
gional Plan for this area (1970-91) was sanctioned in February 1976.
1 Pune district
Regional Plan of Pune district (1991-2011) was sanctioned vide Notification No TPS-
1895/227/CR-26/95/UD-13 dated November 25, 1997.
State government extended the limits of Pune Municipal Corporation by merging 23
villages in 2008. The Draft Development Plan for these villages was partly sanctioned
on September 18, 2008, and the remaining part was sanctioned on May 17, 2008.
2 PMC
State government sanctioned the second revision of Development Plan 1987 of old
limits of PMC vide Notification TPS 1815/209/C.R. 69/15/D.P. Pune/Sanction /UD-13,
dated January 4, 2017.
State government sanctioned Development Plan for Pimpri-Chinchwad Municipal Cor-
poration on September 18, 1995, for an area of 86 sq km.
3 PCMC State government extended the limits of PCMC by merging 18 fringe villages with it.
It approved the Development Plan for this extended area (84.51 sq km) on August 18,
2009.
Alandi Munici- State government sanctioned revised Development Plan (second revision) on May 15,
4 pal Council 2013.
Lonavala Mu- State government sanctioned revised Development Plan (second revision) on June 29,
5 nicipal Council 2005.
Saswad Mu- State government sanctioned revised Development Plan (first revision) on July 29,
6 nicipal Council 2015.
Shirur Munici- State government sanctioned revised Development Plan (second revision) on August
7 pal Council 23, 2012.
Talegaon
State government sanctioned the revised Development Plan (second revision) on May
8 Dabhade Mu-
27, 2013.
nicipal Council
Chakan Munic-
9 Preparation of the Development Plan is under progress.
ipal Council
Rajgurunagar
First Development was prepared and published for objection and suggestions in June
10 Municipal
2017.
Council
Pune Canton-
11 Development Plan is in existence.
ment Board
Kirkee Canton-
ment Board
Dehu Canton-
ment Board
State government sanctioned the Development Plan of Pimpri Chinchwad New Town
14 PCNTDA
Development Authority on December 14, 1995.
Plans for MIDC areas namely Khed, Ranjangaon, Baur, Talegaon, Chakan and Rajiv
15 MIDC
Gandhi Infotech Park are sanctioned.
13
Review of Regional Plan 1997

Regional Plan for Pune district (RP 1997) is a comprehensive document that was prepared to address the region’s
development needs from 1991 through 2011. It came into effect from 1997. This section presents a review of RP
1997 in four subsections - objectives, planning strategies, salient proposals and analysis.
Objectives
The objectives of Regional Plan 1997 were to promote balanced regional development and optimum utilisation
of available resources. It aimed at reducing urbanisation pressure from Pune agglomeration that engulfed PMC,
PCMC and villages situated at its fringes, protecting the environment of the Western Ghats, maximum utilisation of
irrigation potential for the remaining part of the region.
Figure 1.10: RP 1997 - Proposed Regional Structure
RP 1997 Planning Strategies - Pune District

1. It established the broad planning concept and organized the District into subregions for planning purposes.
2. As the PMC area was considered congested, an alternative New Town was proposed at 80-100 km from Pune
between Baramati and Kurkumbh industrial areas, with an estimated 5-7 lakh population.
3. At nodal points, peripheral ring towns of 0.50-1.50 lakh population each around existing/proposed industrial
areas were proposed.
4. Residential townships were suggested to take care of housing needs at peripheral industrial Ring Towns. These
towns were named as Inner Ring Towns (25-30 km away from Pune City) and Outer Ring Towns (50-80km away
from Pune City).
5. Distribution of population and public amenities was done based on the proposed settlement hierarchy and op-
timum travel distance norms. By 2011, the population of PMC was estimated at 21 lakh, PCMC at 12 lakh and
Cantonments at 2.65 lakh. PMR population was estimated at 15.7 lakh (8 Fringe village clusters (10.75 lakh), 4
Growth Centers (2.25 lakh) and 79 rural areas (2.7 lakh)).
14
Figure 1.11: RP 1997 - Proposed Population Distribution
RP 1997 Planning Strategies - PMR

1. Existing land use, settlement patterns and growth rate revealed that pronounced growth occurred at 53 vil-
lages around PMC and PCMC limits. These villages were regrouped into eight sectors (referred to as Fringe
Areas) along arterial roads/highways based on administrative boundaries and natural features.
2. Potential village clusters were identified as Growth Nodes/Nodal Towns considering the proximity to growing
municipal councils (Lonavala, Alandi, Talegaon Dabhade), industrial developments (Chakan, Shikrapur-Talega-
on Dhamdhere, Pirangut, Khed Shivapur-Nasarapur) and presence of major institutions (Uruli Kanchan).
3. Zoning and circulation plans were prepared for the PMR, i.e. 8 Fringe Areas (Sector A-H) and 3 Growth Centers
(Sector I, J, K). It did not cover the 4th Growth Center at Loni-Kalbhor since it already had a Development Plan.
Broad Land Use Plans were prepared for 5 Peripheral Towns (Sector L, M, N-O-R, P, Q). Refer to Figure 1.13 .
4. Residential areas have been worked out considering the gross residential density of 125-150 persons per hect-
are. However, to increase land availability for residential use and discourage conversion of agricultural lands
into residential use, most of the developable lands, except protected areas, have been assigned with residential
zoning. Average gross residential density for 18 sectors (A-R) works out to be 100 persons per hectare.
5. Most of the Sectors were envisioned as Industrial Towns/Townships. Estimation of land requirements was
based on the following parameters:
a. The industrial area was estimated based on worker density of 60 workers/hectares for large industries and
75 workers/hectares for SMEs
b. The ratio of industrial to tertiary sector employment was considered as 1:1.5
c. The ratio of workers to dependents was assumed 1:2
d. Employment generated and the land requirement for proposed industrial development was obtained using
a, b and c above.
e. The following assumptions guided the land requirement for residential areas:
1. It was assumed that 25-35% of workers would commute from existing urban centres, 10%-20%
workers would commute from surrounding rural areas to proposed industrial clusters, and there
would be 50% natural growth in the existing population.
2. Residential population estimated based on a to c and e(i) were added together to obtain a total pop-
ulation of a Township.
3. This population number was divided by gross residential density ranging between 75-125 p/ha to
arrive at residential land requirement.
15
f. The document mentions that although residential areas were worked out in detail, residential zoning was
provided on the higher side to avoid shortage of residential zoning, a lesson learnt from the implementa-
tion of the 1976 Plan.
Figure 1.12: RP 1997 - Proposed Planning Areas
Salient proposals of RP 1997

1. Protected Zones were the forests, Hilltop Hillslope zone (slope >1:5), an immediate catchment of lakes, de-
fence areas and perennial Bagayat/agricultural lands.
2. Industrial proposals were for small scale and services industries. Industrial Zones proposed by MIDC were
incorporated at Talegaon, Bhosari and Talawade. Major industrial clusters (>500 ha) were proposed at Chakan,
Koregaon Bhima, Khed Shivapur and Wadgaon. Mid-sized industrial clusters were proposed at Pirangut and
Talegaon. Small-sized industrial clusters were proposed in the remaining sectors.
3. Key regional transport proposals were South Easterly and North Easterly bypass (90m wide), railway line along
North Easterly bypass, Westerly Expressway (90m wide) from Somatane Phata to Shirwal, the ring road outside
corporation limit, quadrupling of Lonavala-Pune railway and upgrading Pune-Daund railway.
4. Two alternatives were considered to facilitate implementation and maintenance in the future: a merger of
fringe villages into existing municipal councils or creation of new municipal councils for a group of fringe
villages. Ultimately, a combination of both alternatives was suggested wherein six sectors were to be merged
with PMC, PCMC and six new municipal councils were to be established.
Table 1.5: RP 1997: Proposed Land Use for Study Area
Land Use Category Area (sq km) Percentage (%)
Afforestation 1,064 17.28
Agriculture 4010.32 65.10
Defence 9 0.15
Forest 349 5.67
16
Green Belt 6 0.10
Industrial-MIDC 58 0.94
Unclassified/Water bodies 300 4.87
Public and Semi-Public 11 0.18
Gaothan 32 0.52
Hill Station 152 2.47
Hilltop Hill Slope 39 0.63
Residential 129 2.09
Total 6159.32
Figure 1.13: RP 1997: Proposed Land Use Plan for Study Area
Analysis of RP 1997
1. RP 1997 leveraged strategies of 1976 Plan such as conservation of available forests, agricultural and irrigable
areas, ‘delimiting’ urban growth beyond Pune city’s fringes through the reservation of extensive green areas,
‘afforestation’ of dry hills, decentralised industrial development with a ceiling on industrial hectarage within
Pune city and ceiling on residential areas in fringe areas.
2. Decentralisation of industrial activity away from Pune city has been achieved by enforcing a Buffer Zone of 5
km around PMC and PCMC.
3. Industrial development has been successfully implemented by MIDC and privately developed industrial clus-
ters as per proposed zoning at Talegaon, Urse, Chakan, Koregaon Bhima-Talegaon Dhamdhere-Shikrapur node,
Pirangut, and Hinjawadi. It supported employment generation for corporations, fringe areas and to some ex-
tent, rural areas situated within commutable distance.
4. The urbanisation has outpaced the estimated PMR population. RP 1997 projected 2011 PMR population at
51.35 lakh, out of which PMC and PCMC together absorbed about 95% as per 2011 Census. This means the
17
strategy of controlling the growth of PMC and PCMC through decentralisation was not successfully imple-
mented. It is also evident from the fact that out of 18, only three growth centres managed to attain the estimat-
ed population.
5. On the contrary, the growth that took place in the form of uncontrolled urban sprawl is characterized by low
densities, triggering unsustainable infrastructure demand and added pressure on natural resources and utili-
ties.
6. The original intention of generating rural employment closer to villages and decongestion of PMC, PCMC could
not be achieved due to the following reasons:
• Decentralised industries were remotely located. Although RP recommended hierarchical development of
amenities, it did not materialise, which discouraged residential areas from flourishing despite the provi-
sion of residential zoning near industries.
• Industries employed skilled and educated workers, who preferred to live in PMC, PCMC to avail quality of
life and services offered by municipal corporations
• The density of municipal corporation areas increased through the creation of higher development poten-
tial (FSI and TDR) through revisions to DCPR and through territorial expansions that collectively increased
the capacity of PMC and PCMC to absorb higher population growth.
• While control on industrial development in a buffer zone of 5 km around PMC and PCMC was achieved, it
also triggered industrial/real estate activity in rural areas, populating irrigated agricultural lands affecting
rural employment that led to further rural-urban migration towards corporations and municipal councils.
7. The Mumbai-Pune Expressway and Westerly bypass from Somatane Phata to Katraj were implemented out
of regional transport proposals. Most of the proposed roads are either not implemented or remain partly im-
plemented due to local constraints and high land prices.
8. Upgrading the railway routes partly took place, but suburban railway frequency to ridership equation has not
been economically viable beyond municipal limits. Easterly bypass with broad gauge railway could not be
implemented.
9. The proposed international airport at Chakan could not be developed. It has been relocated near Saswad which
is under planning stage.
10. IT sector development in Hinjawadi took place beyond the preparation phase of RP 1997. It has been a major
disruptor that changed urban development dynamics of Pune agglomeration. IT parks were either developed
by MIDC or the private sector that could not ensure adequate residential land around these parks due to their
limited mandate and land values. This has resulted in excessively long work-home trips for their workers, add-
ing to the congestion of PMC and PCMC.
18
Chapter 2: Physical Features and Environment
Chapter 2:
Physical Features and Environment
This chapter covers an assessment of the region’s environmental features, including the topography, geology,
climatology, and status of natural resources such as water, forests, agriculture, and the pollution levels observed
in the region.
Approximately 38% of the PMR area is currently used for agricultural purposes, and most of the urbanisation is
envisaged to add to the urban agglomeration of Pune and Pimpri-Chinchwad cities. Rapid urbanisation has been
exerting tremendous pressure on environmental resources in the region.The Planning Area population is estimated
to grow almost three times to over 54 lakh by the year 2041. Thus, resources must be equitably allocated amongst
entities mandated with regulation and management of resources in the region.
2.1 Topography
Topographically, PMR has the following four major physiographic units:

1. The Hills and Ghats: Strip of Sahyadri mountains towards the west is known as ‘Ghatmatha’ (1,420 m above
MSL). This physiographic area has famous tourist places such as Lonavala and Khandala. The altitude of
this area ranges between 500 m and 1500 m above MSL.
2. The Foothills: Undulating belt of 15-30 km towards the east of ‘Ghatmatha’ is called ‘Mawal’. The central
parts of Mawal, Mulshi and Velhe talukas come under this region. The altitude of this region ranges between
100 m to 500 m above MSL.
3. The Central Plateau: The plain’s remaining belt on the east of ‘Mawal’ is called ‘Desh’. This area covers
basins of the river Bhima and its tributaries. The central and western part of Khed taluka, the eastern zone of
Velhe, Mulshi, Bhor talukas and western part of Haveli taluka falls in this area.
4. The Eastern Plains: The area of Shirur and Daund talukas is mostly plains.
Foothills of the Western Ghats are critical physical features of the region since they hold the majority of surface
water resources. Water from these sources is stored in several small and large dams, pouring into irrigation
systems and water supply systems. Pune and Pimpri-Chinchwad cities are settled on the central plateau located
in the region. This plateau keeps these settlements from flooding in monsoon. Eastern plains are fertile and most
productive of agricultural areas in the region. These plains have formed from alluvial deposits of rivers in the
Krishna basin. However, these areas are also prone to frequent flooding and inundation.
Elevation and Slope Analysis
The region has an average elevation between 500m to 1400m from mean sea level. Based on the slopes, the Pune
Metropolitan Region is divided into four categories.
Table 2.1: Slope Analysis for Study Area
Sr Slope
Category Slope % Area of PMR (sqkm) Proportion (%)
No gradient
>1:2.5 More than 40% 46.81 0.76
Very Steep
1 Very steep slopes occur in small parts of the Sahyadri Hills range, the ridge areas of Mulshi,
Slope
Velhe talukas and a small narrow stretch in Bhor and Haveli talukas.
Less than 40% and more
1:2.5-1:5 753.28 12.23
2 Steep Slope than 20%
A significant portion of hill ranges in Mulshi, Mawal and Khed talukas have steep slopes.
19
Less than 20% and more

1:5 - 1:10 784.08 12.73
Moderate than 10%
3
Slope Shirur, Khed and Purandar talukas have major stretches of moderately sloping. Small
patches are also scattered in Haveli, Daund talukas and Pune city.
< 1:10 Less Than 10% 4573.29 74.25
Gentle
4 Gentle sloping is scattered in all talukas of the district. This covers major areas of Daund,
Slope
Shirur, Haveli talukas and Pune city.
Source: GIS Data base
Figure 2.1: Slope Analysis
Source: GIS Data base
2.2 Geology
Almost all the rocks in PMR are varieties of Deccan trap-basalts. The outpouring of enormous lava spread over
vast areas in western and central India led to their formation. The lavas are called ‘Plateau basalts’ because of
their dominantly basaltic composition and as they tend to form flat-topped plateau-like features. Such flows are
called ‘traps’ because of their step-like or terraced appearance. The rock is dark grey to greenish-grey in colour.
The district’s basaltic dykes are all upright and do not seem to have caused disturbance or dislocation in basalt
strata. Two dykes about 4 feet wide run obliquely across the Indrayani valley, 55 km north-west of Pune, and
intersect each other. Small dykes are seen near Pune Cantonment and at the southern slopes of the hills near
Bhosari and Dighi. These dykes are to be regarded as feeders for the trap flows and are expected to be present
underneath the traps’ main mass. In general, they show regularity in direction, thickness and size. The details of
rocks and minerals of PMR are represented in Figure 2.2.
20
Figure 2.2: PMR - Lithography
Source: Geological Survey of India
2.3 Soil Type
Soils in PMR are classified into broad five types based on soil depth, drain, soil characteristics and slope. Table
2.2 and Figure 2.3 show the soil types and their locations in PMR.
Table 2.2: Soil types within Pune district

Type Soil Type Locations in PMR
Very deep, well-drained, loamy soils on
1: Very Deep Patches are spread in Mulshi, and some parts of
gently sloping narrow valleys with moderate
Soil Velhe taluka.
erosion.
Deep, moderately well-drained, strongly Narrow stretches are spread in Khed, Mawal,
2: Deep Soil calcareous, fine soils on gently sloping Mulshi, Velhe, Haveli, Bhor and Purandar talukas
plains and valleys with moderate erosion. along river banks.
Slightly deep, well-drained, fine, calcareous
3: Slightly Major portions of Purandar, Pune City, Haveli,
soils on very gently sloping lands with
Deep Soil Daund and Shirur talukas have this soil coverage.
mesas and buttes with moderate erosion.
Major portion of the region is covered by this type
Shallow well-drained, clayey soils on gently of soil. This includes the major portion of Mawal,
4: Shallow
sloping lands with mesas and buttes with Khed, Mulshi, Velhe, Bhor, Purandar Haveli and
Soil - 1
moderate erosion and slight stoniness. Daund talukas. Small stretches are spread in Pune
City and Shirur talukas.
5: Shallow Shallow, well-drained, clayey soils on gently Stretches are spread in Mawal, Shirur, Haveli,
Soil - 2 sloping land with moderate erosion. Purandar and Daund.
Source: District Environment Atlas for Pune District By MPCB 2006; DIstrict Agricultural Depatment, Pune (www.mpcb.gov.in); NBSS-National Bureau
of Soil Survey, Zoning Atlas Division.
21
Figure 2.3: PMR - Soil Types
Source: District Environment Atlas for Pune District By MPCB 2006; DIstrict Agricultural Depatment, Pune (www.mpcb.gov.in); NBSS-National Bureau
of Soil Survey, Zoning Atlas Division.
2.4 Climatology
The climate of PMR is studied at Pune district level. Pune district is part of the tropical monsoon land and therefore
shows a significant seasonal variation in temperature and rainfall conditions. The climate of the western region of
Pune district is cool, whereas the eastern part is hot and dry.
Rainfall
Pune Metropolitan Region has a varied topography and physiography. Likewise, the climate varies drastically
ranging from high rainfall areas to the areas having low rainfall. Based on climatic characteristics, PMR is divided
into three zones.
Zone-1 (High Rainfall Zone): This zone includes narrow strips extending from north to south along the crest of
Sahyadri ranges. It consists of hilly high lying terrains and part of Mawal, Mulshi and Velhe talukas where rainfall
is above 1250 mm.
Zone-2 (Medium Rainfall Zone): This zone includes the central part of PMR where rainfall ranges from 1250mm to
700mm. It includes part of Khed, Pune City, Bhor, Haveli and Purandar talukas.
Zone-3 (Low Rainfall Zone): This zone includes talukas with the lowest rainfall intensity. The decline in rainfall
amount towards the east is due to the Sahyadrian mountainous zone, which creates a rain shadow region, where
rainfall is below 700mm. It includes parts of Shirur, Haveli and Daund talukas.
22
Figure 2.4: Pune district - Taluka wise rainfall
Source: District Environment Atlas for Pune District By MPCB 2006; https://pune.gov.in/about-pune
The western part of the region adjacent to the west coast is a hilly area with forest cover, due to which the rainfall
intensity is very high in this part compared to the eastern parts. Zone wise yearly total Rainfall data during years
1951-2016 is shown in Figure 2.5.
Figure 2.5: Zone wise yearly total rainfall data during the years 1951-2016
Source: Indian Metorological Department, Ministry of Earth Science.
Temperature and Humidity

April and May are the hottest months in the district. The maximum temperature during these months often rises
above 36° C. The western and northern regions i.e. Khed, Mawal, Mulshi and Velhe talukas, are cool, whereas the
eastern part, i.e. Shirur, Daund talukas, is hot and dry. In the summer months, the relative humidity ranges from
a minimum of 20% to a maximum of 67% during the day. During the monsoon period, the relative humidity varies
from 68% to 87%. The relative humidity during winter shows maximum daytime variation, ranging from 37% to
88%.
23
Wind
Twelve-hour observations of wind direction and speed over twelve months reveal that westward winds are
observed for over 57% of the times in a year with speeds ranging between 1.5-4.5 m/s. The predominant winds
from the west and south-west direction are responsible for the monsoons as they carry moisture-laden clouds
from the Arabian sea. Potential for wind energy lies in the western and southern parts of the region. In monsoon,
the Western Ghats prevent strong winds from blowing into the region from the west and carrying away moisture.
Wind frequency is more during the monsoon season, with the percentage of frequency reaching as high as 73%
with not much variation during the daytime.
Figure 2.6: Wind Rose
Source: Indian Metorological Department, Ministry of Earth Science
2.5 Hydrology
River Systems of PMR
All rivers in PMR mostly originate from the western part of the Sahyadri Hills and flow through the eastern part of
the district.
The Pune Metropolitan Region has three major river systems, namely:
1. The Bhima-Ghod River system in the northern, north-eastern and eastern part
2. Mula-Mutha River system covering the central part
3. Small part of the Nira River system covering the south part
Major rivers originating in the region include Bhima, Bhama, Pavana, Indrayani, Mula, Mutha and Nira, all tributaries
of Bhima. These rivers originate in the Sahyadri region on the western side and have minimum travel length. Most
of the reservoirs are located on the western side of the region wherein the annual rainfall is both higher and
assured. Based on geomorphological settings and drainage patterns, the district is divided into 33 watersheds.
Figure 2.7 shows major rivers passing through PMR, the river basin boundaries and the drainage catchments.
24
Figure 2.7: Pune: Rivers and Watersheds
Source: Central Water and Power Research Station, Pune; Water Resources Department, GoM.
Ponds and Lakes

Based on the ELU database, presently the region has numerous ponds spread across the Study Area. Surface
areas of these ponds vary drastically. Further, there are xx lakes (other than irrigation projects) covering xx sq km
of area. Majority of these lakes are in Mawal taluka.
For analysis purposes, criteria of funding assistance for rainwater harvesting structure as per Rashtriya Krishi
Vikas Yojana is referred (average size of farm pond 20mx20mx3m, community pond 100mx100mx3m). Based on
these selection criteria, there are 9,967 existing ponds (≥400 m2) and 240 ponds (≥ 10,000 m2) as per the ELU
database.
Ground Water
95% of the area in Pune district is underlain with hard rock (Basalt) formation. The rocks give rise to a complex and
extensive low-storage aquifer system where the water level tends to drop rapidly once the water table falls by
more than 2 m to 6 m. Additionally, these aquifers also have low permeability which limits their recharge through
rainfall. This means water in these aquifers is non-replenishable and will eventually dry out due to continuous
usage/drawdown. The overall groundwater development of Pune district is 71.51%. However, within PMR, Purandar
taluka is categorised as semi-critical. The rest of the talukas in PMR are classified as safe for further water
development.
Irrigation Projects and Dams
In Pune district, the maximum numbers of irrigation projects are in Baramati, Junnar, Khed, Mulshi and Shirur
talukas whereas the talukas with the least irrigation projects are Haveli and Velhe. The location of major and
medium irrigation projects (completed and under construction), and command areas (completed and under
construction) are shown in Figure 2.8 . Table 2.3 consists of the total area covered under each major irrigation
project.
25
Figure 2.8 : Irrigation Command Area
Source: Central Water and Power Research Station, Pune; Water Resources Department, GoM;
Table 2.3: Pune- total area covered under each major irrigation project
Sanctioned
Type of
No. Name of Source River Name Storage Details of Reservoir Reservation for
Source
use of water
Live Dead Total Quantity (mm3)
1 Khadakwasla Major Mutha 55.91 30 85.91
2 Temghar Major Mutha 105.01 2.95 107.96
3 Warasgaon/Dasave Major Mose 363.13 12.23 375.36
4 Panshet Major Ambi 301.61 9 310.61
5 Chaskaman Major Bhima 214.5 27.19 241.69 26.44
6 Bhama Ashkhed Major Bhama 217.13 13.52 230.65 144.11
7 Ghod Major Ghod 137.99 31.31 169.3 12.62
8 Pawana Dam Major Pawana 240.97 31.15 272.12 285.77
9 Bhatghar Major Velvandi 665.57 7.08 672.65 29.73
10 Gunjawane Major Gunjawani 104.48 0.21 104.69 0
11 Mulshi Dam Major Mula 522.76 13 535.76 0

Upper Andhra Lake/
12 Major Andra 363.7 0 363.7 0
Thokarwadi
13 Shirwata Major Indrayani 212.97 0 212.97 0
Source: Central Water and Power Research Station, Pune; Water Resources Department, GoM;
26
2.6 Environmental Status
As PMR develops, there would be growth in population, industries and ancillary facilities with potential stress on
the environment. The environment is a crucial factor that needs to be considered when framing land uses and built
form for this growth. Furthermore, it should be seen that environmental pollution like air and water pollution does
not cross the maximum permissible range.
Air Quality
Air quality is an essential component of everyday life. The Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) has set National
Ambient Air Quality standards applicable nationwide. CPCB has been conferred this power by the Air (Prevention
and Control of Pollution) Act 1981. Air Quality Index (AQI) is a tool to showcase air quality status. As the AQI
increases, an increasingly large percentage of the population is likely to experience adverse health effects.
Major air pollution sources are industrial estates and vehicles from traffic within the town along highways and
unpaved roads. The air pollution from industrial estates belongs to A1 and A2 categories having potential air
pollution impact areas ranging from 7-15 km and 5-7 km respectively. Based on the field survey, the air quality in
Pune district is relatively free of pollutants. However, the RSPM level is on the higher side in a few areas of Pune
city.
Water Quality
Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB) is executing the GEMS (Global Environmental Monitoring System)
and MINARS (Monitoring of Indian National Aquatic Resources) projects under National Water Quality Monitoring
Program (NWMP) funded by CPCB to understand the nature and extent of pollution control required in the state.
At present MPCB monitors 48 surface water and 25 groundwater locations in Maharashtra. Monitoring at these
stations is done as per the uniform protocol for water quality monitoring prescribed by MoEFCC and CPCB. There
are 21 water quality monitoring stations present within Pune Metropolitan Region. Parameters which are observed
are PH, BOD, COD, Nitrate and Fecal Coliform. Table 2.4 gives representative data of water qualities of the Indrayani
River at major stations.
Table 2.4: Surface Water Quality of Indrayani River, Pune 2016 (MPCB)
Dissolved Oxy- B.O.D. Nitrate Fecal Coliform
Months pH C.O.D.(mg/l)
gen (mg/l) (mg/l) (mg/l) (MPN/100 ml)
Standard Parametres 6.5-8.5 Min. 4 mg/l 100 250 Max. 20 Max. 500
January 7.6 6.27 4.8 13.2 2.51 N/A
February 8.2 Nill 10.6 28.4 0.6 N/A
March 8 3.09 4.2 16 N/A N/A
April 7.8 4.8 5.2 16 0.5 20
May 7 2.6 12.5 40 0.3 20
June 7.7 5.9 3.8 16 0.2 25
July 7.1 5.5 6.2 20 0.6 25
August N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
September 8.4 6 3.6 12 0.3 N/A
October 7.7 6.1 2.8 8 0.4 N/A
November N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
December N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Note: B.O.D. – Biological Oxygen Demand; C.O.D. – Chemical Oxygen Demand; M.P.N. – Most Probable Number
Source: Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB).
27
2.7 Environmentally Sensitive Areas
Forest Areas
Pune Metropolitan Region is divided into two forest divisions viz. Pune and Junnar forest division and one forest
subdivision at Bhor. About 824.29 sqkm (13%) of PMR is under forest division. Table 2.5 presents a taluka wise
summary of the area under forest. Figure 2.9 represents the forest area within PMR.
Table 2.5: PMR - Taluka Wise Forest areas
Sr No Taluka Area under Forest (ha) Proportion to the total forest area (%)
1 Bhor 48.13 6%
2 Daund 42.55 5%
3 Haveli 123.34 15%
4 Khed 87.29 11%
5 Mawal 234.98 29%
6 Mulshi 177.26 22%
7 Purandar 34.56 4%
8 Shirur 32.7 4%
9 Velhe 43.43 5%
10 Total 824.29 100%

Source: Maharashtra Forest Department, GoM, Pune.
Figure 2.9: PMR-Forest, Western Ghats and Wildlife Sanctuaries
Source: Maharashtra Forest Department, GoM, Pune.
28
Western Ghats
The Western Ghats is an important geological landform on the fringe of the west coast of India and extends over
a distance of approximately 1,500 kilometre from Tapi River in the north to Kanyakumari in the south with an
average elevation of more than 600 metres and traverses through six states namely, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Goa,
Karnataka, Kerala and Tamil Nadu. The Western Ghats is a global biodiversity hotspot and a treasure trove of
biological diversity. It harbours many endemic species of flowering plants, endemic fishes, amphibians, reptiles,
birds, mammals and invertebrates and is also an important centre of evolution of economically crucial domes-
ticated plant species. UNESCO has included certain identified parts of Western Ghats in the UNESCO World Nat-
ural Heritage List because the Western Ghats is a Centre of origin of many species and home for rich endemic
biodiversity and hence a cradle for biological evolution.
The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change vide draft notification dated 03/10/2018, in the exercise
of the powers under Environment (Protection) Act 1986, has notified the identified area of 56,825 sq km spread
across six states as the Western Ghats Ecologically Sensitive Area. Maharashtra has 2,159 villages under Western
Ghat admeasuring 55,345 sq km and out of that 17,340 sqkm has been proposed under Environmentally Sensitive
Area.
In Pune district, 337 villages with a total area of 2,653 sq km has been proposed under ESA. PMR has 145 villages
under the Western Ghats measuring 1,180.6 sq km area (17.5%). These all villages have been included under
Ecologically Sensitive Zones I and II.
All ‘Red’ categories of industries specified by the Central Pollution Control Board or State Pollution Control Board
and the expansion of such existing industries shall be forbidden. All new and expansion projects of building and
construction with a built-up area of 20,000 square metres and above and all new and expansion townships and
area development projects with an area of 50 hectares and above or with a built-up area of 1,50,000 square metres
and above shall be prohibited. There shall be no restriction on repair or extension or renovation of existing
residential houses in the Eco-sensitive Areas as per prevailing laws and regulations.
Table 2.6: Western Ghats - Taluka Wise Area
Sr No. Taluka Number of Villages Area (Sq Km)
1 Bhor 4 18.283
2 Khed 0 0
3 Daund 0 0
4 Purandar 5 33.835
5 Shirur 0 0
6 Velhe 16 87.6
7 Haveli 4 29.884
8 Mawal 50 414.00
9 Mulshi 66 597.083
Total 145 1,180.6
Source: The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (GR).
Wildlife Sanctuaries
Tamhini Ghat Wildlife Sanctuary
Ministry of Environment and Forest, Government of Maharashtra vide notification dated 3 May 2013, under the
provision of wildlife (protection) in 1972 declared the limits of Tamhini WIldlife Sanctuary in Pune and Thane
District, admeasuring 49.62 sq km. Thereafter Ministry of Environment of Central Government, vide notification
dated 10 August 2017 under the provisions of environment (protection) 1987 notified the area to the extent of
100m to 1200 m from the boundary of Tamhini Wildlife sanctuary as the Tamhini Wildlife sanctuary Eco Sensitive
Zone over an area of 15.98 sqkm.
29
Tamhini Ghat is a mountain passage located between Mulshi and Tamhini in Maharashtra, India. Situated on the
crest of the Western Ghat mountain ranges, Tamhini Ghat is known for its surroundings comprising scenic
waterfalls, lakes and dense woods. A part of the Sahyadri Hills, the Tamhini Ghat was designated as a wildlife
sanctuary in May 2013. Situated 70 kilometres from Pune city, the Ghat is home to a rich and diverse selection of
flora and fauna, not to mention its scenic beauty which draws tourists and visitors, especially in the monsoons
when it is dotted with waterfalls. The sanctuary is home to various species of mammals, birds including Indian
endemic bird species, butterflies, reptiles, invertebrates, and rare flora. Among its wildlife is the Kondana Rat, an
endangered species, and Maharashtra, the Indian Giant Squirrel, commonly known as Shekaru. Out of 49.62 sqkm,
35.88 sqkm of Tamini Ghat Wild life Sancturay falls within PMR.
Sudhagad Wildlife Sanctuary
Government of Maharashtra vide notification dated 27 August 2014 under the provisions of wildlife protection act
1972 specified the limits of Sudhagad wildlife sanctuary in Raigad and Pune District admeasuring about 76.88 sq
km. Sudhagad is a historic hill fort. It lies about 53 kilometres west of Pune city, 26 kilometres south of Lonavala
and 11 kilometres east of Pali in Raigad District. The total area of 76.88 sq km was declared as a wildlife sanctuary
on 27th August 2014 under Notification no. WLP. 2014 /CR No. 37/ F-1. The Sudhagad wildlife sanctuary falls
under Alibag division, Roha Division and Pune Division of forest department. 26.31 sq.km. of Sudhagad wildlife
sanctuary area falls within Pune Metropolitan Region. The sanctuary has dense forests i.e. tropical evergreen
forest, evergreen forest and wet deciduous forest and it hosts a variety of species, some of which are enlisted
below:
1. Trees: Teak, Anjani, Jambhul, Pisa, Varas, Aasana, Ain, Beherda, Parjambhul, Nana, Khair, Katesavar, Bija,
Kumbha, Aashta
2. Shrubs: Karavi, Karavand, Dhayati, Rametha, Murudsheng, Phapat, Kuda, Dida
3. Climbers: Ukshi, Piluki, Malkangoni, Khaj koyali, Vatoli, Ombal, Pahadvel, Ghotvel, Kadukaranda, Aambguli,
Toran, Kusar, Bedkicha Pala, Kartuli etc.
4. Mammals: Indian leopards, Bhekar, Asian palm civet, Jungle cat
5. Reptiles: Python, Kobra
Figure 2.10: PMR- Forest Area, Western Ghats and Wildlife Sanctuaries
Source: Villages under Western Ghats as per Ministry of Environment and Forest, Section 5 of Environment Protection Act, 1986; Wildlife Resource
Instutite.
30
2.8 Disaster Prone Areas
A disaster is an extreme disruption of the functioning of a society that causes widespread human, material or
environmental losses that exceed the ability of the affected society to cope with its own resources. However, a
more modern and social understanding of disasters views this distinction as artificial since most disasters result
from the action or inaction of people and their social and economic structures. It happens by people living in ways
that degrade their environment, developing and overpopulating urban centres
Communities and populations settled in areas susceptible to the impact of a raging river or the violent tremors of
the earth are placed in high vulnerability situations because of their socio-economic conditions. This is
compounded by every aspect of nature being subject to seasonal, annual, and sudden fluctuations and the
unpredictability of the timing, frequency, and magnitude of the disasters.
Earthquake Prone Areas
Earthquakes are generally regarded as the most destructive among natural disasters. The state has been
subdivided into three earthquake damage risk zones. Most of the Pune district falls into the moderate damage risk
zone, Zone III. The south-west area of Bhor and Velhe talukas fall into high damage risk Zone IV. Figure 2.11 shows
earthquake zones within the PMR.
Flood prone areas
All talukas in Pune district have few flood-prone villages. Flood lines are currently marked by the State Irrigation
Department, which includes 25 years (represented by Blue line in the irrigation drawing) and 100 years (Red line)
flood line.
The area marked between the blue line and banks of rivers as a part of a flood mitigation strategy covers 82.02 sq
km of area. HFL of major irrigation projects are also marked. Additionally, flood-prone areas along these rivers are
shown in Figure 2.11.
Landslide prone areas
PMR is prone to landslides, rock falls, debris flows, especially in Mawal (Malewadi, Boraj, Maau, Mormarwadi),
Mulshi (Ghutke) and Bhor (Sonarwadi) Talukas. Figure 2.11 shows the landslide-prone area within PMR.
31
Figure 2.11: Disaster Prone Areas
Source: District Disaster Management Plan as on March 2020.
32
Chapter 3: Existing Land Use
Chapter 3:
Existing Land Use
Planning for the future of any region starts with comprehending its present situation and factors driving it. Carrying
out land use surveys that inform the creation of the Existing Land Use (ELU) map is a vital part of assimilating such
knowledge and understanding of the region. PMRDA has leveraged GIS-based technology to prepare this
Development Plan starting from the data collection to analyzing planning needs and formulating solutions. After
carrying out exhaustive surveys to capture the prevailing land uses in the region, land use at each land parcel was
mapped on the GIS platform to create an interactive inventory of existing spatial and non-spatial data. This
exercise led to the creation of the Existing Land Use (ELU) Map that is mandated under Section 25 of the MRTP
Act. This process broadly involved five steps: preparation of the base map, geo-referenced land record system,
data collection, preparation of Existing Land Use (ELU) map, ELU analysis.
3.1 Preparation of Existing Land Use (ELU) Map
This involved four broad steps, as explained below:

1. Rectification of Aerial imagery
2. Generation of contours using Digital Elevation Model
3. Creation of revenue/land records layer by georeferencing revenue maps
4. Digitization of each building information using high-resolution aerial imagery
Preparation of geo-referenced base maps is the basic requirement for the Existing Land Use (ELU) Map. All revenue
records such as village maps, Tippan, Phalani, Akarband, etc. from revenue department were collected. The
records were correctly decoded, digitized and brought to a proper scale.
High-resolution aerial imagery was captured for the Study Area. The detailed information about land features, land
use, built-up areas, city structure and urban form, physical aspects of the environment, etc. were extracted from
the aerial photographs.
A Digital Elevation Model is created for the entire project area to support the generation of ≤10 cm Ground Sample
Distance (GSD) orthophotos. 0.5 m contours were generated for the entire PMR, the contour lines of 5 m and 25 m
are shown in the ELU Map.
A comprehensive land information system (LIS) was created, including a parcel boundary, ownership records and
digitized land record data. Geo-referencing of survey records available with the State Revenue/Land Records
department was done for the Study Area.
A cadastral map was prepared by superimposing revenue records with high resolution aerial photogrammetric
images with the help of GCNP (Ground Control Network Point) with geo-referencing attributes of each land parcel.
Detailed information about each building within the development plan area of PMRDA and related data from
various government authorities has been collected. The information is then presented in a GIS layer with
appropriate attributes.
Methodology for Data Collection

Primary Data: Physical Survey done in year 2017 includes maping of social amenities, building uses and extent of
natural feature. Interview and photo documnetation were two menthods used to collect infromation.
Secondary Data: Sourcing of Data from various government authorities and institutions in 2017. Desktop study
includes sourcing data from official websites and research articles. Government Resolutions, notifications and
Development Control Regulations form source of major information.
All these steps ultimately culminated into the creation of the Existing Land Use (ELU) map.
33
3.2 Existing Land Use Analysis
Existing land use analysis here covers 814 villages that fall under the PMR jurisdiction including MIDC and MADC
areas. However, it does not cover areas under PMC and PCMC jurisdictions, 7 municipal councils, 2 nagar
panchayats, 3 cantonment boards and the NDA. Thus, the total study area analysed in this section is approximately
6,159.32 sq km.
Agriculture activities, forest, slope areas and vacant lands form the major chunk of the land use in PMR currently
with urban activities along the major transport corridors and periphery of Pune and Pimpri-Chinchwad cities.
ELU dataset has been analysed using two-level data classification. First, it is classified into 16 broad ‘Level 1’
classes of land uses that includes categories namely Residential, Mixed, Commercial, Industrial, Public Semi-
Public, Public Utility, Agriculture, Recreation, Forest, Slope Area, Government Land, Special Areas, Vacant Land,
Mines, Water Body, and Transportation.
ELU dataset further provides sub-classification of each Level 1 Land Use Class which is referred to as Level 2 Land
Use Class. Areas of Level 1 and 2 land uses are provided in Table 3.1.
Table 3.1: Existing Land Use classification and area
Level 1 Level 1 - % Level 2 Area (sq Level 2 -% of

No Level 1 LU Level 2 LU
Area(sqkm) of ELU km) Level 1
Residential 80.82 99.99%
1 Residential 80.83 1.31% Temporary
0.01 0.01%
structure
2 Mixed 2.4 0.04% - - -
Godowns 1.53 5.96%
Hotels &
0.79 3.08%
3 Commercial 25.66 0.42% Restaurants
Markets 0.07 0.27%
Other Uses 23.27 90.69%
IT 0.08 0.21%
Large Scale 4.39 11.72%
4 Industrial 37.47 0.61%
Medium Scale 1.06 2.83%
Small Scale 31.94 85.24%
Colleges 0.64 2.51%
Govt. Offices 0.13 0.51%
Public Semi
5 25.49 0.41% Health Facility 0.31 1.22%
Public
School 1.27 4.98%
Other Uses 23.14 90.78%
Burial Ground 0.024 1.28%
Crematorium 0.007 0.37%
Electric
0.209 11.18%
Substation
Fire Station 0.001 0.05%
6 Public Utility 1.87 0.03%
Overhead Tank 0.04 2.14%
Public Toilets 0.008 0.43%
WTP/ STP 0.0013 0.07%
Others 1.579 84.47%
34
Crop Land 2,245.93 96.31%

Farm House 8.04 0.35%
Forest House 3.91 0.17%
7 Agriculture 2221.81 36.07% Nursery 0.69 0.03%
Plantation 64.82 2.79%
Poultry Farm 3.05 0.13%
Other 5.42 0.23%
8 Recreation 5.89 0.10% - - -
Government
716.63 99.89%
9 Forest 824.29 13.4% Forest
Private Forest 0.77 0.11%
10 Slope Area 889.95 14.45% - - -
Gairan 63.64 57.18%
11 Govt. Land 111.29 1.81%
Others 47.65 42.82%
Defense Area 4.66 63.40%
12 Special Areas 7.35 0.12% Heritage 2.46 33.47%
Other 0.23 3.13%
Under
5.84 0.40%
13 Vacant land 1,447.14 23.50% construction
Vacant 1441.3 99.60%
14 Mines/Quarries 12.51 0.20% - - -
Dam 193.7 51.63%
Nala 16.51 4.40%
Overhead tank 0.006 0.00%
Pond/ Lake 25.31 6.75%
15 Water bodies 375.14 6.09% Revenue Water 93.38 24.89%
River 43.63 11.63%
WTP 0.01 0.00%
Wells 2.59 0.69%
Other 0.006 0.00%
As per revenue 28.42 31.50%
Bus Stand/ Bus
0.01 0.01%
16 Transportation 90.23 1.47% depot
Railway Land 0.32 0.35%
Roads 61.48 68.14%
TOTAL ELU 6,159.32
Actual areas are likely to be higher than the areas mentioned in the table as the land uses are mapped based on
the building footprint than the parcels. This is because ‘phalani’ or subdivision of plots is not mapped in the
database. ELU data provides detailed Land Use Classes (Level 1 and Level 2) and corresponding areas.
For key uses (mainly, residential, commercial, industrial) ELU GIS data informs the legal status of development in
two categories. Category “Approved” indicates developments sanctioned, “Other” category represents
developments which are either not approved or approval records are not available with PMRDA. This information
is crucial as several non-approved developments have come up in the Pune Metropolitan Region in the absence
of a planning authority until PMRDA was institutionalised.
35
Residential Land Use - 80.83 sq km

1. Residential Land Use (Level 1) occupies 1.31% of the total ELU area.
2. Residential Land Use is scattered across the PMR whereas distribution becomes denser in the fringes (3 to 5
km) of Municipal Corporations; along Pune-Mumbai and Pune-Ahmednagar corridors. Residential areas
have also come up in pockets between NHs and railway lines of Pune-Mumbai and Pune-Daund.
3. Significant residential development is seen along Pune-Mumbai Highway, Pune-Ahmednagar Highway and
Pune-Bangalore Highway corridors.
4. Khed Rajgurunagar, Talegaon Dabhade, Shikrapur, Talegaon Dhamdhere, Nasarapur serve as residential
areas for nearby industrial estates.
5. Townships are predominantly coming up in the western part of the PMR such as Nanded City, Forest Trails,
Energia, Blue Ridge, Belmondo. These townships attract the middle and higher-income working class by
providing homes in proximity to work hubs, and all good quality amenities, utilities within their boundaries
and security systems. Most of these townships are coming up within 10 km radius from PMC limits.
6. Eastern and southern fringes of PMC are characterised mostly by dense low-rise settlements attracting
middle and lower-income groups.
Mixed Land Use - 2.4 sq km

1. Mixed Land Use (Level 1) occupies 0.04% of the total ELU area.
2. Mixed land use is mainly characterised by co-location of commercial and residential use in one structure or
land parcel.
3. It is scattered in the fringes, and along Pune-Mumbai and Pune-Ahmednagar corridors.
Commercial Land Use - 25.66 sq km

1. Commercial Land Use (Level 1) occupies 0.42% of the total ELU area.
2. Major commercial clusters are observed in industrial areas such as Hinjawadi, Chakan, Ranjangaon and
fringe areas like Wagholi, Chimbali, Vadki, Pirangut. It implies that the major component of commercial use is
warehousing/godowns.
3. Warehousing is mainly observed along the Pune- Chakan, Pune Shikrapur, Pune-Mumbai and Pune-
Ahmednagar Highways suggesting high freight traffic between Industrial hubs in Pune District and JNPT.
4. Being a tourist destination, the western part of PMR houses commercial uses such as resorts.
Industrial Land Use - 37.47 sq km

1. Industrial Use (Level 1) occupies 0.61% of the total ELU area.
2. Consolidated Industrial clusters are mainly developed in Pirangut, Hinjawadi, Talegaon, Chakan, Sanaswadi,
and Ranjangaon. These clusters are either MIDC Estates or RP Industrial zoning.
3. Dispersed small-medium scale Industrial clusters have been developed near Khed Shivapur, Lonikand,
Markal, Narhe as per RP Industrial zoning.
4. Various industrial areas in the PMR show different type and character of industries as below:
a. Pirangut - SMEs of auto components, freezing, equipment (Northstar), milk processing, beverages (Coca-
Cola), appliances (Godrej) and chemical industries (Sudarshan, Tata).
b. Hinjawadi - IT companies (TCS, WIPRO, Cognizant, Mahindra Tech, HCL, Dassault, KPIT, Persistent,
Accenture, Capgemini, TCS, Synechron, Hexaware). It also has a small SMEs cluster supporting engineering,
paints, tools and components, consumer goods, machine parts (Tata automotive). Hinjawadi Biotech Park
includes core biotech firms (Emcure pharmaceuticals, Genova, Centaur, TCG, Avieum Life Sciences) and
ITES (Barclays, HDFC).
c. Talegaon - Characterised by automobile industries (General Motors), automobile parts/accessories
(Mahindra, DSK Motowheels, KSPG Automotive) and a floriculture park.
d. Chakan - Major auto setups (Mahindra, Mercedes, Volkswagen, Bajaj, Bridgestone, Ericsson, SKF, Bosch),
and logistics (Indospace Industrial Park).
e. Sanaswadi - SMEs (John Deere, Essar, Ispat, Kalyani) and forging and auto/machine components industrial
units.
f. Ranjangaon MIDC - Mix of major automotive industries such as Fiat, Jeep and electronics/consumer
goods such as LG, Haier, Whirlpool, Apollo, Michelin Tyres, ITC, Tata Steel.
g. Uruli Kanchan - Mainly agro-processing industries (Jagtap Dairy, Venky’s poultry, Rise-n-Shine).
h. Nasrapur to Shirwal belt - SMEs involved in engineering, electronics, furniture, food processing; and
logistics such as warehousing and cold storage.
36
Public Semi-Public Use - 25.49 sq km

1. Public Semi-Public Use (Level 1) occupies 0.41% of the total ELU area.
2. PSPs are concentrated on the western and eastern fringes along with Pune-Mumbai corridor.
3. Prominent higher education/R&D institutes are located at the following locations in the PMR:
a. Wagholi (Raisoni Institute), BAIF Campus
b. Manjari and Loni Kalbhor (MIT University, Vasantdada Patil Sugar Institute, SERUM Institute, Aircraft
Engineering Institute)
c. Pirangut (Symbiosis, Flame, Mahindra United World College, Rani Laxmibai Military School)
d. Hinjawadi (International Institute of IT, Symbiosis Center for IT, Indira Engineering and Management
College, Kirloskar Institute of Advanced Management Studies)
e. Talegaon (National Institute of Post-Harvest Technology, DY Patil Engineering College, Heritage Residential
School, Empress International school)
f. Malavali (Samundra Institute of Maritime Studies, Sinhgad Institute, VIT, INS Shivaji Naval Training Centre)
g. Khadakwasla (Public Institutions such as National Water Academy, CRPF Camp, Central Water and Power
Research Station, Defence Institute of Advanced Technology)
4. Other notable public facilities in the PMR are Balewadi Sports Complex, Gahunje International Cricket Stadium
and Prayag Ashram at Uruli Kanchan.
5. Higher education and R&D Institutes are the major drivers of the economy of PMR, and their demand is higher
in the parts of highly accessible and populated areas.
Public Utility - 1.87 sq km

1. Public Utilities (Level 1) occupy about 0.03% of the total ELU area.
2. Public Utilities are concentrated on western and eastern fringes as well as on the Pune-Mumbai corridor.
3. Share of Public Utilities in ELU is marginal. It indicates the need for planning and land reservation for Public
utilities, especially for water treatment plants, sewage treatment plants and solid waste management sites.
Agricultural Use - 2221.81 sq km

1. Agricultural Use (Level 1) occupies about 37.79% of the total ELU area.
2. Share of agriculture in ELU shows that the primary character of PMR is agrarian.
3. Crop Land constitutes 96% of the total agricultural land.
4. Agriculture is mostly practised in the eastern part of the PMR supported by flat terrain, coverage of irrigation
command area, and fertile basins of major rivers - Bhima and Mula-Mutha. Agriculture as an activity is
practised in Maval and Mulshi talukas mainly along the river basins; but is limited due to the hilly terrain in
the west.
5. 565.84 sqkm of the agricultural area is observed under command areas of the Irrigation Department.
Recreation - 5.89 sq km
1. Recreation Use (Level 1) occupies about 0.1% of the total ELU area.
2. Recreational open spaces are clustered near residential use and industrial nodes seen at Hinjawadi, Lavale,
Chakan, Wagholi, and Malavali, suggesting it is either part of MIDC estate or open spaces provided within
mass housing/gated communities.
3. Recreational open spaces are either underprovided or not developed, despite high urbanisation rates, in
upcoming urban areas like Khadakwasla, Manjri, Loni Kalbhor, Wagholi, Kesanand, Dehu and Alandi. Marginal
percentage of Recreation Land use as per ELU (0.1%) in the PMR indicates the need to provide open spaces
through DP and implementation strategy through DCPR.
Forest - 824.29 sq km
1. Forest Use (Level 1) occupies about 11.65% of the total ELU area.
2. Most of the forest lands belong to the government and are mostly located on the hilltops and hill-slopes,
whereas on the Eastern part, forests are located mostly along the rivers and water bodies.
3. Private forests are negligible and make up only about 0.1% of the total forest area. Private forests are the
forests under privately owned lands but declared as ‘forest’ by the government.
Hill Top Hill Slope Area - 889.95 sq km

1. Slope Area Use (Level 1) occupies about 14.45% of the total ELU area.
2. Slope Areas are concentrated on the west in the form of Ghat Matha and Mavals.
3. Smaller patches of Slopes are observed in the east along the rivers and major water bodies.
4. There are certain stretches with slopes beyond 40% (based on the contour analysis). Such stretches are
37
highly sensitive and need to be protected from any form of development.
Government Land - 111.29 sq km

1. Government Land (Level 1) occupies about 1.8% of the total ELU area.
2. Gairans, a cattle grazing land owned by the government, covers about 57% of the total Government Land and
is located along the hill slope/hilltop or rivers. Other kinds of Government Lands are distributed evenly across
the region.
3. Relatively larger Government Land parcels are dispersed within a radius of 10 km around PMC and PCMC
limits. However, some of these lands have limited development potential as they are located on hill slopes or
within high flood lines.
Special Areas - 7.35 sq km

1. Special Areas (Level 1) occupy about 0.12% of the total ELU area.
2. Major chunks of Defence Area are located in villages Gorhe Bk (near NDA), Manjari, Ghera Purandar, and
Sudumbre whereas INS Shivaji is located at the south of Lonavala Municipal Council.
3. Out of seven heritage areas, two are located across Pavana Lake ( Lohagad, Visapur), whereas cave temples
at Bedse, Bhaja, Karla are locatied in Mawal taluka.
4. The concentration of heritage areas around Western Ghats; its pristine natural setting; proximity to Lonavala
and good accessibility would collectively justify Eco-tourism Activies within the region.
Vacant Land - 1,447.14 sq km

1. Vacant Land (Level 1) occupies about 23.46% of the total ELU area.
2. A high percentage of Vacant Lands is misleading since some part of it also contains unbuilt land within
private properties which may not be available for development. In some cases, building setbacks within a
land parcel are also represented as Vacant Lands.
3. However, large chunks of vacant lands located along the major transport corridors and the fringes of
municipal councils have strategic importance for aligning regional level transportation projects.
4. Vacant land observed within the irrigation command area could be a matter of concern as it might indicate
desertification of good agriculture land supported by irrigation systems
Mines/Quarries - 12.51 sq km
1. Mines/Quarries (Level 1) occupy about 0.2% of the total ELU area.
2. Most of the quarries are dealing with raw materials used in construction activity. The quarries represent the
tail of slope areas located in proximity to the suburban areas.
3. Quarries are primarily located at Wagholi and Lonikand, followed by north of Dehu, Vadgaon and South of
PMC limits.
4. Consolidated area of Wagholi quarry alone is about 6.8 sq km. About 107 stone quarries are dispersed in
Wagholi, Bhavadi, Lonikand and Perne, contributing to air pollution.
Transportation - 90.23 sq km
1. Transportation (Level 1) occupies about 1.46% of the total ELU area.
2. The roads and railways’ actual area is likely to be higher than shown in ELU, as the transportation layer
provides their carriageways and not ROWs (for Roads, Railway Land).
3. Existing road networks in the eastern part of the PMR are denser than that of the western part because of the
western region’s hilly character.
4. Area of bus stands/depots is about 10 ha of the entire PMR. It implies that the penetration of mass transport
within the region is not adequate.
38
Map Draft Development Plan of Pune Metropolitan Region 2021-2041
Exisiting Land Use Map

Chapter 4: Housing
Chapter 4:
Housing
Housing is a critical piece of urban service delivery. This chapter explains the housing scenario in Pune Metropolitan
Region in terms of existing housing stock and housing trends as a whole in urban and rural areas. It provides an
assessment of major residential clusters in the region based on various sources such as Census data,
Comprehensive Mobility Plan and the ELU database.
4.1 Growth trends in PMR
The population of PMR has grown at a CAGR of 3.24% from 2001 to 2011. Approximately 78.66% of the population
in PMR resides in the urban area, while in comparison, 21.34% of the total PMR population lives in the rural area.
From 2001 to 2011, the urban population in PMR grew at a CAGR of 3.52%, while the rural population grew at a
CAGR of 2.17% during the same period.
Data in Table 4.1 indicates that the decadal growth Study Area- Urban is highest (91.03%) while that of PMC has
been low at 32.82%. However, the growth rate in PCMC is about double for both population and households,
indicating saturation in the PMC area and growth in the PCMC area between 2001 and 2011.
Table 4.1: PMR Population
Decadal
Population (in Lakh) Census 2001 Census 2011 CAGR
Growth Rate
PMR - Total 53.24 73.21 3.24% 37.51%
PMR- Urban (including CTs) 40.66 57.47 3.52% 41.34%
PMR- Rural 12.60 15.62 2.17% 23.97%
Study Area - Total 13.38 17.11 2.49% 27.88%
Study Area - Urban 0.78 1.49 6.69% 91.03%
Study Area- Rural 12.60 15.62 2.17% 23.97%
PMC 25.38 33.71 2.88% 32.82%
PCMC 10.12 17.27 5.49% 70.65%
Table 4.2: PMR Households
Decadal
Households (in Lakh) Census 2001 Census 2011 CAGR
Growth Rate
PMR - Total 11.17 16.30 3.85% 45.93%
PMR- Urban (including CTs) 8.73 12.76 3.87% 46.16%
PMR- Rural 2.44 3.53 3.76% 44.67%
Study Area - Total 2.48 3.63 3.88% 46.37%
Study Area- Urban 1.14 2.11 6.35% 85.09%
Study Area- Rural 1.34 1.52 1.27% 13.43%
PMC 5.24 7.34 3.43% 40.08%
PCMC 2.24 4.10 6.23% 83.04%
39
4.2 Residential development in Planning Area and trends
Table 4.3 showcases taluka wise breakup of residential development in the Planning Area. A total of 8,083 hectares
of the Planning Area is under residential development. A drill-down of the residential area for taluka spread reveals
that five talukas, namely Haveli, Khed, Mawal, Mulshi and Shirur, have a dominant 89% of the existing residential
plinth area in the Planning Area.
Table 4.3: Taluka wise residential development in hectares and share of each taluka
Taluka Residential plinth area (ha) Share in total residential plinth area (%)
Bhor 250.67 3.10
Daund 439.67 5.44
Haveli 1,917.27 23.72
Khed 987.41 12.22
Mawal 1,865.05 23.07
Mulshi 1,471.88 18.21
Purandar 222.97 2.76
Shirur 844.49 10.45
Velhe 83.96 1.04
Total 8,083.37 100
An ELU assessment for residential clusters shows that in Haveli taluka, the bulk of the residential development is
housed in Wagholi, Manjri Bk, Kirkitwadi, Nahre and Koregaon Mul. In Khed taluka, Varale and Mahalunge together
contribute significantly to overall residential development in the planning region. In Mawal taluka, Vadgaon,
Jhambul and Kune account for most of the residential developments. In Mulshi taluka, Hinjawadi, Bavadhan Bk,
Pirangut, Sus, Mahalunge, Bhugaon, Bhukum and Man drive the residential development. The key villages driving
growth in Shirur Taluka are Shirur and Shikrapur. These circumscribe the periphery of the PMR urban core and
align with transport corridors emanating on the fringes. It is reasonable to expect further radial growth around
these clusters.
40
Chapter 4: Housing
Figure 4.1: Village Wise Structure Density
4.3 Household Characteristics
The housing condition assessment is based on the CTTS Survey, which categorises the households under various
categories. 2% of households in PMR were interviewed to capture household and travel characteristics. The
samples were distributed among sectors based on the population. Within the 2% sample size, 40% of households
were interviewed from PMC, 30% from PCMC and 30% from the rest of PMR. Thus to understand the housing
scenario, household characteristics of PMR are represented in this section.
Household Size
Figure 4.2: CTTS: Household Size
The average household size in PMR is 3.87, where the smallest is in PCMC (3.73) and the largest in the PMR
Planning Area/Study Area (4.16). The household size in PMC is 3.77. At the taluka level, the average household
size is the largest in Khed, i.e. 4.29 and smallest in Mawal (3.71). In contrast, among municipal councils, the
41
largest household size is observed in Rajgurunagar (4.51) and the smallest in Talegaon (3.80).
Household Income
Average household and personal income per month in PMR is observed to be INR 24,806 and INR 17,110,
respectively. PMC has the highest household income, i.e. INR 28,793 and personal income, i.e. INR 18,469, followed
by PCMC (HI - INR 23,119 and PI - INR 18,360). Men’s income, i.e. INR 20,149, is observed to be highest in PMC,
whereas women’s income, i.e. INR 15,438, is highest in PCMC.
Among the talukas, Haveli has the highest household and personal income of INR 24,889 and INR 15,673. In
comparison, Bhor (HI - INR 14,770 and PI - INR 10,561) and Velhe (HI - INR 14,793 and PI – INR 10,430) have the
least incomes.
Figure 4.3: CTTS: Income Levels
Household Ownership
The distribution of households by ownership reveals that 71% of families have their own house in PMR. The
ownership level in PMR Planning Area is highest with 79%, followed by PCMC with 69%. Among talukas, owner-
ship share is highest in Purandar (97%), followed by Velhe (96%), whereas the lowest is in Haveli (68%). Among
municipal councils, ownership share is highest in Saswad (96%) and lowest in Chakan (58%).
The share of rental housing is higher in urbanized areas like PCMC, PMC, Alandi, Chakan, and Haveli.
Household Typology
Predominant household typology in PMR is individual houses with 56% of the total dwellings. Within PMC, the
share of flats/apartments is almost equal to individual homes. Among the share of kutcha/huts, a higher share is
observed in PMC and PCMC than in the PMR Planning/Study Area.
Among talukas, the share is dominated by individual houses, similar to municipal councils. However, the percentage
of flats/apartments in municipal councils is on a higher side.
Employed Persons per Household

The average number of employed persons per household in PMR is 1.53. The average male and female employed
persons per household are 1.18 and 0.35 respectively. The share of employed persons per household is highest in
the PMR Planning/Study Area, i.e. 1.76.
42
Chapter 4: Housing
Among talukas, this share is observed to be highest in Shirur, i.e. 2.14, followed by Daund (2.00), whereas it is the
lowest in Purandar (1.41). Among municipal councils, the share is highest in Alandi (2.10) and the lowest in
Lonavala (1.35).
Figure 4.4: CTTS: Average Number of People Employed per Household
Vehicle Ownership
About 62% of households in PMR own only two-wheelers, whereas about 10% of households own both two-
wheelers and cars. The share of households owning no vehicle is about 13% in PMR, whereas the share of
households owning only bicycles is 3%. A similar trend has been observed in talukas and municipal councils.
Figure 4.5: CTTS: Distribution of Vehicle Ownership
43
Travel Expenditure
The average household expenditure on travel in PMR is INR 1,076 per month, which is about 4.52% of the
household income. Spending on travel has been observed to be highest in PMC (5.1% of HH income), followed by
PCMC (4.38% of HH income).
Among Talukas, the highest monthly expenditure on travel has been observed in Purandar, i.e. INR 1,105, followed
by Haveli (INR 987) and Mulshi (INR 919). Among municipal council areas, the highest monthly expenditure on
travel is in Shirur, i.e. INR 1,050, followed by Talegaon (INR 994).
Figure 4.6: CTTS: Average Household Expenditure on Travel
In addition to CTTS 2018, Census 2011 data is analyzed to gain insights about household conditions in PMR.
Household Condition
For the purpose of our evaluation, the households are based on the following conditions:
1. House condition- Good, livable, dilapidated
2. Number of dwelling rooms
3. Material of roof
4. Source of drinking water
5. Households with latrine facilities
Data indicates that 72% of the houses are in good condition, 23% are livable and only 5% of the total houses are in
dilapidated condition. An assessment of the taluka wise household condition shows that 53% of the total
dilapidated homes are present in Haveli taluka.
Figure 4.7: Census 2011: House condition
44
Chapter 4: Housing
The households have been categorized as per the number of dwelling rooms, ranging from no exclusive room to 6
and above (Refer Figure 4.8). The average dwelling room per household in the PMR Planning Area is two based on
the Census 2011 dataset.
Figure 4.8: Households categorization based on the number of dwelling rooms
One of the most basic housing characteristics to understand living conditions at a macro level is the building
construction materials used for the house roof. Figure 4.9 indicates that 54% of PMR houses are made with
temporary building material such as GI/metal/Asbestos sheet.
Figure 4.9: Census 2011: Roof Material
45
4.4 Housing supply in PMR
Table 4.4 shows the supply of housing units in the Pune Metropolitan Region categorised by provider type.
Table 4.4: Housing Units Supply Provided by Stakeholders as of 2018
Stakeholder/scheme Total PMC PCMC Other ULBs PMR Planning Area
Government Sector Housing Units 2,48,715 1,99,824 39,493 4,363 5,035
MHADA 8893 2,343 2,187 4,363 -
SRA 2,00,261 1,65,000 35,261
PMAY 8,310 4,078 4,232 5,035*
BSUP 20,528 20,528
Total Residential Census Houses 20,71,833 7,31,648 4,08,278 1,82,802 7,42,654
Source: Housing Census, Secondary research, Ministry of Rural Housing, Economic Survey of Maharashtra,
MHADA, SRA
Integrated Townships and Town Planning schemes

Integrated Townships: The latest Integrated Township Policy stipulates that a minimum of 40 hectares of
contiguous land is required with a minimum of 18 m wide access road to get permission for a township. The policy
also stipulates the land requirements for public amenities and services like gardens, playgrounds, schools,
economic activities, transportation network, etc. The remaining area can be utilized for residential purposes.
Townships are predominantly coming up in the western part of the Planning Area. Most of them are coming up
within 10 km from municipal limits of Pune and Pimpri-Chinchwad. Town Planning Schemes are predominantly
located in the eastern part of the Planning Area.
Town Planning Scheme: The preparation and execution of a Town Planning Scheme is based on the Maharashtra
Regional and Town Planning Act 1966. Chapter 5 of the MRTP Act details the process of making Town Planning
Schemes. The scheme’s main purpose is to ensure orderly development, whether it be for implementing
Development Plan proposals or any land that is likely to be in the course of development. It helps create new
towns-like development or integrated developments through the pooling of land required for public purposes in
respect of the plan or for purposes connected with the implementation of such a scheme. As per Section 64 of the
MRTP Act, 50% of the land is planned for public purposes such as EWS/affordable housing, roads, open spaces
and social infrastructure. The remaining 50% of the land is given back to the original landowners.
Mahalunge-Maan is the first model town planning scheme of PMRDA themed as High-Tech City, which is spread
over 250 hectares. The main planning intention was to create a township in an environmentally conscious and
tech-savvy way.
The land acquisition for the development of Phase 1 of the Ring Road is currently under progress through various
tools such as Town Planning Schemes, TDR, and direct acquisition. Town Planning schemes for Phase 1, at
Phursungi and Uruli Devachi are being processed by Pune Municipal Corporation, while the remaining TP schemes
at Wadachiwadi, Autade Handewadi, Holkarwadi, and Manjari Khurd are under process through PMRDA. Town
Planning Schemes at Vadki and Manjari Khurd are yet to be proposed.
Table 4.5 and Table 4.6 give the details of these TPSs and ITPs as per respective TPS Reports.
46
Chapter 4: Housing
Table 4.5: Town Planning Schemes in PMR
No TP Scheme Area (ha) Population (Projected) Households (Projected)
1 Mahalunge-Maan 250 120,000 30,769
2 Wadachiwadi 134 84,000 21,538
3 Autade Handewadi 94 54,000 13,846
4 Holkarwadi 1 158 103,000 26,410
5 Holkarwadi 2 131 87,500 22,436
6 Manjari Kolwadi 223 145,000 37,179
Total 991 593,500 152,179
Table 4.6: ITP and Special Township
Households
No ITP and Special Township Area (ha) Population (Projected)
(Projected)
1 Riverview (Mahalunge) 44 10,909 2,797
2 Knowledge City & Oxford golf course 331 82,865 21,247
3 Xrbia (Hinjewadi) 123 30,837 7,907
4 Life republic 161 40,329 10,341
5 Forest Trail 78 19,416 4,978
6 Blue Ridge Hinjewadi 44 11,119 2,851
7 Nanded City 261 65,181 16,713
8 Sanjivani Integrated Township- Urse Adhe 103 25,845 6,627
9 Solitaire - Manjari 44 11,006 2,822
10 Riverview city Kadmavakwasti 216 54,094 13,870
11 Kul Ecolech 52 12,899 3,307
12 Sanaswadi 42 10,527 2,699
13 Kaleidoscope - Bhugaon 61 15,318 3,928
14 Nilkanth – Bhugaon 100 24,905 6,386
15 Gulbakshi – Bhugaon 69 17,287 4,433
16 Splendour Country 288 71,985 18,458
17 Total 2,018 504,521 129,364
47
Figure 4.10: ITP and TPS
Source: GIS Database
48
Chapter 5: Traffic and Transportation
Chapter 5:
Traffic and Transportation
This chapter gives an overview of existing regional connectivity and movement of people and goods through three
modes of transport - Road, Railway and Air. The chapter also presents a review of key transport proposals in the
PMR Planning Area. It summarises analyses carried out to understand key issues and challenges of different
transportation systems in place. This exercise is based on the data available with PMRDA and data shared by
various government agencies, forming the basis for statistics in this chapter.
5.1 Background
Pune Metropolitan Region is located at a distance of 150 km to the southeast of Mumbai. PMR has been
experiencing immense economic growth supported by favourable socio-economic conditions and investment
climate. However, the economic sustainability of the region will require more efficient transport systems that will
facilitate the movement of people and goods with a reduction in travel time and cost, leading to enhanced
competitiveness of the region.
Since its inception in 2015, PMRDA has provided a significant thrust to infrastructure projects in the region with
support from the state and central governments. List of such major transportation and urban development
projects include Pune Ring Road, Metro/MRTS projects, greenfield airport and town planning schemes along the
Pune Ring Road.
PMRDA commissioned Comprehensive Traffic and Transportation Study (CTTS) in 2017 to identify transport
infrastructure requirements for the next 30 years in PMR necessary to meet the needs of the current and future
population. This study aimed to prepare a long-term transport strategy for the region and identify a pragmatic
capital investments program up to 2048 in line with the National Urban Transport Policy (NUTP) 2006. PMRDA
appointed L&T Infrastructure Engineering Limited to carry out this study.
5.2 Road Transport
PMR is well connected to major cities by national highways, state highways and railways. Major national highways
that pass through Pune include Mumbai-Bangalore (NH-48), Pune-Hyderabad (NH-65), Pune-Nashik (NH-60),
Talegaon-Shikrapur (NH-548D) and Pune-Ahmednagar (NH-753F). Major state highways that pass through Pune
provide good connectivity with major cities and ports.
• Mumbai–Pune Expressway is India’s first six-lane concrete, high speed, access controlled tolled expressway.
Operationalised in 2002, it provides a high-speed alternative to NH-48 between Mumbai and Pune while
connecting important economic growth centres along its 95 km long alignment.
• NH-48 traverses PMR from northwest to south. This highway connects the region with Mumbai and JNPT
port on the northwest within 150 km. Further north, it then connects to Surat and Ahmedabad. Towards the
south, NH-48 connects Pune to Satara and Kolhapur in Maharashtra and then further ahead with Bangalore
and Chennai. Some of the important economic centres along the NH-48 are Hinjawadi IT Park, Talegaon and
Lonavala.
o The Rajiv Gandhi InfoTech Park has transformed Hinjawadi into a major IT hub of the country.
o Talegaon is a growing urban centre with an adjoining MIDC industrial area.
o Lonavala is a prominent tourist spot that attracts a large number of tourists throughout the entire year.
• NH-60 passes through the north of PMR and connects Pune to Nashik. Major economic centres along the
highway include Rajgurunagar, Chakan and Bhosari. All three are major industrial hubs developed by MIDC.
• NH-753F traverses PMR from southwest to northeast. On the southwest, it connects Pune to Dighi port. On
the north-eastern side, it connects PMR to Ahmednagar and onward to Aurangabad and then to Nagpur.
• NH-65 is a major corridor along the eastern part of PMR connecting Pune to Solapur and onwards to
Hyderabad. A bypass is provided for the road from Hadapsar to Katraj and meets NH-48 bypass at Katraj
Chowk. Hadapsar is a major economic centre located along the highway. It is an industrial hub and has three
49
Development Plan of Pune Metropolitan Region 2021-2041
SEZs – Magarpatta, Amanora Park Town and SP InfoCity.

• NH-965 connects Pune to Saswad, where the Chatrapati Sambhaji Raje International Airport is proposed.
To summarise, these highways connect PMR directly with Nashik, Aurangabad, Nagpur, Mumbai, Kolhapur,
Solapur, Hyderabad and Bangalore.
Table 5.1: Distances from Major Towns, Cities and Ports
No Town/City/Port Distance (km)
1 Satara 100
2 Ahmednagar 105
3 JNPT Port 140
4 Mumbai 163
5 Dighi Port 166
6 Nashik 202
7 Kolhapur 233
8 Solapur 243
9 Bangalore 835
10 Delhi 1,417
Source: Google Earth
Figure 5.1: Regional Connectivity of PMR
Source: Comprehensive Traffic and Transport Study, (CTTS) for PMR, Dec 2019
50
Road Network
PMR has a dense road network of length 28,572 km comprising national highways, an expressway, state highways,
major district roads, other district roads, village roads and internal roads. There are five national highways, one
expressway and three major state highways in the region that form a radial network providing access to goods
and passengers in and out of the region.
Figure 5.2: Existing Road Map
Source: Public Works Department GoM, Pune; Comprehensive Traffic and Transport Study, (CTTS) for PMR, Dec 2019
National highways connect the region with other states and cities and provide internal connectivity to municipalities
and MIDCs in the region. State highways connect the region with other cities. Major district roads and other
district roads provide taluka level connectivity, and the village roads and internal roads connect the villages. The
share of these roads in the region is given in Table 5.2.
Table 5.2: Length of Roads
No Hierarchy of Roads Length (km) Percent (%)

1 Expressway 37.48 0.13
2 National Highway 346.16 1.23
3 State Highway 570.67 2.03
4 Major District Road 1,520.25 5.41
5 Other District Road 628.24 2.23
6 Village Road 1,488.82 5.30
7 Internal Road 23,489.78 83.64
8 Total 28,081.40 100
51
Regional Plan (1997) Roads

PMRDA has taken Regional Plan 1997 as the base for the planning. Much of the development in PMR, as well as
building permission sanctions, occurred considering RP proposals. Subsequently, the road network from the RP
1997 has formed the basis for road proposals in this Development Plan.
Although RP 1997 proposed a robust road network to supplement existing roads in PMR, only 60% of these
proposed roads have materialised thus far. Many roads were converted into classified roads, and the planning
authorities revised some roads from RP 1997 falling in their jurisdictions.
Regional Plan also included Pune Ring Road, which is currently taken on priority by PMRDA. The Regional Plan
also proposed alternative routes to highways passing through major towns such as Chakan, Wagholi, Hinjawadi,
Shikrapur, Khed Shivapur, Loni Kalbhor and Uruli Kanchan. In addition to these bypasses, the Regional Plan also
proposed roads to enhance connectivity between municipal councils and corporations.
Table 5.3: RP 1997 Road Length
Category Length (km)
Total Length of RP roads in PMR 1,462.18
Total Length of Developed RP roads 901.04
Total Length of RP roads yet to be developed 561.14
Existing Traffic on roads
Pune and Pimpri Chinchwad cities have witnessed a drastic surge in private vehicular traffic over the past three
decades. The PMR is also witnessing a similar trend as spillover growth from these two cities is absorbed into
PMR. With the development of IT parks and auto industries in peripheries of municipal corporations, to and fro
commute from the corporations to these peripheral areas has increased rapidly, resulting in excessive traffic on
major arterial corridors, including national highways. Classified traffic volume counts that were conducted as
part of the CTTS are presented below.
Traffic volume count survey at outer and inner cordon locations:
Based on the analysis, about 28.64 lakh vehicles (26.59 lakh PCU) travel north-south and 13.71 lakh vehicles
(12.70 lakh PCU) travel east-west every day.
1. Outer Cordon
a. About 3.4 lakh vehicles enter and leave PMR daily.
b. The highest traffic volume was observed on Satara Road (Khed Shivapur toll plaza), i.e. 56,750 vehicles,
followed by Pune-Mumbai Expressway Talegaon toll plaza (46,200 vehicles).
c. With a share of 39.2%, cars dominated the traffic composition at outer cordons in PMR, followed by two-
wheelers (36.1%) and goods vehicles (19.6%).
d. Peak hour traffic, as a percentage of total daily traffic, stood between 5.6% and 9.9%, with an average of
7.7%.
2. Inner Cordon
a. About 11.28 lakh vehicles enter and leave PMC and PCMC daily.
b. The highest traffic volume was observed at Shivaji Chowk (Hinjawadi), i.e. 1,69,000 vehicles, followed by
Ahmednagar Road (1,57,916 vehicles).
c. Two-wheelers, with a share of 57.7%, dominated the traffic composition, followed by cars (26.3%) and
goods vehicles (9.1%).
d. Peak hour traffic, as a percentage of the total daily traffic, stood between 6.6% and 9.5% with an average
of 7.0%.
Figure 5.3 and Table 5.4 presents the location wise traffic volume.
52
Figure 5.3: Outer and Inner Cordon Survey Locations
Table 5.4:Traffic volume count observed at major roads on outer cordon
No Road/Location Vehicles PCU Share (%)
1 Khed Shivapur Toll Plaza, Satara Road (L1) 56,750 65,298 16.10%
2 Velhe Bk Village Road (L2) 2,145 1,969 0.49%
3 Saswad Jejuri Road and Indraprastha Road Junction (L3) 25,119 25,643 6.32%
4 Solapur Highway - Patas Toll Plaza (L4) 31,789 41,966 10.35%
5 Khedgaon-Supa Road (L5) 12,000 13,750 3.39%
6 Nirvi-Nhavare Road (L6) 4,609 3,935 0.97%
7 Ahmednagar Road at Shirur (L7) 45,170 52,901 13.04%
8 Near Malthan, Maltan-Awasari Bk Road (L8) 3,743 3,552 0.88%
9 Nashik Highway Near Peth (L9) 32,753 35,922 8.86%
10 Mumbai-Pune Expressway (Lonavala Entry/Exit Toll Plaza) (L10) 9,531 26,062 6.43%
11 Mumbai-Pune Expressway (Talegaon Toll Plaza) (L11) 46,211 61,172 15.08%
12 Mumbai-Pune Highway NH-4 (Near Lonavala) (L12) 23,165 26,493 6.53%
13 Near Loni, Pabal-Loni Road (L13) 4,004 4,213 1.04%
14 Rajgurunagar-Dhamai Road (L14) 2,143 1,815 0.45%
53
15 Pabal-Pargaon Road (L15) 1,581 1,413 0.35%
16 Chas-Wada Road (L16) 4,583 4,088 1.01%
17 Saswad-Supa Road (L17) 6,516 5,801 1.43%
18 Saswad-Kapurhol Road (L18) 13,965 13,513 3.33%
19 Velhe Bhagud MIDC, Mulshi Road (L19) 3,167 3,549 0.88%
20 Ranjangaon-Takalihaji Road (L20) 4,410 3,853 0.95%
21 Urulikanchan-Jejuri Road (L21) 6,330 6,282 1.55%
22 Alegaon-Kasti Road (L22) 2,729 2,354 0.58%
Total 3,42,413 4,05,542 100
Table 5.5: Traffic volume count observed at major roads on Inner cordon
No Road/Location Vehicles PCU Share (%)
1 Moshi Toll Plaza, Nasik Road (L1) 85,455 88,270 7.57
2 Near Sambhaji Chowk, Alandi Road, Alandi (L2) 63,846 58,152 5.66
3 Nagar Road (L3) 157,918 151,713 13.99
4 Kawadipeth Toll Plaza, Solapur Road (L4) 75,077 79,623 6.65
5 Saswad Road (L5) 38,514 39,926 3.41
6 Saswad-Bopdev Road (L6) 38,981 36,008 3.45
7 Sinhgad Road (L7) 68,432 63,629 6.06
8 NDA Academy Road (L8) 84,055 72,303 7.45
9 Near Bhugaon, Mulshi Road (L9) 47,080 42,854 4.17
10 Shivaji Chowk, Hinjawadi (L10) 169,036 155,361 14.97
11 Dehu Road Toll Plaza, Mumbai- Pune Highway (L11) 61,535 65,080 5.45
12 Talwade, Dehu Alandi Road (L12) 92,980 92,133 8.24
13 Katraj-Satara Road (L13) 51,933 50,864 4.60
14 Sus Road (L14) 33,449 30,563 2.96
15 Nande-Balewadi Road (Mahalunge) (L15) 19,425 16,789 1.72
16 Manjari Village, Manjari Road (L16) 21,115 19,814 1.87
17 Lohegaon-Nirgudi Road (L17) 1,751 1,668 0.16
18 Lohegaon-Wagholi Road (L18) 18,217 17,420 1.61
Total 11,28,799 10,82,167 100
Figure 5.4 shows vehicular traffic on radial roads and the Volume/Capacity ratio for these roads.
54
Figure 5.4: Existing Road Volume / Capacity Ratio.
Figure 5.5: CTTS: Movement Pattern in PMR
55
Figure 5.5 shows trip movements in PMR. It can be seen that most trips start and terminate in municipal corpo-
ration areas. Thus, to influence the land use and have a uniform distribution of trips, it is essential to have a ring
road around Pune and Pimpri Chinchwad cities.
Figure 5.6: CTTS: Private Vehicle flow along major corridors for PMR (2018)
Figure 5.6 indicates traffic on existing roads. Roads with traffic more than 1,250 PCUs/hour on minor roads and
2,500 PCUs/hour on major roads are selected. The thickness of the line denotes the intensity of traffic. The thicker
the line, the heavier is the traffic. It can be inferred that there is heavy radial road dependency for reaching municipal
corporation areas.
Road network inventory for PMR was prepared as part of the CTTS. Single lane roads constitute around 57% of the
total road length in the Study Area, followed by intermediate lane roads at about 22%. In Study Area, roads without
footpath are much more in numbers vis-a-vis roads with a footpath.
Household Surveys
• About 62% of households in the Study Area own a two-wheeler, 10% of households own a car and two-
wheeler, about 3% of households own a cycle only and 13% own no vehicles.
• The per capita trip rate in PMR, including walking and cycling, is 1.26 whereas for motorized trips only it is
0.79. The highest average motorized trip rate was observed in PMC, i.e. 0.90, followed by PCMC, i.e. 0.82.
• The mode-wise distribution of trips (including walking and cycling) in PMR is dominated by walking, i.e.
35.1%, followed by two-wheelers (33.2%) and buses (9.9%). The share of trips catered to by cars is at 9.1%.
• Work-based activities dominate the distribution of trips based on purpose in PMR, i.e. 51.3%, followed by
educational trips (33.8%). The average per capita trip length in PMR, including walking and cycling, is 5.16 km.
In contrast, for motorized only trips, it is 7.80 km. The highest average motorized trip length was observed in
the rest of PMR, i.e. 9.43 km.
Issues and Challenges

Based on the analyses conducted as part of the CTTS, key issues and challenges of the existing road transportation
systems in PMR are as follows:
56
• Inadequate carrying capacity of radial growth corridors, national highways and major state highways
• Absence of Ring Roads, bypass roads, alternative roads to radial roads
• Congested up entry/exit points to PMC and PCMC due to non-segregated external traffic
• Low quality of roads in terms of available road widths and pavement condition
• Weak accessibility to the Western Ghats and tourism nodes
• Lack of connectivity to villages
• Absence of implementation strategy for Regional Plan roads beyond municipal corporation limits in PMR
5.3 Rail Transport
PMR is well connected to major cities of the country through an extensive regional rail network. This railway
network is under Central Railways jurisdiction, consisting of broad gauge lines both electrified and non-electrified.
The two major railway routes in the region are Mumbai-Pune-Solapur and Pune-Miraj. Daund is a major junction
located outside the Study Area, and it is connected with Baramati and Ahmednagar.
Figure 5.7: Existing Railway Network in PMR
Source: Central Railway, Pune Division; Comprehensive Traffic and Transport Study, (CTTS) for PMR, Dec 2019
Table 5.6 Contains rail ridership statistics, including suburban passengers.
Suburban railways alone carry 1.1 lakh (2017) passengers every day. The highest ridership was observed on the
Pune-Lonavala section, with a total number of 68,899 (2017) passengers boarding and alighting per day on 18
trains. Trains on this route run with a minimum frequency of 30 minutes. Another route with a significant number
of passengers is the Pune-Daund line, with eight services per day. The average trip length of passengers on
suburban rail stands at 41 km in PMC and 15 km in the PCMC area.
57
Table 5.6: Characteristics of Existing Railway Lines in PMR
Route Length (km) Specification Annual Ridership (million) Capacity
Pune-Lonavala 63 Double line 28.6 142
Pune-Daund 64 Double line NA 107
Pune-Miraj 32 Single line 14.5 118
Source: Central Railway, Pune Division.
Ridership on the Pune-Mumbai route is rising rapidly due to residential and industrial developments along this
corridor. All the railway lines are operating beyond their capacity. Lands around railway stations at Yavat, Kedgaon,
Kutbav, Kadetan and Malavali are not utilised to their potential. One of the reasons is the absence of robust road
connectivity between railway stations and the highway network. The existing Inland Container Depot (ICD) is at
Chakan MIDC Phase 2. The facility is spread over 12.5 acres with an annual capacity of 60,000 TEUs. It serves
logistic demand between Nashik, Pune and JNPT port. The facility lacks railway connectivity to ensure the
economical and sustainable movement of goods.
Key issues and challenges
Based on the analyses conducted as part of the CTTS, key issues and challenges of the existing rail network in
PMR are as follows:
• Existing railway lines are being utilised beyond their capacity hampering the suburban rail frequency.
• Bypass Railway line that will connect all three existing railway lines, act as suburban ring railway serving
goods transport. Pune Railway Division presented this requirement to PMRDA. PMRDA has incorporated the
same in the Comprehensive Mobility Plan 2018.
• Road network connectivity to railway stations, particularly in rural areas of the region, is weak.
• Lower frequency of suburban rail services leading to a dependency on the road-based transport system.
• Linkages with major industrial nodes for passenger and goods movement are inadequate.
• The capacity of the single and non-electric Pune-Miraj railway line is limited.
• Rail connectivity to industrial areas in the Pune region is weak.
5.4 Public Transport and NMT
Public Transport
Public Transport in PMR consists of bus and rail-based nodes of transport for mobility. The city bus service
provided by PMPML serves the city centre and suburbs up to 20 km from PMC and PCMC boundaries. MSRTC
provides intercity bus services for passengers travelling outside Pune.
Public transport coverage is primarily concentrated in PMC and PCMC jurisdictions. In the rest of PMR, public
transport coverage is limited to only national highways and some major roads. Lack of demand for buses due to
high dependency on private vehicles, company buses for daily commute to and fro between home and office adds
to conjestion. Thus, to improve the public transport coverage in the rest of PMR, the major focus needs to be on
developing residential and employment centres around the rail and road-based infrastructure provisions.
58
Figure 5.8: Public Transport Coverage in PMR
Source: Central Railway, Pune Division; Comprehensive Traffic and Transport Study, (CTTS) for PMR, Dec 2019; Public Works Department GoM,
Pune;
Private and state-run intercity bus services to major cities in the state and neighbouring states currently serve
PMR. Maharashtra State Road Transport (MSRTC) operates the state-run bus service with a fleet of over 18,000
buses. These buses run from four bus terminals: Swargate, Shivaji Nagar, Pune Railway Station and Vallabh Nagar.
From the latest statistics, an average of 0.3 million passengers travelled on MSRTC services.
PMPML operates the city bus service serving the city centre and suburbs, up to 20 km from PMC and PCMC, with
a fleet size of 1,500 operating on 371 routes. This bus service provides public transport connections from PMC
and PCMC to the major MIDC centres and municipal councils. The annual ridership for PMPML services has
declined from around 420 million passengers in 2013 to about 390 million passengers in 2016. The decreased
ridership can be attributed to the shift to private vehicles. Long-distance PMPML bus routes operate at lower than
2-hour frequency due to less ridership.
Non-Motorized Transport (NMT)

There is limited data on non-motorised transport infrastructure in PMR. Based on CMP and CTTS data, the current
share of trips by walking is about 33% with an average trip length of about 0.9 km. It is observed that the NMT
infrastructure in PMR is poor, with no footpaths on most roads, encroachments on existing footpaths or used as
parking spaces by vehicles. There is also a lack of cycling infrastructure, with the total length of cycle tracks only
about 64 km. Consequently, the mode share of cycling is meagre, accounting for only 2.7% of all trips, with an
average trip length of 3.28 km.
Key issues and challenges

Based on the analyses conducted as part of the CTTS, key issues and challenges of the existing public transportation
systems and NMT in PMR are as follows:
• Absence of suburban rail-based public transport causing high dependency on road-based transport
• Limited public transport coverage in PMR, resulting in fewer shares of public transport trips
• A low frequency of bus services in the region due to less ridership
• Inadequate NMT facilities and their integration with transport nodes
59
5.5 Freight Transport
The need for the movement of goods is linked with the land uses spread across the region. PMR is established as
an automobile manufacturing hub with industrial and warehouses spread across the region along major transport
corridors. These uses demand mobility of raw materials and finished goods in and outside the region. Nashik
Road, Nagar Road, Saswad Road, Solapur Road and Mumbai-Pune Expressway are observed to have higher
volumes of freight travelling on them than other roads. In terms of percentage share of traffic, the highest share is
seen on Nashik Road and Solapur Road due to the rail siding facility near Fursungi. All national highways are
identified as major freight corridors for PMR. The movement of heavy vehicles within the municipal limits during
the daytime is restricted to avoid their impact on local traffic.
Table 5.7: Goods vehicles on radial roads in PMR
Location Goods vehicles Share (%)
Mumbai-Pune Expressway 9,066 8.03%
Saswad-Jejuri Road 3,482 3.08%
Moshi Toll Plaza, Nashik Road 13,810 12.23%
Near Sambhaji Chowk, Alandi Road, Alandi 5,365 4.75%
Nagar Road 10,484 9.28%
Kawadipeth Toll Plaza, Solapur Road 12,851 11.38%
Saswad Road 7,007 6.20%
Saswad-Bopdev Road 2,836 2.51%
Sinhgad Road 3,615 3.20%
NDA Academy Road 2,904 2.57%
Near Bhugaon, Mulshi Road 3,277 2.90%
Shivaji Chowk, Hinjawadi 3,376 2.99%
Dehu Road Toll Plaza, Mumbai-Pune Highway 9,781 8.66%
Talwade, Dehu Alandi Road 12,279 10.87%
Katraj-Satara Road 5,211 4.61%
Sus Road 1,758 1.56%
Nande-Balewadi Road (Mahalunge) 1,068 0.95%
Manjari Village, Manjari Road 2,742 2.43%
Lohegaon-Nirgudi Road 215 0.19%
Lohegaon-Wagholi Road 1,836 1.63%
Total 1,12,963 100
Source: Comprehensive Traffic and Transport Study, (CTTS) for PMR, Dec 2019;
60
Figure 5.9: Desired line diagram showing the Goods vehicle movement in PMR
Source: Comprehensive Traffic and Transport Study, (CTTS) for PMR, Dec 2019;
Goods movement in PMR is also catered to by the rail systems. Railway sidings are present in various locations
of PMR. As rail sidings are restricted along the existing rail lines, a new bypass line will touch other industrial
areas like Chakan, Shikrapur on Nashik Road and Nagar Road. The proposed Ring Roads are necessary to provide
relief to goods traffic as there is heavy external-to-external truck traffic, as seen in Table 5.7.
Key Issues
Based on the analyses conducted as part of the CTTS, key issues and challenges of the existing freight
transportation systems in PMR are as follows:
• Lack of truck terminals in PMR; rail siding and truck parking facilities are located within PMC and PCMC
areas.
• Freight vehicles travel through the congested city road network even though their destinations are not within
the city. Bypass rail for goods is needed.
• Infrastructure is inadequate to accommodate freight vehicles on radial roads.
• Inadequate cargo parking facilities in industrial areas have led to inefficient carriageway utilisation.
5.6 Air Transport
PMR has an international airport located at Lohegaon within municipal corporation limits. This airport is also an
airfield station of the Indian Air Force. The airport accommodates passenger and goods movement of both
domestic and international flights. The other international airport in the proximity of PMR is the Mumbai airport,
with more robust connectivity to international destinations.
Pune airport has a runway length of 2,539 m that can handle all medium-range and few long-range aircraft. The
airport currently handles 8.16 million passengers and 41,566 tonnes of cargo annually. The passengers handled
at the airport are growing at an average CAGR of 19% in the past three years. Moreover, the airport shares runway
and Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities with the Air Force base leading to restrictions on operations of civil flights.
61
Considering all these factors and limitations on expanding the existing airport, to meet the growing demand, the
Government of Maharashtra has proposed developing a new greenfield airport in Purandar taluka. It would be
approximately 38 km from Pune city. MADC is appointed as the nodal agency and “Special Planning Authority” to
develop the new airport.
5.7 Metro Transport
Currently, the Metro rail system is under implementation on three corridors in PMC and PCMC with a total route
length of 54 km. The corridors are a combination of both elevated and underground sections.
• Line-1: PCMC to Swargate (16.58 km with 14 stations)
• Line-2 Vanaz to Ramwadi (14.66 km with 16 stations)
• Line-3: Hinjawadi to Shivaji Nagar (23 km with 23 stations)
MahaMetro, an SPV between the Government of India and the Government of Maharashtra, is executing the first
two lines. PMRDA is executing the third line under the public-private partnership model and has awarded the
project to the consortium of TUTPL and Siemens. The metro corridors are expected to be operational in a phase-
wise manner.
62
Chapter 6: Social Infrastructure
Chapter 6:
Social Infrastructure
Social infrastructure covers a range of services and facilities that meet local and strategic needs and contribute
towards a good quality of life. It includes health provisions, education, community facilities, recreational and open
spaces, sports facilities and emergency facilities. Its availability, extent and sophistication are crucial measures
of the overall development and quality of life of any region. Social infrastructure plays a pivotal role in fostering
strong and inclusive communities. It provides opportunities to bring different groups of people together,
contributing to social integration and the desirability of a place.
6.1 Institutional Setup
The key organisations providing social infrastructure in Pune Metropolitan Region are:
Urban Local Bodies:

Individual municipal corporations, councils and cantonment boards prepare Development Plans for their
respective jurisdictions, which provide a statutory binding to propose and implement social infrastructure facilities
as well as operate and maintain those as per the present and future demands of the public realm. Pune Metropolitan
Region comprises two municipal corporations, seven municipal councils and three cantonment boards. These
Urban Local Bodies have an obligatory duty to establish and maintain education facilities, healthcare facilities,
community facilities, open spaces and recreational areas in their respective planning areas.
Zilla Parishad, Pune:

Maharashtra adopted three tiers of the Panchayat Raj System under the Maharashtra Zilla Parishad and Panchayat
Samiti Act, 1961. The three-tier Panchayati Raj system included Zilla Parishad at the apex, followed by Panchayat
Samiti and Gram Panchayat. Pune Zilla Parishad establishes and maintains primary and secondary educational
facilities in the district. Apart from educational facilities, Pune Zilla Parishad also looks after the management of
hospitals and other health care facilities in the rural parts of the district.
Gram Panchayat
Gram Panchayat plays an active role in implementing the required social facilities within the premise of a village
boundary.
6.2 Educational Facilities
Access to high-quality education, which profoundly affects people’s lives, is one of the most powerful ways to
break down inequalities and improve social mobility. PMR’s literacy rate stands at 81%, slightly lower than that of
Pune district (86.2%) and Maharashtra state (82.3 %).
Currently, there are a total of 2,631 education facilities within PMR. Education facilities are categorised as primary,
secondary and tertiary. Primary education includes pre-primary or Anganwadi and primary schools. Secondary
education facilities include secondary schools /high school and tertiary facilities include colleges and higher
education institutes.
63
Table 6.1: Primary, Secondary and Tertiary Education Facilities - ELU/GIS Database
Primary Education Secondary Education Tertiary Education Total Education

Taluka
Facility Facility Facility Facilities
Numbers 202 30 16 248

Daund
Area (ha) 22.57 7.141 21.77 51.48
Numbers 84 13 4 101
Purandar
Area (ha) 11.30 6.398 3.52 21.22
Numbers 47 10 1 58
Velhe
Area (ha) 2.02 0.27 0.10 2.39
Numbers 301 105 43 449

Haveli
Area (ha) 69.31 71.805 194.88 336.00
Numbers 216 65 41 322

Mulshi
Area (ha) 42.00 58.324 296.92 397.24
Numbers 373 79 8 460

Khed
Area (ha) 35.60 14.196 4.79 54.59
Numbers 382 70 35 487

Maval
Area (ha) 44.59 50.404 137.64 232.64
Numbers 83 25 11 119
Bhor
Area (ha) 7.29 3.52 28.21 39.02
Numbers 302 74 11 387

Shirur
Area (ha) 31.04 16.4258 7.00 54.46
Numbers 1,990 471 170 2631

Total
Area (ha) 265.7 228.5 694.8 1189
Source: GIS Database; Survey Data, ELU Database; Department of School Education and Literacy, Ministry of Education GoM, Schoolgis.nic.in
Table 6.2: Government Schools and Private Schools - ELU/GIS Database
Taluka Govt. School Private School Trust
Numbers 168 59
Daund
Area (ha) 18.55 32.85
Purandar Numbers 65 16
Area (ha) 15.97 4.91
Numbers 41 9
Velhe
Area (ha) 2.01 0.2
Numbers 192 164 4

Haveli
Area (ha) 95.92 230.60 1.63
64
Numbers 163 110

Mulshi
Area (ha) 12.68 391.96
Numbers 311 95
Khed
Area (ha) 29.91 24.41
Numbers 344 86 1
Maval
Area (ha) 17.02 208.96 6.34
Numbers 80 29
Bhor
Area (ha) 7.2 31.87
Numbers 260 84
Shirur
Area (ha) 25.19 30.08
Numbers 1624 652 5

Total
Area (ha) 224.45 955.84 7.97
PMR is majorly rural in nature, and Zilla Parishad has been active in providing a school in most villages. Out of
2,631 schools, 62% schools are government-run schools while 25% are private schools. Malaval Taluka (487) has
the maximum number of schools, followed by Khed (460) and Haveli (449). Mawal, Khed and Shirur Taluka have
the maximum number of government schools/ZP Schools, while Haveli and Mulshi have the most private schools.
It is also observed that private schools are primarily located along national highways and edging the current
urbanisation areas. In contrast, government schools are well spread off into rural areas.
Primary education facility

PMR has 1990 primary schools spread across the region. Currently, one school serves 860 people, better than the
desired ratio of one school per 5,000 people (as per RP 1997). However, the average area per school is 0.13 ha,
which is less than the standards stated in RP 1997.
Table 6.1 explains the taluka wise distribution of primary schools. It is observed that Maval taluka has the
maximum number of primary schools (382), followed by Khed taluka (373). Area-wise, Haveli taluka has the
highest average area under schools with 0.23 ha per school. In contrast, other talukas have sizes ranging from
0.04 to 0.19 hectares per school.
65
Figure 6.1: Village Wise Availability of Primary Education Facilities - ELU/GIS Database
129 villages are without primary schools, out of which 45 villages lie in the Western Ghats area. The population of
some of these villages is also less than 100 people, and thus they share amenities with neighbouring villages.
Secondary education facility

PMR has 471 secondary schools spread across the region. Currently, one school serves 3,634 people, better than
the desired ratio of one school per 7,500 people (as per RP 1997). However, the average area per school is 0.48 ha,
which is less than the standards stated in RP 1997. The area requirement of these schools is not fulfilled.
Table 6.1 explains the taluka wise distribution of primary schools. It is observed that Haveli taluka has the
maximum number of secondary schools (105), followed by Khed taluka (79) and Maval taluka (70).
Out of 557 villages without secondary schools, 126 villages lie in the Western Ghats area. The population of these
villages is also less than 100 people, and thus they share amenities with neighbouring villages.
66
Figure 6.2: Village Wise Availability of Secondary Schools - ELU/GIS Database
Tertiary Education Facilities

Pune Metropolitan Region has 170 colleges/higher education institutions, with the highest number of
establishments in Haveli taluka followed by Mulshi. Table 6.1 gives an overview of available tertiary education
facilities in each taluka. Considering the Planning Area population estimated for 2018, there is one tertiary
education facility for every 10,067 people.
Table 6.3: Taluka Wise Availability of Tertiary Education Facilities - Census 2011
Arts and Vocational Non-Formal

Engineer- Medical Management Polytechnic
Taluka Science Training Insti- Training
ing College College Institute College
College tute/ ITI Centre
Bhor 0 1 0 0 2 0 0
Daund 3 0 0 0 0 2 0
Haveli 14 1 0 0 1 3 0
Khed 1 0 0 0 0 2 0
Mawal 0 0 0 0 0 12 0
Mulshi 1 0 0 0 0 1 0
Purandar 0 0 0 0 0 2 0
Shirur 2 1 0 0 0 6 0
Velhe 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total 21 3 0 0 3 28 0
67
Figure 6.3: Village Wise Availability of Tertiary Education Facilities - Census 2011
Source: GIS Database; Survey Data, ELU Database; Department of School Education and Literacy, Ministry of Education GoM, Schoolgis.nic.in;
Census 2011
It is observed that the majority of tertiary level facilities/ colleges are available edging the dense development
areas or the urbanizing areas and along major transport corridors. Area wise, Mulshi taluka has maximum area per
facility which is 7.24 ha/facility while Haveli has 4.53ha/facility, followed by mawal with 35 colleges having 3.93
ha/facility.
6.3 Health Care Facilities
Health care facilities have been categorised into health centres, hospitals and veterinary clinics/hospitals. The
health centre forms the first tier of the healthcare system, and it serves the neighbourhoods. These health centres
are further classified into Primary Health Centres (PHC) developed by Zilla Parishad and private centres.
Hospitals form the second tier of the healthcare system and serve larger masses at the town level. These hospitals
are generally located at district headquarters or the major towns. The rural population has to rely on these
hospitals for any specialised diagnosis and treatment. Hospitals are classified into maternity care units,
government hospitals and private hospitals.
PMR being majorly rural in character, veterinary clinics and hospitals play an essential role. Veterinary hospitals
are generally located at district headquarters or major towns and transport intersections. Table 6.4 gives details
of the total healthcare units in PMR.
Haveli (82) has the maximum number of health centres, followed by Shirur and Mawal talukas. Mulshi (0.5 ha per
facility) tops the average area per health facility after Haveli (0.6 ha per facility).
68
Table 6.4: Health Care Facilities in PMR - ELU/GIS database
Total Health Health Centre Hospitals Veterinary

facility
Taluka Primary Private
Govt. hos- Private
Health health Maternity
pitals hospital
Centre centre
Numbers 42 19 15 3 1 5 3
Daund
Area (ha) 5.7 3.3 0.5 0.4 0.7 1.2 0.05
Numbers 7 7 0 0 0 0 0
Purandar
Area (ha) 0.2 0.2 0.00 0 0 0 0
Numbers 8 3 1 0 0 0 3
Velhe
Area (ha) 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0 0 0.03
Numbers 82 16 23 0 0 12 3
Haveli
Area (ha) 50.4 2.7 1.2 0 0 1.8 0.02
Numbers 49 9 30 1 1 3 2
Mulshi
Area (ha) 22.8 0.6 19.0 0.25 1.6 1.1 0.01
Numbers 27 6 47 0 9 4 4
Khed
Area (ha) 4.5 0.2 3.3 0 3.9 2.7 0.10
Numbers 51 12 28 0 4 5 2
Maval
Area (ha) 7.0 3.2 0.7 0 1.8 1.3
Numbers 14 2 8 0 0 1 1
Bhor
Area (ha) 0.7 0.02 0.3 0 0 1.3 0.09
Numbers 69 18 48 2 2 2 1
Shirur
Area (ha) 1.6 0.3 1.0 0.14 1.4 0.2 0.01
Numbers 349 92 200 6 17 32 19

Total
Area (ha) 93.1 10.7 26.0 0.8 9.4 9.6 0.3
Source: GIS Database; Survey Data, ELU Database; Pune Zilla Parishad.
Health Centres in PMR
As per the GIS database, PMR has 292 health centres, out of which 31% are PHCs, and 69% are private health
centres. The typical character of these private health centres are smaller building footprints or hosted within a few
floors of a building, majorly along the national highways. This fact is proven by the average area occupied, which
is 0.12 ha per centre.
Shirur (18) has a maximum percentage (19%) of PHCs followed by Haveli (16), while Khed and Shirur have
maximum private health centres followed by Haveli.
69
Figure 6.4: Village Wise Availability of Primary Health Facilities - ELU/GIS Database
While assessing the availability of health centres, it is observed that for every 5861 people one health centre is
available. It is imperative to propose and develop new facilities to cater to the present and future PMR population’s
primary healthcare needs.
Hospitals
PMR has 55 hospitals, out of which 58% are private hospitals,31% are government hospitals, and 11% are maternity
hospitals. Nine government hospitals are present in Khed along the Pune-Nashik Highway, while four are present
in Maval taluka. In terms of private hospitals, Haveli tops the numbers with 12 hospitals. Maternity and child care
centres are few in PMR, with only six clinics spread across three talukas.
Analysing penetration of hospitals in PMR reveals that Purandar and Velhe do not have any hospitals. PMR has
one hospital for every 31,118 people. At the same time, each maternity and childcare facility caters to 2,85,248
people, clearly indicating its inadequacy.
Veterinary Hospitals
PMR has 19 veterinary hospitals. Each taluka in PMR has a veterinary hospital except Purandar, as only part of
taluka lies in PMR. Khed (4) has the maximum number of veterinary facilities, followed by haveli and Velhe, having
three each. Mulshi and Mawal have insufficient numbers with only 2 in the entire taluka, while Shirur (1) has the
least number of the available facilities.
70
Figure 6.5: Village Wise Availability of Hospitals - ELU/GIS database
Figure 6.6: Village Wise Availability of Veterinary facilities - ELU/GIS database
71
6.4 Recreational Areas and Facilities
Pune Metropolitan Region is rich in biodiversity and natural heritage with notable tourism sites such as wildlife
sanctuaries, forts, religious or pilgrim destinations and hill stations. Pune city adds to the context of PMR. It has
many destinations that attract tourists from the entire district and state. Some of these attractions include
Shaniwarwada, Dagdusheth Ganpati, Kasba Ganpati, Pataleshwar Caves, Osho Ashram, Pashan Lake, Katraj
Snake Park, and so forth.
Recreational areas and facilities have been categorized as following to have a better understanding of requirements
and availability.
1. Forest and wildlife sanctuaries
2. Lakes and dams
3. Heritage
4. Religious sites
5. Recreational open spaces
Forest and Wildlife Sanctuaries

PMR has a forest cover of about 824.29 sq km and two wildlife sanctuaries (62.19 sq km) - Tamhini Ghat Wildlife
Sanctuary and Sudhagad Wildlife Sanctuary. Tamini Ghat and Sudhagad wildlife sanctuaries are home to a rich
and diverse selection of flora and fauna. The sanctuaries are home to different species of mammals and birds,
including Indian endemic birds, butterfly species, reptiles species, invertebrates, and rare flora species. Apart from
this, Tamhini Ghat and Sudhagad have a very scenic beauty which draws tourists and visitors, especially in the
monsoons, when waterfalls dot it.
Lakes and Dams

PMR has many lakes, dams and reservoirs, along with rivers and streams. These water bodies cover 37,514 ha of
area, which is about 6.1% of the PMR area. Popular lakes and dams include Pashan lake, Bhushi dam, Mulshi dam,
Khadakwasla dam, Varasgaon dam, Panshet dam, Kund mala and Mastani lake. These lakes and dams have
tourism development around them and in their proximity.
Heritage
PMR has overall 12 protected monuments of national importance and 12 protected monuments of state
importance. The famous protected heritage structures of national importance are Bhaja and Karla caves, Lohgad
fort, Pataleshwar cave temple, Shaniwarwada, Visapur fort and Agakhan Palace building. Whereas, Sinhagad,
Koirigad, Mahatma Phule Wada, Vishrambaug Wada, Hutatma Rajguru Wada, Grave of Mastani are some of the
popular protected heritage sites of state importance. Rajmachi, Tung fort, Tikona fort, Bedse caves, Purandar fort,
Malhargad fort and Lal Mahal are other prominent heritage sites in PMR.
Religious Sites
Pune is called the cultural capital of Maharashtra. PMR houses a lot of religious places of different religions. The
more prominent sacred places in PMR are Chaturshrungi temple, Alandi temple, Mahaganpati temple in
Ranjangaon, Prati Balaji, Prati Shirdi, Parvati Hill temple, Dilawar Khan Masjid and tomb, Kamar Ali Darvesh Dargah
at Khed Shivapur, Dagdusheth Ganpati and Dehu-Gatha Mandir.
Recreational Open Spaces

Recreational open spaces include parks, gardens and open spaces. Parks are green landscaped areas that act as
the lungs of the city. Parks and gardens provide pollution-free and pedestrian-friendly areas for a varied range of
social activities. Open spaces include publicly accessible spaces that can accommodate multiple active
recreational uses such as expos, exhibitions, playgrounds, etc. Unlike parks and gardens, open spaces need not
be filled with vegetation. At present, 588 ha of land cover is under recreational use as per the ELU database.
72
Figure 6.7: Recreational Spaces in PMR
Source: GIS Database; Survey Data, ELU Database.
6.5 Fire Services
Fire services play a pivotal role in protecting people from fire hazards, road accidents, building collapse and other
unforeseen emergencies. Fire is categorized as a disaster. PMR presently has three fire stations at Nanded City
(Nanded Gaon), Marunji and Wagholi.
Table 6.5: Fire Station - ELU/GIS Database
No Taluka Fire Station
1 Bhor 0
2 Daund 0
3 Haveli 2
4 Khed 0
5 Mawal 0
6 Mulshi 1
7 Purandar 0
8 Shirur 0
9 Velhe 0
Total 3
Source: GIS Database; Survey Data, ELU Database; Fire Department, PMRDA.
73
Figure 6.8: Fire Station with Buffer
Source: GIS Database; Survey Data, ELU Database; Fire Department, PMRDA.
Data in Table 6.5 indicates that Daund, Haveli, Khed and Shirur taluka lack fire services to serve their population
adequately. At present, their requirements are being catered by closest urban local bodies with the provision of fire
services. Therefore, it is imperative to develop the fire services infrastructure necessary to cater to the demands
of the PMR population.
6.6 Cremation Ground and Burial Ground

In PMR, there are a total of 103 Cremation grounds and 306 Burial grounds. Taluka wise distribution of cremation
ground and burial ground in PMR is given in Table 6.7. It can be observed that there is no cremation ground in
Purandar taluka and no burial ground in Mulshi taluka.
74
Figure 6.9: Availability of Crematorium and Burial Ground - ELU/GIS Database
Source: GIS Database; Survey Data, ELU Database;
Table 6.6 data indicates that PMR lacks in the provision of a burial ground in every taluka. Also, it has an insufficient
number of cremation grounds in Daund, Haveli, Purandar, Shirur and Velhe talukas. To cater to present and future
population needs, it is required to propose a larger cremation ground or a burial ground for a cluster of villages that
would be easily accessible to the population.
Table 6.6: Requirement of Cremation Ground and Burial Ground for Present Population
Taluka Cremation Ground Burial Ground
Bhor 18 1
Daund 2 24
Haveli 24 6
Khed 70 8
Mawal 128 13
Mulshi 47 0
Purandar 0 4
Shirur 13 45
Velhe 4 2
Total 306 103
Source: GIS Database; Survey Data, ELU Database;
75
76
Chapter 7:
Public Utility
Urbanisation, industrial development, population growth and increase in area under irrigation have resulted in
increased water demand over the past few decades. Sustainability of the urban water supply is one of the core
issues, followed by sanitation, solid waste management and stormwater management. This chapter analyses
water supply, wastewater, solid waste and stormwater systems in the region. This analysis aims to understand the
current status of infrastructure provision by identifying the supply-demand gap. It would help devise appropriate
planning strategies to mitigate the gap and optimise the usage of natural resources for the efficient delivery of
infrastructure in the sub-sectors mentioned above.
7.1 Water Supply
PMR falls within the Bhima basin, formed by the Bhima River, which originates in Bhimashankar of Khed taluka.
Bhima, Mula, Mutha, Indrayani, Pavana, Bhama, Andra are the major rivers flowing through the region. Dams,
reservoirs, weirs, lakes and groundwater cater to the water requirement of the region.
Water for domestic use is supplied to municipal corporations and municipal councils through dams and reservoirs
developed by the State Irrigation Department. MIDC areas are provided water through dams built by the State
Irrigation Department as well as private dams. Current municipal water supply and distribution systems cover
certain rural areas within PMR. For villages not covered under this water supply and distribution system, the
residents depend on private wells and water supplied by tankers for their domestic use.
Institutional Framework
Multiple agencies are involved in the process of planning, designing and developing water supply and distribution
systems in the region. These agencies are collectively responsible for developing sources, bulk water supply
systems and water distribution systems, resource allocation and assessment and monitoring of groundwater
sources. The State Irrigation Department is responsible for source development. It develops dams, reservoirs and
weirs. Maharashtra Jeevan Pradhikaran (MJP) and Zilla Parishad are responsible for providing water to rural
areas by developing regional and individual water supply schemes. The Ground Water Survey and Development
Agency monitors groundwater abstraction status and also develops groundwater supply schemes. Municipal
corporations and municipal councils are responsible for developing bulk water supply and distribution systems
within their jurisdictions. For smaller municipal councils, MJP also assists in planning, designing and implementing
water supply networks. MIDC develops its own water source, bulk water supply and distribution systems. For
Kirkee, Pune and Dehu cantonment boards, Pune Municipal Corporation is responsible for developing bulk water
supply systems. The cantonment boards themselves develop the distribution systems.
Surface Water Sources

Major Basins
Subbasin wise studies were conducted from the northern side to the southern, and analysis is as follows:
1. Bhima Subbasin
It is an uppermost basin in PMR. Bhima River, a left-bank tributary of Krishna River in the Krishna basin,
originates in Bhimashankar hill in Khed taluka outside PMR. The entire basin is in Maharashtra and receives
rainfall between 500 mm to 750 mm except for a small area upstream of Chaskaman Dam.
2. Bhama Subbasin
Bhama River originates in Sahyadri hills in Rajgurunagar village of Pune district. It is a right-bank tributary of
River Bhima and is a small river with an interception of a dam at village Askhed. The dam supplies water to
36 villages within the basin, out of which ten are downstream but in close vicinity. The remaining villages are
upstream and within the submergence.
3. Andhra Subbasin
Andra River is a small left-bank tributary of River Indrayani. Andra originates in the village Sawale situated at
77
Sahyadri hills. Tata Power Company constructed a dam on this river near village Kiwale during the fifties for
hydroelectric power generation. This reservoir supplies water to 30 villages, out of which 16 villages lie
upstream within the submergence, and 14 villages are downstream.
4. Indrayani Subbasin
Indrayani River is revered as a holy river. Sacred sites of Alandi and Dehu are settled on the left bank of this
river in Khed taluka. It is a left-bank tributary of the Bhima River. All medium dam projects on this river, such
as Vadivale, Shiravata, Valvan and Lonavala, have comparatively more yield. However, Tata Power Company
owns all dams except Vadivale.
5. Pawana Subbasin
Pawana river originates in the Sahyadri ranges on the west side of PMR in Mawal taluka. It is a small basin,
and the river confluences with River Mula near Pune city. It is a left-bank tributary of the River Mula.
6. Mula Subbasin
River Mula originates in Sahyadri ranges on the westward of PMR. It flows towards the east and meets River
Mutha in Pune city. After that, this merged flow is known as the Mula-Mutha River.
Tata Power Company constructed a dam on this river near Mulshi in 1927. Almost all water is diverted to the
Konkan region for hydropower generation at Bhira Power House. Thus storage of Mulshi dam is not considered
here for domestic supply except for villages situated upstream of the dam. Twenty-five villages in the
catchment of Mulshi dam have been availing the domestic water supply from this dam since its opening.
7. Mutha Subasin
It is one of the largest sub-basins in PMR. The Mutha River originates near the village Tamhini (Bk) in Sahyadri
ranges located west of PMR. Mosi and Ambi rivers are two tributaries of the Mutha River, and they originate
to the south of its origin. Three dams are constructed in the initial reaches of these rivers: The first dam is
near village Panshet on the Ambi River. The second dam is near the village of Warasgaon on the Mosi River.
The Mutha river is dammed for the third time near the village of Temghar. Panshet dam is currently used as
a drinking water source for Pune city. Water released from these three dams is dammed again near the village
of Khadakwasla on the Mutha river. All these four dams together form the Khadakwasla Complex group, a
lifeline for drinking water of Pune Metropolis.
8. Nira Subbasin
Nira basin is the southernmost basin in PMR. The actual area wise contribution of this basin is minimal.
There are four reservoirs in Nira valley, namely Nira Deoghar, Bhatghar, Chapet and Vir.
9. Karha Subbasin
A small part of the Karha basin also falls within PMR. River Karha originates in the hills of Purandar fort.
Flowing towards the east side, it merges with River Nira from the left side. River Karha flows seldom, and
there is an acute shortage of water in this area. There is no major or medium project constructed in PMR on
this river.
Major Reservoirs
Various rivers originating in the Western Ghats, i.e. westerns parts of PMR, flow through PMR boundaries. The
region currently has 19 major and medium reservoirs and 16 minor irrigation tanks. This section provides an
analysis of various surface water sources in the region.
Table 7.1: Surface Water Sources in PMR - Key Reservoirs
Sanctioned
Type of
No. Name of Source River Name Storage Details of Reservoir Reservation for
Source
use of water
Live Dead Total Quantity (mm3)
1 Khadakwasla Major Mutha 55.91 30 85.91
2 Temghar Major Mutha 105.01 2.95 107.96
3 Warasgaon/Dasave Major Mose 363.13 12.23 375.36
4 Panshet Major Ambi 301.61 9 310.61
Total 825.66 54.18 879.84 424.89
5 Chaskaman Major Bhima 214.5 27.19 241.69 26.44
78
Chapter 7: Public Utility
6 Bhama Ashkhed Major Bhama 217.13 13.52 230.65 144.11
7 Ghod Major Ghod 137.99 31.31 169.3 12.62
8 Pawana Dam Major Pawana 240.97 31.15 272.12 285.77
9 Bhatghar Major Velvandi 665.57 7.08 672.65 29.73
10 Gunjawane Major Gunjawani 104.48 0.21 104.69 0
11 Mulshi Dam Major Mula 522.76 13 535.76 0

Upper Andhra Lake/
12 Major Andra 363.7 0 363.7 0
Thokarwadi
13 Shirwata Major Indrayani 212.97 0 212.97 0
Kundali-
14 Vadiwale Medium 30.39 10.48 40.87 8.62
Indrayani
15 Kasarsai Medium Pawana 16.06 1.32 17.38 3.91
16 Lower Andra Lake Medium Andra 82.75 0.55 83.3 66.3
17 Mulshi Tunnel Project Medium Mula 46.61 0 46.61 25.96
18 Nazre Medium 16.64 5.68 22.32 7.25

On Catchment
19 Valwan Medium 72.12 0 72.12 0
(Sarovar)
20 Adhale Minor On Catchment 0.97 0.3 1.27 0
On Catchment
21 Malvandi Minor 3.28 0.41 3.69 0
(Pawana)
22 Jadhavwadi Dam Minor Sudha river 11.61 0.51 12.12 1.07
Kaparganga
23 Pimploli Minor 1.41 0.13 1.54 0
Nala
Kaparganga
24 Khamboli Minor 1.84 0 1.84 0
Nala
Kaparganga
25 Rihe Minor 1.27 0.34 1.61 0
Nala
26 Hadshi 1 Minor Walki river 2.97 0.1 3.07 0
27 Hadshi 2 Minor Walki river 1.3 0.11 1.41 0
28 Walen Minor Walki river 5.07 0.04 5.11 0
29 Uravade Minor On Catchment 1.89 0.11 2 0.44
30 Chinchwad Minor 1.46 0 1.46 0
31 Saltar Minor On Catchment 1.3 0 1.3 0
32 Bhongvali Minor Nira 3.06 0.16 3.22 0
33 Kadus Minor Kumandala 2.26 0.36 2.62 0
34 Wafegaon Minor Vel 2.69 0.42 3.11 0.005
35 Tithewadi Minor Vel 7.1 0.76 7.86 0
3819.78 199.42 4019.2 1037.115
Note: *These projects, although outside PMR, are in the vicinity of PMR, should be considered for water planning.
Source: Engineering Department, PMRDA
79
Figure 7.1: Surface Water Storage
Source: Engineering Department, PMRDA; GIS Database
Status of Ground Water

Pune Metropolitan Region falls under the Deccan trap volcanic groundwater province, which proves to be a good
aquifer given that the rock is highly weathered. However, the interflow horizons such as red boles tend to become
clayey and sometimes reduce the aquifer properties.
Groundwater is a major source of irrigation, accounting for about half of the net irrigated area as of 2011. Irrigation
Data 2010-11 indicates that the total area irrigated using groundwater source in the Pune district is 1,45,500 ha.
In contrast, area by irrigation accounts for 1,22,400 ha. The net irrigated area by all sources stands at 3,20,000 ha.
Further, there were 91,699 dug wells/tube wells in the district for irrigation as of 2010-11. Additionally, groundwater
is also an important source of rural water supply.
Lower penetration of piped water supply to many villages has resulted in a high water abstraction in many of these
villages. Table 7.2 data represents groundwater development in PMR talukas between 2008-09 and 2011-12. It
shows that groundwater development has increased for most talukas. It has reached critical levels in Purandar
and Shirur talukas and is approaching a critical stage in Daund and Khed. It shows the need for the conservation
of groundwater sources.
Table 7.2: Stage of Groundwater Development (%) in PMR
Taluka 2008-09 2011-12
Bhor 40.35 45.84
Daund 81.39 74.6
Haveli 54.9 53.7
80
Khed 66.3 79.3
Mawal 13.5 19.6
Mulshi 13.04 13.87
Purandar 83.95 92
Shirur 81 89.5
Velhe 6.09 7.9
Source: Report on Dynamic Groundwater Resources of Maharashtra - 2008-09, 2011-12
Status of Piped Water Supply at Village Level

MJP, Zilla Parishad and GSDA have developed regional and individual water supply schemes in the region using
surface water and groundwater. Piped water is supplied to district villages through these schemes. Municipal
corporations are mandated to provide water supply to villages within 5 km of corporation limits. Currently, PMC
and PCMC are providing water supply to these villages through tankers. About 45 regional water supply schemes
and 700 individual water supply schemes have been developed in the Pune district to cater to the water
requirements of the district. Of the 814 villages, only 428 villages are served through water supply schemes by
MJP, ZP or GSDA system. The rest of the villages are served through groundwater abstraction from wells or bore
wells.
Key Observations
1. The total water available in the region considering 35 water sources as mentioned in Table 7.1, is 142 TMC.
2. Major and medium irrigation projects has a capacity of 98% of the total storage. Minor projects serve locally.
3. Out of the 142 TMC water storage, 38 TMC (27%) is only sanctioned reserved for use of water.
4. Surface water is used for domestic, industrial and irrigation purposes through dams, reservoirs, weirs and
canals.
5. Groundwater is monitored by the Ground Water Development Authority and is abstracted via bore wells and
dug wells. For rural areas, groundwater plays a major role in providing domestic and irrigation water.
6. It is observed that currently, total water supplied to ULBs is much higher than the estimated demand and the
NRW is also high in the range of 30-48%.
7. Water supplied to the rural area is significantly less compared to its estimated demand. Water deficit in rural
areas can be covered with suitable reallocations of current water quantity supplied to urban and rural areas
and reduced NRWs at ULBs.
8. At the village level, 428 villages are covered through regional and individual piped water supply schemes.
7.2 Sewerage Systems
Sewerage systems are a core element of physical infrastructure that determines the environmental status of any
settlement and requires minute planning, development and management.
As per the 74th amendment to the constitution, Maharashtra Municipal Corporations Act and Maharashtra
Municipal Councils Act, municipalities are mandated to collect, remove, treat, and dispose of sewage. The MJP
was mandated for wastewater treatment in rural areas. However, no such function is currently carried out by MJP.
Villages within PMR currently have inadequate sanitation facilities. The untreated sewage is discharged into the
natural sewer or low lying areas or directly into rivers/water streams. Thus, the river pollution level has breached
the threshold levels. Poor sanitation facilities in remote areas are posing serious environmental damages due to
the discharge of untreated sewage and open defecation to a certain extent. The peri-urban areas around PMC and
PCMC limits are seeing increased housing demand. It is mandatory to obtain pre and post-construction
environmental clearances as per the Ministry of Environment and Forest guidelines. Many residential/commercial
developments are observed wherein decentralized treatment facilities are developed or under development in
surrounding areas.
MIDC is solely responsible for water supply, effluent collection and treatment for their industrial estates at Chakan,
Ranjangaon, Kurkumbh, Bhigwan, etc. Simultaneously some industrial areas are not developed in demarcated
81
industrial areas. However, industries have obtained the approvals for establishment and consent to operate from
the Maharashtra Pollution Control Board and other authorities. These industries are responsible for developing
the effluent treatment facility and maintaining the outlet parameters. There is no institutional framework set up for
monitoring the outlet parameters and the efficiency of the plants.
Existing Situation
Sewerage network and sewage treatment plants currently exist in PMC and PCMC, while there is a negligible
sewerage network and no sewage treatment plants in PMR. For villages in the Study Area that are not covered
under a sewage network, some sewage is discharged into soak pits/septic tanks. In some areas, the sewage is
discharged into water bodies or open spaces without any treatment.
Table 7.3: Status of Waste Water Management at ULB level
Per-
Treatment Percent-
Wastewater centage
Location Collection System Capacity age Treat- Disposal
MLD Cover
(MLD) ed (%)
(%)
Mula-
PMC 898.4 Piped system 98 527 71 Mutha
river
PCMC 431.2 Piped system 83 333 76
Alandi MC 2.88 Septic tanks 0 0
Shirur MC 4.3 Underground Sew., Septic tanks 90 6 100
Lonavala MC 16 Septic tanks 3.6 30
Rajguru MC 22.4 Septic tanks 64.75 0 0
Chakan MC 5.6 Septic tanks 0 0 0
Talegaon 12.4 Septic tanks 0 0 0
Saswad MC 3.76 Underground Sew., Septic tanks 100 2 40

Source: ULB officials, DPRs of proposed projects
Wastewater Quantification
Pune Metropolitan Region includes both urban and rural areas. In rural areas, apart from various townships
developed in the region, there is no underground sewerage network and sewage treatment plants in the region.
Estimated wastewater generated in the region based on 2011 numbers and piped water supply in the Planning
Area is presented in Table 7.4.
Table 7.4: Estimated Wastewater Generation
Wastewater Generated (80% of Water Sup-

Taluka Water Supplied (MLD) (based on 55 LPCD)
plied) (MLD)
Bhor 3.75 3
Daund 9.2 7.36
Haveli 23.34 18.67
Khed 16.18 12.94
Mawal 13.59 10.87
82
Mulshi 9.37 7.49
Purandar 3.07 2.45
Shirur 14.13 11.30
Velhe 1.47 1.17
Total 94.13 75.3
Source: MWRRA notification, Census 2011
Table 7.5 shows the percentage of households in PMR with individual toilets or have access to individual toilets,
which contains flush/pour-flush latrines, pit latrines, and percentage of households without any latrine facilities
that are dependent upon public toilets or defecate openly.
According to Census 2011, approximately 68.78% of PMR households have individual toilets, and 31.22% of
households depend on either public toilets or defecate openly. Even though public/individual toilets are present in
the region, there is a lack of sanitation collection, conveyance and treatment facilities. Primary treatment is in the
form of septic tanks that exist in the areas. The sullage in rural areas is drained out into open nalas or open
drainage systems, which flows beside residential areas and discharge pollutants into the natural courses. There
are some villages in the region where open defecation still persists.
Table 7.5: Number of Households with Latrine Facility - Census 2011
Piped Sewer Total/Percentage Households

Taluka Septic Tank Other
System with Latrine Facility (%)
Bhor 2.49% 37.44% 41.14% 81.07%
Daund 4.59% 32.86% 11.05% 48.50%
Haveli 57.09% 19.55% 5.46% 82.10%
Khed 6.19% 43.64% 20.87% 70.70%
Mawal 9.44% 43.69% 11.20% 64.33%
Mulshi 11.26% 36.12% 21.75% 69.13%
Purandar 8.12% 22.10% 28.64% 58.86%
Shirur 2.47% 39.39% 20.13% 61.99%
Velhe 2.16% 14.39% 40.41% 56.96%
Total 18.92% 33.82% 16.04% 68.78%
Key Observations
1. Total wastewater generated in the region, considering the estimated existing water supply, is approximately
75.3 MLD.
2. The sullage from soak pits, septic tanks and STPs are disposed of into nearby rivers through nalas and
gutters.
3. Currently, no provisions exist for reusing treated water even from STPs for irrigation or industrial purposes.
4. With proper treatment at the ULB level, at least 30% of the wastewater can be reused for irrigation and
industrial purposes.
5. The rural areas have soak pits, septic tanks and open drains in place for the collection of wastewater. It is
necessary to look into treating the sullage generated through septic tanks and open drains.
83
7.3 Solid Waste Management
Efficacious solid waste management in PMR is crucial due to the scale and quantum of solid waste generated by
the rapidly urbanising region. Current challenges in solid waste management range from collection issues, waste
segregation and safe disposal. Poor solid waste management has direct implications on the region’s environmental
health, with a considerable bearing on the standard of living.
Overview of Solid Waste Management in PMR

Different types of waste generated in PMR include municipal solid waste, bio-medical waste, hazardous waste
and e-waste. The central government has published rules for the management of each type of waste, namely:
1. Municipal Solid Waste Management Rules
2. Bio-Medical Waste Management Rules
3. E-Waste Management Rules
4. Hazardous and other waste Rules
Table 7.6 contains details of different agencies in place for bio-medical waste, e-waste and hazardous waste
management in PMR.
Table 7.6: Type of Waste and facilities in PMR
Type of waste Facilities In the region

Biomedical Bio-medical waste incinerator facility provided by M/s Passco (PMC), M/s MIMER Medical
waste College (Talegaon), M/s Yashwantrao Chavan Memorial hospital (PCMC)
E-Waste Waste generated is recycled and reused in local markets or sent to MMR
Hazardous All hazardous waste generated is collected, transported and disposed of at the Common
waste Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal facility at MEPL, Ranjangaon.
Existing Status of Solid Waste Management - ULB level
As per Municipal Solid Waste Management Rules, municipal corporations and municipal councils are responsible
for the collection, transportation, treatment and disposal of municipal waste. These provisions are aligned with
the functions of municipal corporations and councils as stipulated under 74th and 73rd amendment to the
Constitution and Municipal Corporations and Councils Act. However, there is no authorised agency for managing
the waste generated in rural areas.
In urban areas, the waste is generally dumped outside houses or at a common collection site. It is left for municipal
authorities to transport it to a common dumping ground. Despite having a door-to-door waste collection system
in some areas, garbage dumps are mostly seen in depression or open grounds, creating a severe hazard for health
and sanitation. Table 7.7 summarises the status of solid waste management at the ULB level.
Table 7.7: Status of Solid Waste Management - ULB Level (2015)
Waste
gen- Waste Waste
Current Treatment
Location erated Collect- Treat- Dumping site Current proposals
Facility
(Ton / ed (%) ed (%)
Day)
Composting,
Waste to energy plant,
Vermicomposting Fursungi, Devachi
Waste incinerators,
Pune 1,678 100% 51 Biomethanation, Uruli, Hadapsar,
E-waste Recycling
Waste to Energy Ramtekadi, Aundh
centers, New Landfill
plant
Composting, Waste to Energy, Hotel
Pim- Moshi-Treatment
800 91% 94 Vermicomposting Waste to Biogas,
pri-Chinchwad and disposal
Plastics to Fuel, SLF Sanitary Landfill Site
84
Alandi 18 83% NA No Treatment Gut No.193 NA

Segregation at source,
Nagpur-Pune Road E-waste Management
Shirur 11 NA 0 No Treatment Municipal dumping Facilities, Centralized
site Windrow Composting
Facility, MRF
Warsoli Kachra
Lonavala NA NA NA Composting NA
depot
Centralized composting
Kharabwadi Quarry
Rajgurunagar 23 NA 0 No Treatment and Material Recovery
Landfill
Facility
Kharabwadi stone
Chakan 20 NA 0 No Treatment fill –Rache alandi NA
road
No treatment,
Segregation at Source,
Partial Material
Talegaon 25 95% 0 221 Construction of Sanitary
Recovery by
Landfill, Compost Depot
Kabadiwalas
Saswad 12 100% NA Composting Kumbharwalan NA
Pune CB 30 100% 34 Vermicomposting Hadapsar NA
Dehu CB 8 NA 50 Composting Nigdi NA

Composting,
Kirkee CB 32 NA 31 Kasarwadi NA
Vermicompost
Source: Consultations with ULBs, MPCB Swachh Bharat Mission Implementation Status report, 2017
Figure 7.2: Solid Waste Quantity at ULB Level
Source: Consultation with ULB’s, MPCB, Swachh Bharat Mission Implementation Study Report’ 2017
85
Most dumping sites in the region are not lined to protect groundwater from leachate percolating into it. Most of
the population disposes of waste in the open space, rivers and water bodies, etc. Figure 7.2. shows locations of
landfill sites and dumping sites at ULB level.
Existing Status of Solid Waste Management in Rural Area

PMRDA has published the Draft Development Control Promotion and Regulation Rules (DCPR), Part VIII-Special
Provision in certain Buildings. Regulation 34 provides guidelines for the development of buildings and townships
in the region. According to these rules, the provisions for solid waste management in the region are as following:
1. All housing complexes, commercial establishments, hostels, hospitals with aggregate built-up area more
than 4,000 sqm or more; and all three-star or higher category hotels to have a dedicated solid waste
management system to treat 100% wet waste and home-compostable plastic being generated in the building.
2. Wet waste treatment shall be done through organic waste composters/vermicomposting pits or other similar
technologies of suitable capacity installed through reputed vendors.
3. The disposal of dry waste, e-waste and hazardous waste shall be carried out through authorized recyclers or
any other system specified by the Metropolitan Commissioner.
While the DCPR stipulates waste management rules, there is no agency in place for the collection, transportation,
treatment and disposal of waste.
According to the Central Pollution Control Boad Data, the standard waste generated is 0.3-04 kg per capita per
day. Considering this norm, the total waste generated in rural areas is 513.39 tons per day. Table 7.8 provides
further details on total waste generated in the PMR Planning/Study Area.
Figure 7.3: Location of Landfills and Dumping Sites
86
Table 7.8: Estimated Waste Generation in PMR Study Area
Estimated Waste Generated (Tons) (0.3 kg/

Taluka Population (2011)
person/day)
Bhor 68,320 20.49
Daund 1,67,351 50.2
Haveli 4,24,428 127.32
Khed 2,94,213 88.26
Mawal 2,47,123 74.13
Mulshi 1,70,366 51.1
Purandar 55,902 16.77
Shirur 2,56,923 77.07
Velhe 26,866 8.05
Total 17,11,492 513.39
Source: Central Pollution Control Board
Key Observations
Presently a number of deficiencies exist in solid waste management systems in PMR:
1. Both urban and rural areas in PMR face several challenges in solid waste management. While at the ULB level,
municipal corporations and councils undertake the collection and transportation of waste, there are still gaps
in storage facilities, treatment and disposal of waste. In smaller municipal councils, the waste collected is
directly dumped at an identified site without any treatment. Most of these municipal councils have prepared
DPRs for solid waste management, which proposes developing facilities for the treatment of waste. However,
the implementation is still pending. In addition, there is no proposal in place for the development of scientific
landfill sites.
2. Due to land shortage, some portion of municipal solid waste is dumped in areas outside municipal jurisdiction.
3. There is a lack of solid waste management systems in rural areas of PMR. The institutional capacity of Gram
Panchayats is inadequate to manage a solid waste management system.
4. Some landfill sites are located in environmentally sensitive areas/near watercourses (e.g. Varsoli dumping
site located on the north of Indrayani river).
5. No allocated land for waste disposal: There is no land earmarked for solid waste disposal in most of the
region, neither as a landfill site nor for disposal through other techniques.
6. Household-generated hazardous waste such as medicines; batteries do not get recycled or addressed.
7.4 Stormwater Management
The carrying capacity of the natural drainage network within the western and eastern zones has been affected due
to substantial land-use conversion. For instance, vegetated – vacant, agriculture- non-agriculture, and in some
cases to industrial use. Such land-use change results in higher runoffs. In the middle urban zone, runoff is higher,
and the natural drainage network is constrained due to encroachments or lack of maintenance. Sometimes
flooding has also resulted from inadequate urban drainage infrastructure and bottlenecks (i.e. due to utilities,
choking from indiscriminate dumping of solid waste or debris, and construction of illegal structures) of the
drainage system. All this makes PMR susceptible to flooding.
87
7.5 Fire Services
Fire services play a pivotal role in protecting people from fire hazards, road accidents, building collapses and other
unforeseen emergencies. Fire is categorized as a disaster. It can spread over a large area in no time and cause
great damage to life and property. PMR presently has four fire stations: three operated by PMRDA at Nanded City
(Nanded Gaon), Marunji, Wagholi and MIDC owned fire station at Karegaon.
Table 7.9: Fire Station Requirement for Current PMR Population
Taluka Population (2018E) Fire Station
Bhor 89,684 0
Daund 205,613 0
Haveli 659,317 2
Khed 407,129 0
Maval 457,956 0
Mulshi 362,355 1
Purandar 73,191 0
Shirur 345,396 1
Velhe 27,971 0
Total 2,628,611 4
Figure 7.4: Provision of Fire Stations in PMR
Source: Fire Department, PMRDA; GIS Database
88
Chapter 8:
Tourism
This chapter provides an overview of the status and scope of tourism developments in PMR. It establishes PMR’s
standing in terms of its shares of tourist arrivals vis-a-vis the state and Mumbai. Maharashtra Tourism
Development Corporation’s mandate and policies defining tourism sector growth are discussed. PMR’s tourism
assets and accommodation scenario is discussed to understand which part of the PMR is more promising for
tourism development. The chapter concludes with key issues that need to be addressed through a tourism strategy
at the PMR level.
8.1 Background
Oxford of the East, Queen of the Deccan, the cultural capital of Maharashtra are world views of Pune. The region
carries these titles gracefully owing to the presence of higher education and R&D institutions, natural beauty
endowed by the Western Ghats and river plains, numerous religious, heritage and historical places and year-round
cultural events. Tourists visit Pune from all over the world, among which regional and national tourists have a
higher share contributing to the growth of Pune’s tourism sector.
Right at the onset of devising a tourism strategy, it needs to be understood that while most tourism assets of Pune
are located in the PMR, the productivity of the tourism sector is low. Focus on tourism sector analysis is to surface
key issues that impede its growth and identify strategies to make it work.
Maharashtra level figures indicate that despite having splendid natural assets, Pune is unable to attract a
substantial number of foreign tourists arriving at Mumbai or domestic tourists, who prefer to travel more towards
relatively lesser developed places like Aurangabad and Ahmednagar. PMR has a proximity advantage to Mumbai,
which can be leveraged by creating a global level tourist destination to attract foreign tourists. Domestic tourist
arrivals can be strengthened through stronger branding and creating key tourism getaways by consolidating the
known tourist places.
8.2 Key Agencies and Their Roles
Maharashtra Tourism Development Corporation (MTDC)

Maharashtra Tourism Development Corporation (MTDC) has been established under the Companies Act 1956,
wholly owned by the Government of Maharashtra, to systematically develop tourism in commercial lines. MTDC is
entrusted with functions of all commercial and promotional tourism activities. Since its inception, the agency has
been involved in developing and maintaining various tourist locations in Maharashtra and owns and maintains
resorts at all key tourist centres across Maharashtra.
Archeological Survey of India (ASI)
Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) is a national statutory agency for heritage. It maintains the register of national
monuments, conducts archaeological explorations and excavations. It is entrusted with the maintenance,
conservation and preservation of national monuments, archaeological sites and remains.
Pune Municipal Corporation - Heritage Cell
PMC is the statutory urban local agency for heritage in Pune city. PMC coordinates with ASI regarding renovation
or redevelopment applications within the prohibited and regulated areas surrounding the listed structures.
Heritage sites and structures identified by the Heritage Cell of the city are monitored through heritage regulations
prepared by PMC.
89
8.3 Policy framework
Regional Plan 1997
Regional Plan 1997 planned for tourism activities to cater to increasing demand from tourists for tourism
amenities, encourage tourism growth and provide for it on a planned basis to ensure that unplanned sprawls do
not disfigure or unregulated activities do not spoil the environment. Understanding the tourist attraction potential
and possibility of development on the lines of Lake District in England, strategies were proposed for the development
and promotion of tourism facilities mainly along lakes.
The area between 100-500 metre belt from FSL/HFL lines of lakes was considered special tourism development
zones for active and passive tourism activities, around lakes in Mawal, Mulshi, Bhor, Velhe, Khed and Haveli
talukas. The plan proposed no development within 100m from the edge of the water at HFL, except for the
boathouse, jetty, etc. Farmhouses are not permitted within 200 m from HFL of major irrigation projects, and where
they are in the vicinity of lakes, they should not be allowed without ensuring that sullage and garbage disposal will
not pollute lake waters. However, for the development in the tourism development zone within the 500 m belt
around lakes, FSI should be 0.10 with ground floor structures only with height restricted to 5 m. If a project by local
residents is in the form of an extension of his existing building, the total FSI allowed, including the existing built-up
area, should not exceed 0.15. The maximum area of a plot for tourist resort development should be 2 acres in
which ground and first-floor construction with a maximum height of 9m should be permitted.
Afforestation zoning within the 500 m to 1500 m belt around lakes was proposed, with a possibility for low-density
development, similar to forest house type development. This low-density development was suggested by the
Pune Regional Planning Board, with only ground floor structure may be considered on a plot with a minimum area
of 1 ha, instead of 6 ha suggested in draft rules. Another RP proposal was to consider lands falling beyond 200m
from boundaries of protected monuments and archaeological features, including forts and temples and extending
up to 1.5 km as a Tourism Development Zone. Low-density development was also proposed in all hilly areas with
high good forest cover and a belt of lands lying between 500 m to 1500 m from HFLs of major lakes.
Region Plan 1997 recommended the following projects as part of the tourism proposal:
1. Infrastructure development: development of a civic airport, road access to lakes and tourist spots, provision
of bus services to tourist spots
2. Projects enhancing tourist attraction: International Industrial Exhibition at Pune, light and sound show at
Sinhgad and Parvati, arts and crafts village at Katraj, Regional Park/Wildlife sanctuary near Katraj and
Panchgaon Kuran, Riverfront development on banks of Mula-Mutha River, Ropeway projects
3. Religious importance: project for all-round development of Dehu-Alandi, provision for Yatri Niwas and water
supply facilities
4. Nature-based tourism: development of bird sanctuary and bird watching facilities along specified lakes, rivers
and forest areas
5. Development of viewpoints over hilltops near Lonavala
6. Institutions for imparting training in mountaineering should be promoted at appropriate locations within the
Tourism Development Zone
7. Development of Natural History Museum at appropriate locations in Tourism Development Zone, residential
zones in Lonavala Wadgaon belt/forest parks developed by the forest department
8. Eco-conservation: increase tree cover, slopes above 30 degrees need to be taken for afforestation, slopes
between 15-30 degrees suitable for horticulture, slopes over 10 degrees not suitable for terracing and
environmental awareness
Maharashtra Tourism Policy 2016

PMR’s tourism proposal is aligned with Maharashtra’s Tourism Policy 2016, and the highlights of this policy are
presented below.
As per the Maharashtra Tourism Policy 2016, it is expected to generate fresh investments in the tourism sector to
the tune of INR 30,000 crore and create 1 million additional jobs in the sector by 2025. It focuses on promoting
private investments and accelerating the implementation of projects through public-private partnership models.
Maharashtra Tourism Development Corporation, the nodal agency for promoting tourism in the state, is steering
Maharashtra’s ambitious plans and programs to attract a large number of tourists to the state. MTDC is driven by
the Tourism policy 2016.
90
Chapter 8:Tourism
Out of the 11 high priority projects that MTDC is keen to undertake on PPP/JV mode, none are planned specifically
for PMR. The special tourism districts identified under the policy are Sindhudurg, Aurangabad and Nagpur, and it
does not include Pune district as a special tourist destination/district. Nonetheless, while proposing the tourism
plan for PMR, the tourism themes identified within the policy are required to be abided by. The themes identified in
the policy are: sustainable tourism, rural tourism, caravan tourism, MICE, film tourism, theme based tourism,
religious tourism, heritage tourism, beach tourism, cruise tourism, culinary tourism (events and festivals), nature
tourism, tiger eco-tourism, education tourism (exchange programs and excursions), hill station tourism, adventure
tourism, tourism festivals part of Visit Maharashtra 2017, medical tourism.
The policy’s implementation plan includes setting up institutional arrangements, single-window clearance for
hospitality and live events, investor facilitation cell, PPP transaction advisory cell, promotion and marketing,
tourism police and smart ticketing system.
The policy provides fiscal incentives for mega projects based on fixed capital investment and direct employment
generated. Fiscal incentives are given to large projects and MSME units too. The incentives are given over the
eligibility period, tax exemptions, electricity concession, stamp duty and registration charges exemption, FSI,
licenses and clearance. Special incentives are proposed for key strategic interventions.
Pune District Tourism Plan

District tourism plans are formulated based on types of tourism activity and state tourism policy. Pune district’s
current tourism plan is prepared for a period of twenty years from 2012 to 2032. It identified 59 principal tourism
assets in Pune district, out of which half are located within PMR. In 2012, Pune saw a footfall of about 10% (1.5
crore) of total domestic tourists that visited Maharashtra and about 10% (1.7 lakh) of foreign tourists arriving in
Mumbai. District plan has assumed an annual CAGR of 9-10% to project tourist arrivals for the next 20 years.
Accordingly, the district plan estimated domestic tourists in Pune at 2.35 crore, 3.69 crore, and 9.10 crore in 2017,
2022 and 2032. Foreign tourists are estimated at 2.59 lakh, 3.94 lakh, 9.12 lakh in 2017, 2022 and 2032.
In terms of focus areas of tourism development, three broad tourism themes are identified for domestic tourists:
religious, cultural and heritage tourism; leisure and recreational tourism; monsoon tourism.
Similarly, seven broad tourism themes are identified for foreign tourists: eco-tourism; wildlife tourism; cultural
tourism; health tourism; heritage tourism; adventure tourism; fairs and festivals. Further, thematic circuits aimed
at extending tourist stays are identified and thereby contributing to the local economy: pilgrim circuit; fort and
heritage circuit; nature tourism circuit; leisure and adventure tourism circuit; educational tour circuit.
In order to strengthen the circuits, road improvements are proposed that includes: Pabal to Malthan road (37 km);
Pirangut to Tamhini Ghat (50 km); Shirur to Ghod dam (28 km); Inamgaon to Ranjangaon (7 km); Paud to Morve
village (44 km); Panshet to Sinhagad (40 km); Nasrapur to Baneshwar (10 km); access road to Purandar fort (4
km); Kalewadi to Malhargad (5 km).
91
Figure 8.1: Existing Tourism Assets in Pune District
Source: Pune District Tourism Plan 2012-2032.
8.4 Existing Tourism Assets
Heritage
Heritage is buildings, artefacts, structures, areas and precincts of historical importance, architectural or cultur-
al significance, and includes natural features within such areas or precincts of environmental significance or
scenic beauty such as sacred groves, hills, hillocks, water bodies (and the areas adjoining the same), open areas,
wooded areas, etc.
Need for Conservation
Heritage conservation is important for identifying, recording, analyzing and protecting heritage and cultural
resources. Conservation of heritage buildings is critical because it provides a sense of identity and continuity in a
fast-changing world for future generations.
Heritage conservation is a contemporary activity with far-reaching effects. It can be an element of far-sighted
urban and regional planning. It can be the platform for political recognition, a medium for intercultural dialogue, a
means of ethical reflection, and the potential basis for local economic development by supporting the tourism
industry.
Heritage in PMR
There are 117 monuments protected by the Archeological Survey of India (ASI) in Mumbai Circle as monuments of
national importance. Out of 20 monuments in Pune District, 7 monuments have been identified, listed and protected
within the PMR (Refer Table 8.1).
Maharashtra State Archeological Department Pune has listed 19 monuments in Pune district out of that 6 are
present in PMR. The PMR region has 13 protected monuments as per the information received from ASI and
Maharashtra State Archaeological Department. Mawal taluka has the highest number of protected monuments
92
Chapter 8:Tourism
(5), followed by Khed (3) and Haveli taluka (1). Besides these 3 talukas, no other taluka in PMR has any monuments
listed.
Table 8.1: ASI protected monuments of national importance in PMR
No Name Taluka
1 Lohgad Fort Khed
2 Visapur Fort Khed
3 Cave Temple and inscriptions, Bedse Mawal
4 Cave Temple and inscriptions, Bhaja Mawal
5 Cave Temple and inscriptions, Karla Mawal
6 Ancient Dam with lock and sluice gates Mawal
7 Dilawar Khan’s Masjid Mawal
Source: ASI Department, Pune Sub-Circle
Table 8.2: Maharashtra State Archeological Department protected monuments in PMR
No Name Taluka Village Area (ha)
1 Chhatrapati Sambhaji Maharaj Samadhi Khed Vadhu Bk 0.4
2 Sinhagad Fort Khed Ghera Sinhagad 26.87
3 Mastani Kabar Mawal Pabal 0.09
4 Mahadev Mandir Mawal Tulapur 0.76
5 Korigad Fort Mawal Ambawane 41.54
6 Sant Santaji Jagnade Maharaj Samadhi Mawal Sudumbare 2.18
Source: Maharashtra State Archeological Department, Pune
Natural Assets
PMR has many scenic destinations in both the categories, man-made and natural amongst the magnificent
settings Western Ghats. Pawana lake, that is the backwaters formed due to Pawana dam is one of the most visited
sites. Temghar dam, Vadivali Lake,Walwan dam are another set of scenic assets. Waterfalls of Kataldhaar,
Malawali, Thoseghar, Shivali, Tamhini, Malshej ghat, Dudhiware, Madhe ghat and many such attractions, during
the rainy season form part of the natural assets of PMR. Hill stations, Khandala and Lonavala are famous tourist
attractions.
93
8.5 PMR Tourism Statistics
Top destination for domestic tourists

A field survey was conducted for a period of 12 months from July 2014 to June 2015 in all districts of the state by
MTDC to gather information related to tourism statistics. Following are the top 15 tourist destinations covered by
domestic tourists in PMR (Table 8.3) and PMR Planning Area (Table 8.4).
Table 8.3: Domestic visits and infrastructure status of major tourism destination in PMR
% share of total
No of do- Infrastructure
Taluka Classification Name domestic visits in
mestic visits status*
PMR
Pune City Multiple Pune city 15,35,128 19.1% NA
Pune City Heritage, Fort Shaniwar Wada 8,89,204 11.1% Good
Mawal Hill station Lonavala 7,27,503 9.1% Good
Mawal Hill station Khandala 5,06,962 6.3% Good
Mawal Heritage, Fort Lohagad 4,99,690 6.2% Good
Shirur Religious Ranjangaon 3,32,019 4.1% Very Good
Haveli Religious Dehu 3,17,094 4.0% Good
Pune City Heritage, Fort Chattri 2,69,121 3.4% Good
Haveli Waterbody Khadakwasla dam 2,65,250 3.3% NA
Pune City Heritage, Fort Pataleshwar 2,42,204 3.0% Good
Purandar Heritage, Fort Purandar fort 2,25,247 2.8% Average
Mawal Heritage, Fort Karla caves 2,01,271 2.5% Average
Haveli Others Katraj garden 1,92,893 2.4% Very Good

Chintamani Temple,
Haveli Religious 1,49,978 1.9% Good
Theur
Pune city Heritage, Fort Aga Khan Palace 1,42,628 1.8% Very Good
Souce: Pune District Tourism Plan and Report on Tourism Survey for the State of Maharashtra April 2014 to March 2015
Table 8.4: Domestic visits and infrastructure status of major tourism destination in PMR Planning Area
% share of total
No of do- Infrastructure
Taluka Classification Name domestic visits in
mestic visits status*
Planning Area
Mawal Heritage, Fort Lohagad 4,99,690 17.3 Good
Shirur Religious Ranjangaon 3,32,019 11.5 Very good

Dehu, samadhi of
Haveli Religious 3,17,094 11.0 Good
tukaram
Haveli Waterbody Khadakwasla dam 2,65,250 9.2 NA
Purandar Heritage, Fort Purandar fort 2,25,247 7.8 Average
Mawal Heritage, Fort Karla caves 2,01,271 7.0 Average

Chintamani
Haveli Religious 1,49,978 5.2 Good
temple, Theur
Haveli Heritage, Fort Sinhagad fort 1,39,065 4.8 Good
94
Chapter 8:Tourism
Mawal Waterbody Bhushi dam 1,06,141 3.7 Average

Hot air balloon
Mawal Adventure 1,00,971 3.5 NA
Kamshet
Velhe Waterbody Panshet dam 76,207 2.6 Average
Mawal Heritage, Fort Rajmachi 75,407 2.6 Average
Mulshi Waterbody Mulshi dam 66,148 2.3 Average
Mawal Heritage, Fort Tung fort 58,384 2.0 Average
Mawal Heritage, Fort Korigad fort 56,812 2.0 Average
Souce: Pune District Tourism Plan and Report on Tourism Survey for the State of Maharashtra April 2014 to March 2015
Top 15 tourist places cover 81% of all visits by domestic tourists. The major tourist attractions are heritage and
forts, followed by religious places and hill stations. Pune city taluka attracts the highest number of domestic
tourist visits in PMR. Pune city taluka followed by Mawal and Haveli talukas have the most number of tourist
places amongst 15 top most tourist spots in PMR.
The top 15 tourist places cover 92.5% of all visits by domestic tourists in the PMR Planning Area. Further, these
top 15 tourist places cover 33.3% of all visits by domestic tourists in PMR. The major tourist attractions are
heritage and forts, followed by water bodies and religious sites. Mawal taluka attracts the highest number of
domestic tourist visits in the PMR Planning Area. Mawal taluka, followed by Haveli taluka has the most tourist
places amongst the top 15 tourist spots in the PMR Planning Area.
Also, it can be noticed that there is a strong relationship between tourism spots with infrastructure available at
those locations. All the top 15 spots have more or less a good infrastructure system in place which helps them
attract a larger tourism base than other places in PMR.
Top foreign tourism destination
Following are the top 15 tourist destinations covered by foreign tourists in PMR (Table 8.5) and PMR Planning Area
(Table 8.6).
Table 8.5: Foreign visits and infrastructure status of major tourism destination in PMR
Number offoreign % share of total for- Infrastructure

Taluka Classification Name
visits eign visits in PMR status
Mawal Hill station Lonavala 65,026 24.5% Good
Mawal Hill station Khandala 47,338 17.8% Good
Haveli Waterbody Khadakwasla dam 40,399 15.2% NA
Pune City Heritage, Fort Chattri 20,372 7.7% Good
Pune City Heritage, Fort Pune City 19,083 7.2% NA
Haveli Religious Dehu 17,178 6.5% Good
Haveli Heritage, Fort Sinhagad fort 12,180 4.6% Good
Pune City Heritage, Fort Kelar museum 10,694 4.0% Good
Pune City Heritage, Fort Aga Khan 9,285 3.5% Very good
Pune City Heritage, Fort Shaniwarwada 7,719 2.9% Good
Velhe Waterbody Panchet dam 4,756 1.8% Average
Purandar Heritage, Fort Purandar fort 2,058 0.8% Average
95
Mawal Heritage, Fort Karla caves 1,628 0.6% Average

Paragliding
Pune City Adventure 1,413 0.5% NA
Hadapsar
Khed Religious Alandi 1,227 0.5% Good
The above top 15 tourist places cover 98.1% of all foreign tourist visits. The major tourist attractions are heritage
and forts, followed by religious sites and hill stations.
Lonavala and Khandala attract the highest number of visits by foreigners with a 42.4% share. Pune city taluka has
the most number of tourist places amongst 15 topmost tourist spots.
Here also, a strong relationship is noticed between tourism spots and availability of infrastructure. All these top
spots have more or less a good infrastructure system in place, which helps them attract a larger tourism base.
Table 8.6: Foreign visits and infrastructure status of major tourism destination in PMR Planning Area
No of For- % share of total foreign Infrastructure

Taluka Classification Name
eign visits visits in Planning Area status
Haveli Waterbody Khadakwasla dam 40,399 49.4 NA
Dehu, samadhi of
Haveli Religious 17,178 21.0 Good
Tukaram maharaj
Haveli Heritage, Fort Sinhagad fort 12,180 14.9 Good
Velhe Waterbody Panshet dam 4,756 5.8 Average
Purandar Heritage, Fort Purandar fort 2,058 2.5 Average
Mawal Heritage, Fort Karla caves 1,628 2.0 Average
Shirur Religious Ranjangaon 1,142 1.4 Very good
Mawal Heritage, Fort Bhaja cave 779 1.0 Poor
Mawal Waterbody Bhushi dam 643 0.8 Average

Hot air balloon
Mawal Adventure 413 0.5 NA
Kamshet
Mawal Heritage, Fort Bedse cave 261 0.3 Average
Chintamani temple,
Haveli Religious 220 0.3 Good
Theur
Mawal Heritage, Fort Tung 220 0.3 Avg
Accommodation Scenario in PMR

Accommodation facilities play a vital role in enhancing the tourism base of any area. Based on the ELU database,
a total of 3,788 facilities are available for tourists in PMR. Two MTDC resorts are located in Karla and Panshet.
Mawal and Mulshi talukas being major tourism hubs have the most number of hotels and restaurants available
accounting for 37.22% of total available hotels and restaurants in PMR. Haveli taluka being a centre for educational
and commercial importance has 15.65% of total available hotels and restaurants.
Duration of stay
Based on a tourism survey conducted for the State of Maharashtra from April 2014 to March 2015, domestic
tourist’s average stay duration ranges between 1.1 to 1.18, whereas the same ranges between 1.1 to 1.16 for
foreign tourists depending upon the month of travel. Thus both domestic and foreign tourists spend an average 1
or 2 nights in any location in Pune district. The Month of July has the highest duration of stay for domestic
tourists. This trend can be explained by the fact that this is a monsoon duration. The month of October and
November has the highest stay for foreign tourists. This trend can be explained by the fact that these are the most
favourable weather conditions and see the highest foreign tourist inflow.
96
Chapter 8:Tourism
8.6 Tourism Analysis
PMR has not been able to take advantage of its tourism assets and foreign tourist arrivals from Mumbai. Its key
factors are listed below:
• Lack of infrastructure, tourist facilities and maintenance of tourist spots.
• Lack of branding and marketing of tourism products.
• Standalone tourism projects and piecemeal improvements fail to create impactful tourism destination
development.
• Existing natural resources such as large lakes, riverfronts, forests, wildlife sanctuary, hill stations remain
unexplored for tourism development.
Tourists are mainly hurdled around the already well-known tourist locations, leaving the other less popular but
rich in culture and heritage destinations unexplored. This happens firstly because tourists visit the district only for
a short duration, secondly, due to a lack of necessary basic infrastructure at these tourist destinations, and thirdly,
due to lack of relevant information required to attract the tourists.
Tourism in Pune district has been mainly focused on religious, heritage and monsoon tourism. The upcoming
unique themes of tourism like adventure, wine, agro, medical have not been fully explored.
Thus, there is a need to plan for a consolidated tourism activity that focuses on upgrading and strengthening
existing tourist sites and travel circuits. It is imperative to identify new potential tourist sites and circuits that can
help boost the district’s tourism potential and stimulate future growth.
97
98
Chapter 9: Urbanisation Potential Assessment
Chapter 9:
Urbanisation Potential Assessment
As per Census 2011 definition, 91% of PMR was residing in rural areas as of 2011. However, the existing land-use
survey carried out by PMRDA in 2017-18 revealed that many rural villages have been subsumed by urban sprawl.
Considering this, urbanisation potential assessment parameters have been broadened to better represent PMR’s
actual urban-rural composition.
Assessment of 814 villages was systematically carried out based on 13 parameters. Each village was tested
against these parameters using PMRDA’s GIS platform. Each parameter has a specific score attributed to it and
subsequently ‘Urbanisation Potential Assessment Matrix’ was developed to provide a snapshot of village-wise
performance, for each parameter. These villages are classified into ‘Urban Growth Centres’ (Urban Areas) and
‘Rural Areas’ based on the scoring. Such assessment and classification are necessary to categorically address
developmental needs of urbanising villages vis-a-vis villages of rural nature. The mapping process and rationale
for selecting these parameters, analysis and inferences are explained in the chapter.
9.1 Mapping Process
PMR includes ten talukas out of which four talukas are fully covered whereas six talukas are partly covered in the
Study Area. This created limitations in data sourcing since most of the district level government agencies maintain
their data at taluka level and village wise break up of data is not readily available with these authorities. To
overcome this limitation, village-wise statistical data is collected from various government agencies and then
linked to village boundaries using GIS. This mapping process is elaborated below:
Village-wise datasets used for mapping/analysis:

1. ELU database that included, among other things, existing land use information, administrative boundaries
and RP 1997 zoning
2. Census data of 2001 and 2011
3. Education and health departments of Zilla Parishad Pune provided the following datasets:
a. Primary and secondary schools
b. Primary and secondary health centres
4. Transport related data referred from Comprehensive Mobility Plan, CTTS and ELU
a. Traffic volumes by transport corridors
5. Mass transport routes and estimated ridership
6. Existing Land Use (building footprint) data and its disposition in each village
a. Land Use types such as residential, industrial, commercial
7. Village-wise water consumption tabulated in consultation with various government agencies responsible for
the supply of water
8. Locations of existing and proposed electric transmission substations
9. Pan PMR level projects and networks obtained from Master Plans of respective government agencies and
used for location-specific criteria of analysis
10. Road improvement/new roads:
a. Development Plan 2021 (PWD)
b. Outer Ring Road (MSRDC) alignment and cross-section
11. Rail improvement/new rail routes:
a. DPRs of quadrupling of Lonavala-Pune and tripling of Daund-Pune line
12. Chhatrapati Sambhaji Raje International Airport forecasts for passenger and cargo volumes by 2035 (MADC)
13. Annual Statement Rates (Ready Reckoner) for lands obtained from IGR web portal
14. Population and employment projections for the year 2018 for analysis purpose
Step 1. Data Collection:
Datasets are collected from various authorities, as mentioned earlier.
99
Step 2. Data Attribution/Linking:

Village wise data sets mentioned earlier are attributed/linked to respective village boundaries, using village
codes, on the GIS platform. Village codes provided in the Census data are assigned to individual village boundar-
ies to facilitate GIS processes since more than one villages bear the same name in some cases.
9.15 Urbanisation Potential Assessment
Considering the vastness of PMR, it is imperative to strategically prioritise development planning and investment
efforts on certain villages where urban development pressure is already high or anticipated in the near future.
Prioritisation needs to be based on specific parameters such as past demographic growth, availability of essential
utilities and amenities, accessibility, etc. Therefore, 13 such parameters are identified to facilitate the prioritisation
of urbanised and urbanising villages, to form part of a Growth Centre, for which a Development Plan needs to be
prepared. Each village is assessed using these parameters, and a cumulative score is enumerated for each village
determining its potential. Table 9.1 represents a snapshot of 814 villages and their performance against 13
parameters. These parameters are grouped into Primary and Secondary Parameters, and further details are
described below:
Figure 9.1: Urbanisation Potential Assessment- Process
100
Table 9.1: Urbanisation Potential Assessment Matrix (Sample)
Primary Parameters
Primary parameters identify villages which can be considered as ‘urban’ or ‘potential urban’.
1. Census Definition of Urban/Census Town
Villages are categorised as ‘urban’ based on Census definition, i.e. a minimum population of 5,000, at least 75
percent of the male working population engaged in non-agricultural pursuits and a population density of at least
400 persons per sq km.
2. Proposed/Approved Regional Projects
Proposed/approved regional projects such as PMRDA Ring Road, Railway up-gradation, MIDC’s future expansion,
TP Schemes and Townships are likely to trigger future urbanisation.
Recognising this, villages are categorised as ‘potential urban’, in case such projects are situated in the village or
passing through it.
101
3. Zoning within Sanctioned RP Planning Areas

Zoning plans of erstwhile Growth Centres of RP 1997 have been sanctioned, and it has been used as a basis while
granting the development permissions. Therefore, a village is deemed ‘potential urban’ (to be included in Urban
Growth Centres), if it was part of RP Planning Areas and zoning such as residential/industrial was proposed over
there.
Two hundred ten (210) villages satisfying either of parameters 1, 2, 3 are selected for inclusion in Urban Growth
Centres.
Remaining villages are tested against parameter 4-8 as explained further.

4. Proximity to Major Employment Nodes
Villages situated within 7 km from existing major employment nodes such as MIDC estates, industrial clusters, IT
Parks, and road access are considered ‘potential urban’. 7 km refers to average trip length for work in PMR, as per
CMP study.
5. Accessibility by road
As per CMP GIS data, most of the villages are accessed by roads with maximum 1 or 2 lanes. A village is considered
‘potential urban’ if it has better accessibility, i.e. more than two lanes (>7 m).
6. Accessibility by Mass Transport
Lack of adequate penetration of mass transport is one of the critical problems faced by the Study Area. Therefore
accessibility by mass transport (intracity/intercity level) is considered as a positive indicator supporting future
urbanisation of such villages.
7. Population Growth Rates
Growth rates of the majority of the villages in the Study Area are either stabilising or declining. Therefore, a village
showing greater than average growth rates of Study Area (>26%) is considered as a positive indicator supporting
future urbanisation of such villages.
8. Main Male Workforce in Non-Agricultural activities
This is considered partly in the Census definition of an urban/census town. However, there is a risk of not
recognising a village that represents any of the three criteria. Out of three, non-agricultural primary male workforce
employment is a clear indicator of urbanisation. Population density is a variable that depends on the size of the
village, and not many villages are >5000 population. Therefore, the primary male workforce in non-agricultural
activities is considered a parameter to categorise a village as ‘urban’.
A score of 1 for every parameter is assigned to a village if it satisfies parameter 4 to 8. Zero is assigned otherwise.
Additional 25 villages, receiving a score of 3 or more, are selected for inclusion in Urban Growth Centres.
235 villages are identified for inclusion in Urban Growth Centres based on primary parameters 1-8.
Secondary Parameters
Secondary parameters minimize the risk of missing out and improve the assigned score for certain villages if most
of the primary parameters are not applicable.
9. Availability of Water
Many villages in the Study Area and some of the urbanised localities within municipal corporations suffer from
water scarcity. Village wise projection of population by the year 2018 and per capita consumption rates specified
by MWRRA are used to project estimated demand by 2018. It is compared to the village wise allocation of water
as obtained from MJP and ZP. Based on this analysis, villages with surplus water allocation, i.e. capacity to absorb
future population are identified and categorised as ‘potential urban’.
10. Availability of Secondary Schools
Most of the Study Area villages have adequate primary schools considering village wise schools as per ZP and
proposed planning norms. Based on these criteria, only a few villages have adequate secondary schools. For
urban households, proximity to a secondary school is considered an essential measure before choosing a
particular locality. Therefore, villages with surplus secondary schools would become an added advantage for the
102
village in attracting a higher migrant population. Therefore, such villages are categorised as ‘potential urban’.
11. Availability of Power
Electrical transmission substations are key to connect power grids to the distribution network, and their location
coordinates are obtained from MSETCL. Such substations are likely to boost urban development by serving
industrial/commercial/residential uses that generate higher electricity demand. Presence of electrical transmission
substation could raise urbanisation prospects of villages where it is located. Therefore it is considered as a
parameter to categorise a village as ‘potential urban’.
12. Availability of Hospital
Proximity to a hospital raises urbanisation prospects of a locality. Therefore, a village with a hospital is considered
a parameter to classify it as a ‘potential urban.’
13. Availability of College
In the case of Pune, urbanisation of many localities have been either initiated or spurred with higher education
institutes. Therefore, it is considered as one of the parameters to categorise villages as ‘potential urban’.
Parameters 9 to 13 are applied only to 235 villages that are already identified based on parameter 1, 2, 3 and
villages scoring >3 as per parameters 4 to 8. A score of 1 is assigned for each parameter if it satisfies parameter
9-13. Zero is assigned otherwise. As parameters 9-13 are secondary parameters, they are used to identify central/
core villages within a group of already identified villages.
It is to be noted that during finalization of Urban Area boundaries, out of 235 villages, certain villages have been
excluded to minimize the size of an Urban Growth Centre and certain villages have been included to maintain
contiguity. Accordingly, 233 villages have been included in the Growth Centre boundary.
Figure 9.2 represents villages categorised as urban, based on parameter 1 to 3, whereas figure 9.3 denotes villages
classified as ‘potential urban’ based on parameter 4 to 8. Figure 9.4 is a combined output that shows villages
complying to parameter 1 to 8.
Figure 9.2: Urban Villages as per Primary Parameters 1,2,3
103
Figure 9.3: Potential Urban Villages as per Primary Parameters 4 - 8
Figure 9.4: Urban and Potential Urban Villages as per Parameters 1-8
104
9.16 Growth Centre Delineation and Boundaries
Two hundred thirty-three villages were identified for inclusion in Urban Growth Centres based on urbanisation
potential assessment. Also, eight villages are identified under Rural Growth Centres, details of which are covered
in Chapter 38.
Figure 9.5 represents the proposed boundaries of 18 Growth Centres. Table 9.2 shows villages covered under each
Growth Centre.
Figure 9.5: Urban Growth Centre Boundaries
Table 9.2: Villages under Urban Growth Centres
Urban Growth Centre Area Villages Considered Under Growth Center Boundaries (233 /814
Sr No
(RP Sectors) (sq km) Villages)
Shinde, Jambavade, Induri, Kanhewadi tarf Chakan, Sangurdi,
Yelwadi, Sudhavadi, Sudumbare, Wasuli, Savardari, Bhamboli, Varale,

Chakan (Sector M*) Khalumbre, Nighoje, Mahalunge, Ambethan, Biradwadi, Kharabwadi
1 169
(CT), Nanekarwadi (CT), Moi, Kuruli, Medankarwadi (CT), Kadachiwa-
di, Chimbali
Alandi, Bhose, Charholi Kh., Dhanore, Golegaon, Kelgaon, Markal,

Alandi (Sector I*) Nirgudi, Pimpalgaon Tarf Chakan, Rase, Solu, Tulapur, Vadgaon
2 102
Shinde
Awhalwadi, Bhavadi, Kesnand, Loni-kand, Perane, Phulgaon, Taleran-
Wagholi (Sector H*)
3 110 wadi, Wadhu Kh., Wagholi, Bakori
Loni Kalbhor (Sector Autad Handewadi, Holkarwadi, Kadamvak Wasti, Kolavdi, Loni-kalb-
4 G*) 142 hor, Manjari Bk, Manjari Kh., Pisoli, Shevalwadi, Vadachiwadi, Vadki
Bhilarewadi, Jambhulwadi, Khadakwasale, Kirkitwadi, Kolavadi,
Khadakwasla (Sector
Kondhave Dhavade, Kopare, Mangewadi, Nanded, Nandoshi, Narhe,
5 E*, F*) 59
Nimbalkarwadi, Sanas Nagar
105
Ambarwet, Ambegaon, Bavadhan BK, Bhare, Bhugaon, Bhukum,

Pirangut (Sector P*)
6 110 Kasar Amboli, Lavale, Mukhaiwadi, Nande, Pirangut, Sus, Uravade
Bebad Ohol, Bhegdewadi, Bhoirwadi, Chande, Dattawadi, Dhamne,
Hinjawadi (Sector B*, Gahunje, Ghotavde, Godambewadi, Godumbare, Hinjavadi, Jambe,
7 C*, D*) 141 Mahalunge, Man, Marunji, Materewadi, Mulkhed, Nere, Salumbe,
Sangavade, Shirgaon, Chandkhed, Darumbre
Kalhat, Pawalewadi, Nigade, Ambale, Umbare Navalakh, Badhalwadi,
Mendhewadi, Badhalwadi Jadhavwadi, Nanoli Tarf Chakan, Akurdi,
Talegaon Dabhade (R), Varale, Ambi, Sangavi, Jambhul, Paravadi,
Talegaon (Sector J*,
Nanoli N. m., Nayagaon, Khadkale (CT), Kamshet, Kusgaon Kh.,
8 R*) 205
Kanhe, Chikhalse, Ahirvade, Sate, Mohitewadi, Brahman Wadi, Karunj,
Brahmanwadi, Baur, Sadavali, Ozarde, Adhe Kh., Urse, Parandwadi,
Somatane, Malawadi
Aundhe kh., Aundholi, Bhaje, Boraj, Devale, Devghar, Dongargaon,

Malavali (Sector N*0*) Karla, Kune N.m., Kusgaon Bk. (CT), Malvali, Mudhavare, Patan,
9 73
Pathargaon, Pimploli, Sadapur, Taje, Varsoli, Waksai
Chandoli, Dhorewadi, Holewadi, Pacharnewadi, Rakshewadi, Sandb-

Khed- Rajgurunagar horwadi, Santosh Nagar, Satkarsthal, Shiroli, Takalkarwadi, Vadgaon
10 49
Tarf Khed, Varachi Bhamburwadi, Waki Kh.
Apti, Koregaon Bhima (CT), Sanaswadi (CT), Shikrapur, Talegaon
Shikrapur (Sector L*)
11 91 Dhamdhere, Vadu Bk.
Uruli Kanchan (Sector Bhowarapur, Koregaon Mul, Kunjirwadi, Naygaon, Peth, Prayagdham,
12 K*) 72 Sortapwadi, Theur, Uruli Kanchan
Ambodi, Dive, Gurholi, Jadhavwadi, Kalewadi, Kumbharvalan,
Saswad 74
13 Pawarwadi, Singapur, Sonori, Udachiwadi, Vanpuri, Zendewadi
Khed - Shivapur Kasurdi, Khed Shivapur, Ramnagar, Sasewadi, Shindewadi, Shivapur,
14 (Sector Q*) 38 Shivare, Velu
Chivhewadi, Devadi, Divale, Hrishchandri, Kamthadi, Kapurhol,

Nasrapur (Sector Q*) Kelavade, Ketkawale, Nasrapur, Naygaon, Umbare, Varve Bk., Varve
15 58
Kh.
Dhok Sangavi, Karegaon, Nimgaon Mhalungi, Ranjangaon Ganpati,
Ranjangaon
16 75 Shirur(Annapur,Saradwadi,Tardobachiwadi,Kardilwadi)
Boripardhi, Dapodi, Dhaygudewadi, Dhumalicha Mala, Kedgaon,
Kedgaon
17 28 Kedgaon Station

Yawat Yawat, Yawat Station
18 42
Total Urban Growth
1638
Centre Area
Area Villages Considered Under Growth Center Boundaries (8 / 814
Rural Growth Centre
(sqkm) Villages)
1 Paud 4 Paud
2 Nhavre 35 Nhavre
3 Pabal 40 Pabal
4 Rahu 33 Rahu
5 Kikavi 3 Kikavi
6 Sangarun 6 Sangarun
7 Kadus 37 Kadus
8 Kale 4 Kale
Total Rural Growth
162
Centre Area
* includes part of RP sectors
106
Chapter 10: Socioeconomic Analysis - Demographics and Economic Situation Analysis
Chapter 10: Socioeconomic

Analysis - Demographics and
Economic Situation Analysis
This chapter and the next chapter cover socioeconomic analysis - analysis of existing socioeconomic conditions
and prospects of Pune district and the Study Area. It consists of four parts - (i) existing demographic and economic
situation analysis, (ii) regional economic positioning, (iii) economic transition strategy and (iv) projections for
populations, households and employment by 2041.
The output of these analyses has guided the formulation of the overall vision for PMR and quantification of gross
land quantum for various employment generating uses and residential uses.
This chapter covers the first part - existing demographic and economic situation analysis. The statistical study of
demographic indicators helps understand the change in demography and economy of a region. This chapter
discusses the spatial distribution of the population residing within the PMR Planning Area analyzed using the ELU
database. It elaborates the trend observed in key demographic statistics for the area, population, household size,
density, etc. from 1991 to 2011 at PMR Study Area and taluka levels. It will then discuss the economy of Pune
district and PMR along with inferences drawn from the economic analysis and end with a summary of key findings.
10.1 Methodology
Land Use Planning for Study Area is based on assessment and projections of three key indicators - population,
households and employment.
Projections are carried out for 2018, 2021, 2031 and 2041 for planning purposes. Most of the existing statistical
information is available at taluka/district/state level, whereas Study Area is defined with villages (814 villages).
This necessitated compilation of indicators mentioned above at the village level in the following manner:
1. Census data (1991, 2001, 2011) provides village wise population, households and employment information.
It is used as a base for projecting population, households and employment for 2018, 2021, 2031 and 2041.
2. There is always a risk of linear projections based on only Census data since it does not capture the effects of
major socio-economic disruptions that may occur between Census surveys. To avoid this, two more datasets
have been referred to, namely- Directorate of Economics and Statistics (DES) data and Household Survey
data collected under the Comprehensive Traffic and Transport Study by PMRDA in 2018.
3. District level data from Directorate of Economics and Statistics provides the total number of persons
employed by economic sectors and by establishments (Report on Sixth Economic Census Maharashtra State
2013-14).
4. Study Area’s employment data (Census 2011) is projected till 2014 and subdivided into above economic
sectors based on sector-wise shares depicted in the Sixth Economic Census of Maharashtra 2013-14.
5. Numbers have been ratified using sector-wise employment findings from the CTTS Household Survey.
6. Population projections are carried out for the Study Area and Pune Metropolitan Region separately. Forecasts
for the Study Area are based on arithmetic and URGD methods where village wise population, households
and employment is projected.
7. Incremental increase method is used to project population for municipal councils, whereas the projections
for PMC, PCMC and cantonments are retained as per CTTS.
10.2 Demography: Pune Metropolitan Region (PMR)
Pune Metropolitan Region covers 6,914.26 sq km area, which is 44.20% of Pune district’s area. According to
Census 2011, the total PMR population is 73,21,367, which is 77.64% of Pune district population. Within PMR,
78.66% of people live in urban areas while the remaining 21.34% population is concentrated in rural areas. Taluka
wise summary of settlements under PMR with their population is presented in Table 10.1.
107
Figure 10.1: Location of settlements in PMR
Source: GIS Database,
Table 10.1: Taluka wise Population Distribution across Pune Metropolitan Region - Census 2011
Total Popula- Percentage

Urban Population Rural Population
No Taluka tion of PMR
Settlement Pop. 2011 Settlement Pop. 2011 Pop. 2011 Population
33,71,626
PMC
(2018)
1 Pune city - - 35,22,091 48.11
Canton.-2 1,50,465
Total 35,22,091
PCMC 17,27,692
Canton.-1 48,961
2 Haveli Census town-1 33,479 Villages:104 3,90,949 22,18,556 30.30
Dehu NP 17,475
Total 18,27,607
Lonavala MC 57,698
Talegaon MC 56,435
3 Mawal Vadgaon-NP 15,687 Villages:187 2,18,076 3,76,943 5.15
Census town-2 29,047
Total 1,58,867
4 Mulshi Census town-2 25,633 Villages:142 1,44,733 1,70,366 2.33
Alandi MC 28,645
Rajguru MC 25,146
5 Khed Chakan MC 41,113 Villages:111 2,59,783 3,89,117 5.31
Census town-3 34,430
Total 1,29,334
108
Shirur MC 37,111
6 Shirur Census town-2 26,659 Villages:66 2,30,264 2,94,034 4.02
Total 63,770
7 Purandar Saswad MC 31,821 Villages:38 55,902 87,723 1.20
8 Bhor - - Villages:53 68,320 68,320 0.93
9 Velhe - - Villages:52 26,866 26,866 0.37
10 Daund - - Villages: 51 1,67,351 1,67,351 2.29
Municipal
Total 2,77,969
Councils
Nagar
Total 33,162
Panchayats
Total Cantonments 1,99,426
Total (Planning Census Rural
1,49,248 15,62,244 17,11,492
Area) Towns:10 Villages: 804
Grand Total
57,59,123 15,62,244 73,21,367 100
(PMR) 24
% 78.66% 21.34%
Source: Census 1991, 2001, 2011
Table 10.2: Population of Census Towns - Census 1991, 2001, 2011
No Taluka Census Town Census 1991 Census 2001 Census 2011

1 Haveli Wagholi 9,004 17,743 33,479
2 Khadkale 6,001 9,804 13,435
Mawal
3 Kusgaon 4,982 8,567 15,612
4 Hinjawadi 2,971 5,407 11,459
Mulshi
5 Pirangut 3,402 6,040 14,174
6 Kharabwadi 2,059 4,267 9,200
7 Khed Nanekarwadi 1,623 5,112 12,654
8 Medankarwadi 1,708 4,066 12,576
9 Koregaon Bhima 4,533 8,999 13,116
Shirur
10 Sanaswadi 4,407 8,356 13,543
Total 40,690 78,361 1,49,248
Source: Census 1991, 2001, 2011
Figure 10.2: Taluka wise Population Distribution across Pune Metropolitan Region - Census 2011
109
As per Census 2011, PMR population is 73.21 lakh. While PMC and PCMC constitute about 46.05 % and 23.59 %
of the total population respectively, cantonments and municipal councils constitute only 2.72 % and 3.79 %
respectively. The decadal population growth rate from 2001 to 2011 for PMR was 37.46 %.
Table 10.3: Urban-Rural composition in PMR - Census 2011
Urban Rural Total
Pop. 2011 % Pop. 2011 % Pop. 2011
Pune District 57,51,182 60.99% 36,78,226 39.01% 94,29,408
PMC 31,24,458 58.54%
PCMC 17,27,692 30.00%
MC 2,77,969 4.83%
PMR Total Area NP 33,162 0.58%
Canto. 1,99,426 3.46%
CT 1,49,248 2.59%
Total 55,11,955 78.66% 15,62,244 21.34% 73,21,367
Source: Census 1991, 2001, 2011
Figure 10.3: Urban-Rural composition in PMR - Census 2011
110
Table 10.4 : Population Growth Rate Trends
Population Growth Rate (%)

No Sector
1991 2001 2011 1991 - 2001 2001 - 2011
1 Pune District 55,32,532 72,32,555 94,29,408 31% 30%

PMC - 2011 (Excluding 11
villages- 2,39,483 and 15,66,651 25,38,473 31,24,458 62% 23%
2 Yewalewadi- 7,685)
PMC - 2018 15,66,651 25,38,473 33,71,626 62% 33%
3 PCMC 5,17,083 10,12,472 17,27,692 32% 71%
4 Cantonments 2,01,017 2,04,359 1,99,426 2% -2%
5 Municipal Councils and NP 1,62,831 2,32,900 2,99,789 43% 34%
6 Census Towns 40,690 78,361 1,49,248 93% 90%

PMR - Planning area
7 10,65,134 13,48,185 17,11,492 27% 27%
(including CT)
8 PMR - Total 37,52,731 53,24,674 73,21,367 42% 37%
Source: Census 1991, 2001, 2011
PMR Study Area population has increased from 13.48 lakh in 2001 to 17.11 lakh in 2011 which is 23.61% of PMR
population (73.21 lakh) and 18.33% of Pune district’s population (94.29 lakh). Table 10.2 shows taluka wise
distribution of Study Area population.
Figure 10.4 : Population Growth Rate Trends

Population Growth Rate of PMR
1991 2001 2011 Growth Rate 1991-01 Growth Rate 2001-11
110
100 94.3 96 Highest growth rate 93

90
(93%) of Census Towns
Population in Lakh
90 Steady growth rate of 28% of

80
72 PMR Study Area 73.2
70 62
60 55 71
53
50 43
42
38
40
31 33 33.7
26
30 25 38
30 34 28 17.1
20 16 17.3
13
10 11
10 5
2 2 3.1 1 1.5
0
0
Pune District PMC- 2018 PCMC Mun. Councils & NP Census Towns PMR- Study Area PMR- Total
Source: Census 1991, 2001, 2011
111
Table 10.5: Taluka wise population distribution
Growth Growth
No. Talukas Census 1991 Census 2001 Census 2011
1991-01 (%) 2001-11 (%)
1 Haveli 2,25,453 3,05,854 36% 4,24,428 39%
2 Mawal 1,53,742 1,94,234 26% 2,47,123 27%
3 Mulshi 1,13,159 1,32,623 17% 1,70,366 28%
4 Khed (Part) 1,80,164 2,24,526 25% 2,94,213 31%
5 Shirur (Part) 1,50,531 2,01,317 34% 2,56,923 28%
6 Purandar (Part) 49,823 54,382 9% 55,902 3%
7 Bhor (Part) 53,771 61,000 13% 68,320 12%
8 Velhe (Part) 26,970 26,397 -2% 26,866 2%
9 Daund (Part) 1,11,521 1,47,853 33% 1,67,351 13%
Total population of Study Area
10 10,65,134 13,48,185 27% 17,11,492 27%
(including census towns)
Source: Census 1991, 2001, 2011
Figure 10.5: Map showing taluka wise total population
Source: GIS Database, Census 1991, 2001, 2011
112
Figure 10.6: Village-wise population distribution in PMR Planning Area
Population Growth
PMR Study Area population growth rate is almost constant from 1991 to 2001 and from 2001 to 2011. This was
majorly due to the increasing migration rates, decreasing fertility rates and overall urbanization of the area.
Figure 10.7 shows that talukas in the south (Purandar, Bhor and Velhe) show significantly low growth from 1991
to 2011, indicating out-migration. As shown in Table 10.5, Haveli, Mawal, Mulshi, Khed, and Shirur talukas show
high population growth from 1991 to 2011. The population of Haveli taluka has increased from 2,25,453 in 1991 to
4,24,428 in 2011, indicating rapid growth of population in the taluka. This population growth in Haveli is majorly
due to its proximity to Pune city, leading to spillover development. PMC Population has grown from 25,38,473 in
2001 to 31,24,458 in 2011 at a decadal rate of 33%, and PCMC Population has grown from 10,12,472 in 2001 to
17,27,692 in 2011 at a rate of 71 %. Compared to PMC and PCMC, the PMR Study Area population has grown from
13,48,185 in 2001 to 17,11,492 in 2011 at a decadal rate of 27 %.
Figure 10.7: Taluka wise population growth in PMR Study area.
113
Population Density
PMR Study Area’s population density has increased from 219 persons per sq km in 2001 to 278 persons per sq km
in 2011. This increase in population density is majorly due to the high urbanization of the metropolitan area.
Comparatively, the population density of Pune Metropolitan Region (i.e. including Pune urban) is 1,189 persons
per sq km and that of Pune district is 602 persons per sq km indicating that PMR is a relatively less dense area.
Figure 10.8: Trend in the population density of PMR Study Area
As shown in Table 10.6, the population density of Haveli taluka has increased significantly from 276 to 520 persons
per sq km between 1991 and 2011 due to spillover development from Pune. This is followed by Khed taluka
showing an increase in population density from 206 persons per sq km to 337 persons per sq km from 1991 to
2011 due to spillover of development from Pimpri-Chinchwad. There has been little change in Purandar taluka’s
population density, with a marginal increase from 171 persons per sq km in 1991 to 192 persons per sq km in
2011. Velhe taluka has shown a decline in density from 118 persons per sq km in 1991 to 117 persons per sq km
in 2011 within the PMR. Over the years (from 1991 to 2011), Mulshi and Mawal talukas have shown above-average
population growth but below-average population densities. This is majorly due to the talukas’ hilly terrain in the
south and west of the region.
Table 10.6: Taluka-wise population density
Taluka Area (sq km) 1991 2001 2011
Haveli 815.63 276 375 520
Maval 1,070.64 144 181 231
Mulshi 1,003.26 113 132 170
Khed (Part) 874.15 206 257 337
Shirur (Part) 1,062.85 142 189 242
Purandar (Part) 290.96 171 187 192
Bhor (Part) 258.14 208 236 265
Velhe (Part) 229.24 118 115 117
Daund (Part) 552.88 202 267 303
PMR-Planning Area 6,157.75 173 219 278
Source: Census 1991, 2001, 2011
114
Figure 10.9: Gross Density of Study Area
Household Size
Household size of the PMR Study Area was 4.72 in 2011. Comparatively, PMR’s household size is 4.1, and for Pune
district, it is 4.2. The household size of the PMR Study Area has declined from 5.12 in 2001 to 4.72 in 2011.
Primary reasons for decreasing household size is the growing trend of more nuclear families, declining fertility
rates, and rising single-person migrations. This trend of the increasing population combined with decreasing
household size translates further into increasing housing space demand.
Figure 10.10: Trend in household size in PMR study area
115
Taluka-wise household size

Haveli (4.60) and Mulshi (4.52) have the smallest household size within the PMR Study Area. Further, it can also
be seen that there is a negative growth trend in household size in the region. Haveli and Mulshi talukas have
shown a rapidly decreasing rate of household size within the region. This is indicative of the trend of increasing
nuclear families in urban areas. Similarly, the rural talukas of Purandar, Bhor, Velhe and Daund have comparatively
larger household sizes.
Table 10.7: Taluka wise decreasing growth trend in household size
Household Size
Talukas
1991 2001 2011 2017 (Estimated)
Haveli 5.23 5 4.6 4.29
Mawal 5.75 5.37 5.09 4.97
Mulashi 5.35 4.92 4.52 4.27
Khed ( Part) 5.82 5.27 4.65 4.36
Shirur(part) 5.6 5.1 4.68 4.74
Purandar(part) 5.65 5.14 4.75 4.7
Bhor( Part) 5.32 4.99 4.71 5
Velhe ( Part) 5.06 4.88 4.75 5.01
Daund ( Part) 5.37 5.12 4.94 4.51
PMR Planning Area 5.49 5.12 4.72 4.51
Source: Census 1991, 2001, 2011
Literacy Rate
The literacy rate in the PMR Study Area has increased from 59% in 1991 to 81% in 2011. This rate is higher than
the literacy rate estimated for Pune district, which is 79%. Further, male literacy in the PMR Planning Area is 80.1%,
and female literacy is 70.6%.
Figure 10.11: Literacy Rates (1991-11)
116
Taluka-wise literacy rates

The literacy rate (2011) of the PMR Planning area is 81%. The average literacy rate for the talukas of Haveli, Mulshi
and Shirur was 82%. The average literacy rate for the talukas of Daund, Velhe and Purandar was 78.6 %. Table 10.8
below gives the literacy rates in the overall PMR Planning area.
Table 10.8: Taluka wise Literacy Rates in the PMR Study Area
Taluka 1991 2001 2011
Haveli 65% 75% 83%
Mawal 53% 70% 79%
Mulshi 55% 68% 79%
Khed (Part) 58% 71% 80%
Shirur (Part) 59% 74% 84%
Purandar (Part) 64% 75% 81%
Bhor Part) 64% 78% 84%
Velhe (Part) 52% 66% 78%
Daund (Part) 59% 71% 77%
PMR study Area 59% 72% 81%
Source: Census 1991, 2001, 2011
Sex Ratio
The sex ratio in the PMR Study Area has decreased from 932 in 2001 to 908 in 2011. PMR Study Area’s sex ratio
is lower than that of PMR and Pune district. This indicates in-migration of male migrants in the region.
Figure 10.12: Sex ratio in PMR Study Area
117
Taluka-wise sex ratio:

The decreasing trend of sex ratio in the PMR Study Area indicates migration within the region. Within the talukas,
Shirur has the lowest sex ratio of 839, indicating high male in-migration. This is followed by Khed and Daund
talukas having sex ratio of 851. Hilly talukas on the western region Mawal (918), Purandar (882), Bhor (889) and
Velhe (934) have comparatively higher sex ratio, which is an indicator of male out-migration rate.
Table 10.9: Taluka wise sex ratio
Talukas 1991 2001 2011 2017 E
Haveli 927 883 862 851
Maval 956 961 918 880
Mulshi 993 931 881 851
Khed (Part) 961 914 851 799
Shirur (Part) 959 880 839 808
Purandar (Part) 987 854 882 919
Bhor (Part) 961 901 889 876
Velhe (Part) 1,031 932 934 939
Daund (Part) 962 888 851 808
PMR Planning Area 958 907 869 840
Source: Census 1991, 2001, 2011
Age-sex pyramid
The age-sex pyramid has been forecasted for the year 2017 using the cohort survival method. Cohorts of major
urban areas, i.e. PMC and PCMC were deducted from the cohorts of the PMR area as a whole to obtain the cohorts
only inclusive of municipal councils in PMR and PMR Planning Area. Here, cohorts of municipal councils and PMR
Study Area are assumed to be applied for the PMR Study Area and projections for the year 2017 were carried out.
The age-sex pyramid for 2017 shows the higher share of 20-35 age group of the population indicating in-migration
in the PMR Study Area for work and educational purposes.
Figure 10.13: Graph for age-sex pyramid for PMR Planning Area.
118
Workforce participation
Workforce Participation Ratio (WFPR) represents a percentage of people actively participating in the workforce vis
a vis total number of people eligible to participate in the labour force. As Census 2011 data does not provide age-
wise population distribution, the total population is considered for calculations.
The workforce participation rate for PMR is 48.2 % with 8.31 lakh workers, which is more than PMR (41%), Pune
district (43%) and Maharashtra (44%). But it is to be noted that the high WFPR in the PMR Planning Area is also
contributed by agricultural activities as opposed to the urban areas.
The workers in the PMR Study Area contribute to 26% of PMR workers and 19% of Pune district workers. As shown
in Figure 10.14, overall workforce participation in PMR is estimated to have increased from 47.15% to 48.2 %
between 2001 and 2011, with no substancial growth.
Figure 10.14: Workforce Participation rate in PMR study area
Taluka-wise Workforce Participation
Further, workforce participation is comparatively high in Purandar (59%), Shirur (51%) and Khed taluka (51%).
These high numbers are due to the agrarian nature of these talukas, where more than 50% of the working population
is engaged in agriculture and allied activities. Workforce participation is low in Mawal (44%), Mulshi (48%) and
Haveli (44%). These talukas are close to the city centre and thus have employment opportunities other than
agriculture. It can be clearly seen from the table given below that the talukas having low workforce participation
rate have more than 50% of the workers engaged in non-agricultural activities.
119
Table 10.10: Economic classification of workers in PMR planning area
Non-Agricultural Percentage of Total Workers

Total Work- Agricultural Workers (House-
Taluka ing Popula- Workers and hold Industries Workforce Agriculture Non-agricul-
tion 2011 Cultivators and Other Work- Participation Workers Per- tural Workers
ers) Rate centage Percentage
Bhor 34,768 22,825 11,943 50.89% 65.65% 34.35%
Daund 85,832 64,778 21,054 51.29% 75.47% 24.53%
Haveli 184,636 76,346 108,290 43.50% 41.35% 58.65%
Khed 151,547 94,371 57,176 51.51% 62.27% 37.73%
Mawal 108,111 49,047 59,064 43.75% 45.37% 54.63%
Mulshi 81,375 36,452 44,923 47.76% 44.80% 55.20%
Purandar 32,725 26,104 6,621 58.54% 79.77% 20.23%
Shirur 131,939 88,371 43,568 51.35% 66.98% 33.02%
Velhe 13,791 10,272 3,519 51.33% 74.48% 25.52%
Total 824,724 468,566 356,158 48.19% 56.81% 43.19%
Source: Census 1991, 2001, 2011
10.3 Demographics Analysis
This section presents key inferences based on close analyses of the demographic situation of the Study Area to
position it in the correct perspective.
“91% of the Study Area is rural as per Census definition.”
As per 2011 Census, about 18.15% of the district’s population resides in Study Area out of which 91.29% is rural
population. Considering the definition of Census Towns (CT), the villages are considered urban if their population
is greater than 5,000, main male workforce outside agriculture is >75%, and population density is >400 p/sqkm.
Within the Study Area, Bhor, Velhe, Daund, and Purandar are entirely rural as per the above criteria. Mulshi taluka
shows the highest urbanisation level (15%), whereas Khed, Mawal, Shirur talukas show urbanisation levels
between 9-12%.
However, aerial imagery and existing land use reveal the number of rapidly urbanising villages and applying census
definition alone may not reveal the real growth trend in the Study Area.
“In reality, the Study Area is rapidly urbanising, out-pacing the rural population growth rate.”
The average decadal growth rate of urban population in the Study Area was 90% between 2001-11. This decadal
growth rate is higher than that of PMC (33%) and PCMC (71%) during the same period. PMC’s declining population
growth rate can be attributed to the increased cost of living, high land prices, sluggish natural growth rate,
congestion and declining quality of life. Spin-offs from this trend can be seen as an increase in urban population
around its immediate fringes, i.e. urbanising villages of Study Area and PCMC.
The Study Area has excellent potential to urbanise with emphasis on offering the best “Quality of Living” to benefit
from present demographic growth trends within the region.
“Favorable Sex Ratio for demographic growth but weaker Literacy Rates for development.”
Sex ratio is commonly defined as the number of females per 1,000 males in the population. Within the Study Area,
the sex ratio has been declining, which could be attributed to largescale migration of male workforce into the
120
region post-2001. The Study Area shows a higher number of females compared to urban areas. It has favourable
sex ratio in comparison with MMR. Age-group wise distribution is studied at District level since Census 2011 data
is limited to age group 0 to 6. Age-group pyramid indicates a favourable situation with a broad base of the young
and working-age population.
However, Literacy Rate remains a key concern since it is lowest in the Study Area. CTTS Household Survey reports
91.1% literacy rate with about 25%, 32% and 22% of the population being educated up to 5th, 10th and 12th class
respectively. The lack of educational infrastructure, accessibility, and efficiency could be few contributors to lower
literacy rates. As most of the working-age group is educated up to 10th-12th Class, vocational training holds
immense importance for skilling of youth and re-skilling of elderly workforce. It would also support major
employment generators such as SME, which grapples with sourcing local semi-skilled/skilled tertiary workers
which is understood from interaction with industry associations.
“Shrinking household size”
Household sizes across various jurisdiction boundaries in PMR are shrinking invariably, between 1991 and 2011.
Rate of reduction of household size in case of villages is higher than census towns. The average household size
is 4.72, about 58% of households represent household size ranging from 4 to 5, and only 11% of households have
a size greater than 5.
Table 10.11: Demographic Indicators of Pune District and Study Area
Census 2011 Data Total Urban Rural
Pune District
Population 94,29,408 57,51,182 61% 36,78,226 39%
Decadal Growth Rate 30%
Child Population (0-6) 11,04,959 6,64,857 60% 4,40,102 40%
Sex Ratio 915 904 932
Literacy Rate 86% 79% 71%
Work Force 40,48,993 22,20,406 55% 18,28,587 45%
Households 21,51,503 13,71,531 64% 7,79,972 36%
Household Size 4.4 4.2 4.7
WPR 43% 39% 50%
Study Area
Population 17,11,492 1,49,248 15,62,244
Decadal Growth Rate 27%
Child Population (0-6) 2,17,065 22,609 10% 194,456 90%
Sex Ratio 945 826 947
Literacy Rate 71% 75%
Work Force 8,31,824 61.71 7% 770.11 93%
Households 3,67,048 37,222 10% 3,29,826 90%
Household Size 4.7 4.2 4.8
WPR 48% 40% 49%
Source: Census 2011
121
10.4 Economy: Pune Metropolitan Region (PMR)
A comprehensive understanding of a region is often developed through the study of its economic characteristics.
This section outlines the economic profile of the PMR in context of the economic profile of the state and Pune
district. It also discusses relevant growth trends across various segments of the PMR economy.
Growth of the metropolis

Pune is a diversified metropolitan city with industrial and commercial activities, educational, administrative and
defence services. The original old city has been a hub for market centres for agricultural produce in the district as
well as distant rural areas. It serves as a wholesale market for the sale of agricultural goods. Pune city has a great
historical and administrative background and the most important advantage of being close to India’s economic
centre - Mumbai. Pune experienced the outgrowth of expansion of industries beyond Mumbai, with many
companies choosing to locate their industries in the city. Eventually over a period of time, Pune became an
industrial hub catering services to the entire state of Maharashtra, thus establishing linkages to other cities not
only in India but also globally.
The industrial development was majorly supported by good connectivity within the region. The Mumbai-Pune
expressway gave an impetus to the economy of the region by reducing travel times to Mumbai and JNPT port. The
region also enjoys connectivity to MIDCs in the east through SH27 to Ahmednagar/Aurangabad and NH65 to
Solapur, towards the south through NH48 to Satara.
The initial industrial development was concentrated in Pimpri Chinchwad Municipal Corporation area (PCMC)
only. Development of PCMC as an auto hub centre attributed to active industrial set up of production units. Few of
the industries which established themselves between 1962 and 1992 were Kirloskar, Bajaj, TELCO (now Tata
Motors), Philips India, etc. -The establishment of MIDCs brought about a major change in the manufacturing
sector in the industrial profile of the region. The establishment of Chakan MIDC as a major auto-hub cluster acted
as a magnet for investment in the auto-manufacturing sector globally.
The international status of the region has attracted many multinational corporations in choosing Pune for a
profitable investment centre. Pune experienced a major change, shifting its base from the manufacturing sector
to the IT sector, after the IT revolution and industrialisation after 1990. The city is now an established IT hub in
India. This geared up growth in all the directions beyond the city limits. The IT cluster in Hinjawadi towards west
and Magarpatta Cyber City in Hadapsar and Kharadi are the key locations that have experienced tremendous
growth with respect to population and real estate. Pune is also an emerging pioneer educational hub with well-
equipped educational facilities and one of the highest young populations. The development of IT widens the gates
for employment opportunities for a number of people from different parts of the country. This, in turn, has led to
an increase in demand for real estate and an increase in demand for housing, retail and commercial spaces.
The geographical advantage of Pune is its large flat hinterland with good accessibility. The primate city has now
grown well beyond its city limits and will continue to experience this, being a great centre for opportunity. Pune
metropolitan region is thus an important social, economic and cultural centre in the state as well as the country.
Regional Income and past trends

To understand the domestic output of the region, district level analysis of the economy has been carried out. Due
to the availability of income data at Pune district level, this data has been used to understand the economic output
of PMR. The report on the District Domestic Product of Maharashtra 2004-05 to 2013-14 (the base year 2004-05)
has been referred for this analysis.
As shown in Figure 10.15, for the year 2013-14, Pune district contributed to 12% of the total state domestic
product (Mumbai’s contribution was 23% and Thane was 14%). In absolute values, the Pune district’s GDP was Rs.
1,03,141 Cr and that of Maharashtra’s was Rs. 8,96,767 Cr.
122
Figure 10.15: Major contributors to GDP share in Maharashtra 2014
Figure 10.16: GDP Growth Trend for Pune and Maharashtra
Data in Figure 10.16 shows that the annual average growth rate in the domestic product for Pune district as well
as Maharashtra was about 9% during 2006-2014. It can be observed that during peak periods, Pune has
experienced higher growth rates than Maharashtra. Similarly, during the economic slowdown, Pune was more
severely affected compared to the state. Pune district is a major contributor to the state’s economic health.
Further observing the sectoral contribution to the GDP as shown in Figure 10.17, the tertiary sector dominates
with its share of 55% to the total GDP for Pune district for the year 2014, followed by the secondary sector (40%)
and the primary sector (5%).
123
Figure 10.17: Sector wise GDP share for Pune District 2014
Source: District Domestic Product Report for Maharashtra 2004-05 to 20013-14 (DES, GoM)
In terms of Pune district’s sectoral contribution to the State economy, it is observed that the contribution of the
secondary sector and tertiary sector has always been significant as against that of the primary sector. For the year
2014, Pune district’s secondary sector constituted 15.9% of Maharashtra’s secondary sector GDP, and the tertiary
sector’s contribution was 10.2% of total Maharashtra’s tertiary sector GDP.
Figure 10.18 shows the trend within the sectors at 2004-05 base prices from 2004-2014 in Pune. It can be clearly
seen that the GDP contribution by the tertiary sector has shown rapid growth over the past decade. The secondary
sector has experienced ridden fluctuation within the economic slowdown phase and has contributed significantly,
indicating the robustness of the sector. The primary sector’s contribution has been the lowest, and it does not
show any growth in the past years.
Figure 10.18: GDP growth trend within sectors in Pune District
124
In the last two decades, the Pune Metropolitan Region has emerged to be an important centre for industrial
development. With the setting up of various MIDCs, SEZs, townships and incentives with respect to policy
initiatives which has created a conducive environment for huge investment in the region. According to the
Economic Survey of Maharashtra 2017-18, the Pune division of MIDC contributes to 25% of the total number of
units, 38% of the total investment and employs 36% of employees in total Maharashtra. This clearly establishes
the importance of Pune region as an important economic centre for investments and generating employment.
Table 10.12: Industrial units in MIDC with key investments in Maharashtra
Division Units (Numbers) Investments (INR Cr) Employment (Lakh)
Pune 12,159 66,464 4.77
Mumbai 1,012 19,040 1.39
Konkan (excl MumbaI) 12,821 48,953 4.11
Rest of Maharashtra 21,420 39,317 2.92
Source: Economic Survey Report Maharashtra, 2017-18
Spatial distribution of economic activities

The Pune metropolitan region hosts a variety of secondary and tertiary activities together with primary activities.
The spatial distribution of these activities is majorly seen along the transport corridors resulting in ribbon
development. The Regional Plan 1995 had identified urban growth centres at Alandi, Talegaon, Uruli Kanchan and
Loni Kalbhor and had proposed development around the fringe of PMC and PCMC. These proposals have not been
realised completely, however, have shaped the development pattern in the region. Figure 10.19 shows the spatial
spread of different industrial clusters in the PMR Planning Area and beyond.
Industrial Clusters in PMR
Industrial clusters are spread across PMR. PMR houses MIDCs at Talegaon, Chakan, Ranjangaon, Kharadi and
Hinjawadi. Their strategic location and good connectivity have led to the development of other industries along
these corridors. Development of some of these industrial clusters has been seen in Urse along the Mumbai-Pune
Expressway, along Talegaon-Chakan road at Mahalunge in Khed, at Shikrapur and Sanaswadi and Koregaon
Bhīma along Pune-Ahmednagar corridor, at Uruli Kanchan towards Solapur highway and Sasewadi in Khed
Shivapur. It can be noted that the presence of these industries has influenced the employment trend in villages as
workers engaged in non-agricultural activities have shown an increase in numbers and concentration along and
around these developments.
125
Figure 10.19: Industrial Clusters in PMR
Existing Economic Geography of the PMR Study Area
The ELU database captures areas under primary activities including agricultural farms, cattle sheds and
farmhouses. Secondary activities include industrial zones and special planning areas such as MIDC and SEZ.
Tertiary activities cover the area under commercial and mixed-use. Based on the ELU database, the total area
under various economic activities in the PMR Study Area is 2,400 sqkm. This is 39% of the entire PMR Study Area.
Table 10.13 provides a further breakdown of these numbers.
Table 10.13: Spatial distribution of Land-use under various economic activities as per ELU
Area as a
Area in sq. km Area as a % of total
Sr. % of total
Land Use Type of Activities captured in ELU (as per ELU area under economic
No. planning
data) activities
area
Primary Activities
1 Agriculture use Farmhouse, Cattle shed, Animal 2221.81 97.3% 37.95%
related Poultry farm
Secondary activities
Small scale
2 Industrial use 37.48 1.56% 0.61%
Medium scale
Large scale
Tertiary Activities
Markets
3 Commercial use Godowns/Warehouse 25.66 1.07% 0.42%
Hotels
Other use
Table 10.13 indicates that around 97% of the land available under different economic activities in the PMR Study
126
Area is under agricultural use. This is predominantly due to the rural nature of the region and agriculture being a
major income source of the villages. The ELU data captures the land-use under various economic activities. The
table above shows the distribution of economic activities in talukas. Out of the total PMR Study Area, 37.95% is
under primary use, 0.61% under secondary use and 0.42% under tertiary use.
Primary Activities:
The total area under the primary sector (agriculture and allied use) in the PMR Study Area is 2,338 sq km. Figure
10.20 shows that out of the total area under primary use i.e. agriculture, Shirur and Daund talukas constitute 42%
of the total area under primary activities, making them major contributors. Purandar, Bhor and Velhe talukas have
a lower share of primary agricultural activities, with 5%, 5%, 2% contribution respectively. This is maybe on account
of the hilly terrain of the area in these talukas and as only a part of these talukas are included in the PMR Study
Area.
Figure 10.20: Primary activities-land use distribution in PMR study area
Secondary Activities:
The ELU database captures the secondary activities concerning small, medium and large-scale industries. The
total area under secondary activities as industrial use in the PMR Study Area is 37 sq km. Out of the total share of
land-use under secondary activities, Khed and Shirur contribute to 50% of the secondary activities in the PMR
Study Area. This is majorly due to the presence of Chakan MIDC in Khed taluka and Ranjangaon MIDC in Shirur
taluka. The talukas contributing least to the secondary activities are Bhor, Purandar, Velhe and Daund. This may
be due to the terrain of the region and lack of connectivity.
Table 10.14: Secondary activities in PMR Study Area- Land-use distribution and number of units
Classification Area (ha) Number of Units
Micro and Small 3,179.24 21,873
Medium 106.28 780
Large 438.26 2,031
Total 3,723.78 24,684
127
Tertiary Activities:
The area under commercial use as per the ELU database is around 26 sq km. The tertiary activities include all
markets, hotels and restaurants, warehouses etc. There is a dispersed spread of commercial areas in the PMR
Study Area where the offices and retail areas are located in and around major city centres. The concentration of
area under office spaces is high in Mulshi (31.64%), Haveli (22.96%) and Khed (15.52%) taluka as it is located near
Pune city. The same talukas correspond to more than 50% of the total no. of commercial units in the PMR Study
Area. Apart from the periphery of Pune city, the commercial use concentration is also high around urban centres.
Concentration of retails, hotels, restaurants is high along the Mumbai-Pune expressway and around Lonavala.
The concentration of commercial units is low in Bhor (0.38%), Daund (2.67%) and Purandar (2.57%) taluka.
Table 10.15: Commercial units and area
Classification Area (ha) Number of Units
Godowns 154 2,862
Hotels 79 3,788
Markets 7 105
Other uses 2,029 18,690
Total 2,269 25,445
10.5 Economic Analysis
This section presents key inferences based on close analyses of the economic composition of the Study Area,
Pune district and Maharashtra.
“Maharashtra is a leading destination for investments in India.”
With its strong industry and service, Maharashtra is consistently the highest contributor to the Indian economy.
Its contribution to the national GDP stands at 14% while the national industrial output share is at 13%. Major
economic drivers of Maharashtra are retail, infrastructure, media and tourism, fintech and IT. The service sector
dominates the state domestic product contribution (56%) as a result of strong IT/ITES, banking industry presence
in Maharashtra. Maharashtra has high FDI inflows, and 4,210 MoUs were executed with major companies during
the Magnetic Maharashtra (2018) summit. Key sectors for high investments in Maharashtra include energy,
infrastructure, metal and alloys, aircraft, e-vehicles, textiles, renewables, agro-processing, FMCG, logistics,
precision manufacturing, real estate and consulting.
“Pune district is the third-largest economic contributor to Maharashtra’s economy.”
Pune district attracted about 16% of total investments pledged during the Magnetic Maharashtra (2018) summit.
Approximately 2,400 entries had details of investment showing the key sectors such as real estate, auto and spare
parts, logistics and warehousing, FMCG, precision engineering, pharmaceuticals, and biotech attracted significant
investments in Pune.
Pune district ranks second in Maharashtra for the number of establishments and industrial employment. All this
reflects in the consistent growth in its GDVA over the years, which grew at a CAGR of 11.5% between 2012 and
2017.
Key factors contributing to Pune district’s socioeconomic growth are elaborated in Figure 10.23. It shows that
Study Area’s economic positioning is primarily defined by industrial infrastructure and an established ecosystem
for knowledge-based sectors such as IT, ITES, Biotech and Pharmaceutical. It contributes to approximately 75%
of the GDP of the district. The Study Area is Pune district’s industrial powerhouse with a home to several industrial
parks, IT parks, business parks and emerging technology industries. The district has been undergoing robust
economic performance for the past two decades where GDP has been growing steadily around 6-8%.
128
Figure 10.21: Key Governing Factors for PMR’s Socio economic Growth
“Secondary and Tertiary Sectors are key economic drivers of Pune District Economy ”
Secondary and tertiary sectors are the main drivers of the district economy, whereas the primary sector (agriculture)
offers employment to most of the workforce.
Agriculture is the main economic activity within the primary sector, whose GDP contribution has been declining by
about 1% every two years.
Contribution of the secondary sector has been consistent at 40% and above. Manufacturing sub-sector shows a
positive trend of increasing registered establishments. It can be seen that the share of unregistered manufacturing
is decreasing with time. The secondary sector witnessed maximum growth in 2010-11 after which the sector
shrunk due to global recession. It has picked up again post 2014.
The tertiary sector has been showing consistent growth from 2009 to 2013, (51-55%), in tandem with urbanisation.
Growth is seen in banking and insurance, real estate, trade and hospitality and communication sectors.
Within the Study Area, growth of the secondary sector (construction in particular) and Tertiary sector has been
concentrated at municipal corporations and along its fringes through large scale developments and business
parks. Growth of the industrial sector has been pushed beyond the 5km buffer from PMC and PCMC boundaries
due to industrial decentralisation policy adopted in RP 1997. These industries and its support ecosystem form the
interface between the Study Area and municipal corporations.
129
Table 10.16: Sectoral Distribution of Pune District GDP and Changing shares (2005-14)
2007- 2010- 2013- 2004- 2008- 2011- 2013-

2004-05 Share of Sub-sector
08 11 14 05 09 12 14
Agriculture in Primary
3,240 3,789 3,615 4,780 84% 84% 80% 80%
sector
Primary
7% 6% 4% 5%
Registered
19,026 29,599 37,294 41,873 Manufacturing in 65% 67% 68% 67%
Secondary Sector
Secondary
Unregistered
41% 43% 44% 41% Manufacturing in 15% 12% 11% 11%
Secondary Sector
Communication in
3% 4% 8% 9%
Tertiary Sector
Trade and Hospitality in
23% 20% 20% 19%
Tertiary Sector
23,985 34,731 44,377 56,488
Tertiary Banking and Insurance
18% 22% 23% 22%
(Service) in Tertiary Sector
Real Estate in Tertiary
26% 29% 26% 27%
Sector
Other Services in
52% 51% 52% 55% 10% 8% 8% 8%
Tertiary Sector
Figure 10.22: Growth Rate of Sectors in Pune district
“Agriculture is the third largest income generator for the District.”

The District has a net sown area of 8,63,000 hectares, 55% of total geographical area, and has major crops like
sugarcane, jowar, fruits, pulses and vegetables.
The major component of the primary sector in Pune district is agriculture. There are also fisheries and limited
forestry activities in the district. Organised Mining and Quarrying is negligible in the district and contributes <5%
of the primary sector GDP.
Major crops which are cultivated in the district are Sugarcane, Rice, Jowar and Bajra. Crops and productivity vary
130
across the talukas. Shirur is a leading taluka in the production of cereals, pulses and Sugarcane. Daund also is a
major producer of Sugarcane. Cereals and Sugarcane occupy the maximum area under cultivation among the
major crops. Sugarcane, Rice and Bajra are the major crops in terms of production. Sugarcane is the major crop
which adds to about 51,56,200 tons of annual production.
“Despite massive public investments in irrigation, agriculture sector output and employment share remain low.”
Table 10.17 shows Taluka-wise agriculture potential in terms of cultivated agricultural land, irrigation coverage
and output.
Census data shows that the share of agricultural employment has been falling in the district over the past four
decades with a reduction in the number of cultivators in the region (reduced from 19% to 15%). The Study Area
reflects the same trend as per Census 2011, where cultivators merely increased by 10649, whereas the number of
agriculture labourers grew only by 4%.
Table 10.17: Summary- Taluka-wise Agriculture Potential 2016
% of
Area un- Main Crop
Under Culti- Suitable for Under Irrigated
Taluka Area Forest der Main Output (in
vation cultivation Irrigation & Culti-
crops Tons)
vated
Shirur 1,55,727 6,019 1,31,248 1,34,091 77,520 59% 140,486 2,458,600
Khed 1,37,354 20,079 1,05,151 1,07,745 21,818 21% 61,977 26,600
Mawal 1,13,135 32,736 68,920 72,473 22,735 33% 18,215 219,800
Mulshi 1,03,931 16,726 44,347 69,529 21,977 50% 24,577 63,800
Haweli 1,33,627 7,864 92,531 1,06,868 19,112 21% 33,998 387,400
Pune City 11,990 235 5 1,480 NA NA 0 0
Daund 1,28,986 4,904 1,15,469 1,04,746 52,033 45% 84,407 1,937,000
Purandar 1,10,313 2,221 89,100 99,884 25,171 28% 58,769 105,600
Velhe 49,955 10,796 23,881 34,296 2,259 9% 14,738 6,900
Bhor 89,234 12,260 48,124 59,599 10,893 23% 30,407 193,200
Source: District Socio-economic Review 2016 (Agricultural Output in Talukas of Pune district & Area under cultivation of Major Crops have been termed
as Main Crops. Areas/ Output clubbed under respective column); Taluka-wise Irrigation data referred from Irrigation Department’s Zila Pustika 2015
131
Figure 10.23: Taluka-wise Cropping Pattern and Output
Source: District Socio-economic Review 2016
“Manufacturing sector leads in terms of establishments and employment within the secondary sector.”
Key sub-sectors within the industrial sector in Pune are automotive, auto ancillary, electronics, food processing
and engineering. Additionally, about 2,872 large industries have been registered as of 2015. The spread of these
industries in terms of manufacturing and services is portrayed in Figure 10.24.
Figure 10.24: Registered industries and employment in Pune District
Source: District Industrial Centre (DIC)
The manufacturing sector comprises large industries and SMEs. Approximately 44,000 firms were registered in
Udyog Aadhaar as of March 2018, and the number reached 80,000 in October 2018.
Table 10.18: Industrial Estates in PMR
Distance from Pune city

Location Major Industries
(km)
Chakan 35 Engineering, Auto and Auto Ancillary
Hadapsar 10 Engineering, Food, Auto Ancillary
Hinjawadi 19 Pharmaceuticals, Auto Ancillary
Jejuri Pharmaceuticals, Textiles, Engineering

45
Kharadi Engineering
17
132
17 Engineering, Auto and Auto Ancillary,

Pimpri Chinchwad
Pharmaceuticals, Engineering
Pirangut FMCG, Pharmaceuticals, Engineering
25
Ranjangaon White Goods, FMCG, Auto, Engineering, Electronics

50
Talegaon Engineering, Auto and ICD

35
Talegaon Floriculture Park Floriculture, Inland Container Depot

35
Sanaswadi Steel, Engineering, Auto and Auto Ancillary

25
Engineering, Consumer Durables, Chemicals,
Shirwal 60 Pharmaceuticals
Uruli Kanchan 33 Engineering, Paper, Agriculture
Rajgurunagar 43 Engineering, Confectionary
Source: District Industrial Centre (DIC), 2013 Data (Sixth Economic Census, 42nd Round)
Table 10.19: Major SMEs in Pune district
Number of Employ-
Sector Number of Enterprises
ees
Manufacture of fabricated metal products, except machinery and
4,789 46,913
equipment
Manufacture of machinery and equipment N.E.C. 3,196 41,630
Other Manufacturing 3,294 37,568
Computer programming, consultancy and related activities 1,276 37,183
Manufacture of food products 3,115 22,592
Information service activities 462 19,831
Manufacture of rubber and plastics product 1,537 18,557
Manufacture of electrical equipments 969 17,027
Employment Activities 396 15,802
Manufacture of motor vehicles, trailers and semi-trailers 898 15,479
Manufacture of basic metals 1,659 12,593
Security and investigation activities 211 11,395
Food and beverages service activities 1,866 11,311
Other professional, scientific and technical activities 1,478 11,126
Manufacture of computer, electronics and optical products 5,74 9,652
Total 25,146 3,28,659
Source: District Industrial Centre (DIC), 2013 Data (Sixth Economic Census, 42nd Round)
133
Figure 25: Major SME’s in Pune District
In terms of economic output, the manufacturing sector’s growth occurred due to MIDC developed industrial
estates and privately-led complementary industrial clusters. Data on the status of land availability in MIDC estates
(Table 10.20) reveals that almost 100% of lands are almost consolidated/committed in terms of absorbing newer
industrial tenants.
Table 10.20: Status of MIDC Estates - Study Area
Vacant land Land area to

Sr. Name of MIDC Land area in pos- Land area
Unalloted be acquired Remark
No. Estate session (ha) allotted (ha)
(ha) (ha)
1 Chakan Ph.-I 256 3
2 Chakan Ph.-II 1,407 29 Vacant land unalloted

2,613 37 is not consolidated
3 Chakan Ph.-III 584 4 Undulating land.
4 Chakan Ph.-IV 402 2

400-485 ha. to be
5 Chakan Ph.-V - - - 637
acquired by Dec. 2019
134
6 Talegaon Ph.-I 578 - - -

20 Ha. not available
for development
7 Talegaon Ph.-II 271 - 20 -
Denotification due to
8 Talegaon Ph.-III - - - -
high acquisition cost
Talegaon Ph.-IV Acquisition status to
9 - - - 107
old be confirmed by MIDC
Talegaon Ph.-IV Notification status to
9A - - - 2,200
new be confirmed by MIDC
Acquisition schedule
10 Talegaon Ph.-V - - - 162
not defined by MIDC
Ranjangaon
11 929 929 36 - -
Ph.-I
Ranjangaon
12 63 63 - - -
Ph.-II
Ranjangaon To be acquired within
13 - - - 283
Ph.-III 2019
14 Hinjawadi Ph.-I 96.42 63.82 - -
15 Hinjawadi Ph.-II 236.24 99.78 - - Allotted land is

earmarked but not in
16 Hinjawadi Ph.-III 351.17 144.69 - - possession
17 Hinjawadi Ph.-IV 11.02 - - -
Total 5,185 3,913 93 3,427
Source: MIDC- Regional Office, Pune (RO1)
The major growth catalysts in the region are skilled workforce, good connectivity and supporting infrastructure
attracting large investments.
The manufacturing sector is on the verge of major transformations as the industry leapfrogs towards embracing
Industry 4.0 and IoT to improve their efficiency. It is likely to boost high-tech Innovation, IT and high-tech
engineering, which is already established in the Study Area.
“SMEs employ the majority of the industrial workforce in Pune district.”
Most industries are located within 60 km from Pune city, which offers most of the skilled workforce for these
industries. Table 10.21 depicts the spread of industrial clusters around Pune city and their major industrial
activities.
Engineering and auto industries are distributed across all the industrial clusters. As per the District Industrial
Profile - Pune (2012), the employment share of large industries and MSMEs was 38% and 62% respectively. The
major sectors that employ the greatest number are engineering, IT-related activities and food processing. In terms
of the greatest share of enterprises, engineering and food processing lead the manufacturing SME sector of Pune.
There is also major auto-ancillary production in Pune.
“Tertiary sector growth is driven by IT/ITES, Real Estate, Education, Warehousing and Logistics.”
The contribution of the tertiary sector grew over the past two decades in the district. Major sub-sectors in the
tertiary sector of Pune are - IT/ITES, banking and finance, trade, hospitality, biotechnology research centres, and
communication. The sector is still growing and shows potential for further penetration. The factors that promote
services in Pune are the competitive land prices, skilled labour and good connectivity to other major growth
centres such as Mumbai. Figure 10.26 highlights the major sub-sectors within services. Infrastructural
developments in the region can enormously enhance the service sector. Among services, IT exports are the
primary economic activity in Pune.
135
Figure 10.26: Sub-Sectors within Tertiary Sector and its contribution
“Pune alone contributes half of the total IT exports of Maharashtra.”
Pune is among the top four cities in India in terms of software exports. With its rising IT sector and infrastructure
base, it has the potential to reach the likes of Bangalore, to be an IT leader in the country. Pune’s share of
Maharashtra’s IT export stood at 57% by 2014 as per STPI, media sources. Pune’s software exports were higher
(INR 29,589 crore) compared to Greater Mumbai (INR 21,811 crore). Other cities in Maharashtra such as Nagpur,
Nashik, Kolhapur, Aurangabad altogether were under 1%.
Pune is a leading IT destination in India with several IT parks, spanning over Business Process Management
(BPM), Information Technology Outsourcing (ITO) and Engineering Services Outsourcing (ESO). Pune saw the
fastest growth as an IT destination compared to other IT hubs of India such as Bangalore or Hyderabad. According
to NASSCOM, Pune’s IT sector employs approximately 3-3.4 lakh workforce spread over Business Process
Outsourcing (BPO), Knowledge Process Outsourcing (KPO), ITO and ESO.
Pune has the highest share of private IT parks in Maharashtra, leading over Mumbai and Thane. There are about
172 private IT parks in Pune with major ones being in Hinjawadi, Koregaon Park, Yerawada, Viman Nagar, Kharadi,
Magarpatta, Phursungi and Talawade. The Rajiv Gandhi Infotech Park (Phase I, II, III and IV) at Hinjawadi, is a
dedicated MIDC Park, targeted to consolidate IT activity of Pune and is spread across a total area of about 695
hectares. IT majors operating from here are Tech Mahindra, TCS, RMZ Corporation, Infosys, Wipro, Cognizant,
Ascendas, Hexaware Technologies Limited. Out of the total estimated workforce employed in all the IT Parks,
Hinjawadi IT Park employs most of them.
However, it is vital to make Pune future-ready for emerging technological innovations such as Artificial Intelligence,
Blockchain, and other high IT innovation sectors. Additionally, it is important to evolve a supportive start-up
ecosystem in Pune to harness innovation possibilities in technology and other major sectors fully. It is crucial to
upgrade the technology sector of Pune through infrastructure development and skilling.
Figure 10.27: Software Export Contribution by Tier I cities in India
Source: NASSCOM
136
“Township is a unique feature of the PMR Residential Real Estate market.”

There are 16 townships spread over 2018 ha in the Study Area with their areas varying from 42- 331 ha. Out of 16,
10 townships are located on the west side and are clustered around Hinjawadi and Pirangut.
Real estate sector includes four sub-sectors - housing, commercial, retail and hospitality. The regulatory
framework changes such as GST, RERA and introduction of REITS have ensured remarkable investments in the
real estate segment. As these legislations are meant to protect the interests of buyers and developers, it is not only
likely to fuel the market demand but also make the sector more efficient and organised. Increased productivity in
the sector would lead to additional employment generation.
“Office spaces, retail and warehousing drive PMR’s commercial real estate market.”
Pune’s commercial real estate market traditionally had a greater supply than demand until 2011, since then the
office space off-take increased. Because of this oversupply, the market witnessed fewer launches from 2012 to
2015. Supply normalization was observed in 2012. Thereafter demand has picked up, driven by IT firms and
banking, financial services, and insurance (BFSI) sector setting up back offices.
The supply for commercial offices (Source: Cushman and Wakefield report) in Pune is little over 55 million sq ft,
with vacancy rates between 4% to 10% in the past five years. About 10.8 million sq ft is under construction. It
showed high vacancy in the 2010-2012 periods which came down by 2014-2016, but again in 2017 onwards, it
saw a slight decrease.
“Pune is an emerging retail hub with the rising purchasing power and a growing middle class population.”
Traditionally retail activity was concentrated in central Pune’s high streets such as MG Road, Laxmi Road, JM
Road and FC Road. Organized retail made its foray into Pune with the developments of malls such as ICC High
Street and Pune Central. Pune has emerged as an organized retail destination over the last 5 to 7 years.
The major factors which supported the retail boom in Pune are:
1. A significant proportion of the population within the age group of 20 to 35 years
2. Higher disposable income among the population employed in the IT/ITES sector
3. Predominantly migrant population
The retail development in Pune is also discerning a growth and movement to peripheral areas of the city. In
addition to this, there is an increasing presence of international and national brands across High Streets and
Malls. The supply for retail in Pune is about 6.26 million square feet, with current vacancy rates of about 30%.
About 2.3 million square feet is under construction.
“Warehousing activity in PMR has been driven by the industrial sector.”
Warehousing and logistics sector has been growing in PMR, and the Study Area is becoming one of the major
logistics hubs in western India. The industrial sector has driven warehousing activity in PMR with the presence of
industries such as automobiles, engineering, electronics, logistics, hi-tech, e-commerce and consumer durables.
Chakan, Talegaon, Ranjangaon are the key warehousing micro-markets with an investment-grade inventory.
Pune’s Grade A supply stands at 6.82 million sq ft. Other markets such as Sanaswadi, Phulgaon, Wagholi and
Lonikand primarily comprise Grade B and C stock. Chakan contributes maximum completed supply, followed by
Ranjangaon and Talegaon. A loosely organised stretch of warehousing and logistics activity can be seen at
Wagholi – Lonikand – Koregaon Bhima and Katraj which cater to the city’s captive demand. Combined supply of
this stretch is about 4.82 million sq ft where the majority of the supply is Grade B and Grade C. Chakan shows a
vacancy of about 15% whereas Ranjangaon shows 32% vacancy.
137
Table 10.21: Logistics Supply and vacancy in PMR
Total Completed Total Absorption Total Completed Total Absorption

Key Micro-market Grade A Supply (in Level in Grade A(in Grade B Supply (in Level in Grade
mn sft) mn sft) mn sft) B(in mn sft)
Chakan 4.8 4.1 (85%) 4.03 3.55 (88%)
Ranjangaon 0.8 0.54 (68%) 1.12 0.83 (74%)
Talegaon 0.36 0.36 (100%) 0.31 0.31 (100%)
Wagholi-Lonikand- 4.77 4.77 (100%) 0.99 0.61 (62%)

Phulgaon
Koregaon-Bhima- 0.40 0.40 (100%) 0.86 0.82 (95%)

Sanaswadi
Katraj - - 0.3 0.3 (100%)
Source: CBRE Research
“About 1.5-1.65 lakh graduates are produced in Pune per annum.”
Pune has been Maharashtra’s educational capital for decades, with several institutes of national importance and
renowned research centres. Pune comes 4th in the country by the number of colleges. Moreover, it has a large
number of well-known research centres that elevate its role as educational hub at the national level. These
institutes include National Chemical Laboratory, IISER, IITM.
Pune being an educational hub also offers a skilled workforce for several industries. It has an annual output of
about 1.5-1.65 lakh graduates spread across diverse sectors. This talent supports the transition of the region to
high tech and high innovation sectors. Figure 10.12 shows the spread of total annual talent output of Pune across
diverse disciplines. It highlights the advantage of Pune in terms of available skilled workforce and strong share in
science, technology and innovation. Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathematics (STEM) graduates account
for about 50% of total talent output in Pune.
Table 10.22: Major Higher Education Institutes
Research Publica-
Sr. No. Institutions Patents (Granted)
tion
1 NCL,Pune 3,232 114
2 Centre for Development of Advanced computing 132 12
3 Centre for Development of Telematics 132 7
4 Centre for Materials for Electronics Technology 2,302 6
5 The Automotive Research Association of India 18 3
6 India institute of Science education and Research 1,234 0
7 Indian institute of Tropical Meteorology, Pune 890 0
8 National Centre for Cell Science 516 0
9 Armed Forces Medical College 496 0
10 Defence Institute of Advanced Technology 381 0
11 Agharkar Research Institute 358 1
12 National Institute of Virology 313 0
138
Armament Research Board - Defence Research and

13 41 1
Development Organization (DRDO)
14 Central Water and Power Research Station 44 1
15 Indian Institute of Science Education and Research 1,234 1
16 Bharati Vidyapith 330 0
17 Poona College of Pharmacy 497 0
Source: Mapping Patents and Research Publications of Higher Education Institutes & National R&D Laboratories of India, 2018
“Employment base of the Study Area is Transforming.”
As per 2011 Census, PMR holds about 74% of the total employment in the Pune district. Study Area employment
by 2011 was 8.3 lakhwith a total population of 17.3 lakh.
Study of Census 2011 indicates that the primary sector forms the economic base of the Study Area by engaging
57% of the working population in agriculture where 41% are cultivators and 15% are labourers.
The middle section is occupied by the secondary and tertiary sector (indicated as others) occupying about 41% of
the workforce. Remaining 3% are occupied in household industries. This aligns with the share of district-level
employment in the primary, secondary, and tertiary sectors, engaging 53%, 21%, and 26% of the workforce
respectively (DES Data, 2013-14). This also indicates that the cross-section of employment at Study Area level
reflects district level sectoral employment shares. Considering this, district-level employment by sub-sectors
(Sixth Economic Census 2013-14) has been used as the basis to classify employment in the Study Area by sub-
sectors. Variation in decadal growth rates is studied for PMR to understand the overall trend and find its correlation
to the urbanisation of the Study Area, which is explained in demographic analysis. Refer to Table 10.9 below.
Based on this Census 2011 data, it is observed that employment of the Study Area shrank by 9% between 2001-11
which is attributed to the drop in agricultural employment (15-20%). On the other hand, employment in others, i.e.
secondary and tertiary sectors, grew by 23%. This indicates that the economic base of the Study Area is getting
replaced by secondary and tertiary sectors.
Table 10.23: PMR Area Employment Scenario
Growth 1991- Growth 2001-

PMR Employment 1991 2001 2011
2001 (%) 2011 (%)
PMC 5,37,014 8,65,150 61 12,99,487 50
PCMC 2,41,790 3,50,260 45 6,76,832 93
Municipal Councils 56,887 77,519 36 1,10,283 42
Cantonments 66,000 72,536 10 80,329 11
Study Area 450,523 629,718 40% 824,724 31%
Table 10.24: Study Area Employment Scenario
Growth 1991- Growth 2001-

Study Area Employment 1991 2001 2011
2001 (%) 2011 (%)
Total Employment 450,523 629,718 40% 824,724 31%
Agri. Labourers 52.65% 48.43% -8% 35.42% -13%
Cultivators 19.03% 18.13% -5% 14.93% -17%
HH Industries 2.24% 2.39% 7% 2.67% 10%
Others 26.08% 31.05% 19% 44.2% 30%
139
Table 10.25: PMR Study Area Employment by Sectors
Employment Pro- 2011* 2011 2041

No 2011 2021 2031 2041 CAGR
jection Share Share Share
1 Primary 53% 53% 441,964 707,231 772,780 658,985 25% 1%
Secondary (Non-
2 3% 3% 22,004 40,270 86,433 123,889 5% 5%
manufacturing)

3 Automotive 2% 14,353 26,405 4%
37,011 65,898

4 Auto-ancillary 7% 56,083 103,174 3%
128,859 192,424

5 Engineering 4% 36,229 66,649 4%
93,420 158,156

6 Pharma 1% 8,813 6%
4,791 16,258 52,719
7 Biotech 0% 492 904 5,172 34,267 11%

8 Electronics 3% 28,422 52,287 4%
78,096 131,797

9 Food processing 0% 4,882 9%
2,654 19,524 79,078

10 Heavy machinery 0% 6,037 2%
3,282 5,542 7,908

11 Others 1% 9,432 -2%
5,127 6,599 2,636
Information and
communication
22 (including computer 2% 13,409 26,765 52,478 92,258 5%
system, consulting
and related services)
IT- Other service

23 activities (not 7% 55,492 3%
96,048 137,238 197,695
classified elsewhere)
Secondary
27% 220,332 401,397 580,198 1,014,837 39% 4%
(Manufacturing)
Sales, Maintenance
1% 11,444 5%
12 and Repair 29,637 50,844 73,806

Wholesale trade 1% 10,341 5%
13 32,600 54,301 79,078
Freight and Storage

(with postal and 2% 17,308 5%
14 40,306 91,519 131,797
courier work)

15 Retail trade 3% 24,169 4%
54,828 79,316 105,438
Restaurants and
16 2% 17,998 4%
hotels 32,078 70,441 79,078
Financial and
17 1% 5%
Insurance Work 8,266 14,984 40,441 57,991

18 Real estate work 1% 5%
4,695 8,366 18,375 31,631
Arts, Entertainment,
Sports and
Entertainment
19 0% 3%
(excluding illegal 10,169 13,180
gambling and
betting)
140
Vocational, scientific
and technical work
(including
20 6% 46,250 88,910 128,127 158,156 3%
advertising,
marketing, research,
and veterinary work)
Organized
administrative and
support service
activities (travel
21 0% 14,818 16,270 21,088 3%
agency, routine work
and session and
organized trade
exhibitions)

24 Educational 0% 8%
3,206 9,632 24,405 55,355
Human health and
social work

25 (including residential 0% 6%
3,453 6,770 10,136 31,631
and non-residential
resident center)

Tertiary 18% 147,131 332,927 32% 5%
594,344 838,229

Total Employment 100% 100% 831,430 100% ~
1,481,825 2,033,755 2,635,939
10.6 Summary of Key Findings

1. Pune district is the third-largest economic contributor in Maharashtra’s Economy. It has already established
itself as a service centre, catering to the catchment of western Maharashtra. Secondary and tertiary sectors
are key economic drivers of the Pune district economy.
2. The manufacturing sector leads the district economy in terms of output. However, the agriculture sector
generates the majority of employment. Tertiary sector growth is driven by IT, ITeS, real estate, education,
Warehousing, and Logistics. The district alone contributed about 57% of Maharashtra’s total IT exports. PMR
is a growth engine of the district economy.
3. PMC employment growth has declined whereas PCMC jumped by 17% during 2001-2011. This fact aligns
with the trend of employment generators shifting outside PMC due to higher land and/or operational costs.
There was a substantial rise in the population of PCMC due to relatively cheaper cost of living and proximity
to existing industrial clusters in PCMC and major employment generators. Currently, PCMC is also facing a
shortage of more affordable land for industrial expansion. In this context, the Study Area has emerged as the
manufacturing and IT hub of PMR.
4. Prima facie, the Study Area appears to be rural with an urbanisation level of just 9%. However, decadal growth
rates indicate that the rural population is gradually declining (decadal growth of 24%) and urban has been
exponentially growing (decadal growth of 85%). The overall decadal growth rate of the Study Area is moderate
(28%).
5. The Study Area employment is undergoing an economic transition where the agricultural workforce (53% of
total employment) reduced by 15-20% within a decade whereas secondary and tertiary sector employment
grew by 15% between 2001- 2011.
6. Demographic growth potentials of the Study Area are high with a favourable Female/Male ratio. However,
literacy rates are relatively low compared to municipal corporation areas. According to CTTS household
survey 2018 in the Study Area, only 15% of the workforce has been pursuing professional courses, about 56%
of the workforce is educated up to 10th class, and 22% are educated up to 12th class within the Study Area.
Upgrading skills is the first challenge.
7. Study Area’s household size shrank from 5.1 to 4.2 (urban) and 5.5 to 4.8 (rural) between 1991-2011,
indicating out-migration. WFPR in the Study Area (48%) is higher compared with Corporations (39%). However,
it may not necessarily be an indicator of high productivity as most of the rural workforce is employed in the
agriculture sector whose GDP contribution is below 5% compared to employment that it creates.
8. Household income levels are low in the Study Area compared to the PMR. Average household income in the
Study Area is INR 17,600. Over 70% of households earn less than INR 20,000 per month. About 59% of
141
households earn less than INR 20,000, and about 24% earn INR. 20-50,000.
9. As per MHADA’s classification of income groups, 59% of households fall under the EWS category and 24%
under LIG category. Increasing income levels and affordability of 83% of households is the second major
challenge.
10. The third key challenge is to address shrinking employment in the agriculture sector and productivity; and
relatively slow growth in the industrial sector (global phenomena). It needs a robust regional economic
positioning to identify complimentary new economic sectors for initiating the economic diversification
process.
Figure 10.28: Regional Economic Competitiveness of PMR
142
Chapter 11: Regional Economic
Positioning and Socio-economic
Projections
The first half of this chapter covers socio-economic projections, and the second half will discuss the regional
economic positioning, including economic transition strategy.
Regional economic positioning systematically assesses existing economic drivers and anticipates future drivers.
While doing so, it factors in their growth/decline trends into socio-economic projections. This is necessary so that
projections do not merely reflect historical trends as recorded in Census data. It lays the foundations of the
economic development plan for the Study Area and guides policy formation to boost the region’s economic
competitiveness.
11.1 Socio-economic Projections
Socio-economic projections are worked out village wise for 814 villages within PMRDA jurisdiction. Projections
are carried out for population, resident workforce/working population and household for 2021, 2031 and 2041 and
are based on three historical Census datasets of 1991, 2001 and 2011.
Projections for PMR

Projections are carried out in two parts. Population projections for PMC, PCMC and Cantonments are taken from
the CTTS and kept constant. While projecting populations for municipal councils, Planning Areas and Rural Areas,
four established methods of population projections such as arithmetic increase, geometric increase, incremental
increase and graphical curve method were tested.
Out of these four methods, projections through the geometrical increase method were outliers; as the geometrical
increase method projections were more than 10 lakh vis-à-vis projections using the remaining three methods.
Thus, they were discarded. Similarly, the projection using the graphical curve method was not adopted as the
accuracy is dependent on the skill and experience of the person dragging the curve, which is subjective.
Ultimately, arithmetic increase and incremental increase methods were chosen for detailed village level projections
of the study area due to their relevance, as explained below.
Projections for Study Area
The Study Area is organised into two parts - Urban Growth Centres and Rural Area based on the assessment of
the urban/rural development potential of 814 villages. Two hundred and thirty-three villages are identified for
urban development (referred to as Urban Growth Centres ), and 581 villages are identified for rural development
(referred to as Rural Areas). Detailed village-wise population projections are carried out for Urban Growth Centres
and Rural Areas separately.
The arithmetic increase method is used for projections of Rural Areas as the growth rates of most of the villages
are stabilising/declining.
For village wise projections of Urban Growth Centres, the arithmetic or incremental increase method is used based
on the individual village’s growth rate. However, just summing up the village-wise populations of urban and rural
villages in isolation to project the population of Urban Growth Centres will not be feasible since all the villages are
closely linked to each other and not isolated. Thus, for projections of each Urban Growth Centre as a whole, Urban-
Rural Growth Differential (URGD) method is used since each Urban Growth Centre contains a mix of interdependent
urban and rural villages showing different demographic growth trends.
URGD is the most reliable method for such cases since its formula considers the urban and rural growth difference
in relation to the total population while projecting. It is also known as the United Nations method. Pune district
level projections in RP 1997 are also based on the URGD method. Urban-Rural Growth Differential rate in the URGD
143
formula is computed by taking the difference between average urban population growth rate and average rural
population growth rate. The remaining methodology of the projection exercise is shown in Figure 11.1.
Figure 11.1: Methodology for Study Area Population Projections
Projections for Rural Areas i.e. 581 Villages

For Rural Areas, the arithmetic increase method is used, where the average increase in population is assumed to
be constant from decade to decade. The average increase per decade is found out from the previously available
census data (1991, 2001, 2011). This number is multiplied by the number of decades for which the population is
to be worked out and is then added to the present population to get the future population after ‘n’ decades.
Pn = P + n * d
Where Pn is the future population after n decades, P is the present population, n is the number of decades and d
is the average increase per decade.
The total population of 581 villages represents the total Rural Area population for a particular decade.
Projections for Villages under Urban Growth Centres
Evolution of the Study Area shows that its urbanisation level would determine the population growth of Urban
Growth Centres, and it would be dependent on the difference between urban and rural growth rates.
‘Urban-Rural Growth Differential’ means the difference between the population growth rate of urban and rural
areas. It is observed that the difference is maintained for an indefinite future period without leading to absurd
results by using the URGD Method. This is irrespective of the current urbanisation level, total population growth
rate, or whether the rural population is increasing or diminishing.
First, villages are classified under rural and urban character based on the parameters satisfied by them as
explained in the assessment of urban/rural development potential of 814 villages in Chapter 9. Urban villages are
selected based on parameters 1 to 8.
Then, the population for each of the 233 villages is projected, and the total natural population is worked out.
144
Chapter 11: Regional Economic Positioning and Socio-economic Projections
For village-wise population projections, villages are classified into two categories based on their growth rates
from 2001 to 2011. The incremental increase method is used for villages with growth rates more than the average
growth rate of 233 villages in Urban Growth Centres. In contrast, the arithmetic increase method is used for
villages with growth rates below average. First, the average increase per decade is found out in the incremental
increase method, and then the average percentage increase per decade is worked out. The future population is
worked out from the following equation:
Pn = P + n * d + (n*(n+1)/2)*t))
Where Pn is the future population after n decades, P is the present population, n is number of decades, d is average
increase per decade, t is average incremental increase per decade.
Then, inputs such as urban population, rural population, total population, urban growth rate, and rural growth rate
of each village in Urban Growth Centres are inserted in the URGD method formula. Refer to the formula shown in
Figure 11.1. The existing urban population will be multiplied with a factor of urban-rural growth differential. The
factor considers average urban-rural growth difference for the past three decades, existing rural and total
population and future total population projected using arithmetic/incremental increase method. This calculation
procedure is adopted for all eighteen Urban Growth Centres.
Urban Population in URGD
Urban Population in URGD method has been calculated by adding the population of villages categorized as
Urban within the DP planning Area. About 104 villages have been categorized as Urban in URGD method. The
process of selecting Urban villages is represented through the maps (Fig.11.2 to Fig.11.7) and explained though
four steps in the following table (Table 11.1).
Table 11.1: Categorizing Urban Villages in URGD
No. of
Category of Vil- Villages
No Remark
lages
Villages are selected as Urban if they fulfil all the three Census
1 Census Towns 29 parameters of Population >5,000, Density >400 pph, and Main male
working population in non agriculture >75%
Further, some more villages qualify as Urban if they fulfil both the
Villages with High following parameters since they indiate that they are already urbanised:
Density and high
1. Villages having Population Density greater than 400 pph (as per the
2 workforce in Non 21
census definition)
Agricultural
Acitivites 2. Villages having Main Male Working population engaged in non
agricultural employment higher than 75%
Additionally, villages are shortlisted as Urban if they fulfil both the
Villages with following parameters they can become an Urban Nucleus within each DP
good connectivity PA in future and attract rural migrants:
3 and high density 47 1. Villages along National and State Highways, Expressway, proposed
considered as Ring Road and with Railway stations
Urban 2. Villages having Population Density greater than 400 pph (as per the
census definition)
Villages are added to Urban Category based on the Planning Intent such
as:
1. Villages with proximity to proposed Airport: Vanpuri, Sonori, Dive
Villages 2. Villages with presence of Proposed ITP/ TPS: Urse, Manjari Kh.
Additionally
3. Village with excellent connectivity (Proximity to Highway, Expressway,
4 considered as 10
Ring Road and Railway): Shirgaon
Urban as per
Planning Intent 4. Villages with existing IT Cluster: Man, Bhoirwadi
5. Village fully built up: Kune N. M.
6. Village with urbanisation potential due to high Population and Density:
Rakshewadi
145
From above selected villages, 5 villages are omitted, inspite of meeting

5 Villages omitted -5 above criteria, due to constraints. Such villages are Kolwadi, Chivhewadi,
Holewadi, Kedgaon, and Sandbhorwadi
Devghar, Bhaje, Kune N.m., Indori, Kanhe, Malvali, Bebad Ohol, Gahunje,
Karla, Patan, Varsoli, Waksai, Varale, Urse, Parandwadi, Somatane,
Shirgaon, Sangavade, Brahman Wadi, Mohitewadi, Dongargaon, Khadkale
(CT), Sudumbare, Kusgaon Bk. (CT), Talegaon Dabhade (R), Bhoirwadi,
Man, Mahalunge, Bavadhan BK, Kasar Amboli, Sus, Bhugaon, Marunji,
Hinjavadi, Pirangut, Dive, Sonori, Vanpuri, Pawarwadi, Alandi, Charholi Kh.,
Kelgaon, Khalumbare, Moi, Chimbali, Mahalunge, Shiroli, Waki Kh.,
Yevalewadi, Kuruli, Medankarwadi, Kadachiwadi, Rase, Nanekarwadi,
Total ‘Urban’
6 102 Kharabwadi, Rakshewadi, Chandoli, Satkarsthal, Yawat, Kedgaon Station,
Villages in URGD
Boripardhi, Awhalwadi, Manjari Kh., Autad Handewadi, Khed Shivapur,
Loni- kand, Koregaon Mul, Kadamvak Wasti, Kunjirwadi, Kopare, Dehu,
Holkarwadi, Kirkitwadi, Kondhave Dhavade, Perane, Uruli Kanchan,
Sortapwadi, Manjari Bk, Pisoli, Loni-kalbhor, Vitthal Nagar, Nimbalkarwadi,
Ramnagar, Vadgaon Shinde, Wagholi, Khadakwasale, Nanded, Malinagar,
Mangewadi, Jambhulwadi, Narhe, Kelavade, Kamthadi, Shindewadi, Velu,
Kapurhol, Nasrapur, Karegaon, Shikrapur, Ranjangaon Ganpati, Koregaon
Bhima (CT), Sanaswadi (CT)
Figure 11.2: Villages fulfilling all three Census Figure 11.3: Villages with High Density and High Main
parameters (Census Towns) considered as Urban Male Workforce in Non-agriculture considered as Urban
Figure 11.4: Villages with good Connectivity and Figure 11.5: Villages additionally considered as Urban as
Population Density greater than 400 pph considered per Planning Intent
as Urban
146
Figure 11.6: Villages Removed from Urban category Figure 11.7: Urban villages in URGD
due to constraints
Projections for Projects
1. The population of various projects in the Study Area such as Townships, Town Planning Schemes and
Sanctioned Layouts are calculated based on the following:
2. PMRDA has approved 16 townships over 2,018 hectares - 15 townships in Urban Growth Centres and 1 in
Rural Area. The population of each township is estimated based on the gross residential density of 250 PPH.
3. Populations of six notified Town Planning Schemes (TPS) are considered as per their respective TPS reports.
4. The Study Area has about 3,592 hectares of sanctioned layouts, out of which 2,527 hectares are in Urban
Growth Centres and 867 hectares in Rural Areas. The population of sanctioned layouts is calculated by
considering the gross residential density of 250 PPH.
5. Promoting greenfield development at Saswad Growth Centre is a planning strategy, considering the proposed
Chhatrapati Sambhaji Raje International Airport. Since this Growth Centre does not have an adequate existing
population, the projections can not reach a sufficient population required to justify amenities and other public
developments. Hence, Saswad Growth Centre’s population is induced by proposing a consolidated residential
development of 225 hectares and a gross density of 250 PPH applied to 50% of the area.
To estimate employment and households of the projects in Urban Growth Centres, Workforce Participation Ratio
and Household size are projected for 2021 using the incremental increase method. The incremental increase
method is used since the projects are majorly present in the villages that show higher than average growth rates.
By this method, WFPR comes out to be 48.6%, and household size works out to be 4. These numbers are used to
calculate employment and households for the ‘Projects’ population for years 2021, 2031 and 2041.
Total Study Area Population

The total Study Area population is worked out by adding individual populations of Urban Growth Centres, Rural
Areas, Townships, TP Schemes and sanctioned layouts.
Employment and households are estimated using the Census 1991, 2001 and 2011 datasets and methodology as
explained above.
Population, employment and household projections for each Growth Centre are provided in Table 11.6, 11.7 and
11.8.
147
Table 11.2: Summary of Projections for Study Area
Key Projections 2011 2018 2021 2031 2041

UGC Population 953,579 1,667,369 1,989,629 2,977,366 4,074,098
UGC Employment 417,287 744,827 893,163 1,343,285 1,842,331
UGC Households 210,669 398,287 483,764 745,478 1,040,985
UGC Household Size 4.5 4.2 4.1 4 3.9
UGC Workforce Participation Rates 43.80% 44.70% 44.90% 45.10% 45.20%
RA Population 757,913 961,242 1,048,383 1,172,550 1,296,718
RA Employment 407,437 527,263 577,770 673,299 767,981
RA Household 152,340 204,451 226,785 259,654 292,523
RA Household Size 5 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4
RA Workforce Participation Rates 53.80% 54.90% 55.10% 57.40% 59.20%
Total Population 1,711,492 2,628,611 3,038,012 4,149,916 5,370,815
Total Employment 824,724 1,272,090 1,470,933 2,016,584 2,610,311
Total Households 363,009 602,739 710,549 1,005,132 1,333,507
Household Size 4.7 4.4 4.3 4.1 4
Workforce Participation Rates 48.19% 48.39% 48.42% 48.59% 48.60%

Note: UGC - Urban Growth Centres; RA - Rural Areas. Numbers for 2011 are based on Census 2011 data.
11.2 Regional Economic Positioning
The truncated pyramid represents the PMR economy. The base constitutes four sectors indicating high productivity.
The top two sectors denote weak productivity with untapped potential, and the middle sector - research and
education demonstrates its strategic importance by serving a skilled workforce for all the sectors. Refer to Figure
11.8.
148
Figure 11.8: Existing Economic Base and Proposed Catalysts
Although Pune’s key strengths are manufacturing (automobile and engineering), IT/ITES, education and research
and emerging biotech, pharma industry, other cities have already established their stronghold at the national level.
For example, automobile manufacturing has been a stronghold of Chennai. Bangalore supersedes Pune in terms
of IT exports, the number of higher education institutes and innovation quotient (patents filed), and biotech sector
output. Hyderabad is India’s Pharma hub. Moving forward, prospects for higher Quality of Life (QOL), relatively
lower cost of living, and the availability of economic opportunities would be the key differentiator for PMR to
sustain its economic competitiveness. Figure 11.9 highlights the regional economic competitiveness of PMR.
Figure 11.9: Regional Economic Competitiveness of PMR
149
Strategic regional infrastructure development projects and external development initiatives are likely to improve
PMR’s attractiveness for investments. For example, international airports at Navi Mumbai and Saswad, railway
infrastructure up-gradation, Dighi port development, Development Plans for NAINA and MSRDC (71 villages) and
PMR level development initiatives such as MIDC planned land consolidation, 2 Ring Roads and Metro proposals
are likely to be growth drivers for the Study Area.
PMR is witnessing a spur in investments into auto, engineering, IT/ITESand FMCG (Fast Moving Consumer Goods).
While these sectors are foreseen as future employment growth drivers, emerging trends are also assessed to
understand prospects for these sectors. It is identified based on market intelligence, understanding emerging
global trends, considering government policies and capturing stakeholder aspirations.
Potential Economic Drivers

Proposed economic sectors for the Study Area are organised into three categories as below based on the aspects
discussed above:
Hinterland Sectors: Synergies from District Catchment
• Automotive (Production and R&D)

• High-tech Engineering
• Information Technology, IT Enabled Services
• Logistics and Warehousing (FMCG, Agriculture Manufacturing and Retail Industry)
• Education, Research and Skill Development
• Smart Agriculture (High-value Agriculture, Agri-mechanisation, Traceability of Agriculture and Food)
• Tourism (Leisure, Agro, Heritage, Adventure Tourism)
• Wellness Tourism (Hospitals, Wellness Centres, Yoga and Spiritual Tourism, Alternative Medicines)
Demand Pull Sectors: Synergies from Competing Regions
• Electronics (for Industries, Government, Services Sector and Agriculture)

• Life Sciences (Biotech, Pharmaceuticals, Medical Devices etc.)
• Banking, Financial Services and Insurance (BFSI)
• Agro and Food Processing
• Design (Animation and Gaming)
• Healthcare
• Media and Entertainment
Sunrise Sectors : Synergies from Global and India Growth
• Innovation and High-tech Industries (Industry 4.0)

• Defense Equipment Manufacturing
• Renewable Energy (Biofuels, Methanol, Hydrogen fuel cells, Clean Energy related component manufacturing/
assembly)
• Electric Mobility
• IoT, AI and Robotics
• Blockchain and Fin-tech
150
Table 11.3: Assessment of Future Potential of Existing Growth Drivers of PMR
Economic Transition Strategy

Historical trends in GDP and employment growth indicate that economy of PMR is in a transition phase, where the
primary sector is likely to face a decline in output with a scarcity of workforce, the secondary sector growth rate is
likely to slow down, and the services sector would witness significant growth as the Study Area urbanises, over
the next two decades. Economic transition strategy essentially addresses this phase by recommending sectors
that would play the role of sustainer, enabler or driver of this economic transition to diversify the economy.
Sustainers
Findings from the demographic and economic analysis point out three main challenges for the Study Area:
upgrading skills of the workforce, increasing income levels and raising affordability, addressing the shrinking
employment base of the agriculture sector.
These challenges are linked to the livelihood source of 53% of the Study Area workforce, i.e. the agriculture sector,
that has been grappling with the lowest productivity (GDP contribution below 5%). Therefore, the economic
transition should begin from the agriculture sector. Improving the productivity of the agriculture sector through
‘value addition’ and leveraging the services sector to bridge the gap between production and processing would
kick start the economic transition.
The burgeoning service sector (commercial and logistics), which is already absorbing most of the unskilled and
semi-skilled workforce of the Study Area, can seamlessly connect the farm and consumer/agro and food
processing industry.
Adopting technology for mechanised farming, weather and market predictability, traceability, agricultural research
can be the means of improving productivity. Therefore, sectors such as smart agriculture, agricultural biotechnology
and FMCG (agro and food processing, supply chain logistics) are seen as employment ‘sustainers’ that would
retain the jobs dependent on agriculture. The sectors shall be promoted on the agriculturally productive east side
and near the proposed airport, which is seen as a gateway to agrarian districts of western Maharashtra.
Enablers
Tourism, construction and education sectors can ‘enable’ the transition from primary sector employment in the
short term. The tourism sector is already established as a source of employment for the rural workforce.
Consolidation of this sector is needed by promoting Tourism Getaways, i.e. aggregation of tourism developments
representing particular themes. Leisure, Wellness and Adventure tourism in the Western Ghats, Religious/Spiritual
tourism on the north side, Heritage tourism on the south/southwest and agro-tourism on the east side of PMR
should be incentivised.
Committed public investments in regional infrastructure and downstream real estate development could trigger
substantial jobs in the construction sector. Vocational training of the local workforce and skilling centres should
be set up on priority by engaging large industries and SMEs.
151
Drivers
Manufacturing, IT and the commercial sector are likely to continue as the ‘drivers’ of the economy. As industry
majors are already transforming their operations to embrace Industry 4.0, IoT and digitisation for higher
productivity, it would require its ancillaries (SMEs) to organise themselves to remain relevant.
SMEs are the largest employment generator and are likely to create substantial new jobs in industrial ancillaries,
IT/ITES, e-commerce and supply chain logistics.
Ecosystem requirements of these newer versions of industries will have to be planned proactively by establishing
newer IT parks, business parks, logistics clusters and industrial clusters. These could be set up in the north, east
and south of the Study Area for balanced regional growth.
Although electronics, life sciences, design (animation and gaming), media and entertainment, defence
manufacturing, renewable energy, blockchain and fin-tech are not seen as drivers of the PMR economy, these
need to be encouraged to diversify the economy.
Employment Projections
Data Sourcing Limitation
• Most of the statistical information is available at the taluka/district/state level, whereas the Study Area/
Planning Area is defined with villages (814 Villages). This necessitated the compilation of data at the village
level from the Census 1991, 2001 and 2011.
• Census data does not provide employment by each sector. Therefore, the district level report on the Sixth
Economic Census Maharashtra State 2013-14 is used to fill this gap.
Derivation of Employment Split by Sector, 2011
As per Census 2011, total employment of the Planning Area was 8.25 lakh. (Refer to Table 11.4)
Table 11.4: Employment Scenario of Planning Area Census 1991, 2001, 2011
CAGR CAGR
Employment as
1991 2001 2011 (2001- (2011-
per Census Data
1991) 2001)
Total 450,523 100.00% 629,718 100% 824,724 100% 3.4% 2.7%

employment
Total Primary 333,027 73.9% 434,191 68.9% 438,399 53.2% 2.7% 0.1%
Sector
Agri. Labourers 237,200 52.6% 304,972 48.4% 292,092 35.4% 2.5% -0.4%
Cultivators 85,735 19.0% 114,168 18.1% 124,533 15.1% 2.9% 0.9%
HH Industries 10,092 2.2% 15,050 2.4% 21,773 2.6% 4.1% 3.8%
Others
117,496 26.1% 195,527 31.0% 386,325 46.8% 5.2% 7.0%
(Secondary &
Tertiary Sector)
As of 2011, primary sector employment was 53% (agricultural laborious, cultivators, and household industries).
Census data classifies the rest of the employment as ‘Others’ which was 47%. ‘Others’ represents combined
secondary and tertiary sector employment.
Census figures show downward trends in the primary sector share in rural employment from 74% in 1991 to 69%
in 2001 and 53% in 2011. By 2011, its GDP contribution was about 4%. Total primary sector employment CAGR
between 1991-2001 was 2.7% whereas it was 0.1% between 2001-2011. This aligns with the observed trend of
152
shrinking agricultural employment due to the low productivity of the sector and also the rural exodus.
Census 1991, 2001, 2011 figures indicate that the combined share of secondary and tertiary sectors increased
from 26% in 1991 to 31% in 2001 and 47% in 2011. Combined secondary and tertiary sector employment CAGR
between 1991-2001 was 5.2% whereas it was 7% between 2001-2011. This is in tandem with spillover of the
secondary sector (non-manufacturing) activities (construction material production and mining) and tertiary
sector activities (logistics, commercial, tourism support, education, health etc.) into the rural areas. This is mainly
due to large land uptakes in rural areas and the higher cost of operations in urban areas.
In order to understand the break up of the secondary and tertiary sector by 2011, the ‘Others’ category of
employment is subdivided using the sectoral shares depicted in the Sixth Economic Census of Maharashtra 2013-
14.
The resultant split is regrouped into the secondary and tertiary sector. Thus, the sectoral employment breakdown
of 2011 is derived for the primary sector (53%), secondary sector (29%) and tertiary sector (18%) for the Planning
Area. (Refer to Table 11.4).
Employment Projection by Sector: 2011-2041

The URGD method is used to project Planning Area employment by 2041 (along with population and households).
The Planning Area would have 26.1 lakh total employment as per the same.
While keeping an ultimate target as 26.1 lakh, the previously mentioned derived sectoral split of 2011 is analysed
and projected till 2041 by using the Linear Regression method.
However, as per the Linear Regression method, the share of certain sectors was observed to be constantly
decreasing while the same for certain sectors was continually increasing. For example, agriculture’s share would
follow the trend and reduce to a single-digit share till 2041. On the other hand, sporadic expansion of IT companies
in the late 1990s and early 2000s contributed to an exponential increase in the combined share of the secondary
and tertiary sector, which almost doubled between 1991-2011.
Using only these growth rates would have resulted in skewed projections. Therefore, during the regression
analysis, both sectoral shares and CAGR are used as variables to project the sectoral employment till 2031, and
2031 figures are tweaked to align with envisaged growth as per planning intent to derive 2041 employment.
The methodology used to project sector-wise employment projections is as follows (Refer to Table 11.4):
Primary Sector
Considering historic data from 1991 to 2011, the share of the primary sector, with respect to overall employment,
dropped from 74% to 53%, and CAGR declined from 3% to 0.1% over the
past three decades. 2041 employment is projected considering a CAGR of 1% to ensure that projected employment
does not shrink below the 2011 figures of primary sector employment.
This implies retaining rural jobs by improving the productivity of the sector as per the proposed economic transition
strategy. The resultant share of the primary sector would reach 25% of total employment by 2041.
153
Table 11.5: Employment Projections
Employment Projec- 2011* 2011 2041

No 2011 2021 2031 2041 CAGR
tion Share Share Share
1 Primary 53.16% 438,399 702,033 766,255 652,578 25.00% 1.4%
Secondary (Non-man-
2 2.65% 21,826 39,974 85,704 122,685 4.70% 6.1%
ufacturing)
3 Automotive 1.73% 14,237 26,211 36,698 65,258 5.4%
4 Auto-ancillary 6.75% 55,631 102,416 127,771 190,553 4.3%
5 Engineering 4.36% 35,937 66,160 92,632 156,619 5.2%
6 Pharma 0.58% 4,752 8,749 16,121 52,206 8.6%
7 Biotech 0.06% 488 898 5,129 33,934 15.8%
8 Electronics 3.42% 28,193 51,902 77,437 130,516 5.4%
9 Food processing 0.32% 2,632 4,846 19,359 78,309 12.4%
10 Heavy machinery 0.39% 3,255 5,993 5,496 7,831 3.1%
11 Others 0.62% 5,085 9,362 6,543 2,610 -2.3%

Information and
communication
12 (including computer 1.61% 13,300 26,569 52,035 91,361 6.9%
system, consulting and
related services)
IT- Other service
13 activities (not 6.67% 55,044 95,343 136,079 195,773 4.5%
classified elsewhere)
Secondary (Manufac-
26.5% 218,555 398,447 575,299 1,004,970 38.50% 5.4%
turing + IT)
Sales, Maintenance
14 1.38% 11,352 29,419 50,415 73,089 6.6%
and Repair
15 Wholesale trade 1.24% 10,257 32,361 53,843 78,309 7.3%
Freight and Storage
16 (with postal and 2.08% 17,168 40,009 90,746 130,516 7.3%
courier work)
17 Retail trade 3.91% 23,974 54,425 78,647 104,412 5.2%
Restaurants and
18 2.16% 17,853 31,842 69,846 78,309 5.2%
hotels
Financial and
19 0.99% 8,200 14,874 40,099 57,427 6.9%
Insurance Work
20 Real estate work 0.56% 4,657 8,305 18,220 31,324 6.8%
Arts, Entertainment,
Sports and
21 Entertainment 0% 10,083 13,052 2.9%
(excluding illegal
gambling and betting)
Vocational, scientific
and technical work
22 (including advertising, 5.56% 45,877 88,256 127,045 156,619 4.3%
marketing, research,
and veterinary work)
154
Organized
administrative and
support service
activities (travel
23 0% 14,709 16,133 20,882 2.9%
agency, routine work
and session and
organized trade
exhibitions)
24 Educational 0.39% 3,180 9,561 24,199 54,817 10.3%
Human health and
social work (including
25 residential and 0.42% 3,425 6,720 10,050 31,324 7.9%
non-residential
resident center)
Tertiary 17.70% 145,944 330,480 589,326 830,079 31.80% 6.2%
Total Employment 100% 100% 824,724 1,470,933 2,016,584 2,610,311 100% ~
Secondary Sector - Non-manufacturing
With increased urbanisation, non-manufacturing activities such as mining, construction and utilities sub-sectors
are likely to expand. 2041 employment is projected to catch up to a CAGR of 5% by 2041. It is defined to ensure
that the secondary (non-manufacturing) sector’s employment growth rate remains in tandem with the population
growth rate.
Secondary Sector - Manufacturing
With an established strong foothold into the region and the anticipated 4th industrial revolution, the industrial
sector’s share is envisaged to grow from 27% to 39%. As shown in Table 11.4, sub-sectors such as automotive,
auto ancillaries, engineering, and electronics are projected to grow at a CAGR of 3-4% each, in alignment with the
past trend and continue to be major employment generators. Sub-sectors such as pharma, food processing and
biotech are not strongholds of the region but need to be promoted to drive the economic transition. Therefore, an
aggressive CAGR of 6%, 9%, and 11% respectively, is targeted to push growth into these sub-sectors.
Secondary Sector - IT
As per NASSCOM data, IT sector employment in the Pune division was 4.5 lakh in 2018. As per the ‘Socio-Economic
Survey of Pune City’ by Karve Institute in 2008-09, IT sector employment in the Pune division was 2.25 lakh (1999),
mainly concentrated in and around Hinjawadi.
CBRE’s real estate database suggests that at PMR level, the built-up area under IT was 34.1 million square feet
before 2014, and it grew to 42.2 million square feet by 2018 (Q4). Vacancy in stock was 7% by 2018. Assuming 100
square feet of built-up area per IT worker, the PMR IT workforce works out to be 4.2 lacs, close to the NASSCOM
data.
Based on these two sources, it can be observed that Pune Division’s IT sector employment grew from 2.25 lakh to
about 4.5 lakh by 2018 at a CAGR of about 3.7%.
PMR level direct IT employment is projected to increase at a CAGR of 3% (assuming marginal growth scenario)
from 4.2 lakh to about 7.1 lakh by 2041.
Assuming that the Study Area would take up a 40% share from PMR, the IT sector’s new employment is estimated
to be 2.9 lakh by 2041.
IT sector employment is validated by projecting employment of the Study Area, using Census 2011 data and
classifying it into economic sub-sectors using sub-sector-wise employment data provided in the 6th Economic
Census of Maharashtra (2012-13). Projected employment for 2041 based on this data also comes out to be 2.9
lakh.
155
Tertiary Sector
Services sector (vocational, technical, scientific, marketing, advertisement, research etc.) represents a major
share of the tertiary sector and is anticipated to maintain a 2011 share of 6% of overall employment. Logistics,
sales-maintenance-repair, wholesale trade, restaurants and hotel, retail trade, finance, and insurance show high
growth due to rapid urbanisation and change in urban lifestyle. Therefore, these sectors are projected to grow at
a CAGR of 4-5%. Although human health and education have a small share at present, these sectors are envisaged
to diversify the economy. Therefore, an aggressive CAGR of 6% and 8% respectively, is targeted to push the growth
of these sub-sectors.
Thus, out of the projected 26.1 lakh employment in 2041 for the Planning Area, the primary sector share is 25%,
secondary sector (non-manufacturing) share is 5%, secondary sector (manufacturing) share is 28%, secondary
sector (IT) share is 11%, and the tertiary sector share is 32%. (Refer to Table 11.5)
Figure 11.10 shows the envisaged economic transition and projected employment by 2041.
Figure 11.10: Economic Transition and Projected Employment 2041
Proposed Employment Distribution
While projecting the Planning Area employment, using the URGD method, 2041 employment of urban (Development
Plan Growth Centres) and rural areas is also projected. As per the same, urban and rural areas would generate 18.4
lakh and 7.7 lakh employment, respectively. Distribution of this employment is carried out based on the following
rationale:
Rural Area (NPA)
Primary sector employment was largely generated from rural areas (about 70%) considering Census 1991 and
2001 data. Agriculture is the most dominating sub-sector within the primary sector. Out of total agricultural land,
the rural area holds about 83% of the land, which is either under agriculture/command area/land with potential for
agriculture. Therefore, 83% (about 5.4 lakh) of projected primary sector employment would be located in rural
156
areas. In terms of projected rural employment, it represents a 71% share.
Secondary sector (non-manufacturing) is proposed to be located entirely within the rural area since it is a land-
intensive sector and not compatible in terms of land values of an urban area. This translates to about 16% of rural
employment (about 1.2 lakh) in the secondary (non-manufacturing) sector.
Secondary sector (manufacturing) activities are not to be dispersed in the rural areas since industrial nodes thrive
on ‘cluster or network effect’ which is already established at industrial clusters in urban areas.
The tertiary sector would absorb the balance 13% of rural employment (about 1.03 lakh), to service the needs of
the rural population and other sectors proposed for rural areas such as tourism, primary and non-manufacturing
sectors.
Urban Area (Urban Growth Centres)

Large chunks of irrigated agricultural lands are also present in urban areas, employing the workforce, which is
likely to continue agriculture practice in future. This is also necessary to provide a certain degree of resilience in
food production to support urban consumer needs. Considering this, the remaining 17% of primary sector
employment (about 1.1 lakh) is anticipated in urban areas.
The secondary sector (non-manufacturing) is not compatible in terms of land values of urban areas. Moreover, its
operations and logistics pose environmental challenges and traffic congestion to the densely populated urban
areas. Therefore, employment under this sector is not considered for the urban area.
Secondary sector (manufacturing) activities are to be consolidated in the urban areas since industrial nodes thrive
on ‘cluster or network effect’, which is already established at industrial clusters in urban areas. Therefore, urban
areas would absorb 100% of the secondary sector (manufacturing + IT) employment (7.2+2.9=10.1 lakh).
The tertiary sector would absorb the remaining employment (7.3 lakh) to service the needs of the urban population
and other sectors proposed for the urban area.
Table 11.6: Employment Distribution - 2041
Total em- Overall Sectoral Share Employment Split Employment Share (%)
Sector
ployment
Rural Urban Rural Urban Rural Urban
Primary Sector 652,578 83% 17% 541,640 110,938 71% 6%
Secondary - Non
122,685 100% 0% 122,685 0 16% 0%
Manufacturing
Secondary -
717,836 0% 100% 0 717,836 0% 39%
Manufacturing
IT/ITES 287,134 0% 100% 0 287,134 0% 16%
Total Secondary 1,127,655 11% 89% 122,685 1,004,970 16% 55%
Commercial 462,025 19% 81% 87,367 374,658 11% 20%
Logistics 281,914 0% 100% 0 281,914 0% 15%
Education & Health 86,140 19% 81% 16,289 69,851 2% 4%
Total Tertiary 830,079 12% 88% 103,656 726,423 13% 39%
Overall 2,610,312 29% 71% 767,981 1,842,331 100% 100%
157
11.3 Summary
Table 11.2 represents a summary of socioeconomic projections for the Study Area. It is elaborated as below:
1. The Study Area’s total population in 2041 is projected to be 53.70 lakh - 40.74 lakh in Urban Growth Centres
and 12.96 lakh in Rural Areas. Refer Table 11.7 for Population for each Growth Centre and Rural Area.
Table 11.7: Breakup of Population Projections for Urban Growth Centres and Rural Areas.
TOT_P TOT_P TOT_P Total_P Total_P Total_P Total_P

No PLANNING AREA
(1991) (2001) (2011) (2018) (2021) (2031) (2041)
1 Chakan 38,433 57,873 104,372 168,715 199,876 278,563 381,153
2 Alandi 21,748 30,220 39,510 61,589 71,276 82,713 95,641
3 Wagholi 26,611 41,704 71,341 170,206 214,747 264,855 329,431
4 Loni Kalbhor 61,571 80,189 112,358 163,229 186,793 504,376 833,710
5 Khadakwasla 18,791 42,138 77,258 123,049 143,041 209,127 277,662
6 Pirangut 29,320 37,493 61,111 162,852 208,189 325,594 454,553
7 Hinjawadi 29,622 42,398 62,509 121,464 147,688 287,771 434,241
8 Talegaon 35,265 47,641 77,603 163,551 202,877 266,655 347,040
9 Malavali 21,036 28,539 40,351 88,173 109,289 126,130 147,109
10 Khed-Rajgurunagar 16,614 21,324 31,251 45,520 52,042 64,260 79,186
11 Shikrapur 30,344 46,292 68,504 97,924 111,243 142,263 178,019

12 Uruli Kanchan
45,449 54,659 66,971 87,029 95,693 106,088 116,936

13 Saswad
14,853 16,932 17,373 20,465 21,790 51,215 80,641

14 Khed-Shivapur
13,699 17,334 20,034 25,066 27,222 30,411 33,599

15 Nasrapur
15,306 17,479 19,605 30,869 35,696 38,037 40,378

16 Ranjangaon
15,346 22,854 40,381 77,957 95,270 123,358 159,504

17 Yawat
11,626 15,106 18,038 24,060 26,640 29,626 32,611

18 Kedgaon
13,183 19,812 25,009 35,652 40,257 46,323 52,684
Total Urban Growth
Centres 458,817 639,987 953,579 1,667,369 1,989,629 2,977,366 4,074,098

Total Rural Areas
600,316 698,394 757,913 961,242 1,048,383 1,172,550 1,296,718
Total Study Area
1,059,133 1,338,381 1,711,492 2,628,611 3,038,012 4,149,916 5,370,815
158
2. The projected working population for Study Area in 2041 stands at 26.1 lakh - comprising 18.4 lakh jobs in
Urban Growth Centres and 7.7 lakh jobs in Rural Area. Study Area’s employment is projected based on Census
data and using the URGD method. It is to be noted that this is projected resident workforce/employment
without a sector-wise breakdown, and not total employment generated in a particular Growth Centre. The
projected employment generation per Growth Centre is provided in Chapter 12.
Table 11.8: Breakup of Resident Workforce Projections
No Employment 1991 2001 2011 2018 2021 2031 2041

1 Chakan
19,117 27,339 48,209 77,888 92,353 129,195 177,670

2 Alandi
10,326 14,855 18,446 28,600 32,944 37,446 42,677

3 Wagholi
10,916 17,459 29,723 73,979 93,707 113,398 138,712

4 Loni Kalbhor
16,962 18,745 46,714 74,277 87,089 238,507 396,750

5 Khadakwasla
5,309 4,204 31,038 59,547 72,748 113,312 160,423

6 Pirangut
9,145 13,595 27,016 77,502 99,898 154,639 214,442

7 Hinjawadi
12,586 20,588 29,579 56,558 68,369 130,751 194,807

8 Talegaon
18,746 23,036 32,441 67,095 82,564 103,491 128,527

9 Malavali
7,534 11,612 14,429 34,873 43,699 47,513 51,755
Khed-
10
Rajgurunagar 7,819 11,057 15,371 21,934 24,861 29,942 35,783

11 Shikrapur
13,682 21,160 31,076 43,036 49,342 62,762 77,760
Uruli
12
Kanchan 20,388 25,295 29,105 38,683 42,805 47,359 52,032

13 Saswad
7,279 9,510 10,321 12,325 13,184 27,653 42,122
Khed-
14
Shivapur 5,818 8,626 9,169 12,007 13,223 14,643 16,063

15 Nasrapur
7,447 8,968 9,352 14,582 16,826 17,994 19,180

16 Ranjangaon
3,122 7,930 15,404 23,668 27,619 37,161 50,045

17 Yawat
5,047 6,887 8,470 11,417 12,680 14,257 15,835

18 Kedgaon
5,014 8,030 11,424 16,853 19,251 23,263 27,748
Total Urban
186,257 258,896 417,287 744,827 893,163 1,343,285 1,842,331
Area
Total Rural
264,266 370,822 407,437
Area 527,263 577,770 673,299 767,981
Total Study
450,523 629,718 824,724 1,272,090 1,470,933 2,016,584 2,610,311
Area
159
3. Average household size for Study Area would be 4 by 2041, whereas the same for Urban Area is expected to
be 3.9 and 4.4 for Rural Area. Household size is likely to shrink with rising education levels and cost of living.
Based on this, estimated housing demand within the Study Area by 2041 would be 13.34 lakh - urban 10.4lakh
and rural 3 lakh.
Table 11.9: Breakup of Household Projections
No Households 1991 2001 2011 2018 2021 2031 2041
1 Chakan 6,524 11,549 24,890 42,946 51,829 75,882 107,568
2 Alandi 3,834 5,810 8,178 13,710 16,137 18,950 22,135
3 Wagholi 4,840 8,378 15,866 40,638 51,811 64,519 80,936
4 Loni Kalbhor 11,894 9,498 24,694 38,359 44,653 124,113 206,494
5 Khadakwasla 3,805 1,859 17,921 34,869 42,796 66,710 95,045
6 Pirangut 5,533 5,754 14,378 42,844 55,879 91,253 132,197
7 Hinjawadi 5,139 8,348 13,897 29,175 35,994 71,776 109,369
8 Talegaon 7,892 10,953 16,084 34,316 42,425 53,403 66,353
9 Malavali 3,892 5,576 7,776 18,989 23,863 26,511 29,609

Khed-
10 2,858 4,143 6,743 10,474 12,181 15,447 19,431
Rajgurunagar
11 Shikrapur 5,715 9,691 15,789 23,564 27,127 36,072 46,560
Uruli
12 9,015 11,260 14,486 19,616 21,840 24,569 27,463
Kanchan
13 Saswad 2,797 3,341 3,693 4,531 4,890 12,340 19,790
Khed-
14
Shivapur 2,686 3,487 4,254 5,521 6,063 6,873 7,682

15 Nasrapur
2,839 3,522 4,235 7,212 8,506 9,456 10,523

16 Ranjangaon
2,519 4,303 8,952 18,704 23,234 31,041 41,191

17 Yawat
2,294 3,068 3,808 5,281 5,913 6,617 7,322

18 Kedgaon
2,399 3,804 5,025 7,539 8,624 9,948 11,316
Total Urban
114,344 210,669 398,287 483,764 1,040,985
Area 86,475 745,478
Total Rural
107,055 134,052 152,340 204,451 226,785
Area 259,654 292,523
Total Study
193,530 248,396 363,009 602,739 710,549 1,005,132 1,333,507
Area
4. From 2018, Study Area Population is likely to grow at 3.2% per annum, with a healthy growth rate of 4.0% for
Urban Areas and stable growth rate of 1.3% per annum for Rural Areas.
160
11.4 PMR Level Projections
Table 11.10 summarises PMR population projections, including PMC, PCMC, cantonments, municipal councils
and Study Area.
Table 11.10: PMR Population Projections 2018-2041
Jurisdiction 1991 2001 2011 2018 2021 2031 2041

PMC 1,566,651 2,538,473 3,371,626 3,713,999 3,906,145 4,769,213 5,494,169

PCMC 766,874 1,012,472 1,727,692 2,273,525 2,520,698 3,314,495 4,211,940

Cantonments 201,017 204,359 199,426 205,751 204,074 206,419 207,798
Municipal
Councils and
NPs 153,055 232,900 293,656 345,449 368,298 447,280 530,64
Study Area
- Urban 458,817 639,987 953,579 1,667,369 1,989,629 2,977,366 4,074,098
Study Area
- Rural 600,316 698,394 757,913 961,242 1,048,383 11,72,550 12,96,718
Total Study
Area 10,59,133 13,38,381 17,11,492 26,28,611 30,38,012 41,49,916 53,70,815

Total PMR 37,46,730 53,26,585 73,03,892 91,67,336 1,00,37,226 1,30,99,665 1,53,37,787
161
162
Chapter 12:
Vision Framework
This chapter covers the Vision Framework for PMR. It consists of the vision, goals and strategies to guide the
development of the Pune Metropolitan Region over the next 20 years. Five goals form the fundamental pillars of
the proposed vision. The objective behind the formulation of the vision framework is to inform the downstream
planning process and execution.
By 2041, the Study Area is envisaged to become India’s most livable habitat through setting up and realisation of
five goals: Convenient (Mobility), Prudent (Economy), Resilient (Environment), Efficient (Infrastructure) and Self-
sufficient (Housing and Amenities). The vision is synchronised with PMRDA’s mission to make PMR a premium
international investment destination - ultra-modern and futuristic.
12.1 Background
A bold and clear vision is needed to convey an overarching planning intent along with quantifiable goals and
strategies to precisely guide the downstream development. Five goals - Resilient (Environment), Efficient
(Infrastructure), Convenient (Mobility), Prudent (Economy) and Self-sufficient (Housing and Amenities) are
fundamental pillars of the development of PMR. These five goals will guide strategic actions to implement the
proposed vision.
The proposed vision for the Study Area takes into consideration its world-view and core competencies.
The World-view
‘Queen of the Deccan’ is a world view of Pune, primarily attributed to its green setting. A substantial part of the
Study Area is covered by the Western Ghats that creates this setting. Its green setting shall underpin PMR’s vision.
Core Competencies
Proximity to Mumbai, robust industrial ecosystem and education base with potential for expansion, relatively
cheaper land values and commutable size are core competencies of PMR. Key regional development projects
such as new international airport, ring roads, railway up-gradation, and metros are expected to boost PMR’s
regional economic competitiveness further.
Relatively safe environment, scenic recreational destinations and culturally vibrant Pune city is also a unique
combination that PMR offers compared to other metropolitan regions. Excellent natural setting endowed by the
Western Ghats, which is omnipresent all across the PMR, truly sets it apart from its peers.
12.2 Proposed Vision
Vision 2041 “INDIA’S MOST LIVABLE HABITAT”

Globally, the assets mentioned above are considered as basic parameters to define the livability of a place.
Considering the increasing stress on urban livability, the Study Area shall proactively harness these assets to
become India’s most Livable Metropolitan Habitat (Metropolitan Region). It shall ensure livability by implementing
five Goals as illustrated subsequently in this chapter.
163
Expansion
Draft Development Plan of Pune Metropolitan and up-gradation of highways
Region 2021-2041
Development of Ring Roads
Development of secondary road network
Development of multi-modal hubs and transfer stations
Promote development along transit corridors along with last-mile connectivity
Development of truck terminals
Promote Public Transport &
Increase Its Modal Share Connect employment nodes by mass transit
Development of Metro, linking Growth Centres to PMC and PCMC
Development of suburban railway, crescent railway and high-speed rail
Promote mass transit system/feeder systems within the secondary road
Convenient
Provide Convenient Mobility,
Maximum Accessibility
Prudent
Stimulate Prudent
Growth
Resilient
Increase Resilience by
Reducing Vulnerability
& Mitigating Disasters
ST LIVABLE
O
M
HA
’S
“INDIA
BIT
VISION Efficient
AT”
Manage
2041 Resources Efficiently
Self-sufficient
Build Self-sufficient
Communities
Town planning schemes for implementing Provide adequate and affordable

strategic projects housing for all
Public housing at each growth centre
Guide integrated and equitable
Provide equitable distribution of open neighbourhood development
spaces and social amenities
Development of compact residential
Promote Work-Live concept and develop development along major transit
compact residential development along
corridors
transit corridors
164
Consolidate employment nodes for vibrant economic centres
Chapter 12: Vision Framework
Promote integrated commercial development at major transit hubs enabling
transit services to regional job centres, job creation and investments in transit
serviced locations
Development of tourism nodes
Promote synergies for Industry 4.0 ( Next Generation Industry) through expansion
of industrial development along with technological advancement
Consolidate development of logistics clusters along Crescent railway and radial
roads
Employment Centres Provide logistic hubs as urban-rural nexus
Promote Industrial and Create a vibrant startups ecosystem
Logistics Clusters Add value to existing agro-supply chain through agro-processing/R&D hubs
Promote biotechnology and pharmaceuticals hubs
Promote Innovation Hubs Promote educational hubs focusing on STEM, R&D and skilled development
Empower Rural Development
Protecting Blue Ribbon Protect and conserve all water bodies: streams, rivers, canals, ponds, lakes
and reservoirs
Conserving Green Ribbon
Reduce vulnerability by demarcating flood lines (blue lines) and safeguarding
Protecting Green Segments through green belt
Demarcate flood lines and augment flood control measures
Preserving Green Canvas Develop avenues conceived as a tree-lined road, with Non Motorised
Developing Green Nodes
Protect and Conserve Western Ghats (eco sensitive zone) and forests
Controlled development in eco-sensitive zones, establishing contiguity of
Protect Hilltop & hill slopes
Develop parks as green lungs within Growth Centres
Promote plantation of indigenous trees within Catchment areas and along
bottom of the hills
Protect irrigated agriculture lands in command areas
Promote Carbon Neutral Townships

Promote renewable energy banks within urban and rural centres
Develop efficient networks for Develop trunk infrastructre for water supply and sewage network
for each Growth Centre
piped water supply and
sewage in each Growth Centre Promote recycling of wastewater at each Urban Centre
Recharge groundwater through rainwater harvesting
Promote water conservation
and recycling Decentralisation of solid waste management sites
Promote the in-situ solutions to recycling of organic waste
Promote circular economy Mandate industrial waste recycling and effluent treatment
through waste management
Encourage an increase in renewables share
Encourage share of renewable Facilitate waste to energy concept
energy within the grid
165
Goals, Objectives and Actions

Goal 1 - Convenient: Provide Convenient Mobility, Maximum Accessibility
The convenient goal aims to facilitate complete ease of access to transit facilities, thereby inducing people to use
public transportation over the private mode of transport and prefer to walk. In order to achieve the ‘Convenient’
goal, the following strategies and actions are proposed:
Objective Actions
Action 1: Expansion and up-gradation of highways

Develop Regional
Action 2: Development of Ring Roads
Linkages
Action 3: Development of secondary road network
Action 4: Development of multi-modal hubs and transfer stations

Action 5: Promote development along transit corridors along with last-mile
connectivity
Action 6: Development of truck terminals
Action 7: Connect employment nodes by mass transit
Promote Public Action 8: Development of Metro, linking Growth Centres to PMC and PCMC
Transport and Increase
Its Modal Share Action 9: Development of suburban railway, crescent railway and high-speed rail
Action 10: Promote mass transit system/feeder systems within the secondary road
Goal 2 - Prudent: Stimlate Prudent Growth
The prudent goal aims at delivering a stimulus to the economy and employment through following strategies and
actions:
Objectives Actions
Action 1: Consolidate employment nodes for vibrant economic centres

Action 2: Promote integrated commercial development at major transit hubs
enabling transit services to regional job centres, job creation and investments in
Employment Centres
transit serviced locations
Action 3: Development of tourism nodes
Action 4: Promote synergies for Industry 4.0 ( Next Generation Industry) through
expansion of industrial development along with technological advancement
Promote Industrial and Action 5: Consolidate development of logistics clusters along Crescent railway and
Logistics Clusters radial roads
Action 6: Provide logistic hubs as urban-rural nexus
Action 7: Create a vibrant startups ecosystem

Action 8: Add value to existing agro-supply chain through agro-processing/R&D
hubs
Promote Innovation
Action 9: Promote biotechnology and pharmaceuticals hubs
Hubs
Action 10: Promote educational hubs focusing on STEM, R&D and skilled
development
Action 11: Empower Rural Development
166
Goal 3 - Resilient: Increase Resilience by Reducing Vulnerability and Mitigating Disasters

The resilient goal aims to mitigate disasters through appropriate measures, which would help reduce the
vulnerability of PMR to both natural and human-made disasters. In order to achieve the ‘Resilient’ goal, the
following strategies and actions are proposed:
Objectives Actions
Action 1: Protect and conserve all water bodies: streams, rivers, canals, ponds, lakes
and reservoirs
Action 2: Reduce vulnerability by demarcating flood lines (blue lines) and
safeguarding through green belt
Conserving Green
Action 3: Demarcate flood lines and augment flood control measures
Ribbon
Action 4: Develop avenues conceived as a tree-lined road, with Non Motorised
Action 5: Protect and Conserve Western Ghats (eco sensitive zone) and forests
Action 6: Controlled development in eco-sensitive zones, establishing contiguity of
Protecting Green
Action 7: Protect Hilltop & hill slopes
Segments
Action 8: Develop parks as green lungs within Growth Centres
Action 9: Promote plantation of indigenous trees within Catchment areas and along
bottom of the hills
Preserving Green
Action 10: Protect irrigated agriculture lands in command areas
Canvas
Developing Green Action 11: Promote Carbon Neutral Townships

Nodes Action 12: Promote renewable energy banks within urban and rural centres
Goal 4 - Efficient: Manage Resources Efficiently

The efficient goal aims to ensure availability and sustainable water and sanitation management through improved
physical infrastructure and balanced distribution of natural resources. In order to achieve the ‘Efficient’ goal, the
following strategies and actions are proposed:
Objectives Actions
Develop efficient
systems for water Action 1: Develop trunk infrastructre for water supply and sewage network for each
supply and sewage in Growth Centre
each Growth Centre
Promote water Action 2: Promote recycling of wastewater at each Urban Centre
conservation and
recycling Action 3: Recharge groundwater through rainwater harvesting
Action 4: Decentralisation of solid waste management sites

Promote circular
economy through waste Action 5: Promote the in-situ solutions to recycling of organic waste
management
Action 6: Mandate industrial waste recycling and effluent treatment
Encourage share of Action 7: Encourage an increase in renewables share

renewable energy within
the grid Action 8: Facilitate waste to energy concept
167
Goal 5 - Self-sufficient: Build Self-sufficient Communities

The self-sufficient goal aims at inclusive and equitable distribution of amenities, ensuring healthy lives and
promoting well-being for all. In order to achieve the ‘Self Sufficient’ goal, the following strategies and actions are
proposed:
Objectives Actions
Action 1: Town planning schemes for implementing strategic projects

Provide adequate and
affordable housing for all
Action 2: Public housing at each growth centre
Guide integrated and
equitable neighbourhood Action 3: Provide equitable distribution of open spaces and social amenities
development
Development of compact
residential development Action 4: Promote Work-Live concept and develop compact residential development
along major transit along transit corridors
corridors
In summary, the vision and its implementation strategy are detailed in the above structure incorporating 45
actions. The livability of the region would largely depend on the successful implementation of the strategies
stated above and corresponding representative actions.
12.3 Structure: Translating Goals into Physical Planning Strategies
Proposed zoning ensures that the sectoral development goals are clearly conveyed through it. For brevity, proposed
sectoral goals and their corresponding physical planning strategies are mentioned in Table 12.1.
Table 12.1: Goals and Physical Planning Strategies
Goal Development Sector Addressed Physical Planning Strategies
Convenient Roads and Mass Transport Movement Lattice
Prudent Employment and Housing Work- Live Hubs

Reducing Vulnerability and
Resilient Green-Blue Connectors
Mitigating Disasters
Efficient Infrastructure and Utilities Decentralised Resource Management
Self- sufficient Public Facilities Walkable Neighbourhoods
Subsequent sections elaborate on each of the goals, strategies and translation of sectoral development goals into
appropriate zoning plans.
Movement Lattice Concept

In order to provide maximum accessibility and flexibility for the use of public transport and ease of movement, a
grid network is proposed. Thus the concept ‘Movement Lattice’ is proposed to develop a robust network of roads
and mass transit.
1. ‘Convenient’ goal would be addressed by developing a strong road network so that all the developable areas
would be conveniently accessible
2. It would also provide alternative routes to congested areas, thus inducing smoother traffic flows
3. Reduce the average time spent commuting to work
4. Intermodal integrations that are creating transport nodes within the lattice
5. It implies a lattice (a grid) formed by the existing/proposed roads following maximum spacing of 300 m - 500
m. This would ensure that road density in a Growth Center would increase (> 1km/sqkm) to make it accessible
and improve its carrying capacity
6. Movement lattice concept also includes a web of mass transit corridors running across Growth Centers to
encourage >50% of the residents to use mass transport for their daily commute
168
Work-Live Hub Concept

The Work-Live concept is a physical planning strategy required to facilitate the realisation of the ‘Prudent’ goal. It
aims to reduce the distance between work locations and homes. The concept implies living closer to the workplace.
Consolidated urban development would be based on the Work-Live concept.
• Planning intent here is to:
• Avoid daily commute/external trips to reduce congestion
• Save commuting time to reinvest in recreation
• Foster local employment
In the next 20 years, the promotion of new work hubs, their integration with the city through ring and radial mass
transport corridors and allocating sufficient residential areas around it along with public amenities shall be the top
priority.
Following are the key planning strategies as part of the Work-Live Hub:
1. Plan each urban node with ‘Work Hubs’, i.e. employment-generating zones that would be complementary to
the envisaged economic role for an urban area located at a strategic location with the highest accessibility
2. Promoting ‘Live Hubs’, i.e. compact residential development within a distance of 5 km from Work Hubs
3. Employ at least 30% of the resident workforce within an urban node
4. Connect remaining 70% of resident workforce to other urban nodes utilising a mass transport system based
on the hub-and-spoke network model, i.e. develop a mass transport interchange within each Growth Centre
to serve its residents and connect such interchange with each other and with municipal corporations through
mass transport corridors
5. Promote compact residential developments along the mass transport routes/interchanges
Green Blue Connectors

Within the concept of Green-Blue-Connectors, ‘Green’ refers to protecting forests, slopes, river biodiversity
corridors, wilderness areas, ‘Blue’ refers to the protection of water bodies and ‘Connector’ refers to proposed
avenues and streams/canals. The goal also aims to make these features accessible for passive recreation to
cover the existing deficit of recreational spaces. It is translated into the plan by employing the Green Blue Connector
strategy. It implies a more sustainable living for PMR. The milestones and targets of a roadmap for PMR to achieve
carbon neutrality will further enable the implementation of the ‘Resilient’ goal.
Protecting the ‘blue’, i.e. rivers and water bodies, ‘green’, i.e. hills and forests and green canvas, which is agriculture
and ecologically sensitive areas, will help PMR transit to a low-carbon green economy and contribute to
sustainability and resilience.
As per the roadmap for Carbon-Neutral PMR, the milestones and targets are divided into two main parts: Carbon
sequestration and Emission reduction. Carbon Sequestration or increase in carbon sinks can be achieved through
mainly protecting and enhancing green cover, ecological restoration, storing carbon dioxide and reducing emission
gaps using technology, as explained in the strategies and actions of the Resilient goal.
Emission reduction deals with formulating alternatives to systems that emit carbon dioxide. This can be achieved
through increasing the renewable energy capacity of PMR, promoting NMT corridors and electric mobility, use of
renewable energy in utility infrastructure, integration of energy-efficient guidelines for buildings and modular
green townships designed for low carbon footprint and smart sustainability.
Decentralised Resource Management

Achieving an ‘Efficient’ goal would mean successful management of natural resources and implementation of
proposed physical infrastructure network and utility sites. Attaining cost-effectiveness for efficient water supply,
electricity supply and collection of sewerage, stormwater, and solid waste through decentralised systems of
treatment plants and waste management sites is the concept of decentralised resource management. It also
promotes recycling and reuse of waste.
Smart Cities Mission’s framework prescribes a set of guidelines to transform the city or planning area into a smart
area. Since decentralised resource management focuses on the utility framework and governance, smart systems
related to these topics are proposed as key strategies.
169
Following are the key physical strategies:

1. Hub and spoke system for utility development
2. Promoting systems using smart metering, renewable energy and SCADA systems
3. Decentralisation of treatment plants
4. Clustering of villages for solid waste management
5. Common utility corridors within urban areas
6. Water-Energy nexus (promoting the use of renewables for pumps and other electronic devices, adopting
energy efficiency measures)
7. Recommending the use of data repository centre, monitoring mechanism and digital citizen engagement
platforms
Walkable Neighbourhood
The ‘Self-sufficient’ goal is set to increase the livability index of PMR. The Walkable Neighbourhood concept
entails providing essential services such as education, health, sports and recreation within the neighbourhood so
that residents can have easy access to them on foot.
Key physical strategies:

1. Propose amenities within 500 m distance
2. Delineate amenities based on URDPFI standards/ planning norms
3. Provide amenities adjacent to mass transit corridors
4. Consider the implementation strategies of amenities while proposing them
5. Provide opportunities for well planned Town Planning Schemes
12.4 Proposed Development Framework
The proposed framework outlines the development model of PMR aimed at consolidated development mostly
around PMC and PCMC limits. The proposed framework aims to:
1. Consolidate existing and future urban development within 5-10 km from PMC and PCMC limits and within a
5km belt along regional transport corridors.
2. Organise villages into Urban and Rural areas for their specific development needs. By 2041, the urban
population is estimated to be 40.74 lakh and rural to be 12.96 lakh.
3. Interconnect 18 Urban Growth Centres with each other and regional nuclei (PMC, PCMC) through mass transit
system:
a. Urbanisation would be concentrated at 18 Growth Centres, which would be served by regional
transportation infrastructure such as:
i. Five national highways as well as Pune-Mumbai Expressway
ii. Two Ring Roads (PMRDA and MSRDC)
iii. Seven radial Mass Rapid Transit Systems
iv. Three upgraded suburban railway lines, namely Lonavla-Pune, Daund-Pune and Miraj-Pune
b. One proposed Crescent Railway line (freight line) connecting the Miraj line to the Lonavala line via Uruli
Kanchan, Sanaswadi, Chakan and Ambi for cargo movement to decongest the rail network within PMC,
PCMC limits and serve industrial estate located along the crescent railway route.
c. Out of 18 Growth Centres, eight are located within 5-10 km from the present municipal corporation limits
and would accommodate 31.5 lakh people by 2041. The proposed PMRDA Ring Road would mainly serve
it.
d. Six Growth Centres located along the Mumbai-Pune-Daund railway corridor would be promoted on
Transit Oriented Development principles and would accommodate 15.3 lakh people.
e. 8 Growth Centres are located along the proposed MSRDC Ring Road, out of which four would also be
served by the proposed Crescent Railway. Crescent Railway line is a revised alignment of the CMP 2018
proposal. About 18.25 lakh population is estimated within these Growth Centres by 2041.
f. All the villages located in the rural area would be connected to the Growth Centres by at least village
roads.
4. The vitality of these Growth Centres would be ensured by proposed employment generators (Work Hubs)
located in each Growth Centre. An economic role for each Growth Centre is assigned as part of regional
economic positioning. It is quantified by using projected employment and sector-specific worker densities.
5. Leverage 18 Growth Centres to serve higher-order amenities for the rural catchment, situated within 5 km
travel distance
170
a. Each Growth Centre would provide higher-level amenities such as higher education/college, commercial/
market, hospital, entertainment for the rural population situated within 5 km travel distance from its
boundary.
6. Leverage eight Rural Growth Centres to provide higher-order amenities for the rural catchment, serving the
villages which are not within 5 km radius from Urban Growth Centres
a. Eight Rural Growth Centres would support the same higher level amenities for the rural population
situated beyond 5 km travel distance from any Growth Centre.
b. Commercial and health amenities proposed at Rural Growth Centres would also create some tertiary
sector employment opportunities to support the rural population.
7. Natural resources such as water bodies and forest have been designated as protected areas. On the other
hand, the rest of the protected areas, such as agricultural and hilltop hillslope zones, would be closely
integrated within rural areas.
8. Agricultural and allied activities and tourism-based employment to be promoted in rural areas.
Figure 12.1: Consolidated Development Model
Khed-Rajgurunagar
Pabal
Kadus
Chakan
Alandi Ranjangaon
Malavali Shikrapur
Wagholi
Talegaon
Nhavara
Kale Hinjewadi PMC Rahu
PCMC
Loni Kalbhor Uruli Kanchan
Pirangut Yawat & Kedgaon
Paud
Khadakwasla Saswad
Sangarun
Khed Shivapur
Nasrapur
Kikavi
171
Assigning Economic Role for each Growth Centre

Each Growth Centre represents a distinct development opportunity based on its location, natural resources,
economic opportunities and sociodemographic mix.
Successful implementation of the vision would occur when each Growth Centre would play a complementary role.
Therefore, complimentary ‘Economic Roles’ are assigned to the Growth Centres, and ‘Strategic Projects’ are
identified as ‘catalysts’ to attract investments with a clear economic priority for each Growth Centre. Land quantum
is distributed into each Planning Area based on the assigned role. Refer to Figure 12.2 for assigned economic
roles.
Table 12.2 explains the rationale for assigning an economic role for each Growth Centre.
Following criteria have been used for assigning an economic role for each Growth Centre:
1. Compatibility with existing economic activity (industries, higher education, R&D institutions, tourism assets,
high-value agriculture etc.)
2. Land availability of potentially developable land
3. Location advantage with respect to existing/proposed strategic regional projects (existing/proposed
highways/expressways/railway lines/mass transport routes/international airport)
Figure 12.2 : Proposed Economic Roles for Growth Centres
172
Table 12.2: Rationale for Proposed Economic Roles
Focus
DP Planning Position- Strategic
Economic Rationale for Project Identification
Area ing Projects
Sub-sectors
Automotive-
Electric
Mobility; Planned land consolidation by MIDC, Pune.
Proposed
Economic Sub-sectors supported by existing
AI & Robotics; MIDC Chakan
Industrial Ecosystem & presence of R&D Institu-
High Tech Phase 5
Automo- tions like ARAI.
bile Hub & Engg. &
1 Chakan Electronics
Regional
Centre Fill the gap of CBD in the North of Pune Agglom-
Offices &
Regional eration (5-10 lakh population). Complement
Retail,
Center and business requirements of Industrial Hub. High
Finance,
Exposition demand for commercial development is likely to
Fintech &
Centre be generated by the proposed extension to Metro
Blockchain
(Hinjawadi-Chakan). Govt land availability.
Pilgrimage Designated open space for Annual Pilgrimage
Spiritual
Center at Events (Palkhi) or equivalent purpose with
Tourism
Alandi support infrastructure.
Spiritual Tourism Strategy to revitalise places of Historical
Center at Importance & strategic site of river confluence
Tulapur (Triveni Sangam).
Riverfront
Indrayani
Pilgrimage
2 Alandi North
& Industri- Flood control mechanism which is complemen-
Riverfront
al Hub tary to ongoing riverfront development by PCMC.
Development
at Alandi
MSME Presence of existing RP Industrial Cluster.
Cluster Increased potential due to direct connectivity to
Industrial Hub
Markal Aurangabad-JNPT Industrial Corridor, and
(expansion) Proposed PMRDA & MSRDC Ring Road
Natural expansion for the IT Sector at Kharadi,
Magarpatta with available land (Wagholi TP
Infotech Park Scheme/ reclamation of Quarry Sites).
IT, ITES
at Wagholi Potential to integrate Sub-regional Center with
Infotech Park & affordable housing as Integrated
Township.
Fill the gap of CBD in the East of Pune Agglomer-
Offices &
ation (5-10 lacs population). Complement
Retail,
Regional business requirements of proposed IT Hub. High
Finance,
Center demand for commercial development is likely to
Fintech &
Regional be generated by the proposed extension to Metro
Blockchain
3 Wagholi Centre & (Ramwadi-Wagholi).
IT Hub New Compact Urban University (National/
University
International level) proposed on Govt land. Feasi-
R&D, Higher Town at
bility for University Town by networking existing
Education Wagholi/
Private Universities situated around through
Kesnand
Urban Design Intervention.
Logistics &
Warehousing
Consolidated cluster development leveraging
Logistics & Cluster at
upon high existing demand along Lonikand-Al-
Warehousing Lonikand-
andi Road
Wadhu-
Phulgaon
173
Life Sciences Park (Integrated Pharma, Medical

Biotechnology, equipment manufacturing, Biotech Park) to
Pharma, leverage its proximity to Proposed CSR Interna-
Life Sciences
Life Healthcare tional Airport. Presence of renowned Serum
Park Manjri
Sciences Devices etc. Institute catalyst for biotech/pharma ecosystem
Loni to flourish.
4 & Smart
Kalbhor
Agricul- R&D, Higher University Requirement for expansion by Savitribai Phule
ture Hub Education Town Pune University New Campus).
Smart Agro Promoting existing trends around Manjari &
Smart Farming Cluster leveraging support from Vasantdada Sugar
(greenhouse) Institute (VSI) for Smart Farming Pilot Project.
Real Estate- Integrated Promoting Planned Development through TP
Khadak- Commuter
5 Residential & Townships Scheme to balance over densification and
wasla Town
Commercial (low density) protecting the natural heritage of Southern PMR.
Integrated Township Project with core function
as National/ International level University/ R&D
Private / Institution by leveraging current trend of Town-
International ship development/ presence of Institutions like
Higher
Universities, FLAME, SYMBIOSIS International University.
Education, Land availability to absorb future institutions of
Design
R&D, Design similar nature.
Incubation
Knowl-
6 Pirangut Center Envisaged Integrated Design Campus involving
edge Hub
higher studies focused on Management Studies
etc.).
Ancillary
MSME Presence of existing Industrial Cluster. Increased
Industry
Cluster potential due to direct connectivity to proposed
- Automobile,
Pirangut Port at Dighi & upgradation of Paud-Mulshi Road
Engineering,
(expansion) as National Highway.
Electronics
Fill the gap of CBD in the West of Pune Agglom-
Offices &
eration (5-10 lacs population). Complement
Retail,
Regional business requirements of IT Hub. High demand
Finance,
Center for commercial development likely to be generat-
Fintech &
Regional ed by the proposed extension to Metro (Phase
Blockchain
7 Hinjawadi Centre & III).
IT Hub High Tech
City - Maha-
IT, ITES, AI &
lunge Man, TP Scheme under Implementation by PMRDA.
Robotics
and Exposi-
tion Centre
Renewable Proposed
Energy; MIDC Planned land consolidation of 2200 ha by MIDC,
AI & Robotics, Talegaon Pune.
IOT, Phase 4, 5 Economic Sub-sectors envisaged considering
High Tech (outside rising digitisation trend in Industries and revival/
Engg. & Planning deeper penetration of IT sector in future.
Electronics Area)
Industry Ongoing land consolidation at Baur by MIDC,
8 Talegaon
4.0 Hub Defence Proposed Pune and considering Govt. focus to boost
Equipment MIDC & SME Defence related production and R&D for captive
Manufacturing Cluster Baur military institutions in Pune. Direct accessibility
to JNPT with Mumbai-Pune Expressway.
Planned 107 ha land consolidation by MIDC,
Infotech Park Pune under Talegaon Phase IV (old). Planning
IT, ITES
at Wagholi intent to decentralise IT, ITES Hubs in four
directions of Pune Agglomeration..
174
Excellent Weather, proximity to established

Tourism &
Theme Park tourist destinations and amusement park, direct
Hospitality
& Resorts access to proposed Navi Mumbai International
(Medical,
Cluster Airport by Mumbai-Pune expressway, trained
Leisure)
human resource, and land availability.
Film Produc-
tion Studios
& Theme Above advantages; and presence of film and
Media &
Park in the entertainment industry drivers through their
Entertainment
Green Belt luxury homes.
along the
Wellness River
Tourism & Private
9 Malavali
Education Universities,
Presence of existing higher education/ special-
Hub International
ised training institutions such as Sinhgad
Higher Education
Institute, Samudra Institute of Marine Studies
Education Institutions,
etc. Land availability to absorb future institutions
Specialised
of similar nature.
Training
Centers
Excellent connectivity to JNPT and Industrial
estates in Pune by railway, expressway. Quadru-
Warehousing Logistics pling of railway and Navi Mumbai International
& Logistics Park Airport to boost logistic development potential.
Proposed Multicommodity logistics cluster by
private sector within Malavali Planning Area.
Land availability and extension of Khed Rajguru
Nagar / Chakan Municipal Council services is
Khed Public
Commuter Real Estate- possible to develop comprehensively planned
10 Rajgurun- Amenities &
Town Residential Residential Townships/ Housing Schemes to
agar Infrastructure
support industrial workers of Chakan and
ongoing Private Industrial Cluster (Khed SEZ).
High demand for logistics further enhanced by
Logistics
Warehousing the proposed Crescent Railway line and railway
Park Sanas-
& Logistics station under this plan. Govt land availability for
wadi
railway station/logistics hub.
Logistic &
MSME
11 Shikrapur Industrial Ancillary
Cluster
Hub Industry RP Zoning, potential for extension of existing
Sanaswadi
- Automobile, Industrial Cluster, and enhanced location
(expansion)
Engineering, potential created by Crescent Railway proposal..
and Exposi-
Electronics
tion Centre
Presence of similar industries; direct access to
Agro and raw material produced at agrarian districts like
Agro and Food Food Shirur, Daund, Baramati, Satara etc. as well as
Processing Processing surrounding talukas by NH/SH and railway;
Cluster proximity to proposed CSR International Airport
by proposed MSRDC Ring Road for future export.
Agro-Tour-
Agro Extensive irrigation network and cultivated land;
Uruli ism Destina-
12 Process- existing trend of agro-tourism. Proximity to
Kanchan Tourism & tion (inte-
ing Hub established spiritual tourism destination (Prayag
Hospitality grated with
Dham) with consistent footfall; proximity to
High Value
future airport.
Agriculture)
Horticulture/
High Value Floriculture/ Above advantages with upcoming projects of
Agriculture Sericulture Rental/Contract Farming in the nearby Talukas.
etc.
175
Warehousing Logistics
& Logistics Park;
(FMCG); Agro and Govt. proposal of CSR International Airport on
Agro & Food Food the lines Aeroprolis. Proposed projects are
Aerotrop-
Processing Processing important constituents of the Aerotropolis
olis and
13 Saswad Industry; Cluster; ecosystem. Projects to be pursued by MADC.
Regional
Centre Business Business
Tourism Park
Residential To cater for the resident workforce required
Real Estate-
Townships/ during development of the airport and for
Residential
TP Schemes operations of Aerotropolis in future.
Ancillary Potential for extension of existing Industrial
MSME
Ancillary Industry Cluster with land reserved by RP Zoning; existing
Khed- Cluster
14 Industrial - Automobile, accessibility to NH and Mumbai-Pune Express-
Shivapur Shindewadi
Hub Engineering, way, and enhanced location potential created by
(expansion)
Electronics MSRDC Ring Road and Airport.
Proximity to proposed airport; existing trend of
well planned low density residential enclaves and
Hill Town- amusement parks; lack of MICE support facilities
Tourism & Heritage & for corporations operative in Shirval MIDC estate;
Hospitality Leisure
Tourism Potential to become a hub for tourists visiting
Heritage salient forts of Maratha Empire with adventure
Tourism & tourism potential.
15 Nasrapur
Education Private
Hub Universities, Considering the present trend of city institutions
International setting up campuses at the outskirts and advent
Higher
Education of new national/ international universities at
Education
Institutions, fringes of the city to avail cheaper lands and
Skilling conducive environment for learning.
Center
High employment generation at Ranjangaon
Residential MIDC but a deficit of comprehensively planned
Real Estate-
Townships/ residential developments for the workers.
Residential
Integrated TP Scheme
Ranjanga- Govt. land availability next to MIDC.
16 Industrial
on SME Exten- High demand for the electronics industry
Town
SMEs - Elec- sion of MIDCanticipated with future urbanisation and digitisa-
tronics cluster tion of the economy. Potential for consolidation
(Ranjangaon)of 283 ha of land at Ranjangaon MIDC Phase III.
Residential Leverage upon proposed upgraded capacity of
Real Estate-
Townships/ Pune- Daund railway to open up residential
Residential
TP Scheme development potential along the railway corridor.
Commuter Maximise commercial potential of railway land
17 Yavat Integrated
Town by developing Town Center at railway station
Infrastructure Railway
with park and ride facilities to improve railway
Development Station
ridership and cross-subsidize railway station
Development
development.
Leverage upon proposed upgraded capacity of
Residential Pune- Daund railway to open up residential
Real Estate-
Townships/ development potential along the railway corridor
Residential
TP Scheme and encourage existing trends of rising ridership
Commuter & population growth.
18 Kedgaon
Town Maximise commercial potential of railway land
Integrated
by developing Town Center at railway station
Infrastructure Railway
with park and ride facilities to improve railway
Development Station
ridership and cross-subsidize railway station
Development
development.
176
12.5 Quantification of Land Requirement for Growth Centres and Distribution of Estimated

Land into Growth Centres
Land requirement calculations for Industrial, Logistics, IT, Commercial and Residential zones for each Growth
Centre are elaborated in this section.
Industrial Zone
The Industrial Zone consists of industries and IT sectors. Industrial employment and, in turn, the land requirement
for each Growth Centre is calculated by applying the split share of the total industrial employment in the overall
Study Area. The split share was applied based on the intended economic role, and the Work-Live hubs concept
explained earlier in this chapter.
Land requirements are worked out by considering total employment in the overall Planning Area in the industrial,
logistics and IT sector by 2041. General industrial and IT Zone are together shown as ‘Industrial Zone’ in the
proposed zoning. Land Takes are worked out separately for each sector since the land requirement parameters for
these two sectors are different. Land requirements and employment for the total Industrial Zone are given in Table
12.3.
General Industrial Zone

Land requirement for the General Industrial zone is estimated based on a worker density of 50 workers/hectare.
For 7.2 lakh industrial jobs in 2041, the total net industrial land of 143.6 sq km would be required. Further, 30%
add-on is considered to account for amenities (5%), open spaces (10%) and roads (15%). Accordingly, the total
gross area of 186.6 sq km is required under the General Industrial zone accommodating existing, proposed and
designated RP Industrial zones.
General Industrial Zone Distribution:
Industrial Zone comprises extension to existing clusters and new clusters to be set up at certain locations.
Projected gross Industrial land requirement of 186.6 sqkm has been distributed using the ‘split share’ technique.
1. Chakan and Talegaon Growth Centres would anchor the future growth of the industrial sector in the Study
Area, allocating each 30% of total industrial land within them, respectively, considering the existing and
proposed MIDC Industrial areas.
2. 10% share of industrial land is allocated at hitherto unrealised MIDC development at Hinjawadi.
3. Expansion of established SME clusters at Shikrapur and Khed Shivapur would also be triggered by allocating
5% and 2.5% respectively of total industrial land.
4. 1.25% share is allocated at Loni Kalbhor for the proposed Industrial Park and 5% at Pirangut to strengthen the
existing SME cluster.
5. The remaining share of estimated industrial land is equally distributed at Ranjangaon, Uruli Kanchan, Nasrapur
and Alandi to strengthen the existing MIDC and RP industrial areas in these Growth Centres.
Industrial- IT Zone
IT sector’s new employment in Study Area is estimated to be 2.9 lakh by 2041.
2.9 sq km of the net land area is identified for the IT sector, considering ten sqm BUP per person. Further, 30% add-
on is considered to account for amenities (5%), open spaces (10%) and roads (15%). Accordingly, the total gross
area of 3.7 sq km is required to accommodate the projected 2.9 lakh IT employment by 2041 in the Study Area.
Industrial - IT Zone Distribution:
1. IT zone is envisaged in the north, east and south in addition to the existing IT hub in the West (Hinjawadi),
which would be served by PMRDA Ring Road/MSRDC Ring road.
2. The planning intention is to distribute the thriving IT sector developments in four directions to avoid congestion
faced by Hinjawadi due to over-concentration.
3. Out of the estimated gross land requirement of 3.7 sq km, 50% of projected land for the IT/ITES sector has
been allocated at Wagholi as a counter magnet for development on the west. 20% of the estimated requirement
is allocated at Hinjawadi considering the existing and unimplemented development. The remaining 30% is
distributed equally (15% each) in the north at Talegaon MIDC and south at Saswad near the proposed CSR
airport.
177
Logistics Zone
Logistics sector land requirements have been worked out by considering 55 sqm built-up area requirement per
person. About 15.5 sq km of net land is estimated to accommodate the total employment of 2.81 lakh by 2041.
Further, 30% add-on is considered to account for amenities (5%), open spaces (10%) and roads (15%). Accordingly,
the total gross land requirement comes out to be 20.2 sq km.
Logistics Zone Distribution:
The logistics sector would be a key driver within the tertiary sector as urbanisation and industrialisation continue
to grow in future. The planning intent is to develop organised logistic parks at intersections of Ring Roads with a
highway/expressway and key locations along the proposed Crescent Railway instead of standalone logistics
developments. Out of total gross land requirement of 20.2 sq km:
1. Shikrapur and Chakan are allocated 20% share each since they are envisaged to be Logistics and Industrial
Hubs and for completing the industrial value chain for proposed industrial parks/ MIDC and
2. 5% share is allocated at Wagholi to complement the Aurangabad-JNPT Industrial Corridor.
3. 10% share is assigned at Khed-Rajgurunagar considering its strategic location on Pune-Nashik Highway and
proximity to Chakan industrial hub.
4. Alandi and Kedgaon are assigned 5% share due to their proximity to industrial hubs (Chakan and Kurkumbh)
and their strong regional connectivity.
5. 5% share is assigned at Nasrapur, which is located along the major transport corridors.
6. The remaining share has been distributed at Talegaon, Khed-Shivapur and Uruli Kanchan, considering their
location vis-a-vis the proposed PMRDA and MSRDC Ring Roads and at Saswad considering the proposed
CSR International Airport.
Commercial Zone
Total tertiary sector employment (excluding logistics) is projected to be about 5.48 lakh by 2041, out of which
about 4.62 is in commercial, while 0.86 lakh is in the education and health sector. Tertiary sector employment
(excluding logistics) is distributed within 18 DP PAs in proportion to the projected population of each DP PA.
Commercial land requirements have been worked out based on the URDPFI standard of 0.6 ha per 1,000 population.
Most of the existing commercial use comprises warehousing/godowns, which is classified under Logistics Zone.
About 17.95 sq km of net land is estimated to accommodate the total population of 29.91 lakh by 2041. This
population excludes the population of ITP and TPS since both would have their own commercial zone provisions.
Further, 30% add-on is considered to account for roads (15%), open space (10% ) and amenities (5%). Accordingly,
gross land requirement for the Commercial Zone is estimated to be 23.77 sq km.
Commercial Zone Distribution:
1. The total commercial land requirement of 23.77 sq km is divided into two components in each of the Growth
Centres: consolidated development in the form of Regional Centres (RC) and Town Centres (TC) and general
commercial exclusive of RC/TC.
2. The area requirements for RC and TC are proposed as per the Planning Norms described in Chapter 16.
3. The remaining general commercial land requirement (exclusive of RC/TC) has been distributed throughout
the region based on the population of each Growth Centre. Neighbourhood centres (spread over 18 Growth
Centres) will be part of the general commercial land requirement.
4. The proposed Commercial Zone would cater to about 4.6 lakh employment in the 18 Growth Centres, whereas
the Public Semi-Public Zone employment is about 87,000. Land Requirements for Commercial Zone are given
in Table 12.5.
Residential Zone
The residential land requirement by 2041 is estimated for the proposed 18 Growth Centres. Residential land
requirement is inclusive of the area under Gaothans/Wadis.
By 2041, the Rural Area population is estimated to be 12.96 lakh, whereas Urban Area (18 Growth Centres)
population is estimated to be 40.74 lakh. Residential land required for the rural population would be supplied by
allowing Gaothan extension and zoning proposed in 8 Rural Growth Centres.
For the calculation of land requirement in Urban Growth Centres, Residential Zone is divided into two components:
ITP/TPS area with 10.8 lakh population (since the gross area for ITP/TPS population is already established and to
be retained), and the new residential area required for 29.9 lakh population.
178
The total gross residential area under ITP and TPS is ten sq km.
For the remaining population of 29.9 lakh (excluding ITP and TPS population), the residential land requirement for
each GC is calculated by applying net density to each Growth Centre population, based on the assigned role of
each GC. The estimated total net residential land required for the 29.9 lakh population works out to be 266 sq km.
Further, 40% add-on is considered to accommodate amenities (15%), roads (20%) and open spaces (10%).
Accordingly, the total gross land requirement for the projected population of 29.9 lakh is estimated to be 347sq
km, out of which 36 sq km is under sanctioned layouts.
Total gross land under residential zone including ITP/TPS, sanctioned layouts and new residential area is 373.9 sq
km.
Residential Zone Distribution:
The total gross residential area under ITP and TPS is ten sq km. Gross area under sanctioned layouts and proposed
residential developments is 347 sq km, which is worked out based on applying net densities to each Growth Centre
(exclusive of ITP and TPS population) as mentioned below:
1. Khadakwasla GC is assigned the highest population density of 250 PPH because of the limited availability of
developable land, as 60% of the GC area is under constraints.
2. Population density of 100 PPH has been assigned to Malavali and Nasrapur Growth Centres, considering their
positioning as Tourism GCs.
3. 125 PPH standard population density is assigned to the remaining Growth Centres- Chakan, Alandi, Wagholi,
Loni Kalbhor, Pirangut, Hinjavadi, Talegaon, Shikrapur, Saswad, Urali Kanchan, Khed Shivapur and Ranjangaon,
Khed-Rajgurunagar, Yawat and Kedgaon
179
Table 12.3: Industrial, Logistics and IT Zone Land Requirement
General Industrial Zone Logistics Zone IT Zone Total Industrial

Total
Gross
Gross Gross Gross Total In- Area
Area Area Area dustrial, Re-
Pro- Employ- Pro- Employ- Pro- Employ-
Growth Re- Re- Re- Logistics, quired-
posed ment posed ment posed ment
Centre quired quired quired & IT Em- Indus-
Share 2041 Share 2041 Share 2041
(sq (sq (sq ployment trial,
km) km) km) 2041 Logis-
tics, IT
(sqkm)

Chakan 30% 2.15 56.0 20%
1 56,383 4.0 - - - 271,734 60.0

Alandi 2.5% 5%
2 0.17 4.7 14,096 1.0 - - - 32,042 5.7

Wagholi 1.25% 5% 50%
3 8,973 2.3 14,096 1.0 143,567 1.9 166,636 5.2

Loni Kalbhor 1.25% 2.5%
4 8,973 2.3 7,048 0.5 - - - 16,021 2.8
Khadakwas-
-
5 la - - - - - - - -

Pirangut 5%
6 35,892 9.3 - - - - - 35,892 9.3

Hinjavadi 10% 2.5% 20%
7 71,784 18.7 7,048 0.5 57,427 0.7 136,258 19.9

Talegaon 30% 5% 15%
8 215,351 56.0 14,096 1.0 43,070 0.6 272,517 57.6

Malavali -
9 - - - - - - - -
Khed

Rajgurun- 10%
10 - - 28,191 2.0 - - - 28,191 2.0
agar

Shikrapur 5% 20%
11 35,892 9.3 56,383 4.0 - - - 92,275 13.4
Urali
1.25% 5%
12 Kanchan 8,973 2.3 14,096 1.0 - - - 23,069 3.3

Saswad 1.25% 5% 15%
13 8,973 2.3 14,096 1.0 43,070 0.6 66,139 3.9
Khed
2.5% 10%
14 Shiwapur 17,946 4.7 28,191 2.0 - - - 46,137 6.7

Nasrapur 5%
15 - - 14,096 1.0 - - - 14,096 1.0

Ranjangaon 10%
16 71,784 18.7 - - - - - 71,784 18.7

Yawat -
17 - - - - - - - -

Kedgaon 5%
18 - - 14,096 1.0 - - - 14,096 1.0

TOTAL 100% 100% 100%
717,836 186.6 281,914 20.2 287,134 3.7 1,286,884 210.5
180
Table 12.4: Residential Land Requirement
Residential Zone
Net Density Net Area Re- Total Net Gross Area
Population
Total Popula- for Pop Ex- quired- Ex- Resi Zone required Ex-
Growth Centre 2041 Exclud-
tion 2041 cluding ITP, cluding ITP/ Required cluding ITP*/
ing ITP, TPS
TPS (pph) TPS (sqkm) (sqkm) TPS (sqkm)

Chakan 381,153 381,153 125 30.5 30.5 44.2
1

Alandi 95,641 95,641 125 7.7 7.7 11.1
2

Wagholi 329,431 329,431 125 26.4 26.4 38.2
3

Loni Kalbhor 125 23.6 33.6 34.2
4 833,710 295,110

Khadakwasla 250 8.5 11.1 12.3
5 277,662 212,481

Pirangut 125 23.6 30.0 34.2
6 454,553 294,763

Hinjavadi 125 16.7 23.4 24.1
7 434,241 208,151

Talegaon 125 25.7 26.7 37.3
8 347,040 321,195

Malavali 100 14.7 14.7 21.3
9 147,109 147,109
Khed-Rajgu-
125 6.3 6.3 9.2
10 runagar 79,186 79,186

Shikrapur 125 13.4 13.8 19.4
11 178,019 167,491

Urali Kanchan 125 9.4 9.4 13.6
12 116,936 116,936

Saswad 125 6.5 6.5 9.4
13 80,641 80,641

Khed-Shiwapur 125 2.7 2.7 3.9
14 33,599 33,599

Nasrapur 100 4.0 4.0 5.9
15 40,378 40,378

Ranjangaon 125 12.8 12.8 18.5
16 159,504 159,504

Yawat 125 2.6 2.6 3.8
17 32,611 32,611

Kedgaon 125 4.2 4.2 6.1
18 52,684 52,684

TOTAL 129 239 266 347
4,074,098 3,048,064
*- The boundries of ITP schemes whose master plans are approved and are inforce, are marked as overlay while
zone under it is maintained as per the proposals of RP 1997 at the time of its sanction.
181
Table 12.5: Commercial Zone Land Requirement
Commercial + Education Zone

Total
Total Percentage Employment Total Net
Area Population Gross
Gross of Popula- in Com- Commer-
Growth under Total Popu- 2041 Ex- Commer-
Area tion (Share mercial and cial Zone
Centre ITP, TPS lation 2041 cluding ITP, cial Area
Required of employ- Education Required
(sqkm) TPS Required
(sqkm) ment) Sector (sq km)
(sq km)

Chakan 9% 2.29 2.97
1 - 44.2 381,153 381,153 51,787

Alandi 2% 0.57 0.75
2 - 11.1 95,641 95,641 12,995

Wagholi 329,431 329,431 8% 44,760 1.98 2.57
3 - 38.2
Loni
20% 1.77 2.30
4 Kalbhor 10.0 44.2 833,710 295,110 113,276
Khadak-
7% 1.27 1.66
5 wasla 2.6 14.9 277,662 212,481 37,726

Pirangut 11% 1.77 2.30
6 6.4 40.6 454,553 294,763 61,760

Hinjavadi 11% 1.25 1.62
7 6.7 30.9 434,241 208,151 59,000

Talegaon 9% 1.93 2.51
8 1.0 38.3 347,040 321,195 47,152

Malavali 4% 0.88 1.15
9 - 21.3 147,109 147,109 19,988
Khed-Ra-
2% 0.48 0.62
10 jgurunagar - 9.2 79,186 79,186 10,759

Shikrapur 4% 1.00 1.31
11 0.4 19.9 178,019 167,491 24,187
Urali
3% 0.70 0.91
12 Kanchan - 13.6 116,936 116,936 15,888

Saswad 2% 0.48 0.63
13 - 9.4 80,641 80,641 10,957
Khed-Shi-
1% 0.20 0.26
14 wapur - 3.9 33,599 33,599 4,565

Nasrapur 1% 0.24 0.31
15 - 5.9 40,378 40,378 5,486
Ranjanga-
4% 0.96 1.24
16 on - 18.5 159,504 159,504 21,672

Yawat 1% 0.20 0.25
17 - 3.8 32,611 32,611 4,431

Kedgaon 1% 0.32 0.41
18 - 6.1 52,684 52,684 7,158

TOTAL 100%
27.2 373.9 4,074,098 3,048,064 553,547 18 24
182
12.6 Proposed Planning Strategies
Planning Hierarchy for Urban Growth Centres
Planning Hierarchy is essential to conceive and plan for the developmental needs of urban and rural areas. As
explained before, Study Area is broadly organised into urban and rural areas. The proposed urban hierarchy
addresses 18 Growth Centres. Each Growth Centre is conceived as a Town, and it is further subdivided into
Neighbourhoods/Sectors as elaborated below:
Region
The total PMR represents the Region, which hosts PMC & PCMC corporations, Municipal Councils, Nagar
Panchayats, Cantonment, Defense areas, special planning authority areas such as MIDC & MADC together with 18
Urban Growth Centres and 8 Rural Growth Centres.
At present, the villages of the Study Area depend on existing central business/commercial districts centres of
PMC and PCMC, but it adds to their congestion. Anticipating the projected growth, the Region would require a
dedicated business/commercial district as Regional Centre to serve the higher-order commercial needs of its
population. It would be developed as decentralized Peripheral Business Districts (PBD). It would comprise regional
level amenities and services. Regional centres would serve urban and rural areas, covering the entire Region.
Town
Each Growth Centre is conceptualised as a “Town”. A Town would be a self-sufficient Planning Unit providing local
service/amenity needs for its residents and generating a certain percentage of local employment. It would be
interdependent on other towns within the PMR for a higher level of services/ amenities and employment. Principal
town level amenities would be integrated at Town Centre serving 100,000-200,000 resident population. Desired
service radius of a Town Centre would be a maximum of 5 km. However, it would also serve rural areas located
within a 5 km radius.
Neighbourhood
A typical Town would be composed of 8-12 Neighborhoods (Urban Blocks). A Garden and Playground would form
the Neighborhood nucleus to foster a healthy lifestyle and a strong sense of community. A commercial node
planned as neighbourhood centre within each of the neighbourhoods would serve for daily requirements and
convenient stores catering to 10,000 -15,000 resident population. It would be located in such a way that multiple
Neighborhoods would share the same. Desired service radius of a Neighborhood Centre would be a maximum of
1 km.
Neighbourhood level amenities would be planned in an integrated manner at the Neighborhood Centre
Planning Strategies for 18 Urban Growth Centres

The Structure, delineation of the Growth Centres and Proposed Framework have provided a broad concept and
spatial development skeleton for PMR and, thus, the foundation for the Development Plan. Based on these
guidelines detailing within each Growth Centre will be done. Following are the planning strategies to be followed
for each of these 18 urban Growth Centres:
1. Each Growth Centre will have an exclusive Development Plan: Each Growth Centre is unique in its setting and
potential. Therefore each area should be planned to address existing issues, land requirements, gaps within
social infrastructure, past proposals and environmental concerns of the place.
2. These Growth Centres should be guided by the ‘Structure’ described above to propose sustainable development
and achieve the stated vision.
3. Zones are delineated as per the economic role following the land quantification described in Table 12.5.
4. The proposed planning structure in this chapter and area-based solutions from CTTS 2018 should be captured
and further detailed in each growth centre, integrating with the proposed land use.
5. A balanced distribution of social amenity demands should be ensured based on the projected population of
each Growth Centre. The proposed planning standards will guide the planning and delineation of amenities
within each Growth Centre.
6. Arrangements for water and sewerage infrastructure for each Growth Centre should be proposed under the
integrated water supply and sewerage plan. This integrated plan is expected to cater to the entire Planning
Area and projected population of the year 2041. Allocation and delineation of water supply and sewerage
systems should be based on this plan.
183
7. Abundant green spaces proposed for a livable habitat: As per the Resilient goal, environmentally sensitive
areas should be protected and, in certain cases, promoted. This structure should guide the allocation and
delineation of green spaces within the Development Plan of each Growth Centre.
Rural Growth Centres

Vision for PMR proposes rural growth centres as amenity hubs as well as a catalyst for rural employment
generation that would create new tertiary sector jobs triggered by operations and maintenance of the proposed
amenities for the local rural workforce.
Planning hierarchy for Rural Growth Centre
A key lesson learnt from the present urban sprawl that engulfs the Growth Centres proposed in the 1997 Regional
Plan is that spatial planning for rural development is equally important. To facilitate the planning of the rural areas,
rural settlements are organised into a hierarchy of two tiers as below, and planning norms are proposed for each
tier.
1. Rural Growth Centre
2. Village
Rural Growth Centre
Rural Growth Centre would be a scaled-down version of a Town Centre and would cater for higher-level amenities
for the rural areas.
1. The catchment population shall be at least 40,000 as per RP 1997.
2. Expected travel distance norms from villages to their Rural Growth Centre had been defined as 8-10 km by
RP1997. These norms are maintained for relatively flatter rural areas. However, travel distance would be >10
km for the villages located in the western ghats considering sparsely populated villages and larger travel
distances imposed by physical constraints such as large water bodies/topography.
Village
1. Grampanchayat should do village level planning.

2. Village would be catering to its own needs, which are required to be located within walkable distance.
3. Each village is anticipated to be self-sufficient.
Planning Strategies for 8 Rural Growth Centres

1. Each Growth Centre will have an exclusive Development Plan: Each Growth Centre is unique in its setting and
potential. Therefore each area should be planned to address existing issues, land requirements, gaps within
social infrastructure, and environmental concerns of the place.
2. The Rural Growth Centres should be guided by the Movement Lattice, Walkable neighbourhood and Green
Blue Connectors concept.
3. Residential zones should be worked out by considering the 2041 population of the village designated as the
centre and an additional 10% migrant population of its rural catchment, the net population density of 75 PPH
and 45% top-up to accommodate local roads, amenities and open space. As residential zones are proposed
for all Rural Growth Centres, provision of Gaothan extension shall not be applicable to them.
4. A new grid of roads of 500m x 5000m should be proposed covering the proposed urbanisable area.
5. A balanced distribution of social amenity demands should be ensured based on the projected population of
catchment served by each Growth Centre. The proposed planning standards will guide the planning and
delineation of amenities within each Growth Centre.
6. Arrangements for water and sewerage infrastructure for each Growth Centre should be proposed under the
integrated water supply and sewerage plan.
184
Chapter 13:
Convenient: Traffic and
Transportation Proposals
PMR currently faces challenges in transportation such as the absence of ring roads, bypass roads to national
highways, alternatives roads to radial roads, choked entry/exits to PMC and PCMC, existing railway lines
functioning at overcapacity and limited public transport coverage in PMR.
PMRDA took the initiative to prepare the Comprehensive Mobility Plan (CMP) for 2,172 sq km urbanised parts of
PMR and Comprehensive Traffic and Transportation Surveys (CTTS) for the entire PMR. Both these plans form the
basis for the proposed traffic and transportation plan in this Development Plan.
The transport sector is one of the major contributors to greenhouse emissions, thus contributing to climate
change. Further, in various surveys and citizen feedback taken by multiple agencies such as PMC and PSCDCL,
transport has emerged as significant stress for Pune. Therefore, it is necessary to evaluate the transport provisions
through resilience, low-carbon and smart city lenses.
13.1 Convenient: Objectives and the Actions
The Convenient Goal under the Vision Framework covers transportation related objectives. These objectives
stipulate the development of robust transport infrastructure, convenient accessibility and ease of intermodal
exchange. Further, it proposes the following specific actions to ensure these objectives can be materialised
through the planning process:
Table 13.1: Convenient Mobility and its Actions
Objective Actions
Action 1: Expansion and up-gradation of highways

Develop Regional
Action 2: Development of Ring Roads
Linkages
Action 3: Development of secondary road network
Action 4: Development of multi-modal hubs

Develop Transport
Action 5: Promote development along transit corridors along with last-mile connectivity
Hubs
Action 6: Development of truck terminals
Action 7: Connect employment nodes by mass transit

Promote Public
Action 8: Development of Metro, linking Growth Centres to PMC and PCMC
Transport and
Increase Its Modal
Action 9: Development of suburban railway, crescent railway and high-speed rail
Share
Action 10: Promote mass transit system/feeder systems within the secondary road
185
13.2 Key provisions of Proposed Transportation Plan
Key Strategies Key provisions proposed in the DP
Interconnectivity with the regional network, municipal corporations and councils,

Interconnectivity
industrial areas, TP schemes and integrated townships is considered.
Connectivity between adjoining urban growth centres as well as between urban and
Continuity
rural planning areas is considered for effective traffic dispersal.
Proposed roads took cognisance of contours, forests, water bodies, defence lands,
Pragmatic approach
railway buffers, approved building plans, and major existing structures.
An urban grid of 500m x 500m is considered for the road network.
Dense urban grid and
hierarchy Hierarchy in the road network is proposed categorising roads into primary,
secondary, collector and local level roads.
Multimodal corridors PMRDA Ring Road will act as multimodal corridor.
Public transport 7 Metro corridors identified in the CMP form the key projects.
Non Motorised Non-Motorised Transport (NMT) width is considered in road widths for last-mile
Transport connectivity from neighbourhoods to arterial roads.
Accessibility to major development zones, all proposed amenities and major transit
Accessibility
points such as Metro, bus terminals, railway stations is provided.
Intermodal integration at intersecting locations between Rail and Roads is proposed
Intermodal Integration to encourage modal shift to rail-based public transport and public transport
terminals in urban growth centres.
Logistic hubs/Truck terminals are proposed along the Ring Roads and highways at
Logistics planning
strategic locations.
Optimised road widths considering the current and projected population and traffic
Optimised road widths
forecast.
13.3 Growth Direction in Core Urban Areas
The ongoing development in core urban areas in PMR is primarily along:

1. Pune-Ahmednagar Highway (NH-753F) towards Wagholi, Ranjangaon, Shikrapur
2. Pune- Kolad Road (NH-753F) towards Bavdhan, Pirangut, Mulshi
3. Mumbai- Bangalore Highway (NH-4) towards Hinjawadi, Mahalunge, Gahunje, Talegaon, Dehu, Khed Shivapur,
Nasrapur
4. Pune-Nashik Highway (NH-60) towards Moshi, Chakan
5. Pune-Solapur Highway (NH-65) towards Loni Kalbhor, Uruli Kanchan, Kedgaon
Major future developments that will have an immense impact on the growth direction are:
1. IT and auto hubs located in the west, northwest and north of PMR
2. IT, BPO and manufacturing in the northeast of PMR
3. The international airport in the south and southeast of PMR
The developments along the Mumbai-Pune Expressway will trigger expansion towards the south and south-west
directions, but due to prevailing topographical conditions, i.e. hills, the growth will be restricted. The future growth
direction of the urbanised area in PMR is presented in Figure 13.1.
186
Chapter 13: Convenient: Traffic and Transportation Proposals
Figure 13.1: Future Growth Direction of Urbanised Area of PMR
13.4 Development of Transport Network - Process
The planning process is complicated due to the existing prevailing conditions, the involvement of various
authorities, the fallout of the Regional Plan proposals, and honouring the building permissions thereof. The
following actions provide a guide for the preparation of the transportation plan of PMR.
Existing Road Network as a Base Network

PWD district roads master plan 2001-2021 is generally followed. Classified roads such as national highways (NH),
state highway (SH), major district roads (MDR), other district roads (ODR), village roads (VR) are duly considered
while proposing the transport network. Further, roads developed by government authorities, roads part of Regional
Plan, roads within MIDC industrial areas, private internal roads are also considered. All these roads included in the
ELU database form the basis of the proposed road network planning.
Connectivity with Adjoining Development Plans

Connectivity with an existing and proposed road network of development plans/master plans of PMC, PCMC,
seven municipal councils, three cantonments, MIDC layouts/industrial layouts, PMRDA TP schemes, integrated
townships, approved building permissions have been considered.
Approved Projects by various authorities and PMRDA Approved Layouts

Proposals from government authorities such as NHAI, PWD, MSRDC, railways, PMRDA, MIDC, MADC etc. have
been considered in the proposed transportation plan. However, these authorities reserve the right to change their
respective alignments in consultation with concerned stakeholders at a later stage.
Proposed road network within layouts and ITPS is considered along with its continuity with the surrounding iwhile
proposing the transport network.
187
Demands from Citizens, Public Representatives, Government Bodies

PMRDA has received several applications from residents, elected representatives and government agencies
regarding their requirements of amendments in roads passing through or aligning certain properties. These have
been studied and considered in relation to CTTS study as well as Development Plan planning intent and
incorporated accordingly. PMRDA has also received letters from government authorities regarding the incorporation
of their transport amenity requirements.
Physical Features Considered While Planning

While planning for the proposed transport network, due cognisance was given to the physical features such as
forests, water bodies and their buffers, hilltop hill slopes and green zones around rivers. Contours and levels
played an essential role in the profiling of road alignments. Constrained sites such as defence, military and special
planning areas were bypassed. Roads were designed following the terrain, plot boundaries and integrating with
the proposed land use. Bypass roads have been proposed around Goathans and congested areas to avoid
congestion.
RP Proposals and their Criteria

In general, Regional Plan 1997 road alignments, hierarchy and ROWs are adhered to. However, after analysing
existing information based on high-resolution imagery, 0.5 m contour data and existing land use, certain
amendments were required to the road network proposed in Regional Plan 1997.
Following criteria were utilized while considering RP roads:
1. An alternative road is proposed if the RP road alignment is passing through a settlement that is fully built-up,
but in a case where alignment is important, then the old alignment is retained as per RP even if it is incompatible
with structures; also, an additional alternative road is further provided.
2. Existing (i.e. already developed) road alignment is considered when the RP road is aligned in close proximity
to this existing road.
3. Roads proposed by other planning authorities which are differing from RP alignment are considered.
4. An alternative route is proposed to the RP roads, which pass through restricted areas like forests and
geographical constraints like hills, water bodies etc.
5. Roads in approved layouts, which either adjoin RP roads or where an RP road passes through the structures,
are followed.
6. Revised ROW is proposed for RP roads passing through existing settlements such that the proposed road is
implementable.
7. Unimplemented RP roads passing through greenfield areas that do not cater to any existing settlement or
which are not in line with proposed transportation strategies are realigned/downgraded to suit the planning
intent.
13.5 Movement Lattice: Low Carbon Mobility Plan
Low Carbon Mobility Plan (LCMP) provides a long-term vision for sustainable mobility for people and movement
of goods in cities. The LCMP advocates an integrated approach, e.g. looking at land use and transport planning,
social inclusion and the integration of safety, environment and CO2 mitigation.
CTTS covering the entire PMR recommends compact development along transport corridors, promotes low carbon
mobility actions such as strengthening the public transportation system through suburban rail network, metro rail
network and BRTS routes etc., optimised road widths considering the current and projected population and
forecasted traffic.
Developing Non-Motorised Transport (NMT) within the proposed road network, within the 18 Growth Centres and
500 m radius around industrial and institutional campuses, helps address problems related to high consumption
of non-renewable energies, thus addressing air pollution and GHG emission production. Furthermore, it promotes
health and traffic safety, reduces traffic congestion and provides equal mobility options for all income brackets.
The central and state governments are promoting low carbon buses (CNG, LPG, Hybrid, Biofuels, Electric).
Recommendations regarding vehicle charging infrastructure, last-mile connectivity at metro stations and bus
stops are also proposed.
Thus Lattices such as Road Lattice, Urban Mass Transport Lattice, NMT Lattice and the nodes of Lattices such as
multimodal hubs and terminals together form Low Carbon Mobility Plan of PMR addressing the goal of Convenient
mobility.
188
Road Grid
PMR has about 8,823 km of road network in which PMC, PCMC together have a road network of 2,171 km (25%
of PMR road network). The length of regional roads (Expressway, NHs, SHs, MDRs) is about 2,500 km. About 79%
of the road network is either a single or intermediate lane configuration, and the remaining 21% of the road net-
work is a two-lane configuration or more. The share of four-lane/six-lane configuration is around 9%. In terms
of availability of RoW (based on road inventory), 46% of the road have an RoW of less than 7 m, 27% of the road
have an RoW of 7 m to 10 m, 10% of the road have an RoW of 10 m to 20 m, 7% of road have an RoW of 20 m to
40 m, and only 1% of the road length has RoW of more than 40 m. The road density in PMC, PCMC and the rest of
PMR is 4.55 km per sq km, 4.77 km per sq km and 0.95 km per sq km respectively. The road density in municipal
councils is observed to be high at 6.22 km per sq km.
By considering constraints of the road network, the following strategy has been framed:
1. Major radial roads are vital to the region’s economy, providing access to both raw material producers and
finished goods suppliers across the nation. There is a need to make major primary roads as access-controlled
roads (as per NHAI 6-lane standards).
2. Ensure hierarchical road development, i.e. development of ring, radial and grid pattern of PMR road network
at the regional and local level with hierarchy. The primary road network shall be complemented with a
secondary road network.
3. Develop road infrastructure to cater to not only private vehicles but also pedestrians, cyclists and public
transport. Road cross-sections should have provision for trees, shrubs and landscaping. Develop New Urban
Street Design Guidelines for designing roads in urban areas.
4. Develop missing links and grade separators/interchanges at critical locations.
5. Develop ROBs/RUBs across railway lines for improving safety and reducing delays.
6. Improve road connectivity to major employment nodes from PMC and PCMC.
7. Develop road linkages to tourist locations.
8. Develop bypasses to towns falling along the radial roads.
9. Develop access roads to PMRDA Ring Road, MSRDC Ring Road etc., to improve the effectiveness of major
transport connectivity projects.
10. Optimise available capacity of roads through improved street designs, access control, vehicle actuated
signals and traffic management using ITS and enforcement. Further, modes that use the least space and
have higher capacity, i.e. rail and public transport, shall be encouraged.
11. Develop guidelines and model cross-sections/designs through the Engineering Department for road
development within the region that should generally be followed. Among other things, such cross-sections/
designs should include provisions for utility ducts for various utilities such as water, power, telecommunication.
PMRDA will facilitate the development of these services in exchange for rental/license fees.
12. Carry out junction improvements on primary/secondary road networks.
In line with the strategies mentioned above, the following segments further explain road grid of PMR:
• The Proposed Road Hierarchy
• Proposed Road Design and Grid
• Proposed Road Development Plan
Proposed Road Hierarchy
The proposed road classification in urban areas includes the expressway (187 km), national highways (215 km),
primary arterials (270 km), secondary arterials (331 km) and collector roads.
Each growth centre can be accessed using a national highway, a ring road or a rail route. Figure 13.2 illustrates
transport strategies such as road hierarchy, junction spacing and recommended zones along transport corridors
for each situation. It governs the road hierarchy in Growth Centres. Model 1 represents transport planning
principles for Growth Centres that are ‘bisected’ by a national highway/railway/expressway. Model 2 indicates the
same for Growth Centres ‘sandwiched’ between railway and highway. Model 3 explains the same for Growth
Centres ‘bypassed’ by a highway.
189
Figure 13.2: Schematic Road Hierarchy Models
The basis of classification is whether the road is to be used primarily for movement or access. So, all the
expressways, highways, primary and secondary arterials restrict the direct access to plots, street vending facilities
and on-street parking on these roads to maintain smooth traffic flow.
Proposed road hierarchy is elaborated in Table 13.2
Table 13.2: Proposed Road Hierarchies
URDPFI recommended Road Width in

Type of Road Proposed DP Road Width in Meter
Meter
Primary 50-80 60/75/90/110
Secondary 30-50 30/36/45
Collector 15-30 15/18/24
Local 15< 12
Road Design and Grid

Forming a grid network is considered for proper dispersal and distribution of traffic. An overall grid network for the
entire PMR region connecting all major development nodes is proposed. A denser grid of around 500m x 500m or
300m x 300m in urban residential neighbourhoods is provided, whereas a grid of approximately 800m x 1500m is
provided in greenfield and rural areas as per the site context and overall planning intent. The roW is decided based
on CTTS traffic projections as well as GoMs express RP directives.
Following guidelines have been considered while designing the hierarchical grid network:
1. A hierarchical grid is proposed considering the traffic flow characteristic, access control criteria, connections
with other hierarchy of roads, junction type and junction spacing.
2. Primary Road: These include expressways and highways which have uninterrupted flow except at
interchanges. All Growth centres have a highway passing through them. Grade junctions for primary roads
need to be spaced between 2.5 km to 5 km, and they form connections with secondary roads. Since most
national highways pass through urban areas, a 12 m service road is considered along all national highways,
190
where secondary and tertiary roads could connect.

3. Secondary Road: These roads are proposed to form a grid of 1.5 km to 3 km. Junctions for secondary roads
are at a distance of 1.5 km to 2.5 km, and they form connections with collector roads.
4. Collector Road: Proposed collector roads form a grid of 0.3 km to 0.8km. Collector roads form connections to
local roads.
5. Secondary roads to have Non-Motorised facilities as part of ROW.
6. All villages have been provided with at least one access road. All tourist places have been provided with road
connectivity.
Proposed Road Development Plan
The proposed road development plan is shown in Figure 13.3. It comprises ring roads, radial roads, secondary
roads (supporting both radial and ring roads), missing links and prioritised undeveloped Regional Plan 1997 roads.
Ring Roads
Over the years, Pune has grown in concentric rings. While the radial roads have been well developed, ring roads
could not be developed due to several constraints. MSRDC and PMRDA are in the process of developing ring roads
in the region.
PMRDA Ring Road
The Ring Road is proposed to be 123.35 km in length with 65 m ROW containing a six-lane main carriageway along
with provisions for mass transit systems. This Ring Road aims to bypass the city and connect all the growth
nodes in the periphery of PMC and PCMC. Implementing the Ring Road will help alleviate the traffic in the core city
by bypassing traffic from city roads. Simultaneously, it is crucial to implement Ring Road as an access-controlled
freeway to achieve faster movement of passengers and goods.
A stretch of 41.03 km from Urse to Solu is common between the PMRDA Ring Road and MSRDC Ring Road.
MSRDC Ring Road
The MSRDC ring road (173.79 km) has been proposed to facilitate faster movement of regional traffic connecting
PMR roads of national importance. The Ring Road starts at Solu, passes through Lonikand, Uruli Kanchan, Dive
and Urse, as shown in Figure 13.3. This ring road will have faster connectivity to JNPT and Dighi ports from
highways in the region.
Radial and Secondary Roads
In addition to ring roads, there is a need to widen existing radial roads and support them with a parallel secondary
road network to ease traffic on radial roads. The proposed radial roads development proposals are presented in
Table 13.3.
Table 13.3: Proposed Radial Road Development in PMR
Exist. Lane Prop. Lane

No Proposal Length (km)
Configure Configure
Mumbai Expressway (PMRDA Ring Road to PMRDA
1 40 6 8
Boundary)
2 Mumbai Highway (NH 48) (Ring Road to PMRDA Boundary) 36 4 6
3 Nasik Highway (NH 60) (Ring Road to PMRDA Boundary) 29 4 6
4 Nagar Highway (NH 753F) (Ring Road to PMRDA Boundary) 58 4 8
5 Solapur Road (NH 65) (Ring Road to PMRDA boundary) 48 4 8
6 Satara Road (NH 48) (Ring Road to PMRDA boundary) 34 6 8
7 Mulshi Road (NH 753F) (Ring road to PMRDA boundary) 68 2 4
8 Wadki to Saswad (NH 965) (Proposed Airport) 30 2 6
Moreover, there is a need to develop an alternative secondary road network to divert some of the local traffic.
Lateral connecting secondary roads are proposed to improve connectivity among radial roads, and the same is
presented in Table 13.4.
191
Table 13.4: Proposed Missing-link Road Development in PMR
Exist. Lane Prop. Lane

No Proposal Length (km)
Configure Configure
1 Peth-Shirur Road 56.5 1 2
2 Rajgurunagar-Pabal Road 22.1 2 2
3 Shikrapur-Maltan Road 18.2 1.2 2
4 Shirur-Kedgaon Road 44.5 2 4
5 Kondhapuri-Yavat Road 34.0 1.2 2
6 Nirvi-Shikrapur Road 37.3 1.2 2
7 Road connecting Pargaon and PMRDA Ring Road 51.3 1.2 2
8 Road connecting PMRDA Ring Road and Uruli Kanchan 13.6 1.2 3
9 Kapurhol-Saswad Road 20.5 2 2
10 Saswad Bypass 5.5 Greenfield 3
11 RP Road from Hinjawadi to Pirangut 12.4 1.2 3
Along with regional roads, it is essential to develop alternative routes to radial national highways. Bypass roads to
towns such as Chakan, Alandi, Wagholi, Shikrapur, Loni Kalbhor, Uruli Kanchan, Pirangut, Hinjawadi, Talegaon are
proposed. Multiple connecting links to PMC, PCMC and urban growth centres are proposed. The proposed grid
network helps in effective traffic dispersal and reduces radial road dependency.
Figure 13.3: Proposed Road Network and Hierarchy
192
Urban Mass Transport Grid

Currently, public transport demand is catered by city bus service, BRTS (both operated by PMPML) and suburban
railway (operated by central railways). The bus system carries around 10.5 lakh passengers per day, whereas
Suburban rail carries around 1.1 lakh passengers per day. The current share of public transport trips in PMR is 17%
only. The share of public transport trips in PMC and PCMC is 16% and 19%, respectively. The share of public
transport is very low considering the area and population.
Urban Mass Transport Strategy
• Develop and expand Bus services, BRTS, Metro and LRT and connect all the systems through seamless multi-
modal infrastructure facilities with an emphasis on last-mile connectivity. Last-mile connectivity is a weak
link in urban transport which needs particular focus and attention.
• Develop multi-modal integration of facilities.
• Improve public transport coverage in rural areas. The rest of PMR shall be connected with PMC and PCMC
using a robust public transport system. The PMR public transport network shall be developed in Hub and
Spoke fashion.
The proposed mass transport grid is based on the Hub and Spoke model. It entails identifying mass transport
interchanges within Growth centres located on fringes of municipal corporations as mass transport hubs and
connecting them with proposed/existing key transport hubs in municipal corporations. This grid includes the
existing suburban railway (upgrading), proposed crescent railway and proposed Metro network (Lines 1, 2, 3 and
their extensions within Growth Centers). A shuttle bus service is recommended to connect transport hubs located
on these corridors to their service areas as part of last-mile connectivity.
Figure 13.4: Hub and Spoke System for Public Transport
Following sections further explain Urban Mass Transport Grid of PMR:

• Mass Rapid Transit System
• Railway Development
193
Mass Rapid Transit System Development Plan

Based on demand (PHPDT), the appropriate system, i.e. Metro, Light Metro, Suburban and BRTS, is recommended.
These tentative alignments are altered to fit in proposed land uses in Growth Centres based on their detailed
planning.
The MRT/BRT routes proposed are in concurrence with allocated residential and employment-generating land
uses along these corridors. MRTS routes are proposed such that they connect public transport stations and allied
amenities like parking, bus terminals, truck terminals and promote intermodal integration. The proposed higher-
order public transport system is presented in Table 13.5
Figure 13.5: Public Transport Network in PMR
Table 13.5: Future Metro/LRT Routes in PMR
Length Jurisdictions
No Proposal Remarks
(km) Covered
Line 1: Nigdi - PCMC to Swargate Swargate to PCMC stretch of
1 31.21 PCMC, PMC
- Katraj 16.58 km is under construction
Line 2: Chandni Chowk - Vanaz to Vanaz to Ramwadi stretch of
2 21.07 PMC, PMR
Ramwadi - Wagholi 14.66 km is under construction
3 Line 3: Hinjawadi to Shivaji Nagar 23.00 PMR, PMC, PCMC Under construction in PPP
4 Line 4: Shivaji Nagar to Hadapsar 11.56 PMC

Line 4 Ext: Hadapsar to Loni
4a 9.37 PMR
Kalboor
Line 5: Hinjawadi (Wakad) to
5 20.58 PCMC, PMR
Chakan via Nashik Phata
Line 6: Sinhgad Road to Pune
6 8.76 PMC Light Metro
Cantonment
7 Line 7: Warje to Swargate 11.05 PMC Light Metro
194
Line 8: Chandni Chowk to

8 19.53 PMR, PMC Light Metro
Hinjawadi
Line 9: Hinjawadi (Wakad) to
9 32.43 PMC, PCMC, PMR
Wagholi
Line 10: Hadapsar to Saswad
10 23.25 PMC, PMR High-speed Airport Metro
Airport
11 Line 2 Ext: Wagholi to Shikrapur 20.61 PMR
12 Line 5 Ext: Chakan to Rajgurunagar 11.59 PMR
Railway Development
After reviewing various ongoing and proposed railway projects in PMR, few new proposals such as bypass railway
lines are proposed. This proposed alignment of bypass rail or ‘Crescent railway’ is essentially a bypass to PMC
and PCMC to reduce congestion at existing railway stations situated within their limits and fast track the movement
of goods on Pune-Daund and Pune-Miraj lines. It would serve as a boon for industrial clusters located at Talegaon,
Chakan, Koregaon Bhima, Sanaswadi and areas of Uruli Kanchan. The station locations are proposed at Talegaon,
Chakan, Shikrapur and Uruli Kanchan.
After reviewing various ongoing and proposed railway projects in PMR, few new proposals such as bypass railway
lines are proposed. This proposed alignment of bypass rail or ‘Crescent railway’ is essentially a bypass to PMC
and PCMC to reduce congestion at existing railway stations situated within their limits and fast track the movement
of goods on Pune-Daund and Pune-Miraj lines. It would serve as a boon for industrial clusters located at Talegaon,
Chakan, Koregaon Bhima, Sanaswadi and areas of Uruli Kanchan. The station locations are proposed at Talegaon,
Chakan, Shikrapur and Uruli Kanchan.
Upgradation of existing railway networks of Pune-Daund, Pune-Lonavala and Pune-Miraj lines is being undertaken
by the railway authority, which would serve as suburban rail services. The proposed railway network takes
cognisance of the Pune-Nashik high-speed railway alignment shared by MRIDL.
High Speed Rail
Railways are space efficient and environmentally sustainable mode of transport. In order to develop and promote
rail based systems for bringing desired modal shift from private vehicles to Rail and to provide faster and improved
regional rail connectivity with Nashik (212 km), High Speed Rail is proposed.
The Pune-Nashik High Speed Rail passes through PMR with stations at Pune station, Manjari Bk, Lonikand, Alandi,
Chakan, Rajgurunagar. It starts at Pune Station upto Nashik. However total length form Manjari Bk, till Khed
Rajgurunagar covers a length of 152.19 km. From Pune station until Manjari Bk station, the High Speed Rail
follows the existing track of Pune-Daund railway corridor. The alignment and station locations provide opportunity
for exchange of modes between PMRDA Ring Road, MSRDC Ring Road, Crescent Railway, Hadapsar- Loni Kalbhor
Metro, Wagholi- Shikrapur Metro, Hinjawadi- Chakan Metro and national highways such as NH-753F, NH-548D
and NH 60.
195
Figure 13.6: Proposed Railway Network
The details of the railway development proposals are presented in Table 13.6.
Table 13.6: Proposed Railway Lines
No Proposal Length (km) Remark

Talegaon to Uruli Kanchan (Crescent To operate as a suburban
1 89.6
Railway Line Phase I) service as well.
Jejuri (Pune-Satara Line) to Proposed CSR
2 15
International Airport
3 Pune- Lonavala Quadrupling ** 65
4 Pune- Nasik** (High Speed Rail) 266

Increased frequency for
5 Pune-Lonavala 65
suburban service
6 Pune-Daund 75 Suburban rail service
Note: **Proposed by Indian Railways but implementation is yet to commence due to financial/institutional issues
except for Pune-Miraj line which is fully funded by Indian Railways.
Non Motorised Transport (NMT)

Non-motorised transport (NMT) has gained popularity over conventional modes of motorised transportation. The
advantages of NMT are that it emits zero emissions, provides better first and last-mile connectivity, and requires
less space than private transport. Furthermore, NMT is also commonly known as active mobility due to walking
and cycling’s health benefits. Currently, there are limited NMT facilities and infrastructure in PMR. Thus, it is
crucial to safeguard the necessary land and corridors to implement a safe and sustainable NMT network. To
facilitate detailed planning activity and to ensure NMT is integrated as an essential planning consideration in
land-use/amenity disposition, the following general guidelines are proposed:
196
NMT Strategies
• The proposed NMT plan’s primary strategy is to provide a continuous and seamless network between the
origin and destination. To achieve this, the network shall be connected to amenities, retail and major public
transport stops.
• Secondary arterials in each growth centre are proposed as Avenues with wider footpaths for walking and
cycling, connecting all the greens and blues, thus creating a scenic route.
• Minimum width of 1.8 m for footpath and 2 m for bicycle path shall be ensured on the road cross-sections.
• Integration of NMT infrastructure at intersections is crucial for the safe movement of pedestrians and cyclists
infrastructure such as bicycle lanes, bicycle parking, park and ride facilities that increase bicycle movement
efficiency in urban areas.
• For bus stops in residential areas, 400 m has traditionally been regarded as a cut-off point and 200 m in Town
Centres/Sub-regional Centres. As for railway stations or main transport terminals, walk up to 800 m.
Figure 13.7 shows a desirable walking radius by general type of amenity/points of origin/destination of human
movements.
Figure 13.7: NMT Strategy
Road Cross Sections

Utility Duct/ Corridor
Utility corridor concept is recommended so as to avoid building of connections at later stages which disturbs the
road carriageways and to allow for proper planning of manholes and other connections. As part of good practices,
utility ducts could be proposed under the carriage way and specific intervals are maintained for connections that
would ensure quick connectivity and increase the efficiency of the treatment.
Utility duct/ corridor could host all types of ducting, conduits such as water pipes, telecommunication fibres,
electricity conduits, etc, could be accommodated and managed efficiently. SCADA systems within these ducts will
enable a much easier way of management from the centralised command centre.
Utility corridors shall be developed within the cross sections for primary and secondary arterial by PMRDA. The
utility corridor service would be given to concern stakeholders, as part of the revenue scheme for the Authority.
Secondary roads or Avenue roads have provisions for footpaths and bicycle corridors. Collector roads have
provisions for footpaths too. Since these hierarchies connect town level and neighbourhood level amenities, a
contiguous network of NMT corridors is formed. Multimodal hubs are located along secondary roads, thus
providing a seamless NMT connection from transit hubs to neighbourhoods.
Nodes of Lattices
The nodes are multimodal hubs, transfer stations, truck terminals and logistic terminals.
Following segments further explain PMR Nodes of Lattices:
1. Multimodal Hubs
2. Freight and Logistic Hubs
Multi-Modal Hubs and Transfer Stations
Multi-modal integration involves integrated public transit network planning, seamless transfer from one mode to
another and passenger amenities.Multimodal integration involves integrated public transit network planning,
seamless transfer from one mode to another and passenger amenities. Various locations to develop multimodal
hubs are identified to facilitate the ease of major transfers among different modes of transport. All these locations
act as transfer facilities from at least one public transit mode to another. The proposed multimodal hubs in PMR
are presented in Table 13.7
197
Commercial activities could be part of the multimodal hub enabling investments in transit services. The multimodal
hub could host a metro concourse/station, rail station, bus terminal, parking spaces, electric charging stations,
bike share points, drop-off/ pick-up points for public and private vehicles, along with convenience stores and local
commercial needs.
Multimodal Hub Strategy:
Multimodal integration is an essential feature of any public transportation system and vital for the evolution of the
least cost and viable public transport system. Multimodal integration is required to be achieved at various levels:
• Physical integration implies ease of transferring from one transport mode to another by minimising the
walking distance and keeping horizontal or vertical displacement to a minimum.
• Fare integration implies introducing common ticketing for accessing several public transport modes such as
PMPML, BRT, Rail, Metro, LRT etc.
• Information integration comprises provisions for adequate customer information about availability, routes
and schedules of public transport services.
• Develop multimodal hubs and multimodal transfer stations; multimodal integration facilities shall be planned
for all the mass transit stations to improve the seamless transfer from one mode to another. Park and ride
facilities, drop-off and pick–up facilities shall be created at mass transit stations. The roads connecting mass
transit stations shall have a wider footpath.
Table 13.7: Proposed Multi-Modal Hubs and Transfer Stations
Location of Multimodal
Sr No Growth Centre Along Transit corridor or junction Area
Hub
1 Chakan Kuruli MSRDC Ring Road 2.07
2 Chakan Khalumbre NH 548D and MSRDC ring road 1.45
3 Alandi Solu MSRDC and PMRDA Ring Road 5.51

Pune-Ahmednagar (NH 753F) and 2
4 Wagholi Wagholi 9.08
Metro lines
5 Wagholi Lonikand MSRDC Ring Road, High Speed Rail 4.02
Pune Nashik High Speed Rail & Pune-
6 Loni Kalbhor Manjari Bk 5.02
Daund Existing Railway
7 Khadakwasla Bhilarewadi PMRDA Ring Road 1.60
8 Pirangut Bhugaon PMRDA Ring Road 1.24

Crescent Railway & Old Mumbai-Pune
9 Talegaon Khadkale (CT) 1.62
Expressway
10 Talegaon Adhe kh. Expressway 2.68
Khed- Pune-Nashik Road (NH 60) and High
11 Waki kh. 2.37
Rajgurunagar Speed Rail
Pune-Ahmednagar (NH 753F) and
12 Shikrapur Wadhu bk. 9.65
Crescent Railway
13 Saswad Dive MSRDC Ring Road 2.09
Freight and logistic Hubs
The new economic sectors such as logistics and warehousing, agro-processing proposed in PMR require a robust
freight and logistics network. In order to cater to these, the transportation plan proposes truck terminals and
logistic hubs at interchanges of two more transport systems. This will help to avoid congestion within PMC and
PCMC. Bypass rail proposal is effective for good transport, further connecting the freight to the proposed
international airport. Strategic logistic hubs are proposed to support cargo facilities.
Truck Terminals
Trucks carrying goods within the city affect overall city mobility. In order to avoid the movement of truck traffic
during peak hours in the city and to facilitate loading and unloading activities, truck terminals are proposed at
various locations on major arterial roads in PMR.
198
Logistics Hubs
A logistic hub facilitates domestic and foreign trade by providing services including handling, warehousing, cold-
storage, multi-modal transport facilities, container freight stations etc. for efficient, cost-effective and value-
added total logistics services such as cargo-aggregation/disaggregation, distribution and intermodal transfers. In
a logistic hub, all the activities related to supply chains are carried out commercially by various operators.
Logistic hubs at various locations near bypass railway lines are proposed to facilitate multi-modal connectivity for
the logistic operations, and the same is presented in Table 13.8.
Table 13.8: Proposed Logistics Hubs and Truck Terminals in PMR
Logistic Hub Truck Terminal

No Growth Centre
Transit Cor-
Location Transit Corridor Area Location Area
ridor
MDR17,MDR20 Crescent
Bhamboli,Am-
1 Chakan & MSRDC Ring 1381.66 Bhamboli Railway, 75m 2.54
bethan & Moi
Road MIDC road
MSRDC &
MSRDC Ring
2 Alandi Dhanore 214.17 Solu PMRDA Ring 3.17
road
road
NH 753F & NH 753F &
3 Wagholi Lonikand MSRDC Ring 72.45 Lonikand MSRDC Ring 5.67
Road Road
PMRDA Ring
4 Loni-Kalbhor Vadaki 85.65 Vadaki SH120 2.77
road & SH120
5 Khadakwasla - - Mangewadi NH 48 3.09
MSRDC Ring
6 Pirangut Kasaramboli 86.53 Kasaramboli SH130 1.04
Road & NH753F
MSRDC Ring MSRDC Ring
Parandwadi,Ambi Parandwadi
7 Talegaon Road, Crescent 147.82 Road & 5.74
& Badhalwadi & Urse
Railway Expressway
8 Malavali Malavali Expressway and 50.59 -
Crescent
Wadhu bk &
9 Shikrapur Railway, NH 397.35
SanaswadiÂ
753F
Prayagdham & MSRDC Ring MSRDC Ring
10 Urali Kanchan 42.64 Prayagdham 3.67
Koregaon Mul Road Road
11 Saswad Kumbharwalan SH119 132.29
Khed-Shivapur, MDR36 &
12 Khed-Shivapur NH 48 381.47 Kasurdi 1.20
Kasurdi NH48
Ranjangaon
13 Ranjangaon NH 753F 4.81
Ganapati
14 Kedgaon Kedgaon NH65 39.39 Kedgaon NH65 4.12
199
Figure 13.8: Proposed Multimodal Hubs, Truck Terminals and Logistic Hubs in PMR
13.6 Recommendations
Some of the actions under the proposed Low Carbon Mobility plan do not fall under the purview of the statutory
process of Development Plan. Nonetheless, these measures must be taken in current times and are considered
critical for future development. Considering this, the following ‘Recommendations’ are proposed to complete the
loop in achieving a sustainable mobility vision.
1. Physical infrastructure for low carbon emission services

Charging Stations: The central and state governments are promoting low carbon buses (CNG, LPG, Hybrid, Biofuels,
Electric). PMRDA could incorporate conducive physical infrastructure through provisioning for separate lanes for
buses through BRTS corridors, vehicle charging infrastructure, last-mile connectivity at metro stations and bus
stops etc. Feasibility studies for charging stations at all transport reservations, multimodal hubs could be carried
out later to access locations dedicated to public transport.
Energy-efficient Streetlights: Energy-efficient lighting will reduce energy demand by a fraction of current levels
(between 10–50%). Developments are underway to phase out incandescent light bulbs. The initial transition
involves the switch to CFLs. Technologies in the near future include LEDs, light-sensitive switches and further
improvements in solid-state lighting.
2. Air Quality Management

PMRDA could bring under its fold the urban policy design of public transit-oriented urban mobility, smart parking,
intelligent traffic management and integrated multi-modal transport, prioritising non-motorised transport,
digitalisation of public services, and waste management e.g. reduction of C&D (construction and demolition)
waste, all of which are good practices for better air quality.
To bring into effect healthy air quality to the citizens, PMRDA needs to propose Clean Air Action Plans mandated
200
by the National Clean Air Programme of the Indian government.
These are also actions that need to be emulated in the entire PMR. It will also need to strengthen the Air Quality
Monitoring Program by providing locations for monitoring stations for measuring Ambient Air Quality and
continuous emission monitoring system (CEMS).
3. Smart systems
The effective way of managing the transport infrastructure and traffic is through the use of smart technology.
Since various agencies are involved in managing transportation within PMR, some of the recommendations may
not be directly related to PMRDA. Still, these are included considering holistic planning and management.
Key recommendations for the creation of smart infrastructure are set up public transport ITMS- Intelligent Traffic
Monitoring System for public Bus System which shall include:
1. GPS, real-time tracking, health monitoring in buses
2. Smart bus stops with a passenger information system.
3. Mobile apps for real-time tracking of buses and schedules and integrating it with other modes such as metro
and auto, including GPS based traffic analysis.
4. Private bus aggregator to complement public buses.
5. Develop Adaptive Traffic Management System across signals with pedestrian safety buttons, solar panel and
UPS backup, an emergency response system.
6. Smart Card- one card for multi-modes.
7. Intelligent road asset management - Road asset management is based on an analysis of road data related to
inventory, condition, traffic, unit costs, and road deterioration models. The data is entered into a Road Asset
Management System (RAMS) that allows the data to be analysed and optimal budget levels and allocations
to be determined. A RAMS generally involves a computerised road asset management system, encompassing
data collection, data management (database), and data analysis.
8. Air pollution monitoring stations.
201
202
Traffic and Transportation Proposals in PMR

Chapter 14 Prudent:Economic Hubs
and Tourism Proposals
Pune has experienced rapid growth of industrial and commercial activities since 1960. This has led to the over-
concentration of employment activities within the municipal corporation limits and the spilling over of these
activities in an unplanned manner along the fringe areas of municipal corporations and councils. The result is the
strain on infrastructure, leading to the deterioration of quality of life. Thus decentralisation of the economic
activities and planned economic hubs is the key requirement of the metropolitan region.
PMR also has the advantage of having year-round pleasant weather, good quality of life, a strong education base,
two proposed international Airports in the vicinity and proximity to international tourism destinations in Mumbai.
PMR is bestowed with excellent natural settings and diverse tourism opportunities in the form of nature, heritage,
history and culture, the flair of all that is yet not captured.
Prudent goal promotes balanced distribution of economic activities across PMR, a multinucleated approach and
the Work-Live concept, implying living closer to the workplace, making PMR the most liveable habitat in India. This
chapter also proposes the strategies to boost the tourism potential of the Planning Area and place it on the world
tourism map.
14.1 Prudent: Objectives and Actions
The economic development and tourism objectives are covered under the Prudent goal of the Vision Framework.
These objectives promote an integrated approach to fostering all-round economic growth and developing
commercial nodes that provide employment. The prudent goal aims at delivering a stimulus to the economy and
employment through the following strategies and actions, materialising into the planning process:
Table 14.1: Objectives and Actions
Objectives Actions
Action 1: Consolidate employment nodes for vibrant economic centres

Action 2: Promote integrated commercial development at major transit hubs
enabling transit services to regional job centres, job creation and investments in
Employment Centres
transit serviced locations
Action 3: Development of tourism nodes
Action 4: Promote synergies for Industry 4.0 ( Next Generation Industry) through
expansion of industrial development along with technological advancement
Promote Industrial and Action 5: Consolidate development of logistics clusters along Crescent railway and
Logistics Clusters radial roads
Action 6: Provide logistic hubs as urban-rural nexus
Action 7: Create a vibrant startups ecosystem

Action 8: Add value to existing agro-supply chain through agro-processing/R&D
hubs
Promote Innovation
Action 9: Promote biotechnology and pharmaceuticals hubs
Hubs
Action 10: Promote educational hubs focusing on STEM, R&D and skilled
development
Action 11: Empower Rural Development
203
Work Live Hubs

The Work-Live concept is a physical planning strategy aimed to reduce the distance between work locations and
homes. The concept implies living closer to the workplace. Planning of consolidated urban development and
public amenities along the radial mass transport corridors would be based on the Work-Live concept. This includes
planning of the ‘Work Hubs’, i.e. employment-generating nodes, complementing the envisaged economic role for
an Urban Growth Centre, located at a strategic location with the highest accessibility.
Diverse ‘Work Hubs’ are proposed in the Development Plan for PMR, promoting an integrated approach to
regulating overall economic growth. These include public amenities such as Regional and Town Centres,
consolidated transport hubs integrated with commercial activities such as logistics and multimodal hubs and
fostering innovation through the development of education and business hubs. Rural Empowerment Centres are
the reservations proposed within the Rural Growth Centres as the urban-rural nexus, encouraging rural
development. Five tourism gateways are proposed as reservations, which are evenly distributed across, covering
the entire Region, that provide employment while conserving and preserving the ecology and heritage areas.
14.2 Proposed Economic Hubs
Following are the various Economic Hubs of PMR:
Regional Centres
Out of the 18 Urban Growth Centres, three Growth Centres are envisioned as Regional Centres, which also are the
current thriving hubs of PMR, on the lines of Work-Live Hub. These three Regional centres, namely Chakan, Wagholi
and Hinjawadi, are proposed to arrest further concentration of commercial activities within the Corporations and
thus aid in decongesting them.
Regional Centre would be a multi-activity driven centre. The key uses would include commercial, social facilities,
government offices and transport facilities. Residential and mixed-use developments are important for the 24/7
use of the spaces, making them a safer environment. Parks and recreation would be part of the centre too. Regional
centres are along/around major transit corridors and integrated with commercial development. They are well
served with public transport and road infrastructure as it is an employment hub and ease of movement for
employees is important. It also hosts government offices; thus, easy accessibility to the public is essential again.
Being well served and strategically located, theseRegional Centres provide a good opportunity to host strategic
projects such as business parks, cultural and performance centres, sports hubs and convention centres. Below is
a list of programs and land (area) composition that could guide the development of the three Regional Centres of
PMR covering an area between 40 to 80 ha with a mix of around 8-10 activities.
Breakup of activities is proposed below:

1. Government offices: 10%
2. Institutional (Social infrastructure- health care, sports centre, community centre, cultural centre, education
centres, etc): 25%
3. Office spaces and hotel: 25%
4. Integrated transport interchange: 5-7%
5. Residential developments: 15%
6. Parks and open spaces: 10%
7. Roads and NMT routes: 8-10%
8. Additional: Strategic projects, business parks, plazas, hawker markets, etc.
These three Regional centres would not only be the thriving employment hubs of PMR but would set the right
futuristic image of PMR, leading to a world-class metropolitan. The Hubs promote mixed-use development with
access to public transport and are connected by major arterial roads. A detailed urban design and form will need
to be planned for these centres. The iconic strategic projects would be the crown of each of the Regional Centre.
Each of the three Regional Centres will be unique in character through variation in programs based on the need
and context of the area it serves.
Wagholi Regional Centre (Lonikand 33.23 ha)
It is located at the junction of Pune-Ahmednagar Highway (NH 753F), Pune-Nashik High-Speed Rail, Ramwadi-
Wagholi-Shikrapur Metro line, and in proximity to Pune Airport. All this, including proximity to corporation limits,
positions Wagholi Growth Centre to develop into the eastern IT Hub of PMR.
204
Chapter 14 Prudent: Economic Hubs and Tourism Proposals
Wagholi being a majorly residential town, with thriving IT development and logistic activities at Kharadi and
Lonikand, this Regional Centre could host strategic projects such as convention centre/exhibition centre and
arena, along with business hotels, innovation centres and SoHo (Small office Home office) type spaces. These
developments could promote the envisioned retail, finance, fintech and blockchain activities for this Centre.
Institutional complexes such as a regional public library, multipurpose community hall, specialty healthcare
facilities, auditorium and cultural centres along with government offices could form the core of this Regional
Centre. Additionally, spaces for recreational activities such as parks, NMT corridors, plazas aligned by residential
development could be part of the Centre.
Chakan Regional Centre (Sadumbare 17.82 ha and Mhalunge 33.22 ha)
Chakan Growth Centre is positioned as the Automobile Hub and encompasses industrial and MIDC activities.
The Regional Centre proposed at the centre of the Chakan GC is envisaged to fill the gap of CBD in the north of
Pune Agglomeration, complementing the business requirements of Chakan Industrial Hub. High demand for
commercial development is likely to be generated by the proposed Hinjawadi- Chakan Metro Line.
This Regional Centre could host strategic projects such as large exposition centres and business park-like
developments which could promote finance, fintech and blockchain type similar activities. Institutional complexes
such as vocational/ skill development institute, R&D centres, science parks, specialty healthcare facilities along
with government offices could form the core of this Regional Centre. Additionally, spaces for recreational activities
such as parks, NMT corridors, plazas aligned by residential development could be part of the Centre.
Hinjawadi Regional Centre (Hinjawadi 18.84 ha)
Hinjawadi is currently the IT destination of PMR. The Regional Centre is envisaged to fill the gap of CBD in the
west of Pune Agglomeration, complementing the business requirements of IT Hub and High-Tech City Town
Planning Scheme. High demand for commercial development is likely to be generated by the under-construction
Hinjawadi-Shivajinagar Metro Line.
Led by Phase 1, 2 and 3 MIDC development of IT park, this Centre could host business and innovation hubs
promoting IT, ITES, AI and robotics related activities along with either an exposition centre or convention centre
catering to the western side of PMR. Institutional complexes such as training and vocational centres, incubation
centres, specialty healthcare and socio-cultural centre facilities along with government offices could form the
core of this Regional Centre. Additionally, spaces for recreational activities such as parks, NMT corridors, plazas
aligned by residential development could be part of the Centre.
Saswad Regional Centre (Dive 11.97 ha)
Saswad Growth Centre is positioned as the Aetropolise because of its proximity to the new International Airport.
This GC forms a strong southern economic hub of PMR and thus a Regional Centre is proposed to serve not only
southern PMR but also parts of southern Pune District.
This Regional Centre could host strategic projects such as convention centre and business park-like developments
which could promote finance, fintech and blockchain type similar activities and a state-of-art logistic hub.
Institutional complexes such as vocational/ skill development institute, tourist information centre, international
institutes of higher education, specialty healthcare facilities along with government offices could form the core of
this Regional Centre. Additionally, spaces for recreational activities such as parks, NMT corridors, plazas aligned
by residential development could be part of the Centre.
Town Centres
Town Centre would be a commercial node integrated with social facilities serving a resident population of 100,000-
200,000. The town centre’s size varies between 5-15 ha depending on the projected population size of the
corresponding Growth Centre.
The activities could include commercial complex hosting offices, business hotels, retails and financial services. It
could host transport facilities, depending upon its location. Government offices and social amenities required for
Growth Centres could be the main features of the Town Centre. Parks and other recreational spaces could be part
of the Centre.
Some of the Town centres are proposed on the concept of Transit-Oriented Development. The Town centre at
Alandi is located at Solu villages, adjacent to the MSRDC & PMRDA Ring road junction, while the Loni Kalbhor TC
is located along the NH 65 and metro adjacent to MMH. The TC at Khed Shivapur and Nasrapur are centrally
205
located within the GC along NH-48 and MSRDC Ring Road. The Khadakwasla TC is proposed along PMRDA Ring
Road. Pirangut TC is located along NH-753F while Talegaon TC is proposed along PMRDA/MSRDC Ring Road
adjacent to Crescent Railway. Khed Rajgurunagar TC is proposed along the Crescent Railway. Similarly, Shikrapur
TC is located adjacent to Crescent Railway station and metro depot complementing the commercial and
institutional requirements of the GC. Uruli Kanchan TC is proposed over government land along SH-117 adjacent
to Crescent Railway station and proposed logistic hub. The Town Centre of Ranjangaon GC is centrally located
along NH-753F at Karegaon. Malavali TC is proposed at Boraj village along the Lonavala-Pune existing railway.
Logistic Hubs
Logistic hubs would facilitate domestic and foreign trade by providing services such as handling, warehousing,
cold-storage, multi-modal transport facilities, container freight stations etc., for efficient, cost-effective and
value-added total logistics services like cargo-aggregation/ disaggregation, distribution and intermodal transfers.
In a logistic hub, all the activities related to supply chains are carried out on a commercial basis by various
operators.
Consolidated development of logistic activities at various locations such as along the Crescent railway line,
existing railway, national highways, metro and CSR International Airport are proposed to facilitate the multi-modal
connectivity for the logistic operations. These Hubs are proposed to be integrated with the commercial activities,
promoting synergies for Industry 4.0, adding to technological advancement within the industrial sector.
Table 14.2: Logistic Hubs in PMR
Logistic Hub
No. Growth Centre
Location Transit Corridor Area
1 Chakan Bhamboli, Ambethan and Moi MDR-17,MDR-20 & MSRDC Ring Road 474
2 Alandi Dhanore MSRDC Ring road 145.32

NH-753F & MSRDC Ring Road,
3 Wagholi Lonikand 169.46
Wagholi- Shikrapur Metro
4 Loni-Kalbhor Vadaki PMRDA Ring road & NH-956 87.30
5 Pirangut Kasaramboli MSRDC Ring Road & N-753F 94

Parandwadi, Ambi and
6 Talegaon MSRDC Ring Road, Crescent Railway 190
Badhalwadi
7 Khed-Rajgurunagar Waki kh. NH-60 76
NH-753F, Crescent Railway, Wagholi-
8 Shikrapur Wadhu bk and Sanaswadi 404.21
Shikrapur Metro
Prayagdham and Koregaon
9 Urali Kanchan Crescent Railway, MSRDC Ring Road 55.06
Mul
10 Khed-Shivapur Shivapur NH 48 140.13
11 Saswad Kunbharwalan SH119 132.18
12 Kedgaon Kedgaon NH65 42.21
Wholesale Market (Solu 20.43 ha)

Pune City centre hosts many wholesale markets with types ranging from textile, timber, automobile, electronics,
metal, chemicals, paper, tiles, pharmaceuticals, flowers and vegetables. With lack of space availability for further
expansion, congestion, logistic issues and hampering of business due to disasters such as pandemic and other
natural issues, it is proposed that the majority of the businesses be relocated.
Good connectivity, available infrastructure and proximity to existing urban settlement are the main criteria for site
selection. Considering these prerequisites, the land requirements and the availability of government owned
206
parcels, 43.69 Ha of Wholesale market is proposed within Alandi Growth Centre at Solu villages, at the juncture of
both the Ring Roads. The Chakan- Alandi- Wagholi Metro provides good connectivity to this Market.
Life Sciences Park - (Manjari Kh. 149.29 ha)

Prevailing biopharma activities in Manjari Kh (east of PMC) with the presence of a strong pharmaceutical
ecosystem, renowned organisations such as Serum Institute of India, robust institutional base provides a good
opportunity for development of a Life Sciences Park in this region.
As part of the proposed Town Planning Scheme at Manjari Kh, a 149.29 ha of industrial zone is reserved along
Ring Road which could provide a good platform for activities related to Life Sciences Park or the biotechnology/
pharmaceutical activities. The existing ecosystem and a good connectivity via Pune Nashik High Speed Rail,
PMRDA Ring Road and direct connectivity to Pune Solapur Road (NH 65), Hadapsar - Loni Kalbhor Metro, provides
a good setting for development of the Science Corridor.
Education Hubs
Pune has been known as an educational hub of the country. The Development Plan aims to enhance human
capital employment opportunities by creating a sustainable education ecosystem of talent, skills, and
entrepreneurs.
In order to create a thriving educational landscape of the region, a set-up for good universities, research centres
with a variety of themes and spectrums needs to be promoted. PMR’s education hubs aspire to provide a platform
for knowledge production and innovation, converting the young population into valuable human capital, adding to
STEM graduates and high-skilled workers. The education hubs will create a backbone for the proposed envisioned
economic activities such as AI, Robotics, automation, Industrial 4.0, IT/ITES, fintech and blockchain, etc., promoting
innovation and creativity-led entrepreneurship opportunities.
Five education hubs are proposed, Pirangut being the main hub on the west along with Khadakwasla, Alandi on
the east and Saswad, Nasrapur in the south.
Pirangut Education Hub (Bhukum 35.98 ha)
Pirangut has an existing ecosystem for education and allied activities. It is adjacent to Hinjawadi Growth centre,
and provides a good resource, talent pool for IT and ITES industries. Scenically located at Lavale, it is an extension
of the existing campuses such as Symbiosis International University, FLAME University and many others.
Knowledge Hub is the assigned economic role of Pirangut Growth centre, and the proposed education hub would
serve the western region of PMR. It is in proximity to the Western Ghats, which would also help support the
ecotourism activities in PMR.
Alandi Education Hub (Tulapur 102.54 ha)
RP 1997 had proposed ‘Vidyanagari’ as part of the Alandi Sector, promoting the university town concept. Alandi is
not only a pilgrimage hub, but also home to many institutions such as MIT Arts, Commerce & Science College,
MAEER’s MIT Saint Dnyaneshwar B.Ed College and traditional dharamshalas.
Alandi Education Hub, would be the eastern knowledge hub to provide a variety of talent from diverse fields ranging
from engineering to philosophy to neighbouring economic centres, such as Automobile Hub, IT & ITES Centre and
Life Sciences Park. Alandi Growth Centre is well connected, served with both PMRDA & MSRDC Ring Roads, Pune
Nashik High Speed Rail and Hinjewadi- Markal- Wagholi Metro. It will thus prove to be a most strategically located
education hub.
Saswad and Nasrapur Education Hub (Dive 35.88 ha and Kelawade 39.58)
The new international airport at Saswad is envisaged to be a major logistic node boosting the Agro-processing
and FMCG sector within PMR. The Growth Centre is positioned as Aetropolise, promoting a modern lifestyle. The
Education hub proposed is an important constituent of the Aerotropolis ecosystem. It could have the state of the
art infrastrastructure inviting international universities for business, hospitality, tourism and logistic related
studies.
Nasrapur Growth Centre located adjacent to Mumbai Bangalore Road (NH 48) is situated amongst famous heritage
destinations of PMR. An education hub is proposed catering to the tourism and hospitality industry. The scenic
background of the hub is a strategic location for campus-like setting inviting the number of institutions.
207
Khadakwasla Education Hub (Khadakwasale 28.48Ha)

Khadakwasla provides another opportunity for development of an education hub because of the proposed high
density, proximity to Defense areas and proximity to PMC. It is well connected by Shivajinagar- Nanded City Metro
and PMRDA Ring Road.
Khadakwasla Growth Centre is adjoining Khed Shivapur and Narhe. These two are thriving hubs of r ancillary
industries. Thus an education hub is proposed catering to the engineering and technology industry. The scenic
background of the hub is a strategic location for campus-like setting inviting the number of institutions.
Sports University Chakan (Indori 23.93 ha)
Sports and fitness are important aspects of a healthy lifestyle. As required by the State Sports department, an
international sports university is proposed to prepare a talented young force that would in turn help transform
Maharashtra and India into a ‘sports superpower’. Shri Shivchhatrapati Sports Complex at Balewadi is the first
international sports university in Maharashtra. Of the four cardinal locations for education hubs, Sports University
at Chakan forms the northern Education Hub of PMR.
Medical Hubs
Medical hubs are proposed at east at Wagholi and in the north at Chakan, as a cluster of Hospital, medical college
and research centers. Both these Growth Centres are main residential nodes serving almost 18% of the urban
population as well as Regional Centres. They are well connected by Ring Roads, Crescent Railway and High Speed
Rail, providing good regional connectivity. Thus these hubs would serve the region at large.
Rural Empowerment Centres

Rural empowerment centers are proposed to provide support systems required for agriculture such as training
centers for new agro-technologies, vocational training for skill development and digital facilities enabling smart
agriculture practices. Total eight Centres are proposed in each of the Rural Growth Centres.
The rural empowerment centre could host activities such as multipurpose community hall, administrative offices/
government offices, digital centre /vocation centre and micro-finance bank. These centres could also provide for
energy banks, a prototype model for generation of energy using renewable energy, which could further be replicated
within rural areas.
Figure14.1: Economic Hubs
208
14.3 Proposed Tourism Gateways
Need for a consolidated development

Despite all the proposals and policies, the tourism sector had not been able to catch the pace. PMR has not been
able to take advantage of its tourism assets and foreign tourist arrivals in Mumbai. Apart from the lack of required
infrastructure, accessibility and branding for tourism development, part of the problem lies in the fact that there is
no holistic strategy that would support an attractive and competitive tourism destination development.
Various Plans and Policies such as Maharashtra Tourism Policy 2016, ‘Tourism Development Plan for Pune
District’ by MTDC, ‘Dehu-Alandi Pilgrimage Centre Projects’ by Collector Office, ‘RP 1997 Tourism Policy’ etc. have
proposed tourism strategies that focus on circuit development, destination development, policy level guidelines
and theming of tourist destinations. The consolidated strategy that would combine destination, circuit and
theming is needed to create an attractive tourism plan for PMR.
Expected Tourist Arrivals
Pune District Tourism Plan estimates that by the year 2032, the number of domestic tourists visiting the district
will be 9.1 crores, whereas the foreign tourists will be 9.1 lakh. As per the Tourism Plan, about 50% of the district’s
tourism attractions are located in PMR. Thus, PMR shall be able to attract at least 50% of the tourists visiting Pune
district (4.6 crore domestic and 4.6 lakh foreign tourists). There are about 83 tourist sites in PMR, out of which 57
sites (about 70%) fall in the Planning Area. Considering the same, the Planning Area is estimated to attract about
3.2 crore of domestic tourists and 3.2 lakh of foreign tourists.
Hubs and Spokes of PMR’s Tourism

The tourism strategy for PMR is established by proposing five tourism ‘Getaways’ and three tourism ‘Circuits’
based on specific tourism ‘Themes’ depending on the inherent potentials of these Getaways and further
strengthened by proposing ‘Anchors’ and ‘Strategic Projects’. The Gateways act as the Hubs, and the Circuits act
as the Spokes connecting the gateways.
While proposing the tourism strategy for the Planning Area, cognisance of various strategies proposed in the
previous tourism plans such as Tourism Development Plan for Pune District, Maharashtra Tourism Policy 2016,
RP 1997 Tourism Policy are considered.
Besides these gateways, other regional projects or strategic projects such as regional parks, biodiversity parks,
convention centres, stadiums, sports university, cultural centres and regional centres/business centres also
become the hot spots of tourist activities.
The Hubs: 5 Gateways of PMR

The theming of gateways is essential to facilitate the focused efforts as well as streamline the investments into
the tourist destination development. The tourism themes are based on various factors such as existing tourism
assets, natural resources, untapped potential and strategic location of the concerned node. Five Getaways and
their themes are mentioned below:
1. Adventure Getaway/Mulshi Gateway - Focus on biodiversity and wildlife tourism and circuits around
mountains, forests, lakes and dams near Mulshi
2. Heritage Getaway/Nasrapur Gateway - Focus on heritage tourism and connecting forts near Nasrapur
3. Wellness Getaway/Uruli Kanchan Gateway - Focus on naturopathy and agro-tourism and religious circuits
near Uruli Kanchan
4. Spiritual Getaway/Alandi gateway- Focus on spiritual tourism along the Indrayani river belt from Dehu to
Tulapur/Vadhu
5. Leisure Getaway/Malavali Gateway - Focus on entertainment and leisure tourism near Malavali
Figure14.2 illustrates these five Tourism Getaways.
209
Figure 14.2: Five Tourism Getaways
‘Anchors’ and ‘Strategic Projects’
Each Getaway is proposed to be strengthened by an anchor - a large scale strategic project - to develop an
attractive tourism destination. Creating such anchors under each theme is necessary so as to create an image
and branding for the Getaway. Effective branding will be an important tool in attracting investments as well as
foreign tourists. It is necessary to propose impactful destinations in the Planning Area and effective marketing of
them for investments and increased tourist inflow. Strategic Projects in the five Tourism Getaways are described
in this section.
Monsoon and Adventure Gateway

The Western Ghats area is the most picturesque site within PMR and has tremendous tourism potential, which is
yet not captured. A significant part of the Mulshi region is occupied by the Western Ghats, characterised by rich
wildlife and biodiversity. The presence of Tamhini wildlife sanctuary, numerous lakes and forests offer an excellent
natural setting and eco-tourism opportunities. Its natural, rich and bio-diverse landscape offered by the western
ghats and the abundance of rainfall received along with it during the monsoon season makes it a prime destination
for monsoon and leisure tourism. It becomes a haven for adventure enthusiasts and nature lovers to go trekking,
camping, hiking in the wilderness, exploring biodiversity, bird watching, wildlife photography and ecological
awareness creations. The major existing tourism attractions in this area are Tamhini Wildlife Sanctuary, Sudhagad
wildlife Sanctuary, Tata talav, Varasgaon dam, Panshet Dam,Temghar Dam, other dams and lakes, Ajivali Devrai
and forts of Koraigad, Tailabaila fort, Ghangad fort.
The lakes offer an excellent medium for lakefront and nature tourism, where outdoor recreational and leisure
activities could be developed all-around, with lakes being the prime focus. Aamby Valley and Lavasa lake towns in
the Western Ghats are two prime examples.
All the tourist getaways in Mulshi are easily accessible from Pune city (25 km) on motorcycles, private vehicles
within an average time of 45-60 minutes.
210
Strategic Project: Adventure Tourism Centre

A site for Adventure Tourism Centre is reserved within the scenic setting of Tata Talav over 25 Ha land in village
Pimpri, taluka Mulshi on the eastern side of Sudhagad Wildlife Sanctuary. Its proximity to Sudhagad Wildlife
sanctuary and Tamhini Wildlife sanctuary, Konkan belt and Lonavala make it a perfect attraction point for
international adventure tourists. Another site is proposed at Male over 3 ha of land and at Paud RGC of 0.98 ha,
providing excellent connectivity via Kolad- Pune Road (NH 753F)
In line with the National Tourism Policy, the Adventure Tourism Centre aims at providing employment to local
youth who would cater to the needs of adventure tourists and conduct regular adventure tourism events in and
around Western ghats. This, in turn, will help reverse the negative growth trend within the Western Ghats region.
Moreover, the locals know the area better and would suffice to be the best guides for eco/adventure tourism. A
well-trained youth will be able to mark the area as a global adventure landmark. This centre is the gateway to the
eco-circuit, connecting the wildlife, nature trails, trekking and biking routes.
The centre could serve as the base point for paragliding, bungee jumping, hot air balloons and passive water
sports like kayaking and canoeing. It would be a destination for 3-10 days, depending on the training sessions and
the package of activities. With its auditorium and event place facilities, the institute would provide for corporate
sessions and their outdoor events. The resort would be one of the best locations for family gatherings, capturing
the scenic beauty of the Ghats. The campus would be a model development for renewable energy with solar
panels and electric vehicles around the campus. The centre will manage the safety, degree of risk exposure, and
experience of eco-tourism.
To create a safer adventure tourism environment with adequate infrastructure and inculcate a spirit of adventure
amongst the people, the following activities are proposed within the 25 ha reserved site at Pimpri:
Adventure Tourism Centre
1. Basepoint for: Trekking and nature trails, Paragliding, Rock climbing, Waterfall rappelling, Bungee jumping,
Mountain Biking and Cycling, Hot Air balloons, Kayaking, Canoeing, etc
2. Training areas
3. Nature Interpretation Centre and Museum
4. Auditorium and event place
5. Camping Site
6. Star-gazing telescope and observatory
7. Recreational activities within campus: Bird watching, Paint-ball, Zip lining, Archery
8. Medicare facility
9. Accomodation facilities such as hostels, Resorts, Hotels
10. Equipment storage
11. Restaurants
12. Waterfront park and recreational areas
Heritage Gateway
Nasrapur, located on the southern tip of PMR, is surrounded by many forts and religious attractions such as
temples, dargahs. Panoramic splendid views of the Jadhavgad, Torana, Varjgad, Rohida, Rajgad, Purandar and
Malhargad forts can be enjoyed in the backdrop along with its rich and natural setting from all around in this
getaway.
Nasrapur is easily accessible from the densely developed residential suburbs of Pune city by public transport and
Mumbai-Bengaluru National Highway. Due to this ease of accessibility, the trend of weekend vacation homes has
been emerging in the vicinity. This trend is supported by low land prices and the idea of being in a natural setting
within a short time from dense residential areas. The proposed development of an international airport at Saswad
and MSRDC Ring Road will further enhance this trend of low-density vacation homes. These proposals would also
make Nasrapur further accessible from the dense urban settlements. In this situation, Nasrapur, with its pristine
sites located at the foothills of the forts, would offer a break from the busy urban lifestyle and become an ideal
natural destination for weekend retreats/vacation homes.
211
Strategic Project: Art and Heritage Centre

The Art and Heritage Centre is proposed in proximity to Nasrapur Growth Centre, roughly 40 km from Pune station,
a 90-minute journey to the destination. Three strategic projects are possible under this Gateway: Heritage Village
including Festive Square, Tourist Centre and Virtual Reality Museum. 20 Ha land in village Chambali, taluka
Purandar adjacent to Saswad Growth center (Aerotropolis) is proposed for the Centre. The Heritage Getaway is
also the starting point for the PMR Heritage circuit. Another, 3 tourist centers are proposed near this getaway, 0.2
Ha land near Baneshwer temple at village Nasrapur, 1.71 Ha land at village Devadi in Nasarapur growth center and
1.74 Ha land at village Zendewadi in Saswad growth center.
Art and Heritage Village will provide a unique experience into the valley along with spaces for art exhibitions,
spaces for artists, workshops and outdoor learning and experimenting areas. The Virtual Reality Museum would
cover the history of Pune, Maratha Empire and Maval. It will also have augmented reality/virtual reality centres, a
small movie theatre, a library and Indology/anthropology research centre. This Centre could be a family destination
along with other cultural activities. The Tourist Centre is proposed to be an information centre for guidance on
forts and surrounding activities. The centre will manage the safety, degree of risk exposure, maintenance of
facilities at the tourist destination such as the forts, and monitor the Heritage Circuit experience.
The Festive Square will be a prime destination for art and literature events such as Art Biennales, Literature
Festival, Music Concerts and Culinary Festival. Miniature fort exhibits and sculpture parks along with lights and
sounds could be another attraction of the centre.
The following activities could be part of the 20 ha Art and Heritage Centre:
1. Art and Heritage Village
2. Miniature forts and sculpture park including an open-air theatre for light and sound show
3. Virtual Reality Museum
4. Festive Square and art spaces
5. Tourist centre
6. Camping facilities
7. Logistic facilities to forts around
Wellness Gateway
There is a unique culture of practising Ayurveda and yoga in the state and also within PMR. Ayurvedic centres,
yoga centres, destination spas and wellness centres are classified as Medical Tourism Units under the Maharashtra
Tourism Policy 2016. Every year there are millions of medical tourists arriving in India. PMR aims to capture this
opportunity of providing state-of-the-art Wellness facilities, a complete package of Ayurvedic and naturopathy
treatments amidst serene locations.
Uruli Kanchan Getaway is located on the well-irrigated and highly fertile belt along Mula-Mutha River. This has
given rise to several large scale agro tourism-focused projects in the vicinity, which have been flourishing. The
major tourist attractions popular in and around this getaway are Nisargopachar (Naturopathy) Ashram, spiritual
Prayagdham Ashram, Jejuri Temple and Theur (one of the Vinayak temples on the Ashta Vinayak pilgrimage
circuit), Bhuleshwar Temple, Ranjan Khalge, Morachi Chincholi.
Strategic Project: Wellness Centre
The Uruli Kanchan Getaway is located on the fringes of Pune city and can be easily accessed from Pune-Solapur
National Highway. In order to capitalise on the existing naturopathy practices (as part of AYUSH initiatives) and
the horticulture/organic agricultural practices, a Wellness Centre of 10 ha is proposed at Theur village as part of
the proposed amenities. Based along the Mula-Mutha River, this centre could help promote a healthier way of life
along with natural treatments for modern-day diseases. Agro Park and Health and Wellness Park are proposed
within the centre.
Health and Wellness Park could host Retreat and Wellness resorts, Naturopathy centres, Ayurvedic treatment
centres and institutes. It can provide a complete package to medical tourists and patients consisting of suitable
treatment packages along with a variety of stay facilities. Research activities through medicine herb garden and
laboratory could be developed to promote AYUSH initiatives.
212
Following activities are the possible within the centre:

Wellness Centre
1. Naturopathy clinic
2. Accommodation facility: 50-80 bed general ward, luxury rooms and cottages
3. Ayurvedic treatment, massage and acupuncture centre
4. Wellness and spa centre
5. Yoga and gym area
6. Training area
7. Medicinal herb garden and research laboratory
8. Recreational area and garden
Spiritual Gateway
Alandi is a pilgrimage hub, a hub of culture and spiritualism. It offers great potential to explore tourism avenues
around religious spaces. The main pilgrimage centre in Alandi is Sant Dnyaneshwar Maharaj Samadhi and Temple
complex. The 800-year-old tradition of Wari sohala and the pilgrimage/yatra brings millions of pilgrims (Warkaris)
to the city. There are two annual pilgrimage routes (yatra) with Palkhis, one organized from Alandi and another
from Dehu to Pandharpur. Many Warkari devotees join it. Most of the visitors come to Alandi to worship or spread
spiritual awareness, for which numerous events and festivals are organized like the annual fair on Kartiki Pournima.
Also, Pune is home to many spiritual centres like Osho Ashram, Ram Krishna Math, Art of Living Ashram, Chinmaya
Vibhooti, Vipassana Centre, Prayag Dham, Ramamani Iyengar Yoga Institute and many more. Many foreign tourists
are drawn to Pune for spiritual activities.
Alandi is situated in proximity to several other religious and spiritual destinations like Ashta Vinayak, Bhimashankar,
Dehu (Sant Tukaram Maharaj Samadhi) and Tulapur (Sambhaji Maharaj Smarak), which could be visited in
succession when visiting Sant Dnyaneshwar Samadhi Complex at Alandi. Extension to the Chatrapati Sambhaji
Maharaj Smarak is proposed over 2.42 Ha land.
Strategic Project: Spiritual Centre
Considering the above aspects, a Spiritual Centre with multipurpose hall amidst a park-like setting is proposed at
Apti along Bhima River. This centre is proposed as part of an amenity reservation, required to hold a wide range of
spiritual activities around the year. The Spiritual Circuit will begin from this Spiritual Gateway. Additional Spiritual
Centre is proposed over 5.22 Ha land at village Dhanore,Taluka Khed, for supporting pilgrimage activities at Alandi.
This Spiritual Centre is envisaged to provide a holistic experience that includes meditation and yoga halls, and
accommodation facilities. The spiritual centre’s key programs could include a meditation centre, convention
centre and library/research area. Study areas/classrooms, library and research centre could provide for study and
contemplation upon the scriptures. A community kitchen along with a dining hall could be proposed. Meditation
Park is proposed to create a spiritual experience through nature, being part of nature.
Several international conferences are held on spirituality, such as International Conference on Spirituality and
Psychology, Spiritual Leadership Conferences Asia, Global Festival of Spiritual Sciences, and national conferences
such as International Festival of Spiritual India, National Medico-Spiritual Conference and many more. A small
convention centre could be proposed to understand the requirement of spiritual discourses.
Following activities are possible within the Spiritual Centre:

1. Meditation hall
2. Yoga hall
3. Study areas
4. Library and research area
5. Community kitchen and dining hall
6. Garden and open space area
7. Office and administrative area
8. Spiritual museum
9. Yatri Niwas
10. Convention centre
11. Meditation park
12. Tourist Centre
213
Entertainment and Amusement Gateway

Malavali is a major hill station between Mumbai and Pune. Malavali attracts a large number of tourists because of
its excellent natural setting and climate. It is located in proximity to other highly commercialized tourist destinations
such as Lonavala, Kamshet and Khandala. It is a popular destination for monsoon and recreational tourism,
attracting adventure enthusiasts. The existing attractions in proximity are Bhaja, Bedse and Karla caves, Visapur
fort,Tung Fort, Tikona Fort, Lohgad, Tungarli lake, Pawana lake, Valvan dam, Shiravat dam, Vadiwale dam, Andhra
dam and lake amusement parks, adventure parks, various hill points - lion’s point and duke’s nose etc.
Malavali is easily accessible through trains, public transport and private vehicles. It is a major railway stop between
the Mumbai-Pune railway line. It is located 139 km from Mumbai (2.5 hours) and 55 km from Pune city (1.5 hours).
With upcoming transport proposals between Mumbai-Pune like the quadrupling of the Pune-Lonavala rail route,
Malavali hill station could be accessed in a shorter time from both the cities.
Strategic Projects: Entertainment and Amusement Centre
The centre is proposed to be over 45.5 Ha land along Pawana river adjacent to Pawana lake at village Kale, taluka
Mawal. With better infrastructure and state of the art filmmaking studios made available in proximity to Mumbai,
another subordinate film city could be developed here. This is where Malavali becomes an ideal location to set up
a Film Media and Entertainment Park as it offers several development advantages like relatively low land prices,
anticipated good connectivity with Mumbai in the near future and a salubrious climate with a natural setting that
would boost creativity, becoming an ideal location to set up the film/television production, supporting animation
and emerging VFX business. Additionally, tourist entertainment centres are proposed at Jadhavwadi (52.8 Ha),
Kune NM (2.79 Ha) and Mudhavare (4.58 Ha)
The Entertainment and Amusement Centre includes Film, Media and Entertainment Park over 45.5 ha land.
Following activities are possible within the within the centre:
1. Film, Media and Entertainment Park
a. Film City
b. Studios and production infrastructure
c. Media centre/broadcasting centre
d. Gaming and VFX Park
2. Hollywood/ Bollywood Theme-based park
3. Games and Amusement Park
4. Lakefront Resort
5. Waterfront Promenade lined by F&B
6. Service Villas and Apartments
The Spokes - 3 Circuit of PMR

Three circuits - Eco Circuit, Heritage Circuit and Spiritual Circuit - are proposed as part of the proposed tourism
plan for PMR, each providing a unique experience.
Eco Circuit
The proposed eco-circuit could be part of the state eco-circuit grid by connecting 13 forts, Tamhini Wildlife
Sanctuary, temples and eco-sensitive villages. The circuit provides an adventurous experience to travellers by
crossing the ridges of Sahyadri Mountain ranges, its valleys, scenic views of the backwaters of 11 dams and treks
of 13 forts. Homestay facilities, eco-huts, eco-friendly dormitories could be promoted within eco-sensitive
villages.
The Eco circuit begins at the Adventure Gateway, and the eco-circuit route is marked in Figure 14.2. The detailed
eco-circuit and location points could be finalised after preparing a detailed report in consultation with MTDC and
Maharashtra Eco-Tourism Board.
Heritage Circuit
The Heritage Circuit covers forts and important religious places PMR. The Tourist Centre at Heritage Retreat
Gateway will be the commencing point of the circuit. The Heritage Circuit is marked in Figure 14.3.
Spiritual Circuit
The Spiritual Circuit is planned to augment the spiritual experience by visiting various ashrams, religious places
and understanding their philosophies. The Spiritual Centre will be the starting point for the circuit. Recreational
facilities such as wellness centres and meditation centres could also be incorporated within the circuit.
214
Figure 14.3: Proposed Tourism Plan
215
216
Chapter 15:
Proposals -
Ecology and Environment
Ecological features of the region offer an opportunity to function as carbon sinks and upsurge the region’s
resilience towards environmental challenges and impacts such as water shortage, deforestation, soil erosion,
pollution of water and carbon emission. The natural resources such as streams, low lying areas, groundwater,
hilltop hill slope, forest, and the eco-sensitive regions in PMR are under pressure due to rapid urbanization. This
chapter covers various strategies and mitigation measures envisioned to optimize the existing resources and
create an integrated Green and Blue lattice over the locale.
15.1 Resilient: Objectives and the Actions
Ecological and environmental objectives fall under the Resilient Goal of the Vision Framework. These objectives
state the protection and preservation of environmental features in PMR. Following actions are proposed in the
Vision Framework to materialise these objectives into planning:
Table 15.1: Objectives and actions
Objectives Actions
Action 1: Protect and conserve all water bodies: streams, rivers, canals, ponds, lakes
and reservoirs
Action 2: Reduce vulnerability by demarcating flood lines (blue lines) and
safeguarding through green belt
Conserving Green
Action 3: Demarcate flood lines and augment flood control measures
Ribbon
Action 4: Develop avenues conceived as a tree-lined road, with Non Motorised
Action 5: Protect and Conserve Western Ghats (eco sensitive zone) and forests
Action 6: Controlled development in eco-sensitive zones, establishing contiguity of
Protecting Green
Action 7: Protect Hilltop & hill slopes
Segments
Action 8: Develop parks as green lungs within Growth Centres
Action 9: Promote plantation of indigenous trees within Catchment areas and along
bottom of the hills
Preserving Green
Action 10: Protect irrigated agriculture lands in command areas
Canvas
Developing Green Action 11: Promote Carbon Neutral Townships

Nodes Action 12: Promote renewable energy banks within urban and rural centres
Increasing Resilience
PMR is exposed to various hazards owing to its geophysical setting. The Western Ghats have been experiencing
many landslide events while the eastern region has been experiencing droughts. Some parts of the central area
have been experiencing floods, and some other areas have been experiencing forest fires. A detailed hazard
analysis was carried out to understand the extent and intensity of these hazards across PMR. Each of these
hazards is explained in this chapter, along with various strategies and mitigation measures envisioned to optimise
the existing resource and make an integrated resilient plan over the locale.
217
The Sendai Framework of Disaster Risk Reduction (DRR) 2015-30 emphasises disaster risk management and
defines seven global targets with disaster risk reduction an expected outcome. The expected goal is to reduce
disaster risk substantially and losses in lives, livelihoods and health in economic, physical, social, cultural and
environmental assets of a person, business, communicates and countries. It focuses on the prevention of new
risks, reduction in existing risks and strengthening resilience. One of the seven global targets is to substantially
reduce disaster damage to critical infrastructure and disruption of basic services, such as health and education
facilities, and developing their resilience by 2030.
Mainstreaming disaster management in Development Plans is key to ensure sustainable development envisaged
by Sendai Framework. This has been considered in conceptualisation and preparation of the Development Plan
through different planning strategies and tools.
15.2 Protecting Blue Ribbon: Water Conservation and Management
Rivers and primary and secondary order streams/nalas form a contiguous network. These water bodies will be
protected as it will help conserve the water systems, creating a Blue Ribbon. Following are the actions taken to
build this Blue Ribbon:
Protecting the Water Flow

In order to protect the water flow, protecting the entire order of the water system is necessary. Thus following
actions are taken for water conservation and management:
Rivers, Streams and Nalas:
Hierarchy of nalas/natural streams is established based on their relation with respect to rivers. As per Strahler
stream order, when two first-order streams come together, they form a second-order stream. When two sec-
ond-order streams come together, they form a third-order stream. PMR has 10 major rivers, which in turn have
thousands of first and second-order streams that supply it with water. Most of these streams are on hill slopes
of the Western Ghats and spread over the eastern plains of PMR.
It is imperative to preserve the first and second-order streams. Many of them would already have stream vegetation
along their banks. Those that are barren can be used for plantation. Plant growth along the streams is relatively
faster since soil moisture can be higher. If the streams are removed for any reason, high rainfall will lead to sheet
flows resulting in damage to downhill settlements.
Thus all rivers in the region, including river course, first and second-order streams, are earmarked and protected
under the proposed Water Body Zone. Similarly, dumping any form of waste and the discharge of wastewater into
nalas shall be prohibited.
Canals
PMR has five major canals supplying water to the eastern region. These canals are protected under the proposed
Water Body Zone.
Protecting Water Bodies

Protection of water bodies is essential for water conservation as well as for recharging of aquifers. It will also help
with water supply to rural areas and rainwater harvesting. Thus following actions are considered for water
conservation and management:
Irrigation Projects
Based on information from the state irrigation department, irrigation projects are classified as major, medium and
small. PMR has seven major dams and three medium dams/reservoirs. The total surface water capacity available
in the region, based on large and medium projects, is about 140 TMC, and for small projects, it is about 4 TMC.
Thus major, medium and small irrigation projects have been classified accordingly and are protected under the
Water Body Zone.
218
Chapter 15:Proposals - Ecology and Environment
Strategies
1. Ensure implementation of regulations by Water Resources Department, GoM regarding clear distances from
high flood lines while carrying out any land development around dams and foothill areas as notified.
2. Dumping any form of solid waste and discharge of wastewater into the reservoirs shall be prohibited.
Ponds and Lakes
Existing ponds and lakes are considered under the Water Body Zone for protection, helping maximise rainwater
harvesting capacity within the Study Area. Broad estimates indicate that 1.3 TMC rainwater could be harvested,
leveraging existing ponds and lakes that cover a total surface area of 1,908 ha.
Strategies:
1. Reinstate and protect all the water bodies shown in revenue records as well as Existing Land Use Map.
2. Ensure no construction shall be allowed within 100 m from high flood lines of natural lakes following the
U-DCPR.
3. The building control line from banks of ponds and lakes shall be as mentioned in UDCPR.
4. Belt between a pond/lake bank and the building control line to be developed as a soft landscape, devoid of
any temporary/permanent structure.
1. Prohibit dumping of any form of waste and discharge of wastewater into ponds and lakes shall be prohibited.
Wells
As per GSDA regulations, all the wells are recommended to be protected without refilling and kept free of
encroachment. In case of development, mandatory open space shall be kept around a well with necessary human
safety provisions.
Strategies:
1. Prohibit the encroachment on wells.

2. No cesspool shall be used or made within 100 feet of any well as per U-DCPR.
3. Ensure the unhindered flow of rainwater into wells for effective groundwater recharge
4. Ensure that mandatory open space shall be kept around the well in case of developed areas with necessary
standard provisions for human safety.
Reducing vulnerability and mitigating disasters: Drought

Drought is a creeping disaster. Its onset is difficult to demarcate, and so is its end. Delay in the arrival of monsoon,
failure of monsoon, irregular and scanty rainfall during Kharif, falling of groundwater level, drying of wells and
reservoirs and deficit in paddy plantation indicate the onset of drought. Generally, it is non-structural and, therefore,
difficult to quantify on an immediate basis. Its spatial extent like that of floods denotes its severity.
The fall in groundwater level, less food production, less fodder for animals, migration of labourers, and water crisis
determine its long-term impact. Its impacts like those of floods are cumulative and its continuance over a period
or season magnifies the impact manifold.
Drought, unlike other hazards, does not cause any structural damages. The typical effects include loss of crop,
livestock, timber, fishery production, food shortage, dehydration, loss of life, increased poverty etc. In fact, the
impacts of drought are generally categorized as economic, environmental and social.
Strategies and actions adopted in the Development Plan
All primary and secondary streams are protected, maintaining the water ecology. All water bodies, ponds,
percolation tanks and reservoirs are protected, increasing groundwater recharge. Rainwater harvesting is
promoted in urban areas as per DCPR. Irrigated agriculture lands are protected through the G2 zone in command
areas, as explained below Green Canvas of PMR. Site for agro market produce is reserved, providing for storage of
food grains.
219
Figure 15.1: Blue Ribbons
15.3 Conserving Green Ribbon: Water Ecology Conservation and Management
Green belts along river banks and green spaces between the building line and banks of primary and secondary
order streams/nalas form a contiguous network. Since the Green belt is protected, it will help maintain the water
ecology creating a Green Ribbon network. The streams and vegetation for the longitudinal corridors connect
ridges of these mountains and hills to the water area, helping the wildlife. Following are the actions taken to create
this Green Ribbon:
Flood lines
PMR is blessed with 10 major rivers flowing through it. Most of these rivers originate in Sahyadri mountain ranges
and form a part of the upper Bhima basin, an integral part of the Krishna Basin - an important river in peninsular
India. There is a great potential for creating carbon sinks along river banks and reducing bank erosion in extreme
rainfall events (high intensity, high frequency, short duration).
Large portions of river banks are currently private farmlands. Many portions of the banks have a low vegetative
cover. Bank vegetation is known as ‘riparian forests’. The root mass of these forests binds the soil on banks during
flood situations. Furthermore, the riparian forests help the hyporheic zone.
Over time, as constructions come up along the river banks, there will be a loss of more riparian vegetation. Loss of
vegetative cover will make the river banks fragile. They can collapse in high rainfall events. The impact of this is
an increased vulnerability of people in the vicinity of rivers to floods.
Green Belt Zone is proposed between a blue line and riverbank, on either side. Within this green belt, mandatory
vegetation cover, the riparian forest is proposed. Also, entire vegetation from river banks up to Blue Line are
mandated to be conserved, thus increasing the tree cover. No construction shall be allowed between a blue line
and a riverbank.
88.89 sq km is demarcated as Green Belt in the Development Plan.
220
Strategies for Rivers:

1. Demarcate High Flood Lines (25-year HFL and 100-year HFL both) along all major river/ streams
2. Restrict new development by designating a 25-year HFLs zone.
3. Develop the segments of Green Belt within the urban areas as Waterfront Park from the riverbank on either
side, while the rest of Green Belt is conserved naturally.
4. Mandatory strengthening of flood protection infrastructure for already permitted developments.
Buffers
The building control line for nalas/streams shall be 6 m respectively, measured from the bank of a nala/stream. A
belt between a Nala bank and building control line shall be kept as an open space devoid of any permanent/
temporary structure.
Strategies:
1. Cycle tracks may be proposed in this open space following the provision in U-DCPR.
2. Prohibit major shifts trm of waste and discharge of wastewater into nalas.
Wildlife Corridors/Belt Zone
The western part of PMR, comprising mountain ridges and hill slopes of the Sahyadri mountains, has high species
diversity and high endemism. There is a movement of many faunas from here to areas of water and food.
Passages for the movement of wildlife are recommended to be reserved. The streams and nalas marked have
good vegetation cover. These longitudinal paths are relatively far from settlements, connecting the ridges to the
water areas. Transport overhead bridges are recommended to be constructed at intersections, not disturbing
these green ribbons.
Development within this zone is prohibited, and soft scapes, vegetation should be promoted where the owner/
developer bears the responsibility of maintaining the terrain, hydrology, flora and fauna of the proposed corridor.
Reducing vulnerability and mitigating disasters: Floods

Floods are temporary inundations of land with water caused by rains, overflowing of rivers, discharges released
from large reservoirs, cyclones, tsunami, melting of glaciers and sea tides. It may come gradually and take hours
and days together to recede or may even happen suddenly due to heavy rains, breaches in embankments, failure
of dams, cloud bursts, storm surge etc. Except for flash floods, there is usually a reasonable warning period.
Floods damage houses/human settlements/crops/infrastructure, endanger human and cattle lives, fragment
families, destroy wealth, jeopardize livelihood bases and cause migration. It literally wipes out the socio-economic
development achieved so far in the region and drives it to rewrite everything and begin from the beginning:
response, relief, restoration, rehabilitation. reconstruction and redevelopment are needed on a very large scale.
PMR being land-locked, floods are caused by either overflowing of rivers due to excessive rains in its catchment
or excessive discharge released from reservoirs. The floods cause either breach in embankments or excessive
erosions. As chance would have it, out of the four causes and consequences of floods—excessive rains, excessive
discharge, excessive erosion, siltation and breach in embankments—only the last two can be controlled and
managed. The others are beyond the control of the administration.
Floods affect most of the talukas within Pune district. As per HRVA assessment 40 villages are likely to be affected
by a flood once in 25 years, whereas 35 villages are flood-prone once in 100 years.
Mula, Mutha, Pawana, Indrayani and Bhima rivers are flood-prone and likely to cause flooding in Haveli taluka.
Other talukas prone to frequent floods are Shirur, Daund, and Haveli (Bhima River), Pune city and Mulshi (Mutha
River), Khed and Maval (Indrayani River), Ambegaon/Shirur (Ghod River) and Purandhar (Nira River).
All primary and secondary streams are protected, allowing smooth flow of stormwater into main rivers, in case of
excessive rains and discharge. All water bodies, ponds and reservoirs are protected. Flood lines are demarcated,
and lands between blue lines and river banks are protected through Green Belt Zone. This, in turn, will reduce the
risk of floods affecting settlements.
221
Figure 15.2: Green Ribbon
15.4 Protecting Green Segments: Ecology Conservation and Management
Conserving forests, wildlife sanctuaries, regional parks, wilderness patches and town parks within urban areas
form the Green Segments. Following are the actions taken for conserving the ecology by creating and protecting
these segments:
Forest
Due to deforestation over slope areas, soil erosion and siltation within dams is increasing. There is a loss of forest
and wildlife due to uncontrolled tourism activities and real estate developments.
Forestlands under the purview of the forest department are designated as Forest Zone. The land area showcasing
dense vegetation within private lands is marked as Private Forest. Similarly, there are several ‘sacred groves’ or
‘Devrai’ in this region. They are age-old forests and gene-banks of biodiversity. The forest area comprises about
824.29 Sq km, which is 13.4% of study area.
Strategies:
1. Ensure 100% preservation of forest lands and where degraded forests are observed, afforestation program is
recommended.
2. Prohibit diversion of forest land for non-forest purposes from critical and ecologically fragile wildlife habitat.
3. Promote efforts to increase the forest cover and conserve existing forests, including ‘sacred groves/Devrai’
forests as per National conservation Strategy And Policy statement On Environment and development,
National Forest Policy, Indian Forests Act and National Environmental Policy by Ministry of Environment and
Forest, GOI.
4. It is recommended to open up forests within Growth Centres for passive recreation to help ensure the
availability of ‘Green Lungs’ for liveability.
Wildlife Sanctuary
Tamhini Wildlife Sanctuary and Sudhagad Wildlife Sanctuary are located on the western side of Mulshi and Velhe
talukas. The forest in Tamhini is rich with birdlife, insects, and the endemic Indian Giant Squirrel. Sudhagad, also
222
a historic hill fort, has dense forests, viz; tropical evergreen forest, and wet deciduous forest. The total area of a
wildlife sanctuary in PMR is about 6220.10 ha (1% of the total PMR area).
All activities in the Tamhini Wildlife Sanctuary are being governed by the provisions of the Wildlife (Protection) Act,
1972 (Act 53 of 1972 and rules framed thereunder) (MOEF, Aug 10, 2017).
Strategies:
1. Ensure controlled development in designated eco-sensitive areas

2. Ensure no encroachments and illegal activities from within forest lands and protected areas
3. Promote, protect and conserve wildlife sanctuaries as per Wildlife Conservation Strategy, 2002
Wilderness Areas/Biodiversity Parks

Government lands situated on slope areas within Growth Centres are proposed as Wilderness Areas or Biodiversity
Parks. These wilderness zones are wild plantations. The area is under ‘benign neglect’, and the forest is allowed
to regenerate at its own pace. The total area proposed under this reservation is 4.05 sqkm, where only afforestation
and parks related activities will be allowed.
Regional Parks
Regional Parks are proposed along hills or rivers, considering the availability of government-owned lands within
Growth Centres. These Parks are theme-based and are also proposed to be tourist attractions in the region. The
total area proposed under the Regional Park Reservation is 135.84 ha, where only afforestation, park and eco-
tourism related activities will be allowed. Regional parks are proposed to be developed on a specific theme such
as Botanical garden, Ridge Park, Wetland ecology park, Waterfront Park, Bird Park, Woodland Park Cultural Creative
Park, Science Park etc. The Regional Parks proposed to be larger on a scale ranging from 20 ha to 60 ha as
compared to neighbourhood gardens and town parks. These parks are proposed at Wagholi GC (Perane), Uruli
Kanchan GC (Theur) and at Alandi (Rase).
Town Parks
As per the proposed planning norms, a 3-5 ha park is reserved in Growth Centres, covering a total area of 153.48
ha. These also form the Green Segments of PMR facilitating the Resilient Goal. These parks are well-manicured
‘Urban’ parks serving the Growth Centre. 31 Town Parks could also be developed on certain themes such as
Waterfront Park, Creative Science Park, Sculpture Park, Rock Garden, Zen Garden, etc.
Hilltop hill-slope
Hilltop hillslopes area is about 547.47 sq km, i.e. 14% of the PMR area and mainly observed on the western side of
the region. This zone is designated based on RP 1997 provisions (i.e. slope >1:5) and delineates using GIS analysis
of slope, contours, elevation details and high-resolution imagery. Slopes > 1:2.5 are considered non-suitable for
development, while 1:5 -1:2.5 slope and Hilltops are considered areas with limited development potential.
Development within this zone is generally prohibited. Certain very low density uses such as agro-tourism, eco-
tourism as well as permitted uses specified in Unified DCPR, may be allowed provided that the owner/developer
bears the responsibility of maintaining terrain, hydrology, flora and fauna of the proposed development site in
original condition, during the development period and post-occupancy.
Strategies:
1. Prohibit development in slopes >40%

2. Ensure the controlled development of lands having slopes >20% to <40% as per provisions of U-DCR
3. Ensure the maintenance of dense plantation on slopes <1:5 in contiguity to Hill Top Hill Slope zone
Afforestation Zone
Barren lands which are gradually sloping until the foot of the hill, which also act as recharge zones considered
afforestation zones. Also, the land surrounding lakes, reservoirs and dams are proposed to have limited activities
through the proposed afforestation zone. 430.17 sq km land is proposed as afforestation zone.
Strategies:
1. Establish contiguity of forests by classifying steep slopes >20% into Afforestation Zone
2. Avoid contamination of water within the reservoirs/ dams by limiting activities within its surroundings
3. Ensure the controlled development on gradually sloping lands as per provisions of U-DCR
4. Ensure the maintenance of dense plantation within the proposed are
223
Ecological Sensitive Areas
The Western Ghats/Sahyadri mountain ranges are designated ecological hotspots. They harbour endemic
biodiversity and rich species composition. The Western Ghats, a UNESCO World Heritage site, is designated as
Ecologically Sensitive Areas (ESA) comprising 145 villages part of PMR (Refer to Chapter 2). These villages have
been included under Ecologically Sensitive Zones I and II.
The total area under Ecologically Sensitive Area/Western Ghats is 1180.69 sq km creating a band on the western
edge. Development in this region is governed in accordance with guidelines for ‘Ecologically sensitive Areas’,
delineated by the High Level Working Group (MoEF, GoI, 2013).
Strategies:
1. A no-tolerance policy is recommended with respect to intervention and environmentally damaging activities
such as mining and other polluting industries. (subject to a high level of scrutiny and assessment before
clearance within the Environmentally Sensitive Area).
2. A balanced approach is recommended towards environmental protection for ESA by strictly limiting
environmentally damaging activities but also creating an enabling process by introducing activities such as
Ecotourism and other environmentally sound developments to benefit the locals and the economy.
3. Promote development of Ecotourism, Nature tourism and Adventure tourism
The conservation, protection and restoration of forests, wildlife sanctuaries and the Western Ghats is a mandate
of the following authorities:
1. Ministry of Environment and Forests, GOI
2. State Forest Department, GOM
Water Recharge Zones

PMR’s topography consisting of basalt rocks gives rise to a low-storage aquifer system. Thus, it becomes more
critical to address the means to replenish these aquifers. Critical areas are recommended to be marked in the
future based on the discharge and recharge location from the Pune region/PMR aquifer map.
Strategies:
1. ‘Ground Water Recharge Priority Map’ needs to be prepared, and a process for development requirements
needs to be prepared in future.
2. Prohibit water polluting activities in high infiltration zones with high groundwater potential and groundwater
recharge areas, such as lineaments and fault/fracture zones.
3. Ensure the monitoring of groundwater quantity and especially quality regularly by observing wells in
unsaturated and saturated zones of the aquifer to detect the influence of land uses and activities at the
surface.
4. Ensure increase in groundwater recharge by involving relevant authorities in Watershed Development
Initiatives as per the Integrated State Water Plan guidelines issued by the Water Resources Department of the
state government.
Reducing vulnerability and mitigating disasters: Landslides

PMR is prone to landslides, rock falls, debris flows, especially in Mawal taluka villages (Malewadi, Boraj, Maau,
Mormaarwadi), Bhor taluka (Sonarwadi) and Mulshi taluka (Ghutke).
Since the Malin landslide event (of Ambegaon taluka), which occurred on 30 July 2014 and claimed 151 lives, the
susceptibility of moderate slopes and their dynamic interaction with the rainfall came to light. As per the GSI, the
village and its surrounding areas are not on the highest slopes in the western ghats.
Majority of landslide-prone areas fall under Hilltop Hill slope zone. These hilltops and hill slopes are protected
through controlled development and stringent controls for slopes over >20%. Majority of forest lands fall over
mountain crests and steep slopes. The Forest department protects the forest lands.
Afforestation activities are promoted along hills where the slope is less than 20% and along the base of hills,
safeguarding erosion and thus mitigating landslides.
Figure 15.3 represents the Green-Blue segments
224
Figure 15.3: Green-Blue Segments
15.5 Preserving Green Canvas: Protecting Command Areas and Water Catchment Areas
Urban expansion results in socioeconomic transformations with relevant impacts for peri-urban soils, leading to
environmental concerns about land degradation and increased desertification risk in ecologically fragile areas.
The transformation also impacts agricultural use of land leading to zone conversions. Thus irrigation command
areas and water catchment areas of major irrigation projects/dams in the region are proposed to be protected,
while 60% of PMR is proposed under the agriculture zone, forming the Green canvas of PMR. Following are the
actions taken for protecting the Green canvas:
Protection of Water Catchment Areas

PMR has several major and minor irrigation projects (dams) in the Western Ghats area. These areas were once
dense forest because of high rainfall. As the vegetative cover on hill slopes of the dam catchments reduces, a high
amount of rainfall in the Western Ghats will hasten soil erosion. This will reduce vegetative growth and regeneration,
increase siltation in the dams and reduce the carbon sinking capacity of the area.
The steep slopes are protected through the Hill Top Hill Slope zone. The gently sloping lands of the hills until the
foot of the hills, are preserved through the afforestation zone to maintain the vegetative cover, with limited activities
as mentioned in U-DCPR. As the land surrounding lakes, reservoirs and dams are proposed to have limited
activities through the proposed afforestation zone, water catchment areas of the more significant number of the
major irrigation projects are well addressed.
Strategies:
1. Follow the strategies mentioned in HTHS and Afforestation zone

2. Promote integrated watershed development and management works from ridge to valley and establish water
balance as per the recommendations in the Integrated State Water Plan of Water Resources Department,
Government of Maharashtra.
3. Formulate guidelines for any new development in the water catchment areas, to aid efforts in areas of water
225
conservation, topsoil conservation, augmentation of groundwater recharge, etc.

4. Introduce and promote sustainable land management and other conservation measures to enable recovery
of areas that have ceased to be water catchments.
Agriculture Protection and Management

The objective behind delineating the agriculture zone is to protect agricultural lands where possible and sustain
jobs in the agriculture sector. Rural empowerment centres would foster farmer-processor tie-ups and promote
startups deploying IoT (Internet-of-Things) and other emerging technologies to improve ‘farm-to-fork’ supply
chain to offer better prices for agricultural produce.
Agriculture Zone G-1:
All existing agriculture and vacant lands situated beyond the Protected Agriculture Zones (G-2) are generally
designated under this zone. The total area under this zone admeasures 2287.81sq km.
Green Zone G-2:
All existing agriculture and vacant lands situated in irrigation command areas outside the Growth Centres or the
urbanisable area are identified and designated under this zone. The total area under this zone amounts to 565.56
sqkm.
Zone conversion of this zone situated in the irrigation command area is not allowed except for agro-tourism
activities that do not impact predominant use of the land, i.e. farming.
Strategies:
1. Arrest depletion of Irrigated agricultural lands - ‘Agricultural land under Command Area’ for real estate and
other development activities
2. Ensure integrated watershed development and management works as per the recommendations in the
Integrated State Water Plan by the Water Resources Department of the state government to avoid soil erosion
and topsoil conservation.
Reducing vulnerability and mitigating disasters: Earthquake

Earthquakes are generally regarded as the most destructive among natural disasters. According to the IS 1893
Part I 2002, Maharashtra state has been divided into three earthquake damage risk zones. Most of PMR falls into
the moderate damage risk zone - zone III. However, the south-west area of Bhor and Velhe talukas fall into high
damage risk zone IV.
Pune lies in the seismically active zone of Koyna region, which is about 100 km south of the city. It has recently
been upgraded to lie in the zone IV, the second most dangerous seismic zone in India. Historically Pune has
experienced some moderate-intensity and many low-intensity earthquakes. Although earthquakes were not
known to have originated in Pune itself, an earthquake of a very slight intensity took place in Pune that had its
epicentre in Dehu, about 13 km from the main city. Seismologists were unable to explain the occurrence of this
earthquake. Fault lines scattered throughout the district make the region a minor earthquake prone area.
The seismic zone IV is observed in Nasrapur Growth Centre and surrounding rural areas. As part of the mitigation
strategy, Nasrapur GC is planned to be a low-density town with maximum agriculture zone coverage. The southern
tip is protected under the Hilltop Hill slope zone, where development is controlled, reducing the risk to dwellers.
In case of an earthquake as a hazard, no prevention measures are available. However, mitigation measures for
earthquake impact reduction need to be considered. They consist of structural and non-structural measures.
226
Figure 15.4: Green Canvas
15.6 Green Nodes: Promoting Carbon Neutrality
The milestones and targets, as per the roadmap recommending actions related to carbon neutrality for PMR, are
divided into two main parts:
1. Carbon sequestration: mainly protecting and enhancing green cover to store carbon dioxide and reducing
emission gap using technology
2. Emission reduction: reducing current greenhouse gas emission levels in PMR
The strategies and actions mentioned in Blue Ribbon, Green Ribbon, Green Segments and Green Canvas help
achieve carbon sequestration. Reduction in emission through the promotion of renewable energies is covered
under transport and utility strategies.
However, to promote emission reduction through residential development designed for low carbon footprint and
smart sustainability, Carbon Neutral Townships are proposed.
Carbon Neutral Townships

PMRDA intends to adopt elements of carbon neutrality and energy efficiency in its approach towards planning and
development of PMR. The Carbon Neutral Township concept caters to a vital urban mix of residential buildings
and offices, shops, restaurants and public facilities promoting a Green City. The concept proposes to offer its
residents a maximum of quality and minimum resources consumption through:
1. Compact Development
2. Mixed-use, including habitation, offices, shops, restaurants and social facilities
3. Minimised embedded energy
4. Zero Carbon operation
5. Excellent mobility (Train, Bus, local streets, highway access, bike trails, pedestrian mall)
A model town development of 1 sq km, a carbon neutral neighbourhood for over 10,000 inhabitants is being
considered as a proof of concept. 19/0/2019, MOU was signed between Government of Maharashtra and 2000
Watt Smart City Association (2000WSCA), Switzerland. The objectives of tre MOU are as below:
1. Enhancement of capacities of PMRDA and GoM in sustainable development planning
227
2. Master development of the new 2000-Watt-Smart-City Townships

3. To develop a sustainable carbon neutral development regulatory framework
Energy Banks
PMR is proposed to have almost 60% of rural area, which is mainly agrarian in character. Promoting the concept
of the circular economy, the concept is to reuse the waste that is generated within PMR into energy as an alternative
to conventional energy. This will, in turn, help in an effective reduction in carbon emission, as massive amounts of
carbon dioxide are released by burning of dry leaves. Instead, if this fodder is collected and made into biofuel, it
will benefit the rural economy and make the rural communities self-sufficient. This could be very well done through
a PPP model.
Energy Banks are proposed as part of the Rural Empowerment Centre at each of the Rural growth centres serving
the rural villages. Biogas plants could be installed in each of these centres where through faecal sludge treatment
plants biomass could be supplied to these biogas plants along with agriculture fodder and byproducts of
agriculture processes. Solar panels could be installed in these centres, promoting another method of renewable
energy.
Renewable Energy Parks are proposed on government owned lands on higher elevations/ hilly terrain for use of
various technologies for producing renewable energy and supply of power into the electricity grid. The ideal
technology to be used for power generation from renewable energy resources like solar parks or wind farms,
feasibility and the applicability of the proposed technology needs to be first studied.
These Energy banks form the Green Nodes of PMR addressing the Resilient Goal.
Some actions do not come under the purview of the statutory process of Development Plan. Nevertheless, these
measures are required to be taken in the current time and are considered critical for future development. Some of
these recommendations to make PMR Carbon Neutral are covered in this section.
Emission Reductions
1. Hybrid RE Stations and PV: There are existing as well as proposed high-speed transit corridors in PMR such
as Ring Roads and Pune-Mumbai expressway. There is a high potential for emissions reduction by installing
Renewable Energy (RE) provisions on the median.
Recommendation: Hybrid RE stations with Photo Voltaic (PV) + Vertical Axis Wind Turbine (VAWT) could be
proposed along these high-speed transit corridors. The RE generated here should be used in Electric Vehicle
(EV) recharge stations.
2. Neighbourhood Amenities Area in PMR: Land provisions exist in the Development Plan for government
institutions, primary and secondary schools, general hospitals, maternity homes, shopping malls, community
centres and parking spaces .
Recommendation: The rooftops can be demarcated for rooftop distributed hybrid RE plants. They can be
fitted with PV and VAWTs. This RE can be used for neighbourhood street lighting.
Carbon sequestration
1. Quarries within PMR: Nearly 0.02% area of PMR comprises defunct quarries. These quarries have an
impervious base and a good capacity to hold rainwater.
Recommendation: Convert these quarries into wetlands biodiversity parks. Wetlands are shallow water
bodies, where sunlight reaches most parts of the waterbody and bestows it with a high vegetative growth like
phytoplanktons, reeds, floating and rooted vegetation. The aquatic vegetative cover can harbour good aquatic
life like zooplanktons, crustaceans, molluscs and fish. A wetland ecosystem is efficient and productive with
a high capacity to store carbon. Such wetlands attract migratory birds and can be tourist spots in the city.
2. Neighbourhood Amenities Area in PMR: Land provisions exist in the Development Plan for government
institutions, primary and secondary schools, general hospitals, maternity homes, shopping malls, community
centres and parking spaces.
Recommendation: The plantation can be mandated in some portion of each of these common amenities.
This will increase the carbon sink within PMR, without encroaching into development land.
228
Ecological Improvement
1. Environment/Ecology Cell for PMR: The PMR comprises several biogeographic zones with significant rare
and endangered species. Their presence endows the land with unique ecosystem services which are vital for
the health and well being of humans and non-human beings living in this land.
2. Recommendation: An ecological cell for PMR is recommended as part of the administrative setup. The role
of the cell would be to protect, conserve and improve ecosystems and ecosystem services within PMR. This
is critical in our fight against climate change.
3. Waste Segregation and Composting of Organic Waste: The dominant vegetation in the PMR region is the
deciduous trees. They give rise to a phenomenal amount of leaf litter during the winter season.
4. Recommendations: Composting pits with leaf shredding facility could be provided in villages, which would
avoid burning of the leaves, reducing carbon emission. This will help in the faster decomposition of the leaves
to nutrient-rich compost. This compost can be used in agricultural activities.
5. Reed Bed Filtration at the entrance of lakes, ponds and water bodies. In many water bodies within the PMR,
water enters in the form of a stream. It brings with it the sewage collected on its way, and subsequently, the
sewage load in the static water body (lake/pond) increases.
6. Recommendations: Reed bed filtration system (biological- no energy inputs) are recommended to be planted
in these water bodies. Streams supplying water to lakes and ponds can be identified, and reed bed filtration
systems (biological – no energy inputs) can be planted on them. The reed bed filtration system acts as a
biological and physical filter. This will improve the water quality entering the lakes.
7. Sustainable Agriculture Belt: Runoff of fertilizers and pesticides into the river due to agricultural activities
within the river basin, are one of the key components responsible for water pollution.
8. Recommendations: It is recommended to promote sustainable agricultural practices in rural areas within
500m from the riven banks on either side of the river. This will not only help in arresting water pollution but
help in maintaining the water ecology.
9. Protection of Water Catchment Areas: PMR has several major and minor irrigation projects (dams) in the
Western Ghats area. This was once a dense forest because of high rainfall. As the vegetative cover on hill
slopes of the dam catchments reduces, high rainfall in the Western Ghats will hasten soil erosion. This will
reduce vegetative growth and regeneration, increase siltation in the dams and reduce carbon sinking capacity
of the area.
10. Recommendation: Promote integrated watershed development and management works from ridge to valley
and establish water balance as per the recommendations in the Integrated State Water Plan of Water
Resources Department, Government of Maharashtra. Formulate guidelines for any new development in the
water catchment areas, to aid efforts in areas of water conservation, topsoil conservation, augmentation of
groundwater recharge, etc. Introduce and promote sustainable land management and other conservation
measures to enable recovery of areas that have ceased to be water catchments.
229
230
Chapter 16:
Proposed Utility
With the proposed regional positioning and population projections, rapid urbanisation would take place in PMR in
the next 20 years. A robust and efficient system for utilities management needs to be in place. This chapter covers
the strategies to address the challenges the region faces in water supply and distribution, sanitation and waste
management.
16.1 Efficient: Objectives and Actions
Utility infrastructure objectives are captured under the Efficient goal of the Vision Framework. These objectives
provide for effective management of natural resources. Following actions are proposed in the Vision Framework
to materialise these objectives into planning:
Table 16.1: Efficient Goal and its Actions
Objectives Actions
Develop efficient
systems for water Action 1: Develop trunk infrastructre for water supply and sewage network for each
supply and sewage in Growth Centre
each Growth Centre
Promote water Action 2: Promote recycling of wastewater at each Urban Centre
conservation and
recycling Action 3: Recharge groundwater through rainwater harvesting
Action 4: Decentralisation of solid waste management sites

Promote circular
economy through waste Action 5: Promote the in-situ solutions to recycling of organic waste
management
Action 6: Mandate industrial waste recycling and effluent treatment
Encourage share of Action 7: Encourage an increase in renewables share

renewable energy within
the grid Action 8: Facilitate waste to energy concept
16.2 Water Management
This section covers the approach and methodology to ensure efficient and equitable water distribution across
PMR through demand assessment, provision of land reservation for physical infrastructure and water conservation
strategies. PMR water demand assessment is carried out considering the recommended rate of water supply and
population projections. The details of the water management are provided below.
Water Demand
The 18 Urban Growth Centres comprise 233 villages while the 8 Rural Growth Centres comprise 8 villages. The
total projected population of the Growth Centres is 40.74 lakh and that of the rural villages is 13 lakh. Demand for
the said population is worked out based on MWRRA guidelines. Accordingly, the rate of water supply for urban and
rural areas varies. The rate of water supply adopted for Growth Centres is 90 LCPD while that of rural is 55 LPCD.
However, as per the same guidelines, 30% of recycled water (27 LPCD) is considered while calculating the total
water demand. The recycled water could be used for non-drinking uses such as agriculture, gardening, car
washing, etc. After reducing the demand by considering recycled water, the fresh water requirement works out to
be 62 LPCD. Nonetheless, 15% losses are added to the fresh water requirement which sums up to 72.45 LPCD for
the Growth Centre villages. After adding the 30% recycled water to the fresh water requirement, the total rate of
231
water supply works out to be 90 LPCD. In case of rural villages, although the rate of water supply is 55 LPCD as
per the MWRRA guidelines, 15% losses are factored in, resulting in a total of 63.25 LCPD for rural villages.
Following is the total water demand for PMR based on 72.45 LCPD for Growth Centre villages and 63.25 LCPD for
rural villages
Table 16.1: Water Demand
Villages Population Rate of Water Supply Water Demand (mm3)
Growth Centre 241 4094823 72.45 LCPD 108.35
Rural Villages 573 1335311 63.25 LCPD 30.82
Total 814 5430134 139.17 (4.9TMC)
Water Sources:
Reservoirs in PMR are classified into major, medium and minor categories using the guidelines provided by the
State Water Resource Department. These reservoirs are the key source for different water needs such as drinking
water, domestic use, agriculture and industrial use. While devising water supply strategies for PMR, it has been
noted that certain water sources have limitations of use due to prior commitments. However, the sources identified
are available within PMR and its immediate surroundings to provide an efficient and cost effective system.
Similarly, although Chaskaman dam, Bhatghar dam, Nira-Deodhar and Ghod Dam are situated outside PMR, they
are considered as water sources for PMR. Currently, 35 sources have been identified serving the 814 villages.
The data regarding sanctioned water and availability of water from the live storage of each dam is collected from
various divisions of WRD by the appointed consultant, and water supply planning is done accordingly. Water
availability data is dynamic in nature, as many entities depend on the same sources of water. In order to carry out
a well informed water supply plan, the data is collected and captured until 31st May 2021.
Water supply Strategies:

1. Decentralised system is adopted for assigning villages to the source along with an integrated approach while
planning for the water supply system, to reduce on the capital cost.
2. Topography is the prime criteria, where villages are divided based on ridges.
3. Utilisation of gravitational force for flow of water is key to identifying villages, reducing the requirement of
pumping and thus providing for energy saving.
4. The principles of River Basins viz. Sub-basins like Mutha sub basin, Mula sub basin, Pawana sub basin,
Indrayani sub basin, Andra sub basin, Bhama sub basin and so on are considered while planning, then
following the revenue boundaries. It is rational, logical & technically viable to follow this concept simply
because any natural water course follows the basin rules.
5. Villages within watersheds for that particular source are identified and water demand is fulfilled accordingly.
6. In most of the cases, water supply to Growth Centres is provided from major and medium size projects based
on availability and proximity.
7. Only local villages within the immediate vicinity of the M.I. tanks are considered as dependent for that
particular M. I. Tank.
8. Temghar, Khadakwasla, Vadiwale and Varasgaon are the four dams whose water allocation is already planned
for, thus these dams are excluded from the list of water sources. However, the villages edging the submergence
line are considered depending on these dams.
9. Detailed planning & design of the bulk transmission lines will be done at the stage of detailed DPR.
10. Equitable and incremental water demand: The equitable water distribution philosophy shall be adopted which
will overcome the issue of water scarcity. The rate of water supply shall be in incremental basis based on the
financial viability and recovery strategies
11. Renewable energy for pumping and other electric requirements to be promoted
12. It is also desirable to promote recycling of at least 30% of Wastewater and reuse facilities so that the irrigation
and the non-domestic water demand can be fulfilled from the recycle source.
13. Implement the SCADA system for ease in operation and maintenance of the water supply, conveyance and
treatment system.
232
Chapter 16: Proposed Utility
Water Supply Plan
Water Zones:
Based on above strategies, 35 sources which include major, medium dams and M. I. Tanks are proposed as part
of the Water Supply Plan. Thus, 35 such zones are planned surrounding each source, indicating the number of
villages- urban and rural, depending on that particular source. Figure 16.1 and Table 16.2 lists the source and the
dependent villages. Also, increase in urbanisation would lead to reducing land under agricultural activities.
Additionally, by using advanced technology for use of water in agricultural usage, would help in mitigating irrigation
water demand.
As per the proposed Water Supply Plan, Bhatghar, Chaskaman and Mulshi Tunnel reservoirs will supply 48% of the
water demand of PMR. Ghod Dam (98 villages) followed by Bhatghar (75 villages), Chaskaman (76 villages),
Pawana Dam (63 villages) and Bhama Asked (56 villages) serve 45% of PMR.
Figure 16.1: Water Supply Plan- Zones
233
Table 16.3: Water Supply Plan- Zones
Sanc- No. of
No. of
Name of Type of Storage tioned Villages
Villages Year (2031) Year (2041)
Source / Zone Source Details Reserva- of Growth
covered
tion Centre
Annual Annual
Quantity Popula- Water Popula- Water
Total UGC RGC
(mm3) tion Demand tion Demand
(mm3) (mm3)
Khadakwasla Major 44 85.91 271628 6.91 370469 9.39
Temghar Major 15 107.96 7919 0.18 8149 0.19
Warasgaon/
Major 21 375.36 32947 0.76 33211 0.77
Dasave
Panshet Major 26 310.61 9886 0.23 10269 0.24
Total 879.84 424.89 10 1
Chaskaman Major 76 241.69 26.44 679143 17.47 880932 22.77 26
Bhama
Major 56 230.65 144.11 327936 8.43 414761 10.71 26
Ashkhed
Ghod Major 98 169.3 12.62 520655 12.82 605380 14.96 11 2
Pawana Dam Major 63 272.12 285.77 187087 4.68 217229 5.47 20 1
Bhatghar Major 75 672.65 29.73 614647 16.03 907649 23.77 44
Gunjawane Major 44 104.69 0 44184 1.02 47357 1.09
Mulshi Dam Major 46 535.76 0 49436 1.16 50817 1.2 1
Upper Andhra
Lake/ Major 19 363.7 0 24357 0.56 25575 0.59
Thokarwadi
Shirwata Major 3 212.97 0 1532 0.04 1639 0.04
Medi-
Vadiwale 49 40.87 8.62 220307 5.76 273589 7.17 24
um
Medi-
Kasarsai 10 17.38 3.91 59690 1.53 96163 2.49 4
um
Lower Andra Medi-
25 83.3 66.3 111533 2.77 146893 3.65 13
Lake um
Mulshi Tunnel Medi-
22 46.61 25.96 506238 13.39 744238 19.68 22
Project um
Medi-
Nazre 18 22.32 7.25 138884 3.56 153379 3.93 9
um
Medi-
Valwan 15 72.12 0 101294 2.63 119059 3.1 6
um
Adhale Minor 6 1.27 0 26674 0.69 28459 0.73 3
Malvandi Minor 4 3.69 0 6389 0.15 6848 0.16
Jadhavwadi
Minor 13 12.12 1.07 97733 2.58 131016 3.46 13
Dam
Pimploli Minor 3 1.54 0 2063 0.05 2040 0.05
Khamboli Minor 3 1.84 0 3294 0.08 3294 0.08
Rihe Minor 2 1.61 0 3224 0.07 3432 0.08
Hadshi 1 Minor 1 3.07 0 10574 0.24 10643 0.25
Hadshi 2 Minor 2 1.41 0 1762 0.04 1775 0.04
Walen Minor 14 5.11 0 23390 0.54 24202 0.56
Uravade Minor 4 2 0.44 12772 0.33 12700 0.33 2
Chinchwad Minor 3 1.46 0 1864 0.04 1864 0.04
Saltar Minor 3 1.3 0 1360 0.03 1391 0.03
Bhongvali Minor 15 3.22 0 29018 0.68 31366 0.73 1
Kadus Minor 5 2.62 0 20631 0.52 21707 0.55 1
Wafegaon Minor 8 3.11 0.005 13927 0.32 14841 0.34
Tithewadi Minor 5 7.86 0 26377 0.64 27802 0.67 1
Total 814 4019.2 1037.115 4190355 106.93 5430138 139.31 233 8
234
Water Treatment Plants:

As discussed earlier, reservoirs are considered as the primary source of drinking water. PMR is divided into 35
zones considering river basins in the region. Water treatment plant (WTP) locations are considered near the source
but at a higher elevation and also within each of the Growth Centre, accentuating the decentralised water supply
system, making each Growth Centre self-sufficient. Availability of water in these reservoirs have led to varying
numbers of villages in different zones. The design parameters for water supply system components are based on
the CPHEEO manual reference guidelines. Area allocation for each WTP is done based on URDPFI guidelines.
Elevated Storage Reservoir (ESR) or Ground Storage Reservoir could be proposed during the detailed project report
stage based on gravitational force and water demand.
26 WTPs are proposed in Growth Centres, each with an area ranging from 0.2 to 1 ha, while 8 are proposed within
Rural Growth Centre. Further details are available in Table 16.3. Figure 16.2 shows the location of WTPs, reservoirs
and zones as part of the Water Supply Plan.
Figure 16.2: Water Supply Plan- WTP locations
Modular and efficient systems
PMRDA is adopting modular (i.e. scaling up capacity as and when required) approach for setting up of WTPs so
as to reduce upfront capital investment, avoid underutilisation of facility and to provide flexibility in terms of
scaling up the capacity in future.
Feasibility of using the existing water supply system would be checked and proposals for augmentation to the
same would be prepared during the DPR stage for long term sustainability. Further, the system components of
each WTP will be designed considering minimisation of operation and maintenance and efficient working in the
remote areas, case to case and demand basis.
Non- Revenue Water (NRW): The NRW comprises physical losses and financial losses in the water supply system.
The proposed plan intends to promote use of automation systems like SCADA for bulk supply along with smart
water metering and laying of closed pipe conduits, in order to reduce the rate of NRW to 15% level. In the initial year
the baseline of NRW could be established through water audits and sample surveys. Then the annual targets
could be set to achieve the benchmark of 15% NRW.
235
Water Conservation Strategy:
Balancing reservoirs: Quarry areas hold the opportunity for developing some of the non-functional quarries into
water reservoirs. Due to the quarrying activity for extracting stones and other construction materials, natural
water containers are formed. These containers are lined by impermeable surface, providing a good opportunity for
developing them as balancing reservoirs. These cases would be implemented, after detailed study of its feasibility,
within existing quarries in Chakan, Alandi and Wagholi Growth Centres, by lifting water from the Indrayani River
and refilling these reservoirs. Some of these reservoirs are at higher elevation, water could be drawn through
gravitational force.
Augmentation of existing sources: The existing M.I. tanks are based on the FRL received from the State Water
Resources Department. Periodic desilting of the tank would be required. However, in case the water requirement
increases, water holding capacity of certain M.I tanks, after detailed study, could be increased by raising the height
of Waist Weir Bar. In order to provide for the raise in height, provision is made by proposing green belt skirting the
M.I. tanks.
Developing barrages: Certain rivers like Bhima, where excess water is available, barrages could be developed
across certain cross-sections of the river. This would aid in arresting and utilising the excess water as an
alternative water source. It could only be done in concurrence with the State Water Resources Department, also by
aligning with the Interstate Water Distribute Tribunals.
Preservation of Shivkalin lakes: PMR has a rich heritage and certain lakes are part of it. Few ‘Shivkalin’ lakes are
observed in PMR, specially in Daund Taluka. It is proposed that these lakes could be re-utilised and maintained
further by lifting water from near-by water sources and filling these lakes. These would act as additional water
sources for the local villages surrounding the lakes.
Rainwater harvesting: As per U-DCPR, rainwater harvesting is promoted with incentives for newer developments.
However, rainwater harvesting could also be taken up by individual Grampanchayat, creating a local water source
for the village, making it self sufficient. This could be readily done in the Western Ghat villages, where rainfall is
heavy and high water-run off. These percolation tanks could be proposed within the proposed afforestation zone
at foothills.
Catchment Treatment Plan/ Increase in Ground-water: Ground water table within PMR is depleting rapidly. In order
to increase the percolation of rainwater and augment the ground-water table, Catchment Treatment Plan (CTP)
could be proposed. It involves certain majors such as creating bunds across nalas, trenching, constriction of
Gabion walls, dense plantation of indigenous trees along slope, reducing the downhill water force, could be
proposed. Deepening and widening of streams, construction of earthen stop dams and digging of farm ponds are
few other steps which could be further taken up.
Storm-water Management Plan: The urbanised areas in PMR are facing serious issues of stormwater and surface
runoff management due to diversion of the natural runoff pattern, encroachment on the natural streams, and
inefficient surface runoff management. The issue of flooding in some parts of the rural areas is observed in the
region on the southern and northern side. The effective runoff management, defining the correct runoff intensity
and runoff management with rain water harvesting mechanism could overcome the present situation. It is thus
recommended that a Storm Water Management Plan could be prepared considering effective guidelines of
CPHEEO, GIS analysis and Sewer GEMS.
16.3 Sewerage Management Plan
The villages within the PMR region have poor sanitation facilities. The untreated sewage is discharged into the
natural sewer or low lying areas or directly into the river. The river pollution level is higher and is beyond the
desirable limits. The peri-urban villages along the PMC, PCMC are having increasing housing demand. The
sanitation system needs to be improved and user friendly. Also, the PMR area is very widely spread, thus for cost
efficiency, the urban areas shall be planned with the de-centralised sewerage system and some parts with
prevalence of septic tanks, mostly rural areas. To make PMR more Resilient, it is also desirable to promote the
recycle and reuse facility so that the irrigation and the non-domestic water demand can be fulfilled from the
recycle source. The sewerage management plan is designed based on the CPHEEO guidelines as well as SWACH
Bharat Mission guidelines.
236
Sewerage Generation
Due to the implication of the Water Policy and the MWRRA notification, the recommended rate of water supply in
the PMR region is considered as 90 LPCD for urban villages and 55 LPCD for rural villages. The same rate of water
supply is adopted for further design purposes. So wastewater generation is worked out considering 80% the
supply plus 15% infiltration as per CPHEEO guidelines.
Table 16.4: Sewerage generation
Rate of Water Sewerage generation considering

Villages Population Water supply (mm3)
Supply 80% the supply +15% infiltration
Urban
241 4094823 72.45 LCPD 108.35 99.7
Villages
Rural
573 1335311 63.25 LCPD 30.82 28.3
Villages
Total 814 5430134 139.17 (4.9TMC) 128
Sewage Management Strategies:
1. Promote decentralized treatment mechanisms in order to reduce the capital cost.

2. Plan the sewerage system by considering gravitational force, locating the STP at the lowest point of the
Growth Centres.
3. Clustered approach in rural areas: Villages having population higher than 5000 people to be provided with
STP with surrounding villages depending on the facility, promoting a clustered approach.
4. Provide an efficient recycling system and infrastructure in the light of reducing the amount of potable water
usage.
5. Preliminary treatment facility (Septic tanks) to be proposed for the villages having population less than 5000
people, for cost efficiency.
6. To implement the SCADA system for ease in operation and maintenance of the sewerage collection,
conveyance and treatment system.
7. Monitoring of management systems and ease of maintenance.
Proposed Sewerage Management Plan

1. The aspects considered while planning of the STP locations are:
2. Terrain and topography of the growth centres, with STP being located at the lowest point of the Growth
Centre, avoiding pumping of the sludge.
3. Natural water courses crossing the Growth Centre
4. Population based approach for distributing STPs, not straining the capacity of the STP.
Sewage treatment facilities:
Growth Centre: Each of the Growth centres is provided with multiple STPs, based on population distribution and
topography. 64 STPs are proposed in GCs with number of STPs for each growth centre ranging from 0.5 to 1 ha.
Maximum STPs are located in Loni Kalbhor Growth Centre with respect to the population (8.33 lakh) followed by
Hinjewadi and Talegaon Growth Centre having a population of 4.34 and 3.47 lakh respectivly. Majority of the STPs
are proposed along rivers and nalas of second order streams. Details of STP locations are provided in table 16.5.
Effluent Treatment Plant
Most of the industries are located within the MIDC jurisdiction. However, new industrial zones are proposed
outside of the MIDC. Treatment of industrial effluent is critical as it may lead to hazardous conditions and affect
the environment. Effluent treatment plants are proposed adjoining the newly opened up industrial areas. ETP sites
are proposed at Chakan, Talegaon, Pirangut, Khed Shivapur, Ranjangaon and Uruli Kanchan.
237
Figure 16.3: Sewerage Management Plan- STP & ETP locations
Reuse/Recycle of Sewage
As per the MWRRA guidelines, 30% of the total water demand needs to be fulfilled by recycled water. Promoting
this further, the Water Supply Plan as well as the Sewerage Management Plan intends to recycle at least 30% of
the domestic waste-water within the Growth Centres and reuse it for non-human consumption such as toilet
flushing, gardening, horticulture and agriculture. Use of recycled water for irrigation purposes will ease the burden
on the irrigation authority to produce additional water for the same purposes, resulting in increased gross yield.
This could have a positive social as well as environmental impact.
Further, potential for reuse of recycled water for industries as their process water through ETPs could be explored.
Recycling of waste water is factored in at both the systems STP and C-STPs.
16.4 Solid Waste Management
Solid Waste Management is one of the most important services that authority has to provide. With the urbanization
of PMR, it is imperative to optimize this civic expenditure. Solid waste disposal and management should be
planned for the long term and at least controlled tipping should be adapted in the disposal of the solid waste.
Solid Waste generation

The per capita waste generation is assumed at 300 gm/day. The details of waste generation is given below:
Table 16.4: Solid waste generation
Planning Areas Solid waste generation, 2041, MT
PMR Planning Areas (Urban) 1591
PMR Planning Areas (Rural) 321
Total 6986
238
Proposed Solid Waste Management Plan:
Based on the population projections for the PMR by 2041, the current provisions are inadequate to cater the future
projected solid waste generation. The total solid waste generation in the future is going to increase and accordingly,
there will be a need to develop appropriate systems for collection, transportation and disposal of solid waste in an
environmentally friendly manner either through properly designed solid waste management sites or through other
treatment methods. With projected population for urban villages being 40.74 lakh, decentralised solid waste
management sites are crucial for a healthy lifestyle.
Solid Waste Management Strategies:
1. Decentralised system to be adopted for Growth Centres

2. Three tiered system to be proposed
a. door-to-door collection in the Urban area through use of ‘ghanta gadi’
b. Collection of neighbourhood waste at Transfer stations and segregation of waste
c. Transferring the waste to Solid waste management sites and promoting 50% recycling of inorganic waste.
3. Location of these sites to be identified based on ‘low/ moderate prioritisation for artificial recharge of ground
water’ as defined by GSDA. However, detailed studies of ground water level shall be carried out before
finalising the locations of the SWM sites
4. As per the Municipal Solid Waste Management and Handling 2016 guidelines, site to be located at the
distance of
a. 100m from river, 200 m from pond
b. 200 m from highway
c. 10- 20km from Airports or airbase
d. 200m from any settlement/ habitation, public parks or water supply wells
5. Location based on availability of government land
6. Located Ideally located within agricultural zones
Solid Waste Management Sites:
Understanding the three tiered system of solid waste management, only Solid Waste Management sites are
proposed within Growth Centres. However, it is proposed that Transfer stations shall be developed at village level
or grampanchayat level and to be built-operated by the local body. Total 36 number of sites are proposed with 1-2
sites in each of the Growth Centre. Table 16.5 details our locations of SWM sites, proposed for 2031.
Transfer station (also as recycling centre)
Transfer stations could be planned within a village or neighbourhood. Waste generated from the immediate
surrounding could be collected, segregated and stored in this collection point before sending for solid waste
management sites. Each Transfer station would be equipped with a transferring facility, sorting facility, recycling
facility and either biomass or composting facility, depending on the waste characteristics. Waste would be
collected from the customers by door-door basis and delivered to the station to be sorted. Only non-recyclable
and non-recoverable materials could be transported to the SWM sites for final disposal. The recycling of waste is
highly recommended as it reduces load on solid waste management sites and environmental impact.
239
Figure 16.4: Solid Waste Management Plan- SWM locations
Reduction in amount of waste generated
In order to reduce the amount of waste generated and reduce load on the waste management sites, it is required
that recycling/recovering/ composting of waste needs to be addressed. To achieve this, following programs are
proposed for the PMR:
1. Educate the public on 3Rs (Reduce, Reuse and Recycle) concept and strategies in schools and workplaces
2. Provide at least one recycling bin at every community centers and residential clusters in the Urban areas;
3. Add UDCR clause of residential areas having area more than 4000 sqm to develop solid
4. Develop door-to-door recyclable collection in the Urban area in order to make it convenient for the resident
to participate in recycling program and eliminate the need to build many recycling drop off facility in the City;
5. Formalise the existing waste pickers under a Community based Organisation to keep track of the recycling
rate;
6. Develop a centralised resource recovery center/ transfer station that will site a recycling center, biomass and
composting plant to streamline the waste sorting process;
7. Provide incentives for industries to recycle their waste.
Table 16.5: Details out location of WTP, STP and SWM sites
Population No.of Proposed STP No.of Proposed

Growth Centre No.of Propsed WTP Site
2031 Site SWM Site
Chakan 278563 1 5 2
Alandi 82713 1 5 3
Wagholi 264855 1 5 2
Loni Kalbhor 232504 2 10 5
240
Khadakwasla 209127 3 4 3
Pirangut 245699 1 4 2
Hinjawadi 174726 2 6 5
Talegaon 253732 2 6 0
Malavali 126130 2 3 4
Khed Rajgurunagar 64260 1 2 2
Shikrapur 142263 1 2 1
Uruli Kanchan 106088 2 1 1
Saswad 51215 1 2 2
Ranjangaon 30411 1 2 1
Yawat 38037 2 2 1
Kedgaon 123358 2 2 1
Total 29626 1 3 1
46323 0 0 0
2499630 26 64 36
16.5 Fire Brigade Stations

Fire stations are proposed as per the requiremennt from the Fire Department of PMRDA. Each Growth Centre is
provided with fire station. A total of 24 fire brigade stations are proposed.
241
The Proposed Utilities Management Plan covers aspects required to make the plan efficient and resilient. However,
some actions do not come under the purview of the statutory process of the Development Plan. Nevertheless, in
current time these measures are required to be taken and are considered critical for future development. Under
such pretext, following ‘Recommendations’ are proposed in order to make the Plan smarter and more resilient.
Energy-efficient water and wastewater management system
There are a number of equipment that use energy in water and wastewater management systems. However, water
and wastewater pumps account for the maximum usage of energy. Therefore, energy-efficient pumps need to be
considered here as a representative of energy-efficient equipment. An energy-efficient pumps are defined as
pumps that have BEE rating ≥ 3stars. Setting up solar systems at utilities so that at least 40% of the plant electricity
consumption could be met. Also, biogas generation from sewage and sludge which could be further used to
generate additional electricity. E.g. cities like Pune, Chennai, Surat are generating biogas at STPs and converting
it into electricity.
Considering environment sustainability, reduce carbon load on environment and reduce load on the solid waste
management site, PMRDA intends could take up following actions:
Intelligent Solid Waste Management: Various treatments and processing options including Waste to energy plants
with different technologies such as incineration, gasification, biomethanation and pyrolysis could be explored.
Construction & Demolition waste management: Recycled Aggregates (RA) and Recycled Concrete Aggregates
(RCA) derived from Construction and Demolition (C&D) waste need to be utilised. PMRDA could identify the C&D
Waste Management facilities as per C&D Waste Management Rules, 2016. The Authority could seek detailed plans
or undertakings from large generators of construction and demolition waste and sanction the waste management
plan. Large generators of C& D waste shall have environment management plan to address the likely environmental
issues from construction, demolition, storage, transportation process and disposal / reuse of C & D Waste. PMRDA
could further procure and utilize 10-20% materials made from construction and demolition waste in municipal and
Government contracts.
Promote circular economy: The SWM sites could help in processing of wet waste through composting, the
byproduct of which can be used as manure. Processed inorganic waste could help provide raw material for other
products such as fly-ash, etc. PMRDA along with local bodies could run campaigns, awareness drives etc.
Hazardous waste: The hazardous waste could be disposed of at captive treatment facilities installed by the
individual waste generators or at Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities (TSDFs).
Biomedical Waste: The hospitals are required to put in place the mechanisms for effective disposal either directly
or through common biomedical waste treatment and disposal facilities. The hospitals servicing 1000 patients or
more per month are required to obtain authorisation and segregate biomedical waste into 10 categories, pack five
colour backs for disposal. Mixing of hazardous materials results in contamination and makes the entire waste
hazardous. Hence there is a necessity to segregate and treat. Improper disposal increases risk of infection;
encourages recycling of prohibited disposables and disposed drugs; and develops resistant microorganisms.
PMRDA could provide land for setting up a common bio-medical waste treatment and disposal facility.
Solid Waste Management Unit or Cell: PMRDA could establish a Solid Waste Management Unit or Cell within
PMRDA to plan, manage and monitor all above activities and initiatives.
242
Chapter 17: Self Sufficient:
Housing and Amenities Proposal
Housing is a critical piece of urban service delivery. The Planning Area comprises primarily areas classified as
rural and adjoining peripheral areas of urban local bodies. However, the projected population growth rate of 3.1%
per annum will lead to rapid urbanisation, posing development pressure in peripheral regions of urban local bodies.
The Development Plan aims at providing inclusive development by evaluating the housing provisions through
affordability, resilience, low carbon and smart city lenses.
17.1 Self-sufficient: Objectives and Actions
Under the Vision framework, housing objectives are proposed under the Self-sufficient goal. These objectives
promote an integrated approach to regulate residential growth, arrest sprawl like development, seize degradation
of the environment and help in providing adequate infrastructure for a better liveable habitat. Following actions are
proposed in the Vision Framework in order to materialise these objectives into the planning process.
Table 17.1: Objectives and Actions
Objectives Actions
Action 1: Town planning schemes for implementing strategic projects

Provide adequate and
affordable housing for all
Action 2: Public housing at each growth centre
Guide integrated and
equitable neighbourhood Action 3: Provide equitable distribution of open spaces and social amenities
development
Develop compact
residential development Action 4: Promote Work-Live concept and develop compact residential development
along major transit along transit corridors
corridors
Walkable Neighbourhoods
The Live Hubs promote the integration of various sectors such as mobility planning, economic development,
ecosystem conservation, utility infrastructure development and recreational sector into land-use planning, given
the desire to enhance resilience and low carbon approach in the urban framework. Housing is one of its critical
components and must comprehensively address the needs of all the segments of the social structure. Compact
and inclusive development is the key to such development.
17.2 Existing Housing Situation
Understanding the existing housing trends and situations is necessary to analyse gaps and propose housing
strategies to address those gaps. It is clear that most of the Planning Area is currently rural, but the economic
transition will lead to urbanisation within the Planning Area. Following sections cover the details of the existing
population and household as well as its growing trends.
Summary of Existing Population and Household

The PMR Study Area population increased from 13.4 lakh in 2001 to 17.1 lakh in 2011. It was estimated to be 26.3
lakh in 2018 and amounts to 28.6% of the total PMR population (91.67 lakh). Population density of the Planning
Area has increased from 217 persons per sq km in 2001 to an estimated density of 329 persons per sq km in 2018.
As per the 2011 Census, the total household in the Study Area was 366,954 units. This is estimated at 608,009
243
household units by 2018 by considering the population of sanctioned ITP schemes, TPS and layouts. The
Household size of the PMR Study Area is estimated to be 4.4 in 2018, a reduction from 5.12 in 2001. The existing
number of households in 2018 for Growth Centres is 3,98,287 while for the rural area it is 2,04,451.
Existing Housing Situation

Residential Land Use occupies 80.83 sq km as per ELU data. It is scattered across the Study Area, whereas
distribution becomes denser in the fringes (3 to 5 km) of municipal corporations and along the Pune-Mumbai and
Pune-Ahmednagar Corridors.
Based on the building permissions data it is observed that five talukas namely Haveli, Khed, Mawal, Mulshi and
Shirur has a dominant 98% share of the total built-up area under sanctioned residential layouts with Haveli
covering 52% of the built-up area followed by Mulshi with 28% built-up.
Approved Residential layouts in PMRDA are predominantly located along the Pune-Mumbai and Pune-Ahmednagar
transit corridors. They are also seen in pockets between the national highway and railway lines of Pune-Mumbai
and Pune-Daund. Khed Rajgurunagar, Talegaon Dabhade, Shikrapur, Talegaon Dhamdhere, Nasarapur serve as
residential areas for nearby industrial estates.
Other planned Residential areas in PMR are Integrated Townships and Town Planning Schemes. Townships are
predominantly coming up in the western part of the Planning Area, most of them coming up within 10 km radius
from municipal limits of Pune and Pimpri Chinchwad. Town Planning Schemes are predominantly located in the
eastern part of the Planning Area. Table 17.2 and Table 17.3 give the details of these TPSs and ITPs as per
respective TPS Reports.
Table 17.2: Town Planning Schemes
Sr. PMRDA Notified

TP Scheme Population PMRDA Household GC
No. Area (ha)
1 Mahalunge Man TPS 250 120,000 30,769 Hinjawadi
2 WadachiWadi TPS 134 84,000 21,538 Loni Kalbhor
3 Autade Handewadi TPS 94 54,000 13,846 Loni Kalbhor
4 Holkarwadi TPS 04 158 103,000 26,410 Loni Kalbhor
5 Holkarwadi TPS 05 131 87,500 22,436 Loni Kalbhor
6 Manjari Kolwadi TPS 223 145,000 37,179 Loni Kalbhor
7 Wagholi TPS - - Wagholi
991 593,500 152,179
Table 17.3: ITPs and Special Townships
Sr. GIS Area Population Project-

ITP & ST Household GC
No. (ha) ed
1 River View (Mahalunge) 44 10,909 2,797 Hinjawadi
Knowledge City & Oxford
2 331 82,865 21,247 Pirangut
Golf course
3 XRBIA Hinjawadi 123 30,837 7,907 Hinjawadi
4 Life Republic 161 40,329 10,341 Hinjawadi
5 Forest Trail 78 19,416 4,978 Pirangut
6 Blue Ridge Hinjawadi 44 11,119 2,851 Hinjawadi
7 Nanded City 261 65,181 16,713 Khadakwasla
244
Chapter 17: Self Sufficient: Housing and Amenities Proposal
Sanjivani Integrated
8 103 25,845 6,627 Talegaon
township- Urse & Adhe
9 Solitaire - Manjari 44 11,006 2,822 Loni Kalbhor
Riverview City-
10 216 54,094 13,870 Loni Kalbhor
Kadamvakwasti
11 Kul Ecoloch 52 12,899 3,307 Hinjawadi
12 Sanaswadi 42 10,527 2,699 Shikrapur
13 Kaleidoscope- Bhugaon 61 15,318 3,928 Pirangut
14 Nilkanth- Bhugaon 100 24,905 6,386 Pirangut
15 Gulbakshi- Bhugaon 69 17,287 4,433 Pirangut
16 Splendour Country 288 71,985 18,458 RA
2,018 504,521 129,364
The income classification for the PMR Study Area as established under the CTT study is shown in Table 17.4. It is
used as the basis for income-based classification of households such as EWS, LIG, MIG and HIG. These income
groups are based on monthly income as defined under the MHADA guidelines and are shown in Table 17.4.
Table 17.4: Income Classification as per CTT Study
No Monthly Income % Share of PMR Study Area Income Grouping as Per MHADA
1 2,000 - 5,000 1%
2 5,001 - 7,500 3.5%
3 7,501-10,000 9.5% 55% EWS
4 10,001-15,000 20.1%
5 15,001-20,000 21.1%
6 20,001-30,000 20.6%
7 30,001-40,000 10.3% 38% LIG
8 40,001-50,000 6.6%
9 50,000 - 1 lakh 6.0% 6% MIG
10 Greater than 1 lakh 0.7% 1% HIG
Accordingly, distribution of households by income groups in the Planning Area as of 2017 includes 56% EWS, 38%
LIG, 6% MIG and 1% HIG households.
17.3 Housing Demand
The Study Area’s total population in 2041 is projected to be 53.71 lakh, with 40.74 lakh being urban (Growth
Centres) and 12.97 lakh being rural. Average Household Size for the Study Area would be four by 2041, whereas
the same for urban areas is expected to be 3.9 and 4.4 for the rural area. Household size is estimated to shrink
with rising education levels, reducing household level affordability and increasing living costs. Based on the URGD
method, estimated minimum housing demand within the Study Area by 2041 would be 13.34 lakh homes (urban
10.41 lakh, rural 2.93 lakh) including existing ones.
The projected housing requirement for rural areas is 292,523 ie. 22% of the requirement of the total households.
Residential land required for the rural population would be supplied by allowing Gaothan expansion from Gaothan
boundary. However, an integrated strategy needs to be in place for a total of 10.41 lakh homes. Table 11.7 gives
245
the breakup of the distribution of households in Growth Centres.
Out of the 10.41 lakh households in Growth Centres, almost 12 % of the households, i.e. 129,364 households, are
provided through Integrated Townships, and details are mentioned in Table 11.3. Six town planning schemes are
proposed in PMR amounting to 152,179 homes, i.e. 14% of the projected demand for 2041.
17.4 Inclusive Housing Strategy
The housing strategy proposes to ensure housing supply to be met through inclusiveness via development
concepts of walkable neighbourhoods with equal distribution of amenities, low-cost housing and ensuring newer
developments such as TPS and ITPs for quality and well-integrated development. It aims to reduce housing
vacancy and create a vibrant, sustainable and inclusive rental housing market through land reservations and PPP
models. This will enable PMRDA to shift its role from a provider to a facilitator for affordable housing.
The income classification as per MHADA guideline is assumed as a day-to-day scenario. The income groups
analysis shows that the PMR (Urban) has a considerable portion of EWS and LIG households (approximately 94%).
The share is further assumed to be similarly consolidated towards the affordable housing segment. However, MIG
and HIG housing share is also expected to increase, considering the planning initiatives planned for the region till
2041 and beyond. The shares assumed for the income segments in the future (till 2041) are shown in Table 11.6.
The same has been assumed based on the study of other similarly positioned urban metropolitan areas in India
such as Nagpur, Mumbai Metropolitan Region, Bangalore Metropolitan Region.
Table 17.5: Household Split as per Income Groups
Income 2018 (Exist-

Sr No 2021 2031 2041
Group ing)
1 EWS 55% 390,802 55% 502,566 50% 546,738 41%
2 LIG 38% 270,009 38% 402,053 40% 560,073 42%
3 MIG 6% 42,633 6% 80,411 8% 160,021 12%
4 HIG 1% 7,105 1% 20,103 2% 66,675 5%
5 Total 100% 710,549 100% 1,005,132 100% 1,333,507 100%
Proposed Housing distribution
The housing distribution estimates are achieved through residential zones, land reservations for public housing
and Town Planning Schemes.
Proposed Residential Zone and its distribution: Work-Live Hubs
Live-Work is an urban planning strategy that focuses on bringing the workplace closer to residential areas,
reducing commuting time to work. The average trip lengths between the workplace and home need to be reduced
to achieve the goal of “Convenience.” To achieve this, employment opportunities need to be created within the
Growth Centres for at least 30% of resident workers. Remaining 70% resident workforce is connected to other
urban nodes utilizing a mass transport system based on the hub-and-spoke network model, i.e. develop a mass
transport interchange within each Growth Centre to serve its residents and connect such interchange with each
other and with municipal corporations through mass transport corridors.
The Growth Centres around municipal corporations (PMC and PCMC) form the Work-Live Hubs. The bulk of the
proposed residential area is located in Loni Kalbhor, Pirangut, Chakan, Hinjawadi, Khadakwasla and Wagholi
Growth Centres, in proximity to employment nodes.
The residential land requirement by 2041 is estimated for the proposed 18 Growth Centres that would require a
total of 10.49 lakh houses including existing ones. Out of this requirement, ITPs and TPSs cover 2.81 lakh houses.
For the remaining 7.86 lakh houses, total residential area of 374.67 sqkm has been proposed in all 18 Growth
Centres by considering residential density of 125 ppl/ha and 45% top-up (15% amenity, 10% open space and 20%
roads). Total proposed gross land under residential zones including ITP/TPS, approved layouts and new residential
246
area is 401.87 sqkm. The boundries of ITP schemes whose master plans are approved and are inforce, are marked
as overlay while zone under it is maintained as per the proposals of RP 1997 at the time of its sanction.
Figure 17.1 explains the housing requirements and corresponding residential land distribution within the Growth
Centre.
Figure 17.1: Household Distribution and Residential Zone Proposed
Table 17.6: Proposed Housing Requirement and Residential Zone Distribution
Total Proposed
Existing Household Total Projected House-
Growth Centres Residential Zone % Share of R Zone
(2018) holds (2041)
(sq km)
Chakan 42,946 107,568 43.66 11.7
Alandi 13,710 22,135 12.5 3.3
Wagholi 40,638 80,936 40.05 10.7
Loni Kalbhor 38,359 206,494 41.8 11.2
Khadakwasla 34,869 95,045 10.84 2.9
Pirangut 42,844 132,197 34.15 9.1
Hinjawadi 29,175 109,369 33 8.8
Talegaon 34,316 66,353 41.75 11.2
Malawali 18,989 29,609 18.94 5.1
Khed Rajgurunagar 10,474 19,431 10.75 2.9
Shikrapur 23,564 46,560 19.63 5.3
247
Uruli Kanchan 19,616 27,463 15.29 4.1
Saswad 4,531 19,790 10.53 2.8
Khed-Shivapur 5,521 7,682 4.76 1.3
Nasrapur 7,212 10,523 7.22 1.9
Ranjangaon 18,704 41,191 17.4 4.7
Yawat 5,281 7,322 3.96 1.1
Kedgaon 7,539 11,316 7.03 1.9
Total 398,287 1,040,985 373.26 100
Rural Areas 2,98,759 28.61
Total PMR 13,48,379 401.87
Affordable Housing
It is projected that urban-rural migration will be key in population growth. Thus, by 2041 the demand for affordable
housing will increase. EWS household estimation for 2041 is 41%, and that of LIG is 42%. With the positive
economic transition, affordable households would still need to be provided.
Under the Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (Urban) Programme launched by the Ministry of Housing and Urban
Affairs (MoHUA) following programme verticals are proposed:
1. “In Situ” slum redevelopment
2. Affordable housing through a credit-linked subsidy scheme (CLSS)
1. Affordable Housing in Partnership with Public and Private sectors (AHP)
1. Subsidy for beneficiary-led individual house construction/enhancement (BLC)
60 Public Housing Reservations are proposed. 153.42 ha (42 nos.) land is reserved for public housing for PMAY
schemes while 55.28 ha (18 nos.) land is proposed for MHADA housing. Assuming an average FSI of 2.5, a total of
1.32 lakh households could be achieved to have affordable housing.
Besides this, the integrated townships also provide sufficient space for the construction of small tenements for
EWS and LIG categories referred to as ‘Social Housing Component’, with 15% FSI of the basic residential FSI. Out
of this component, 25% FSI is utilised exclusively to construct EWS tenements and the remaining 75 % FSI may be
used for LIG tenements.Out of the total tenements constructed as Social Housing component, one third (1/3rd)
tenements shall be kept for Rental Housing tenements which will be disposed on Rent only by the project
Proponents (UDCPR 2020). Thus, Integrated Townships are also inclusive and cater to the need for the low-
income groups, which are a major share in projected housing demand. To the extent of 10% land would be available
for EWS housing through Town Planning Schemes.
Town Planning Schemes

26 Town Planning Schemes are proposed in Urban Growth Centre for the newly opened up residential areas, which
accounts for 109.32 sqkm land in addition to the existing six town planning schemes. PMRDA envisages
implementing the Development Plan proposals by enabling the provision of Town Planning Schemes and also to
achieve the proposed economic role of each of the growth centres. Strategic projects such as Life Sciences Park,
Crescent Railway and Station, Multimodal hub and Metro & Metro Depot, Logistic Hub, Town Centre, Education
Hub, etc and other neighbourhood level amenities are to be implemented using the Town Planning Schemes.
However, Authority has to quickly initiate the process for declaration of intention to undertake the TP Schemes
under the MR & TP Act of 1966.
248
Figure 17.2: Proposed Town Planning Schemes and Public Housing
17.5 Social Amenities
For an integrated and self-sufficient neighbourhood development, equitable distribution of open spaces and
social amenities is necessary, increasing the livability index of the Growth Centres. To do that, amenities are
proposed within 500 m distance, leveraging the concept of Walkable Neighbourhoods. The concept entails
providing basic infrastructure and services for education, health, sports, and recreation within the neighbourhood
to have easy access to them by foot. Following social amenity hierarchies and planning norms are proposed for
an organised development.
Planning Hierarchy
Planning hierarchy is essential to organise and plan the infrastructure needs of an area, enabling a balanced
distribution of facilities. Proposed urban hierarchy addresses 18 Growth Centres. Each Growth Centre is conceived
as a Town, and it is further subdivided into Neighbourhoods as elaborated below:
Region
The total PMR represents the Region, which hosts PMC & PCMC corporations, Municipal Councils, Nagar
Panchayats, Cantonment, Defense areas, special planning authority areas such as MIDC & MADC together with 18
Urban Growth Centres and 8 Rural Growth Centres. It would comprise regional level amenities and services.
Regional centres would serve urban and rural areas, covering the entire Region.
Town
Each Growth Centre is conceptualised as a “Town”. A Town would be a self-sufficient Planning Unit providing local
service/amenity needs for its residents and generating a certain percentage of local employment. It would be
interdependent on other towns within the PMR for a higher level of services/ amenities and employment. Principal
town level amenities would be integrated at Town Centre serving 100,000-200,000 resident population.
249
Neighbourhood
A typical Town would be composed of 8-12 Neighborhoods (Urban Blocks). A Garden and Playground would form
the Neighborhood nucleus to foster a healthy lifestyle and a strong sense of community. Neighbourhood level
amenities would be planned in an integrated manner.
Proposed Planning Norms

The planning norm essentially stipulates amenity provision standards and is based on the proposed planning
hierarchy and the vision for livability. They also focus on land optimization and recommend harnessing the private
sector’s potential to implement amenities. To achieve this, the planning authority shall be empowered with the
flexibility to relocate the planned amenity reservation within the same Growth Centre. The proposed planning
norms are based on comparative analysis of Maharashtra Planning Standards, and URDPFI guidelines. Planning
standards adopted in Master Plans of Delhi, NAINA, and Singapore New Town planning guidelines were also
referred to. Comparative analysis of above and planning norms for providing public facilities at Rural Areas are
provided in the appendix.
Urban Planning Norms
Table 17.7: Proposed Planning Norms for Urban Growth Centres: Neighbourhood level
No Amenities PMRDA Norms Remarks
Primary School : All government schools are considered. Regarding private

1/500 students schools, primary schools of 0.05 Ha. area or more are
considered as utilizable amenity
Primary 1/5000 popula-
tion All existing sites(government) of PS and SS to be
School I - V strengthen wherever possible
Area- 0.4 ha
including 50% reservations of primary schools and secondary
playground. schools are considered to be developed through ITP,TPS,
amenities of building permission and through private
institutions. Remaining requirements are proposed.
For additional required number of secondary schools,
combined primary cum secondary schools are proposed.
Secondary For remaining number of primary schools, independent
1 Education
school: primary schools are proposed.
1/1000 students In the case of calculating areas for existing or proposed
Senior 1/10000 primary-secondary combined schools, 1/3rd of the total
Secondary VI population plot area is considered for primary school while 2/3rd area
- XII is considered for secondary schools. In the case of
Area-1 Ha. / site
campus where college exists alongside primary and
(0.6 ha for play
secondary school, the area split is 40% for college, 40% for
ground and 0.4
secondary and 20% for primary school.
ha for building )
Influence zone of 500m for Primary school and 1000m for
secondary school is considered for their planning and
distribution. And accordingly, where spatial gaps are
observed, additional amenities are proposed.
Health Centre:
Primary 1PHC / 15,000 50% of the total reservations are considered to be
2 Health care Health care population developed through ITP,TPS, amenities of building permis-
centre Area = 0.08 - sion and through private institutions, while remaining
0.12 Ha requirements are newly proposed
Community Hall : Influence zone of 500m to 1000m is considered for
1 /15,000 planning and distribution of these amenities.
Socio-cul- Community
3 population All existing sites (government) of HC to be strengthen
ture Hall
Area = 0.2 ha/ wherever possible.
site
250
Neighborhood
Garden :
Garden 1/15000
population 100% reservations to be delineated. Gardens and Play-
Open
4 Area- 1 Ha grounds are proposed at a distance of 500 m for easy
Spaces
Play Ground: accessibility on principles of walkable neighbourhood.
1/15,000
Play ground
population
Area- 1.5Ha
Shopping
Centre/ Market: 50% of the total required reservations to be proposed and
Local &
1/15,000 implemented by PMRDA, considering remaining 50% will
5 Commercial convenience
population be develop in future through ITP,TPS and amenities of
shopping
Area- 0.3- 0.45 building permission.
Ha
Table 17.7: Proposed Planning Norms for Urban Growth Centres: Town level
College :1000 – 1500 students, 1/1.25 lakh

1 Education College
population, Area- 5 Ha
Hospital : 1/100,000 population
Intermedi- As per availability of Govt.
2 Healthcare Cat B = Area =1 Ha., 80 beds
ate Hospital land
Cat A = Area- 3.70 Ha, 200 beds
Socio-cul- Community Socio Welfare/ Cultural centre:
3
ture Centre 1/ 1 lac; Area- 0.6 - 1Ha
Town Park Town park: 1 / 1 lakh, Area = 3- 5 Ha.
Open
4 Sports
Spaces Sports Complex: 1 / 1 lakh, Area- 3- 5 Ha.
centre
Town Centre could include: Commercial ( Retail, Area of Town centre is to be
Multipur-
Commer- Restaurant, Office / Banking spaces, Business proposed as given in
5 pose
cial Hotels), Town Square, Informal Market, Gov. concept for respective
Market
Office, Transport Interchange planning area.
As per requirement of Fire department of PMRDA.
Fire station
1 Fire station / Planning Area = 0.4 Ha.
6 Civic Burial Area to be calculated as per
Burial ground1 site/ 5 lakh, area = 4 Ha.
ground population in respective GC.
Cremation Extension should be given
Cremation ground1 site/ 5 lakh, area = 2.5 Ha
ground to existing amenity.
Proposed site should be on
Leeward side , accessible by
road and away from ground
Solid Waste Management Site: water discharge zone.
Dumping
Preferably Government land
Ground 1 site per PA / 5 Ha . should be allocated and
location should be at
remote place from develop-
able zone.
251
80% of water supply may be expected to reach

Sewerage the sewers
treatment
plant Land area requirement is as per URDPFI i.e. For
activated Sludge Process (ASP)-0.15 Ha/MLD
Water requirement of PMR is 72 lpcd as per
Report ‘Integrated Master Plan Of Water Supply,
Sewerage, Storm Water and Solid Waste Manage-
ment in the PMR’. It is distributed to each Growth
Infrastruc- Water center. Land area requirement is as per URDPFI
ture works i.e.
Manage- (Water
7 5MLD- 0.10 Ha
ment treatment
Plant, tanks 10MLD- 0.19Ha
& pipes) 50MLD- 0.93 Ha
100MLD- 1.87Ha
200MLD-3.73Ha
500MLD-9.34Ha
Effluent
Treatment As per land availability
Plant
Govern-
8 ment As per Government land availability
Purpose
Table 17.7: Proposed Planning Norms for Urban Growth Centres: Regional level

Professional Professional college :1/10 lakh As per requirement of any
1 Education
college population ; Area- 4 - 6Ha educational authority.
General Hospital and research
General Hospital centre with medical college: 1/10
2 Health Care lakh population; Area- 6-15 Ha.
Veterinary Hospital : 1/ 5.00 lakh
Veterinary Hospital
Area- 0.20 Ha
Socio-cultural centre/ Exhibition
3 Socio-culture Town hall cum fair ground-1/ 10 lakh.
Area-15 Ha
Regional park- 1 / 5-10 lakh, Area
Park
= 6-10 Ha. As per availability of
4 Open Spaces
Stadium - 1 / 10 lakh; Area- 10 -20 government land, green belt.
Sport centre
Ha.
Wholesale Market As per requirement
5 Commercial Business District
Regional Centre
Centre
252
Rural Planning Norms
Table 17.8: Proposed Planning Norms for Rural Growth Centres; Neighbourhood Level
Purpose of Public Amenities Planning Standards Adopted

Sr.
Category Amenities Label Requirement Remarks
No
Primary School I
1 PS 1/5000 ppl, 0.4 -0.6 ha As per RADPFI guidelines
Education -V
2 Secondary VI - XII SS 1/15000, 1 ha As per RADPFI guidelines
Primary Health As per RADPFI guidelines of
Healthcare 3 PHC 1/5000 , 0.05 ha
Centre Dispensary
Socio-culture 5 Community Hall CH 1/5000, 0.05 ha As per RADPFI guidelines
Commercial 7 Market M 1/15000 ppl, 0.3-0.45 ha As per RADPFI guidelines
Open Spaces 8 Play ground PG Per 5000, 1 ha As per RADPFI guidelines
Table 17.8: Proposed Planning Norms for Rural Growth Centres; Community Level

Category Ammenities Label Requirement Remarks
1/1.25 lakh ppl, 5
Education 1 College C ha, 1000-1500 As per URDPFI guidelines
students
Hospital/Rural
Hospital &
2 H 1/ 1 lakh ppl, 1 ha As per URDPFI guidelines
Healthcare Maternity & Nursing
Home
3 Veterinary Hospital VH 1/ 5lakh 0.2 ha As per URDPFI guidelines
Socio-cultural 4 Cultural centre CC 1/ 1lakh, 0.6-1 ha As per URDPFI guidelines
Open Space & 5 Town Park TP 1/ 1 lakh, 1ha As per URDPFI guidelines
Recreation 6 Sports complex SPC 1/ 1 lakh, 3-5 ha As per URDPFI guidelines
7 Burial ground BG 1/ 5 lakh, 4 ha As per URDPFI guidelines
8 Cremation ground CG 1/ 5 lakh, 2.5 ha As per URDPFI guidelines

Civic
1/ 2 lakh or 10km
9 Fire Station FS radius, 0.4 -0.6 As per URDPFI guidelines
ha
Sewerage treatment
10 STP As per requirement
plant
Infrastructure
Water works (Water
Management
11 treatment Plant, WTP As per requirement
tanks & pipes)
253
REC could host: Vocational Training

Centre/ Digital Centre, Local
Shopping Centre, Micro Finance
Bank, Energy Centre (Mini Solar Park,
Rural Empowerment
12 REC Bio-gas plant & Incinerator),
Centre
Commercial Government offices- Revenue Sajja
Office, Sub Regional Office of
PMRDA, Grampanchayat office,
Multipurpose Hall
Agri Produce
13 APM 3-5 ha
Sub-Marketyard
Bus Terminal /Bus
Transport 14 BS 1 ha
Depot
Details of amenity distribution are explained in each of the Growth Centre chapters. Following is the summary of
amenity distribution in PMR.
Table 17.9: Summary of Proposed Amenities
Socio
Educational Health Open Space Residential Commercial Transport
Growth Centre Cultural
Facilities Facilities Facilities Facilities Facilities Facilities
Facilities
Chakan 16 16 18 62 10 19 6
Alandi 5 7 7 27 8 7 3
Wagholi 12 10 19 56 7 15 7
Loni Kalbhor 10 16 12 57 7 12 9
Khadakwasla 7 9 8 33 4 5 2
Pirangut 23 22 18 71 10 14 3
Hinjawadi 10 20 15 52 12 16 4
Talegaon 35 17 15 54 7 13 4
Malavali 11 7 7 35 2 9 2
Khed-
5 6 6 20 4 4 2
Rajgurunagar
Shikrapur 3 7 9 29 3 10 3
Uruli Kanchan 5 9 5 22 3 9 4
Saswad 10 5 6 17 3 8 1
254
Khed-
5 4 4 17 4 3 3
Shivapur
Nasrapur 9 5 4 22 2 6 3
Ranjangaon 1 4 8 29 4 8 3
Yawat 0 2 1 7 0 0 1
Kedgaon 1 3 3 9 4 2 2
Total
168 169 165 619 94 160 62
Amenities
Figure 17.3: Regional and Town level Amenities Distribution
17.6 Disaster Mitigation through development of Infrastructure and Amenities
Reducing vulnerability and mitigating disasters: Fire
Fires are the accidents which occur most frequently. It has various causes that require a range of interventions,
methods and techniques required to adapt to the conditions and needs of each incident. The fire risk can arise
either from industrial processes, accidents in storage godowns or closely built timber-framed buildings.
There has been no major industrial fire in PMR. However, minor industrial fires and domestic fires as well as cases
of electrocution have been occurring. Fire and emergency services of PMR are already equipped with the latest
equipment and skilled human resources. Notwithstanding that, fires have been taking a regular toll of life and
property in Pune. The city police and fire brigade attend to these incidents.
255
Fire stations are proposed along national or state highways in each Growth Centre. They are further connected
with secondary and collector roads, helping in faster services to the development within Growth Centres. Besides,
the concept of compact/consolidated development will further aid in serving the area swiftly and efficiently.
A trauma care hospital with multi-purpose ground beside it is proposed in the Development Plan. It will act as a
service point for air-ambulance reservations proposed on every national highway within the PMR, at every 10km
distance. All this will further enhance the delivery of services in case of any fire hazard.
Reducing vulnerability and mitigating disasters: Epidemics and Pandemics

An epidemic is the rapid spread of infectious disease to a large number of people within a short period of time,
usually two weeks or less. An epidemic can be a consequence of other disasters like storms, floods, droughts, etc.
With the current situation of people suffering from Covid-19 pandemic, these measures are more critical.
Each neighbourhood is served with a health centre within a walkable radius, which could be turned into epidemic
treatment centres during the course of epidemic/pandemic. Also, each neighbourhood has a playground where
relief camps could be set up. These amenities provide ease of accessibility as they are within a walkable radius of
500m and sufficiently serve the neighbourhoods, reducing crowding, which is critical during an epidemic or
pandemic.
A trauma care hospital with multi-purpose ground beside it is proposed in the Development Plan. It will act as a
service point for air-ambulance reservations proposed on every national highway within the PMR, at every 10km
distance. These two facilities will further enhance the delivery of services in case of an epidemic.
256
Chapter 18:
Proposed Land Use Plan
The Vision Framework explained in chapter 12 guides the development of PMR. These strategies and actions are
detailed in chapters 12 to 17 such as:
1. Resilient: Ecology and environment protection
2. Efficient: Utility and infrastructure planning
3. Convenient: Transportation planning
4. Self sufficient: Housing and amenities distribution
5. Prudent: economic development, density and employment distribution
These strategies have also guided the delineation of proposed zones marked in the Proposed Land Use Plan,
serving as the overarching framework to promote and guide organised development in each Growth Centre and
Rural Areas.
This chapter covers the land use planning strategy. It elucidates each Land Use Zone with its objectives and
definition and parameters used to delineate the zone. The permissible activities/users, development parameters
and prohibitive activities within each zone shall be as mentioned in the U-DCPR 2020.
18.1 Residential Zone
Objectives of this zone are as follows:
• Safeguard adequate land to house existing and projected population of PMR Growth Centres
• Promote redevelopment of already urbanised areas through density redistribution and channelise growth by
maximising residential land supply at emerging Growth Centers
• Earmark adequate residential land near employment generators to foster Live-Work relationship
• Residential Zones are marked based on proposed densities for each growth centres, and the corresponding
land quantum explained is in chapter 12
Total proposed residential zone is 401.87 sq km.
18.2 Commercial Zone
• Create a Commercial Zone to acknowledge growing market demand

• Promote organised commercial developments at designated locations commensurate with proposed density
distribution, transport and infrastructure provisions
• Promote vibrant, compact, pedestrian-friendly and characteristically distinct commercial developments
integrated with other amenities and mass transport facility
• This zone subsumes existing approved commercial developments
• Commercial Zone is distributed based on employment distribution strategy, and the corresponding land
quantification explained is in chapter 12
Total proposed commercial zone is 33.65sq km.
18.3 Industrial Zone
• Promote industrial development within 10 km distance from municipal corporations, to bring employment
closer to homes and to reduce work-related trips for residents
• Co-locate large industries, MSMEs and logistics clusters along expressway/national highways to strengthen
the industrial ecosystem and to reduce unwarranted pressure from residential areas
257
• Recognise the market trend and location advantages to designate thematic economic zones catalysing a
particular industry segment/industrial ecosystem to become economically “Prudent” region
• Raise PMR’s standing, in terms of “ease of doing business” by facilitating setting up of new businesses/
industries/start-ups
• To position PMR as a premium international investment destination
• Industrial Zone delineation reflects existing industrial developments as well as expansion areas. New
locations are identified either considering MIDC expansion plans or in compliance with RP zoning. It consists
of both large industries and SMEs. This zone is strategically located close to primary arterials for easy access
for heavy vehicles.
• The IT parks zone is also considered under the Industrial Zone. It caters to activities predominantly related to
IT/ITES and related businesses. This zone is envisaged as an integrated development that provides an entire
ecosystem related to the IT/ITES sector covering Grade A Built-To-Suit (BTS) offices, data centres, banks,
R&D spaces, co-working spaces, hotels and restaurants, fitness and entertainment-related spaces. Some of
these spaces also contribute to corporate offices and other businesses. Therefore it is also referred to as
Business Park. This Business Park Zone is provided at 3 locations within the Planning Area - Wagholi,
Talegaon and Saswad Growth Centres - where iconic and integrated mixed-use development is anticipated.
• Industrial Zone is distributed based on the employment distribution strategy, and the corresponding land
quantification explained is in chapter 12
Total proposed industrial zone is 125.07 sq km and industrial zone including MIDC area is 223.22 sq km.
18.4 Logistics Zone
• Promote organised, consolidated warehousing and logistic development along the Crescent railway and
national highways
• Promote warehousing and other ancillary activities within the zone
• Create an ecosystem supporting adjacent industrial activities, as well as supporting the assigned economic
role
• Promote clustering of logistics activities with world-class infrastructure facilities suited to flexible uses and
space demands of modern technology and knowledge-based activities
• Promote synergies for Industry 4.0 adding to technological advancement within the industrial sector
• Logistic Zone will add value to existing agro-supply chain and ease of distribution, help in FMCG movement
• This zone caters to activities predominantly related to transport, logistics, goods distribution and storage for
regional, national and international transit. Generally, these developments consist of warehouses, loading and
unloading bays, open storage facilities and supporting ancillary services, APMC Yards and Wholesale Markets
with efficient internal vehicular circulation and external multi-modal transport links.
• It is proposed along national highways and its intersections with Ring Roads, to segregate regional logistics
• Logistic Zone is distributed based on the employment distribution strategy, and corresponding land
quantification is explained in chapter 12.
Total proposed logistic zone is 19.93 sq km.
18.5 Public Semi-Public Zone

• Provide adequate amenities for existing and projected population to ensure a high quality of living in PMR
• Attract new residential development near employment generators such as MIDC and proposed industrial
areas
• Amenities are proposed based on planning norms described in chapter 17.
Total proposed public semi public zone is 38.57 sq km.
18.6 Public Utility Zone (U)

• Provide adequate utilities for the existing and projected population to ensure good health and well-being of
residents and the natural environment in PMR
258
Chapter 18: Proposed Land Use Plan
• Attract new residential development near employment generators such as MIDC and proposed Industrial
areas and commercial zones to promote Live-Work concept by allocating Public Utility Zones such as water
distribution centres, sewage treatment plants, solid waste management sites, electrical substations etc.
• Ensure timely and coordinated implementation of Public Utilities by reserving land in the Development Plan
itself
• Utility zone includes public utility sites required for water supply, sanitation, sewage and solid waste
management and electricity supply.
Total proposed public utility zone is 4.24 sq km.
18.7 Tourism Development Zone

• Promote consolidated tourism development with high development potential

• Unleash untapped tourism development potential of the Planning Area such as eco-tourism in the Western
Ghats and agro-tourism in the eastern areas through sustainable tourism development
• Boost the local economy and arrest negative growth of rural areas
• Ensure accessibility and infrastructure penetration into rural areas to improve the quality of life through
tourism development
• Tourism Zone aims to diversify venues near established tourist attractions or create new ones to extend
tourist stay, thereby boosting the tourism sector development
• Tourism Zones are earmarked at strategic locations based on tourism planning strategy
Total proposed tourism development zone is 11.65 sq km.
18.8 Traffic and Transportation Zone

• Ensure efficient connectivity across PMR with a high level of safety and reserve adequate land for regional
level transportation sites
• Ensure implementability of roads, mass transport corridors by considering existing conditions and defining
RoWs for roads (instead of building lines)
• This zone includes all proposed and existing roads by PMRDA, PWD, MSRDC, consisting of all three hierarchies-
primary, secondary and tertiary roads. It also includes existing and proposed mass transport corridors and
terminals/depots, transportation sites such as transport interchanges located at national highways/ ring
roads/ expressways and railway stations.
• Provision for public parking has been kept at specific locations
Total proposed traffic and transportation zone is 223.53 sq km.
18.9 Defense Zone
• Earmark sensitive uses such as defence so that they are reserved for their purpose and development around
is controlled
• Land under defence and military has defined jurisdiction and development regulations that do not come under
the purview of PMRDA are classified as Defence Zone
Total defence zone in Study Area is 8.03 sq km.
18.10 Agriculture Zone G-1

• Preserve the natural character of PMR Planning Area

• Sustain jobs in the agriculture sector by improving overall output through the promotion of smart agriculture
practices
• Foster farmer-processor tie-ups by incentivizing agro-processing industries to ensure mutual commitment
• Promote ongoing trend of linking farmers with startups who are deploying IoT (Internet of Things) and other
259
state-of-the-art technologies to improve the “farm-to-fork” supply chain, to offer better prices for agricultural
produce
• All existing agriculture as well as vacant lands marked in ELU database but situated outside irrigation
command areas or within growth centres, and the remaining areas where urban development is not anticipated
have been classified under this zone.
• Already permitted but not implemented zone conversions until the date of declaration of PMR DP intent, shall
be deemed as Agriculture Zone
• It is recommended to prepare Water Management Plan for entire PMR with a focus on identifying an action
plan for implementation of rainwater harvesting projects particularly in lands situated outside irrigation
command area
Total proposed agriculture zone (G1) is 2287.81 sq km.
18.11 Green Zone G-2

• Protect agriculture activity in the irrigation command area

• Conserve all the notified natural features and environmentally sensitive areas which are under urbanisation
pressure
• Enhance its biodiversity without suppressing its economic potential
• All existing agriculture and vacant lands situated in irrigation command areas are identified and designated
under this zone.
• Restricted development will be allowed in this zone, such as agriculture related and other activities permissible
per DC regulations. Also, zone conversion activity shall not be permitted in this zone.
Total proposed green zone (G2) is 565.65 sq km.
18.12 Green Belt Zone

• From a river bank until blueline, the Green Belt is proposed on either side of the river
• Park and other uses mentioned in U-DCPR shall be allowed within this zone
Total proposed green belt zone is 88.89 sq km.
18.13 Afforestation Zone
• Promote natural growth of vegetation and forest cover

• Arrest soil erosion and rain-water runoff
• Create contiguous land of dense vegetation aiding the biodiversity growth
• Encourage plantation at barren lands and prevent encroachment of government lands
• This zone is located on lands with a slope less than 1:5 and located in continuity to the Hill Top Hill Slope Zone
and land surrounding the lakes and reservoirs.
Total proposed afforestation zone is 430.17 sq km.
18.14 Hill Top Hill Slope Zone

• “Hill Top Hill Slope Zone” is designated based on provisions of RP1997 (slope >1:5) and it is marked based on
the ELU database and GIS driven slope analysis.
• Specific very low density uses such as agro-tourism, eco-tourism and permitted uses specified in the Unified
DCPR may be allowed provided that the owner/developer bears the responsibility of maintaining terrain,
hydrology, flora and fauna of the proposed development site in original condition, during the development
period and post-occupancy.
Total proposed HTHS zone is 547.47 sq km.
260
Chapter 18: Proposed Land Use Plan
18.15 Forest Zone
• Forest Zone covers forest lands as marked as per data from Forest Department
• This zone has restricted land uses permitted as per Unified DCPR.
• Private Forest is marked as an overlay for forest lands falling on private lands.
Total forest zone is 824.39 sq km.
18.16 Quarry Zone
• Quarry Zone is defined and designated at existing mining sites situated within PMR
• Land under permitted quarries (as per data from Mining department) and the land between the two quarries
is marked as quarry zone
• Majority of quarry zone is observed in Wagholi and Chakan Growth Centres
Total quarry zone is 8.99 sq km.
18.17 Recreational Zone
• Ensure adequate green space per capita for residents, to meaningfully raise their quality of living and promote
a healthy lifestyle
• Deploy parks to enhance the green image of PMR further
Total proposed recreation zone is 18.79 sq km.
18.18 Water Body Zone

• Major, medium and small irrigation projects: Water bodies captured from the ELU database have been
reclassified using the state irrigation department’s standard classification, as published in Pune “Zila Pustika
2015”.
• Rivers are mapped as per the ELU database, revenue and aerial imagery and verified against the ‘Zilla Pustika
2015’
• Primary, secondary, tertiary nalas: Hierarchy of nalas/natural streams is established based on their relation
with respect to a river. A stream is classified as primary nala if it directly connects to a river. Secondary and
tertiary nala is classified based on its direct connectivity to a primary and secondary nala, respectively.
• Belt between a bank of nala and the building control line shall be kept as open space devoid of any permanent/
temporary structure, as per U-DCR. Realignment of the river and primary nalas shall be prohibited.
• Ponds and lakes: Remaining water bodies captured from the ELU database have been classified under this
zone.
Total water body zone is 368.08 sq km.
18.19 Goathan
It is a densely developed settlement showing urban/peri-urban character and is captured using the revenue
database. Within the Growth Centre, Gaothan Expansion is proposed as follows:
1. 500m gaothan expansion for villages having population greater than 2500 people
2. 200m gaothan expansion for villages having population less than 2500 people
3. 200m gaothan expansion for villages having population greater than 2500 people but development zones are
proposed within the village
For the villages situated outside Growth Centres, Gaothan Extension is maintained as per the U-DCPR.
Total gaothan area is 23.66 sq km.
261
18.20 Congested Area
Congested Areas are densely developed settlements showing urban/ peri-urban character and most of such
settlements have grown naturally beyond Gaothan limit due to urbanisation pressure. These Areas are captured
based on GIS analysis as follows:
1. A cluster of buildings with margins between buildings less than 4.5m
2. A cluster of buildings with access road less than 4.5m
Congested Areas are shown as overlays and follow the guidelines as per U-DCPR
Table 18.1: Proposed Zones Area Statement
Proportion of Total Devel- Proportion of Total Area

Area (ha)
Land use category oped Area (%) (%)
Residential 401.87 39.4 6.52
Gaothan 23.66 2.3 0.38
Commercial 33.65 3.3 0.55
Industrial 125.07 12.3 2.03
Logistics 19.93 2.0 0.32
Tourism Development 11.65 1.1 0.19
Public and semi public 38.57 3.8 0.63
Public Utility 4.24 0.4 0.07
Traffic & Transportation 223.53 21.9 3.63
MIDC 98.15 9.6 1.59
MADC 9.55 0.9 0.16
SEZ 21.21 2.1 0.34
Defense 8.03 0.8 0.13
Total Developed Area 1019.11 100.00 16.55
Agriculture (G1) 2287.81 37.14
Water bodies 368.06 5.98
Green Belt 88.89 1.44
Green Zone G-2 565.65 9.18
Forest 824.39 13.38
Hilltop Hillslope 547.47 8.89
Recreational 18.79 0.31
Quarry 8.99 0.15
Afforestation 430.17 6.98
Total Non-Developable Area 5140.21

83.45
Total 6159.32
262
Proposed Land Use Map

Chapter 19:
Development Control Regulations
Government of Maharashtra, wide Notification no. TPS-1818/CR-236/18/DP&RP/sec 37 & sec 20(4)/UD dated
2nd December 2020, sanctioned Unified Development Control and Promotion Regulations (UDCPR) for the state
of Maharashtra and it was published in Government Gazette dated 3rd December 2020.
Pune Metropolitan Region is the largest urban agglomeration in Maharashtra and third in the country. The total
area under PMR is 6914.27 sq. km, totaling 814 villages with 73,21,367 population as per 2011 census figures. By
considering the vastness of the area and its diversified nature, 18 urban growth centres and 8 rural growth centres
with micro-planning are proposed in the draft development plan and the remaining area is a non-planning area.
Therefore from a planning point of view, the following changes are proposed in sanctioned UDCPR. Accordingly
sanctioned Unified Development Control and Promotion Regulations (UDCPR-2020), with the following changes,
will be applicable for the draft Development Plan of PMR from the date decided by the Government; in the
intervening period the Sanctioned Development Control and Promotion Regulations of 2018 for PMRDA shall
prevail.
19.1 Proposed changes in sanctioned (UDCPR-2020), to be applicable for Draft Develop-

ment Plan of PMR.
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR – 1.5 – savings
Proposed change
The second provision in regulation 1.5 shall be changed as below
Provided that, the words “Action Taken” in this regulation shall also include the issuance of letter for payment of
development and other charges issued after approval of proposal in principle and tentative approval granted for
land sub-division.
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR – 3.1.3 construction within Blue and Red Flood line.
Proposed addition / changes

Regulation No. 3.1.3 (i) (a) shall be changed as below -
The Red Flood Line and Blue Flood Line shall be considered as per the plan prepared by the Irrigation Depart-
ment. The area between the river bank and blue flood line (Flood line near the river bank) shall be prohibit-
ed zone for any construction except parking, open vegetable market, garden, lawns, open space,play ground,
cremation and burial ground, sewage treatment plant, water/ gas /drainage pipe lines, public toilet or like uses
provided the land is feasible for such utilization.
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR:3.1 Requirement of site -

Proposed additions/changes
Following new Regulation No. 3.1.14 shall be added.
3.1.14 – Restrictions in the vicinity of Giant Meter wave Radio Telescope (GMRT)
The industrial development within a zone of 30 km radius around the GMRT observatory shall be regulated and
may be permitted with prior NOC from GMRT authorities.
263
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR – 3.5 - Provision for Amenity Space
Amenity Space areas in Regulation No. 3.5.1 shall be changed as below.
Minimum Amenity Space to be provided

Area of Land Planning Area
Non - Planning Area (Outside of Urban &
Rural Growth Centre)
(Urban & Rural Growth Centre)
upto 4000 sq.m. Nil Nil
more than 4000 sq.m. Nil 10%
20000 sq.m. or more 5% of the total area. 10%
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR:4.11 – Agricultural Zone -
Proposed addition/changes
a. Regulations 4.11 (xii), shall be changed as below:

(xii) IT/ITES parks / units shall be permissible with basic FSI 0.20 without premium and upto 1.00 FSI after
payment of premium at the rate of 20% of Annual Statement of Rates, Subject to Regulation No. 7.8.
b. Following new sub Regulation No. (xxxxiii) shall be as below:
(xxxxiii) Development Permissible Adjacent to gaothan.
For the villages in the area of non-planning areas (Areas outside of Urban & Rural Growth Centers), development
permissible in the residential zone may be permitted:-
i. Within a belt of 500 meters from the gaothan limits of settlements having a population less than or
equal to 5000 as per latest census and;
ii. Within the belt of 1500 meter from the Gaothan limits of settlement having a population of more than
5000 as per latest census.
iii. In the case of village settlements in the Western Ghat hilly area (eco-sensitive zone), such distance
shall be 200 m. Only.
Provided that such development shall be permitted only on payment of premium of the total area of land. Such
premium shall be calculated considering 15% rate of the said land as prescribed in the Annual Statement of
Rates of the year granting such developments. This rate of premium shall be subject to orders of the Government
from time to time.
Provided further that where more than 50 percent of area of the Survey Number/Gut Number is covered within
the above peripheral distance, the remaining whole of such Survey Number/Gut Number within same ownership
shall be considered for development on payment of premium as above.
Provided further that the criteria of “distance from gaothan” shall also be applicable to the lands from the
nearest gaothan of any village.
Provided further that this provision shall not bar development permission for the uses, otherwise permissible,
in agricultural zone as per UDCPR within specified distance from gaothan mentioned in this regulation.
Provided also that this regulation shall also be applicable to all declared / Notified Gaothan under MLRC
whether shown on Development Plan or not.
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR :4.12 – Green Belt Zone / River Protection Belt -
Proposed change
Sub regulation (b) of Regulation No. 4.12 shall be changed as below -

4.12 (b) Green belt zone / River protection Belt–If the land under green belt zone, excepting open space therein, if
any, is required by Authority for the public purposes mentioned above, the owner shall hand over the possession
of such land for the development and maintenance of public purposes. Thereafter, such land shall remain open
and accessible to general public for recreational activities. Provided that FSI of such land under Green Belt zone
shall be permissible on the remaining land of the owner, only after handling over such land to Pune Metropolitan
Region Development Authority free of cost and free from encumbrances.
264
Chapter 19: Development Control Regulations
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR:4.18 – GREEN ZONE – 2
Proposed changes
The said regulation shall be changed as below;

4.18- GREEN ZONE–2
The following users shall be permissible in this zone.

I. All agricultural uses including stables of domestic animals, piggeries, poultry farms accessory building,
tents, etc.;
II. Garden, forestry, nursery, public parks, private parks; playfields, summer camps for recreation of all types;
III. Public/ semi-public sector utility establishments such as electric sub-stations, receiving stations,
switchyards, over-head line corridors, radio and television stations, receiving stations, main stations for
public gas distribution, sewage treatment, and disposal works, waterworks along with residential quarters
for essential staff required for such works;
IV. Vehicle Fuel filling Station including LPG/ CNG / Ethanol / Public Charging Stations for Electric Vehicles,
subject to conditions mentioned in regulation 4.11(vi);
V. Farmhouses shall be permitted subject to conditions mentioned in regulation 4.11(ix);
VI. Any building/use by the Government / Semi-Government or Government Controlled bodies and village
resettlement or resettlement of project affected person with maximum FSI of 0.20
VII. Development of buildings of educational, research, and medical institutions, community development,
human resources development, rural upliftment, yoga ashram, mediation centres, vipashyana centres,
Spiritual Centres, goshalas, Panjarpol, Old Age homes, and Rehabilitation Centres along with allied activities,
Planetarium / Astronomical / Astrophysical facilities/projects with FSI of 0.20 on the gross plot area.
VIII. Integrated highway/ Wayside amenities such as motels, way-side restaurants, fuel pumps, service stations,
restroom and canteen for employees working on-site and truck drivers, service godowns, factory outlets,
highway malls, hypermarket along with public conveniences like toilets, trauma centre, medicine shop, bank
ATMs and like activities with maximum FSI of 0.2 on the gross plot area.
IX. Ancillary Service Industries- Ancillary service industries for agro related products like flowers, fruits,
vegetables, poultry products, marine products, related collection centres, auction halls, godowns, grading
services and packing units, knowledge parks, cold storages, utility services (like banking, insurance, post
office services), etc. on the land owned by individuals/organizations with max FSI of 0.20 on the gross plot
area.
X. Solid waste management, landfill sites, bio-gas plants, power generation from waste.
XI. Power generation from non-conventional sources of energy. Area covered under solar panels shall not be
counted in FSI.
XII. Fish Farming.
XIII. Cemeteries and crematoria and structures incidental thereto.
XIV. Bus Terminus
XV. Construction of any communication route, road, railway, airstrips, ropeways, ports, electric lines, etc.
XVI. Tourist homes, Resorts, Hotels, Motels, Health and Wellness Spa, Golf courses, Art and Craft villages,
Exhibition cum Convention Centre, Camping-Caravanning and tent facilities, Adventure Tourism Project,
Eco-Tourism Project, Agricultural Tourism Project, Medical Tourism Project, Boutique wineries, Guesthouses,
and Bed and Breakfast scheme approved by MTDC / DoT, etc., with Rooms / Suites, support areas for
reception, kitchen, utility services, etc., along with ancillary structures like covered parking, watchman’s
quarter, guard cabin, landscape elements, and if required, one observation tower per tourist resort up to the
height of 15m. with platform area up to 10 sq.m. in permanent / semi-permanent structural components.
The permissible FSI shall be a maximum of 0.2 on the gross plot area.
XVII. Development Permissible Adjacent to gaothan.
For the villages in the area of non-planning areas (Areas outside of Urban & Rural Growth Centers),
development permissible in the residential zone may be permitted:-
i. Within a belt of 500 meters from the gaothan limits of settlements having a population less than or equal
to 5000 as per latest census and;
ii. Within the belt of 1500 meter from the Gaothan limits of settlement having a population of more than
5000 as per latest census.
Provided that such development shall be permitted only on payment of premium of the total area of land.
Such premium shall be calculated considering 15% rate of the said land as prescribed in the Annual
Statement of Rates of the year granting such developments. This rate of premium shall be subject to
orders of the Government from time to time.
265
Provided further that where more than 50 percent of area of the Survey Number/Gut Number is covered
within the above peripheral distance, the remaining whole of such Survey Number/Gut Number within same
ownership shall be considered for development on payment of premium as above.
Provided further that this provision shall not bar development permission for the uses, otherwise permissible,
in agricultural zone as per UDCPR within specified distance from gaothan mentioned in this regulation.
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR; 4.16 Afforestation Zone
Proposed additions / changes
a) Sub Regulation No. 4.16 (iv) shall be changed as below –

(iv) uses mentioned in Regulation No. 4.11 (xvi, xxxii, xxxiii, xxxiv) permissible in Agriculture Zone with FSI of
0.2, 0.2, 0.10, 0.15 respectively.
b) The following Sub Regulation No. 4.16 (vi) shall be added.
i. For the villages in the area of non-planning areas (Areas outside of Urban & Rural Growth Centres),
development permissible in the residential zone may be permitted:-
Within a belt of 200 meters from the Gaothan limits of settlements.
Provided that such development shall be permitted only on payment of premium of the total area of land.
Such premium shall be calculated considering 15% rate of the said land as prescribed in the Annual
Statement of Rates of the year granting such developments. This rate of premium shall be subject to
orders of the Government from time to time.
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR:4.19–Forest Zone -
The following regulation shall be added.

a) Where any land in the forest zone in situated outside the designated forest, with due confirmation of the forest
department, the development of such land shall confirm to the regulations applicable to the adjacent zone; if
abutting more than one zones, the provisions of the zone with the lowest development potential shall apply.
If the plot is entirely surrounded by forest, the provisions of Green zone 2 shall apply.
b) Lands situated within Private Forest overlays:
Where any land proposed under Private Forest overlays is situated outside the private forest regime or reverted
back to the owner under the provisions of the Private Forest Act, with due confirmation of the forest department,
the development of such land shall confirm to the regulations applicable to the zone under it.
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR – 4.22 – Public Utility Zone
Proposed Change
The regulation shall be changed as below

4.22 – Public Utility zone
The following users shall be permissible in this zone.

Water treatment plant, water reservoirs, pumping station, water storage tank, sewage / influent treatment plant,
waste recycling plant, electric substation, cemeteries, burial ground and cremation grounds, slaughter house,
solid waste landfill/ management site, fire station, post, telegram and communication office, telephone exchange,
cattle pond, dairy farm, public urinals including all public utilities. mobile towers, internet facility related installation
including all public utilities alongwith all administrative office set up reputed for there utilities.
266
Regulations in sanctioned UDCPR: 4.27 – Uses permissible in Development Plan

Reservations
In regulation 4.27 (5) following sub – regulations shall be added.
Higher education facilities and other professional colleges

Y) College alongwith ancillary construction such as staff quarters, hostels, laboratory, library,
canteen, admin building, auditorium, play ground, indoor games building.
Industrial Technical education and research(incubation center, innovation center) facilities along-
Research & with ancillary construction such as staff quarters, hostels, laboratory, library, canteen,
z)
Training admin building, auditorium, play ground, indoor games building, training halls, work-
Centre shops.
All types of educational activities from primary to higher education and vocational/
professional education along with ancillary construction as staff quarters, hostels,
Educational laboratory, library, canteen, admin building, auditorium, play ground, indoor games
aa)
Complex building, laboratories.
Education facility related to research and study alongwith ancillary construction such as
Study &
staff quarters, hostels, laboratory, library, canteen, admin building, auditorium, play
bb) Research
ground, indoor games building, any special building/facility required for respective
Centre
research.
All types of sports educational and other educational activities including indoor and
Sport
cc) outdoor games arenas, stadium, store, along with ancillary construction as staff quarters,
University
hostels, library, canteen, admin building, parking
All types of higher educational and research activities along with ancillary construction
dd) University such as staff quarters, hostels, laboratory, library, canteen, admin building, auditorium,
play ground, indoor games building, canteen and staff quarters etc.
Health Primary medical facility along with ancillary construction such as chemist shop, cafeteria
ee)
Centre , ATM, PCO, cyber café of not more than 20 sq.mt,
Respective uses with their lower / ancillary uses and any sort of medical facilities along
with ancillary construction such as staff quarters, chemist shop, restaurant, Helipad,
Trauma Care
ff) ATM, PCO, cyber café of not more than 20 sq.m., etc. and sleeping accommodation for
Centre
guests in case of bigger hospitals of built up area not less than 2000sq.m may be
permitted.
All kinds animal patient’s diagnosis and treatment facilities such as hospital, laborato-
Veterinary
gg) ries, X-ray facility, Sonography, Operation theater, cattel shed, space of khoda for re-
Hospital
straining of large animal, staff quarters, administrative office etc.
Medical Education facilities of medical colleges & Hospital alongwith ancillary construction such
hh) College & as staff quarters, hostels, laboratory, library, canteen, admin building, auditorium, play
Hospital ground, indoor games building etc
Community Community Hall, welfare centre, gymnasium, badminton hall, art gallery, museum, public
ii)
Hall conveniences, cafeteria, gardens, exhibition centre, and like combination of uses.
Cultural Drama theater, marriage hall , art gallery, exhibition hall, performing arts activities, small
jj)
Centre restaurant to the extent of 20 sqm, allied users such as guest rooms, yoga centre.
Social Community hall, student hostels, working women’s hostel, orphanage, old age home,
kk) Welfare hospice along with ancillary construction such as staff quarters, dormitories, PHC, admin
Centre building, watchman cabin, auditorium etc.
Socio-Cul-
ll) All users includes in Cultural Center and Social Welfare Center.
tural Centre
All types of spiritual activities includes religious structure, Yoga center, Spiritual training
halls/meditation place, residential facility/ bhakta nivas, admin building, canteen,
Spiritual
mm) multipurpose ground, Library and research area, Community kitchen and dining hall
Centre
,Study areas, Garden and open space area, Office and administrative area, parking,
garden, Spiritual museum, Convention centre , Meditation park.
Government Any Public purpose related with functioning of Government as may be decided by
nn)
Purpose Government.
Authority Any public purpose related with functioning of Pune Metropolitan Region Development
oo)
Purpose Authority as may be decided by the Authority.
267
Uses permissible
i) Horticultural uses.
ii) Forestry and Nursery.
iii) Park.
Town Park/ iv) Historical museum only on the lands owned by the Govt./ Authority subject to
pp) Regional maximum floor space area not exceeding 4% of the total plot with ground floor structure
Park without stilts.
v) Public Streets having width not exceeding 9.0 m. alignment and the cross section of
the street shall be finalised by the Authority without cutting the hill area.
vi) Cafeteria, ATM, Public Convenience, Watchman Cabin subject to total extent of 50
Sq.m.
Business Government Offices, Office spaces, health care facility, hotels, restaurants, convention
qq)
Centre center, canteen, IT & ITEC services.
A consolidated campus including Government offices, Institutional (Social infrastructure-
Regional health care, sports centre, community centre, cultural centre, education centres.),
rr) Centre / Integrated transport interchange, Residential developments/ staff quarters: Parks and
Town Centre open spaces, Roads and NMT routes, business parks, office spaces, banks, hotels &
restaurants, IT & ITES, Convention centre, plazas, hawker markets, etc.
Vocational Training Centre/ Digital Centre ,Local Shopping Centre, Micro Finance Bank ,
Rural
Energy Centre (Mini Solar Park, Bio-gas plant & Incinerator),Energy Centre (Mini Solar
ss) Empower-
Park, Bio-gas plant & Incinerator),Government offices- Revenue Sajja Office, Sub
ment Centre
Regional Office of PMRDA, Grampanchayat office
Reservation provides for seamless interchange between various modes of public
transport such as metro, bus, railway, high speed rail, bus, etc. In addition to this respec-
tive purpose, other ancillary uses of commercial (eg. market, shopping, offices, etc) and
Multi Modal
tt) social (community hall, library, etc) purposes may be integrated within the building on
Hub
above floors. Where there is/ are any existing building/s accommodating owners/
occupants in such reservation, they may be accommodated by the Planning Authority on
above floors of any proposed building on the reservation, subject to their willingness.
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR – Chapter 4 – Land use classification and permissible uses
Proposed addition
Following sub- regulation no 4.28 shall be added.

– Logistic Zone
Integrated Logistic park and Logistic park shall be allowed in Logistic zone and shall be governed by the provision
mentioned in regulation no 14.11.
Subject to following provisions.

Sub regulation 14.11.5 shall be changed as follows:
Logistics Park (LP)
Logistics Park / Building with a minimum of 10,000 sq.ft. built up area with basic FSI will be designated as
Logistics Park (LP). The 80% of the total area of ‘Logistic Park’ should be used for providing logistic services and
up to 20% of the total area will be permitted for support services and common facilities mentioned in Regulation
No.14.11.2 (iii and iv). Logistics Parks will be allowed with applicable FSI in these Regulations. Directorate of
Industries will be the registering agency for all logistic parks. The procedure adopted for registration would be
in line with that adopted under the IT/ITES Policy 2015. The developer of Logistics Park will have to develop the
infrastructure and create and maintain the facilities. Such facilities can be hired/leased/rented or put to own use
by the Developer.
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR – 7.2 –Entitlement of FSI for Road widening or construction of New Roads /
Surrender of Reserved land.
Proposed change
Following sentences in the regulations shall be changed as mentioned below-
Thereafter the road shall be transferred in the city survey records/ revenue records in the name of authority before
issuance of occupancy certificate.
268
Regulation in sanctioned UDPCR: 10- City Specific Regulations
Proposed additions/changes -10.16
Following Regulations shall be added in Regulation No. 10
10.16 - Pune Metropolitan Region Development Authority. The Regulation No. 10.16.1 & 10.16.2 shall be
applicable to Pune Metropolitan Region Development Authority area.
a) 10.16.1 -Regulations for Development of Tourist Resorts / Holiday Homes / Township in Hill Stations Type
Areas under Hill Station Policy. The developments under the Hill Station Policy shall be governed by the
Special Regulations as sanctioned by Government vide notification No.TPS-1893/1231/C.R.123/96/UD-13,
dated 26/11/1996, and its amendments by the Government from time to time.
b) 10.16.2 - Regulations for planning areas of Malavali Growth Centre and villages – Pangloli, Karandoli, Dahiwali,
Kurvande, Vehergaon of Maval Taluka, shall be as per the following Regulations.
No plots in these zones shall be less than 500 sq.m. provided that smaller plots in these zones admeasuring
not less than 300 sq.m. existing before the date of publication of Regional Plan shall be recognized for the
purpose of granting development permissions, provided further that plots directly abutting on Mumbai-Pune
road shall not admeasure less than 1000 sq.m. Development in such 1000 sq.m. plot, shall be governed by
development control rules in Lonavala Development Plan, applicable to 10 are zone. Built-up areas, number
of storeys, tenements, marginal open spaces and room sizes, the maximum built-up areas, the maximum
number of storeys, the maximum number of tenements, the minimum marginal open spaces, and the minimum
room sizes permissible in these zones shall be as indicated in the statement mentioned below. As regards,
rules for layout plots and group housing schemes and buildings of various users other than residential
including industrial, other items of building construction, such as balcony, sanitation, height, ventilation and
parking, etc. and all other such regulations which are not explicitly covered above shall be governed by
development control regulations for these items incorporated in Development Plan of Lonavala as amended
from time to time and subject to these regulations.
Min. marginal open Min sizes for

Max. Min.
Max. Max. space Min. shops & other
Sr. Plot Size no of Habitable
built up no of sizes for rooms for
No. group tene- Road Side Rear room
area storeys kitchen commercial
ments side m m m sizes
use
Bet. 300 Ground
sq.mt and plus one 7.5 sq.m
1 25% 2 3m 2.5m 3m 9.0 sq.m
less than floor m with 15 sq.m m
m with no
500 sq.mt only no side with no side
side less
Ground less than less than 3m
500 sq.mt than 3m
25% plus one 4 4.5m 3m 4.5m 2.5 m
and above
upper
1)A ground floor on stilts or columns without enclosing walls (except retaining walls, where such floor is
constructed by cutting the sloping ground) intended to be used as parking space shall not be counted as ground
floor.
2) In case of classified roads, the minimum marginal open spaces to be observed from roads, shall be as prescribed
above or as prescribed by Government from time to time under the ribbon development rules, whichever is more.
269
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR – chapter 14 – Special Schemes
Proposed addition
Following sub-regulation no 14.14 shall be added
14.14 – Commercial development over Metro Station Building proposed on any existing or proposed Development
Plans Roads.
a) Admissibility – The width of existing or proposed Development Plan / Regional Plan Road shall be 24.0 Meter
and more.
b) Permissibility – The users mentioned under Business and Mercantile (commercial) buildings shall be
permissible.
c) Area – The footprint of commercial premises shall not be more than floor area of metro station building.
d) FSI – The permissible Floor Space Indices for commercial premises including commercial development in
station building shall be 4.00. For FSI calculation, the net plot area of the road, over which the Metro Station
is elevated, shall be equivalent to the floor area of Metro Station building.On account of constraints such as
height restriction, etc.; if the full permissible FSI cannot be used on the same site, TDR as decided by the
commissioner shall be allowed for unconsumed FSI. The utilisation of this TDR shall be as per TDR regulation.
e) Parking – The parking shall be provided as per the provisions of Chapter 8. It can be provided within the radius
of 500 mt. From Metro station.
f) Height – The Height of building is allowed to the extent that is required to consume the maximum building
potential, subject to other restrictions as per these regulations and prior approval of Chief Fire Officer.
g) Marginal Distances – The Commissioner shall decide required marginal distances from the edge of the road,
by considering adjoining present development, access to premises and fire fighting/evacuation majors.
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR: 14.1 – INTEGRATED TOWNSHIP PROJECT (ITP) For Development Plan Area.
Proposed additions / changes
Following Regulation No. 14.1.1.20 shall be added –

14.1.1.20 – The Integrated Township Project or Special Township Project, declared under the provisions of Section
18 and 44 of MR & TP Act. and are in force, are designated as “Integrated Township Project or Special Township
Project”. Such lands shall be continued to be developed under the provisions of said Regulations.
Regulation in sanctioned UDCPR - 14.9 – Development of Tourism & Hospitality

Services under Community Nature Conservancy around wild life sanctuaries and Natural parks proposed change.
Following Sentences in the sub regulation no 14.9.2 shall be changed as mentioned below:
The users permissible in Agriculture land / No Development zone / Afforestation zone/ shall be as follows.
270

DP Report 2021 Vol 1 For Upload

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DP Report 2021 Vol 1 For Upload

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DP Report 2021 Vol 1 For Upload

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Pune Metropolitan Region

Draft Development Plan of

Draft Development Plan of

Pune Metropolitan Region 2021-2041

The Report of Draft Development Plan of Pune Metropolitan Region,

(Abhiraj Girkar) (Dr. Suhas Diwase, I.A.S)

We extend our sincere thanks to

Hon. Shri Eknath Shinde, Minister, Urban Development Department

Hon. Shri Prajakt Tanpure, Minister of State, Urban Development Department

Hon. Members of Parliament, Legislative Assembly and Legislative Council from

Pune Metropolitan Planning Committee and PMRDA

Hon. Members of Pune Metropolitan Planning Committee and PMRDA

Hon. Shri Bhushan Gagrani, Principal Secretary, Urban Development

Draft Development Plan of PMR.

Government Authorities & Agencies:

Divisional Commissioner, Pune

Dr. Gurudas Nulkar, Trustee, Ecological Society

Metropolitan Commissioner Metropolitan Planner

Dr. Suhas Diwase Abhiraj Girkar

Previous Metropolitan Commissioner Previous Metropolitan Planner

Vision Strategy and Development Plan Report

Shyamrao Rasu Chavan, Deputy Metropolitan Planner Consultants

2.1 Topography19 9.1 Mapping Process99

Figure 1.1: Strategic Location of PMR 1 during the years 1951-2016 23

The Pune Metropolitan Region (PMR) is spread over 6,914.26

6,914.26 sq.km. PMR is strategically located in India’s Golden Quadrilateral. The

PMRDA has been appointed as SPA for the area not

3. Development of erstwhile PMR since 1997

4. Understanding the urbanisation potential of PMR

Figure D: Urban Growth Centre Boundaries

5. Demographic and Economic Characteristics of PMR:

Figure E: Population Growth Rate Trends

1991 2001 2011 Growth Rate 1991-01 Growth Rate 2001-11

100 94.3 96 Highest growth rate 93

90 Steady growth rate of 28% of

“Broad base of young and

Figure F: Sectoral Distribution of Pune District GDP (in Cr.) (2005-14)

2004-05 2007-08 2010-11 2013-14

Secondary and Tertiary Sectors are key

Figure G: Major Contributors to GDP Share in Maharashtra 2014

Pune’s secondary sector a Pune- 3rd largest economic

16% 14% 14%

Pune Mumbai Thane Rest of Maharashtra

tion. The sector is still growing and shows poten-

Among services, IT exports are the primary

“Pune alone contributes half of the total IT exports of Maharashtra.”

“Employment base of the Study Area is Transforming.”

Figure H: Transforming Employment Scenario of Planning Area (Census 2011)

120.0 Growth Rate 1991-2001 (%)

Primary Sector Others (Secondary Primary Sector Others Total

Figure K: Existing Economic Base and Proposed Catalysts

TOTAL EMPLOYMENT 26.1 LAKHS

Design, International Universities,

Logistics & Warehousing,

Renewable Energy Equipments,

FUTURE PROSPECTS EXISITING ECONOMIC SECTORS BY IMPORTANCE FUTURE PROSPECTS

Figure L: Distribution of Projected Employment

Total employment: 26.1 lac

7. Projections for Study Area

2.1 Topography19 9.1 Mapping Process99

Figure 1.1: Strategic Location of PMR 1 during the years 1951-2016 23